diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:42:58 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:42:58 -0700 |
| commit | 349212faa7aea66c619990ecf9d9a1cfda966522 (patch) | |
| tree | a1b00ab3ce886a094cc2b413d9236c0ef52da0f8 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13803-0.txt | 7010 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13803-h/13803-h.htm | 7127 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13803-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 101234 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13803-h/13803-h.htm | 7538 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13803.txt | 7396 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13803.zip | bin | 0 -> 96870 bytes |
9 files changed, 29087 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/13803-0.txt b/13803-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1449d18 --- /dev/null +++ b/13803-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7010 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13803 *** + +MAKING HIS WAY + +_or_ + +Frank Courtney's Struggle Upward + +By HORATIO ALGER, Jr. + + +Whitman Publishing Co. +RACINE, WISCONSIN +PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA + + + + +TABLE OF CONTENTS + + +I. Two School Friends +II. The Telegram +III. Frank's Bereavement +IV. Mrs. Manning's Will +V. Disinherited +VI. An Unsatisfactory Interview +VII. A School Friend +VIII. A New Plan +IX. The New Owner of Ajax +X. Mark Yields to Temptation +XI. Mark Gets into Trouble +XII. Suspended +XIII. Mr. Manning's New Plan +XIV. Good-bye +XV. Erastus Tarbox of Newark +XVI. An Unpleasant Discovery +XVII. The Way of the World +XVIII. Frank Arrives in New York +XIX. Frank Seeks Employment in Vain +XX. An Adventure in Wall Street +XXI. The Capture +XXII. The Young Tea Merchant +XXIII. Frank Meets Mr. Manning and Mark +XXIV. A Discouraging Day +XXV. Perplexity +XXVI. Frank Hears Something to His Advantage +XXVII. An Incident in a Street Car +XXVIII. Frank Makes an Evening Call +XXIX. Frank Is Offered a Position +XXX. Frank as Private Secretary +XXXI. A Letter from Mr. Tarbox +XXXII. Mr. Percival's Proposal +XXXIII. Preparing for a Journey +XXXIV. Frank Reaches Jackson +XXXV. Dick Hamlin +XXXVI. Mr. Fairfield, the Agent +XXXVII. Frank Receives a Letter from Mr. Percival +XXXVIII. The Agent Is Notified +XXXIX. An Important Discovery +XL. Jonas Barton +XLI. Conclusion + + + + +MAKING HIS WAY + + +CHAPTER I + +TWO SCHOOL FRIENDS + + +Two boys were walking in the campus of the Bridgeville Academy. They +were apparently of about the same age--somewhere from fifteen to +sixteen--but there was a considerable difference in their attire. + +Herbert Grant was neatly but coarsely dressed, and his shoes were of +cowhide, but his face indicated a frank, sincere nature, and was +expressive of intelligence. + +His companion was dressed in a suit of fine cloth, his linen was of the +finest, his shoes were calfskin, and he had the indefinable air of a boy +who had been reared in luxury. + +He had not the broad, open face of his friend--for the two boys were +close friends--but his features were finely chiseled, indicating a share +of pride, and a bold, self-reliant nature. + +He, too, was an attractive boy, and in spite of his pride possessed a +warm, affectionate heart and sterling qualities, likely to endear him to +those who could read and understand him. + +His name was Frank Courtney, and he is the hero of my story. + +"Have you written your Latin exercises, Frank?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes; I finished them an hour ago." + +"I was going to ask you to write them with me. It is pleasanter to +study in company." + +"Provided you have the right sort of company," rejoined Frank. + +"Am I the right sort of company?" inquired Herbert, with a smile. + +"You hardly need to ask that, Herbert. Are we not always together? If I +did not like your company, I should not seek it so persistently. I don't +care to boast, but I have plenty of offers of companionship which I +don't care to accept. There is Bob Stickney, for instance, who is always +inviting me to his room; but you know what he is--a lazy fellow, who +cares more to have a good time than to study. Then there is James +Cameron, a conceited, empty-headed fellow, who is very disagreeable to +me." + +"You don't mention your stepbrother, Mark Manning." + +"For two reasons--he doesn't care for my company, and of all the boys I +dislike him the most." + +"I don't like him myself. But why do you dislike him so much?" + +"Because he is a sneak--a crafty, deceitful fellow, always scheming for +his own interest. He hates me, but he doesn't dare to show it. His +father is my mother's husband, but the property is hers, and will be +mine. He thinks he may some day be dependent on me, and he conceals his +dislike in order to stand the better chance by and by. Heaven grant that +it may be long before my dear mother is called away!" + +"How did she happen to marry again, Frank?" + +"I can hardly tell. It was a great grief to me. Mr. Manning was a +penniless lawyer, who ingratiated himself with my mother, and +persecuted her till she consented to marry him. He is very soft-spoken, +and very plausible, and he managed to make mother--who has been an +invalid for years--think that it would be the best thing for her to +delegate her cares to him, and provide me with a second father." + +Frank did not like his stepfather, he did not trust him. + +"Your stepbrother, Mark Manning, enjoys the same advantages as yourself, +does he not?" inquired Herbert. + +"Yes." + +"Then his father's marriage proved a good thing for him." + +"That is true. When he first came to the house he was poorly dressed, +and had evidently been used to living in a poor way. He was at once +provided with a complete outfit as good as my own, and from that time as +much has been spent on him as on me. Don't think that I am mean enough +to grudge him any part of the money expended upon him. If he were like +you, I could like him, and enjoy his society; but he is just another as +his father." + +Here Herbert's attention was drawn to a boy who was approaching with a +yellow envelope in his hand. + +"Frank," he said, suddenly, "there's Mark Manning. He looks as if he had +something to say to you. He has either a letter or a telegram in his +hand." + + + + +CHAPTER II + +THE TELEGRAM + + +Frank's heart gave a great bound at the suggestion of a telegram. A +telegram could mean but one thing--that his mother had become suddenly +worse. + +He hurried to meet his stepbrother. + +"Is that a telegram, Mark?" he asked, anxiously. + +"Yes." + +"Is it anything about mother? Tell me quick!" + +"Read it for yourself, Frank." + +Frank drew the telegram from the envelope, and read it hastily: + +"My wife is very sick. I wish you and Frank to come home at once." + +"When does the next train start, Herbert?" asked Frank, pale with +apprehension. + +"In an hour." + +"I shall go by that train." + +"I don't think I can get ready so soon," said Mark, deliberately. + +"Then you can come by yourself," replied Frank, impetuously. "I beg your +pardon, Mark," he added. "I cannot expect you to feel as I do. It is not +your mother." + +"It is my stepmother," said Mark. + +"That is quite different. But I must not linger here. I will go at once +to Dr. Brush, and tell him of my summons home. Good-bye, Herbert, till +we meet again." + +"I will go with you to the depot, Frank," said his friend, +sympathizingly. "Don't wait for me. Go ahead, and make your preparation +for the journey. I will be at your room in a quarter of an hour." + +"You won't go by the next train, Mark?" said Herbert. + +"No. I don't care to rush about as Frank is doing." + +"You would if it were your own mother who was so ill." + +"I am not sure. It wouldn't do any good, would it?" + +"You would naturally feel anxious," said Herbert. + +"Oh, yes, I suppose so!" answered Mark, indifferently. + +Mark Manning was slender and dark, with a soft voice and rather +effeminate ways. He didn't care for the rough sports in which most boys +delight; never played baseball or took part in athletic exercises, but +liked to walk about, sprucely dressed, and had even been seen on the +campus on a Saturday afternoon with his hands incased in kid gloves. + +For this, however, he was so ridiculed and laughed at that he had to +draw them off and replace them in his pocket. + +As Frank and Herbert walked together to the railway station, the latter +said: + +"It seems to me, Frank, that the telegram should have been sent to you, +rather than to Mark Manning. You are the one who is most interested in +the contents." + +"I thought of that, Herbert, but I was too much affected by the contents +to speak of it. I am not surprised, however. It is like Mr. Manning. It +jarred upon me to have him speak of mother as his wife. She is so, but I +never could reconcile myself to the fact." + +"Do you remember your father--your own father, Frank?" + +"You need not have said 'your own father.' I don't recognize Mr. +Manning as a father, at all. Yes, I remember him. I was eight years old +when he died. He was a fine-looking man, always kind--a man to be loved +and respected. There was not a particle of similarity between him and +Mr. Manning. He was strong and manly." + +"How did it happen that he died so young?" + +"He was the victim of a railway accident. He had gone to New York on +business, and was expected back on a certain day. The train on which he +was a passenger collided with a freight train, and my poor father was +among the passengers who were killed. The news was almost too much for +my poor mother, although she had not yet become an invalid. It brought +on a fit of sickness lasting for three months. She has never been +altogether well since." + +"After all, Frank, the gifts of fortune, or rather Providence, are not +so unequally distributed as at first appears. You are rich, but +fatherless. I am poor enough but my father and mother are both spared to +me." + +"I would gladly accept poverty if my father could be restored to life, +and my mother be spared to me for twenty years to come." + +"I am sure you would, Frank," said Herbert. "Money is valuable, but +there are some things far more so." + +They had reached the station by this time, and it was nearly the time +for the train to start. Frank bought his ticket, and the two friends +shook hands and bade each other good-bye. + +In an hour Frank was walking up the long avenue leading to the front +door of the mansion. + +The door was opened by his stepfather. + +"How is mother?" asked Frank, anxiously. + +"I am grieved to say that she is very sick," said Mr. Manning, in a soft +voice. "She had a copious hemorrhage this morning, which has weakened +her very much." + +"Is she in danger?" asked Frank, anxiously. + +"I fear she is," said Mr. Manning. + +"I suppose I can see her?" + +"Yes; but it will be better not to make her talk much." + +"I will be careful, sir." + +Frank waited no longer, but hurried to his mother's chamber. As he +entered, and his glance fell on the bed and its occupant, he was shocked +by the pale and ghastly appearance of the mother whom he so dearly +loved. The thought came to him at once: + +"She cannot live." + +He found it difficult to repress a rising sob, but he did so for his +mother's sake. He thought that it might affect her injuriously if he +should display emotion. + +His mother smiled faintly as he approached the bed. + +"Mother," said Frank, kneeling by the bedside, "are you very weak?" + +"Yes, Frank," she answered, almost in a whisper. "I think I am going to +leave you." + +"Oh, don't say that, mother!" burst forth in anguish from Frank's lips. +"Try to live for my sake." + +"I should like to live, my dear boy," whispered his mother; "but if it +is God's will that I should die, I must be reconciled. I leave you in +his care." + +Here Mr. Manning entered the room. + +"You will be kind to my boy?" said the dying mother. + +"Can you doubt it, my dear?" replied her husband, in the soft tones +Frank so much disliked. "I will care for him as if he were my own." + +"Thank you. Then I shall die easy." + +"Don't speak any more, mother. It will tire you, and perhaps bring on +another hemorrhage." + +"Frank is right, my dear. You had better not exert yourself any more at +present." + +"Didn't Mark come with you?" asked Mr. Manning of Frank. + +"No, sir." + +"I am surprised that he should not have done so. I sent for him as well +as you." + +"I believe he is coming by the next train," said Frank, indifferently. +"He thought he could not get ready in time for my train." + +"He should not have left you to come at such a time." + +"I didn't wish him to inconvenience himself, Mr. Manning. If it had been +his mother, it would have been different." + +Mr. Manning did not reply. He understood very well that there was no +love lost between Mark and his stepson. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +FRANK'S BEREAVEMENT + + +Early in the evening Mark made his appearance. Supper had been over for +an hour, and everything was cold. In a house where there is sickness, +the regular course of things is necessarily interrupted, and, because he +could not have his wants attended to immediately, Mark saw fit to +grumble and scold the servants. He was not a favorite with them, and +they did not choose to be bullied. + +Deborah, who had been in the house for ten years, and so assumed the +independence of an old servant, sharply reprimanded the spoiled boy. + +"You ought to be ashamed, Mr. Mark," she said, "of making such a fuss +when my poor mistress lies upstairs at the point of death." + +"Do you know who you are talking to?" demanded Mark, imperiously, for he +could, when speaking with those whom he regarded as inferiors, exchange +his soft tones for a voice of authority. + +"I ought to know by this time," answered Deborah, contemptuously. "There +is no other in the house like you, I am glad to say." + +"You are very impertinent. You forget that you are nothing but a +servant." + +"A servant has the right to be decently treated, Mr. Mark." + +"If you don't look out," said Mark, in a blustering tone, "I will report +you to my father, and have you kicked out of the house." + +Deborah was naturally incensed at this rude speech, but she was spared +the trouble of replying. Frank entered the room at this moment in time +to hear Mark's last speech. + +"What is this about being kicked out of the house?" he asked, looking +from Mark to Deborah, in a tone of unconscious authority, which +displeased his stepbrother. + +"That is my business," replied Mark, shortly. + +"Mr. Mark has threatened to have me kicked out of the house because he +has to wait for his supper," said Deborah. + +"It wasn't for that. It was because you were impertinent. All the same, +I think it is shameful that I can't get anything to eat." + +"I regret, Mark," said Frank, with cool sarcasm, "that you should be +inconvenienced about your meals. Perhaps you will excuse it, as my poor +mother is so sick that she requires extra attention from the servants. +Deborah, if possible, don't let Mark wait much longer. It seems to be +very important that he should have his supper." + +"He shall have it," assured Deborah, rather enjoying the way in which +Mark was put down; "that is, if he don't get me kicked out of the +house." + +"You had better not make any such threats in the future, Mark," said +Frank, significantly. + +"Who's to hinder?" blustered Mark. + +"I am," answered Frank, pointedly. + +"You are nothing but a boy like me," retorted Mark. + +"My mother is mistress here, and I represent her." + +"Things may change soon," muttered Mark; but Frank had left the room and +did not hear him. + +Mark did not trouble himself even to inquire for his stepmother, but +went out to the stable and lounged about until bedtime. He seemed very +much bored, and so expressed himself. + +Frank wished to sit up all night with his mother, but, as she had a +professional nurse, it was thought best that he should obtain his +regular rest, the nurse promising to call the family if any change +should be apparent in her patient's condition. + +About half-past four in the morning there was a summons. + +"Mrs. Manning is worse," said the nurse. "I don't think she can last +long." + +One last glance of love--though she could no longer speak--assured Frank +that she knew him and loved him to the last. + +The memory of that look often came back to him in the years that +followed, and he would not have parted with it for anything that earth +could give. + +Just as the clock struck five, his mother breathed her last. The boy +gazed upon the inanimate form, but he was dazed, and could not realize +that his mother had left him, never to return. + +"She is gone," said Mr. Manning, softly. + +"Dead!" ejaculated Frank. + +"Yes, her sufferings are over. Let us hope she is better off. My boy, I +think you had better return to your bed. You can do nothing for your +mother now." + +"I would rather stay here," said Frank, sadly. "I can at least look at +her, and soon I shall lose even that comfort." + +The thought was too much for the poor boy, and he burst into tears. + +"Do as you please, Frank," assented Mr. Manning. "I feel for you, and I +share in your grief. I will go and tell Mark of our sad loss." + +He made his way to Mark's chamber and entered. He touched Mark, who was +in a doze, and he started up. + +"What's the matter?" he asked, crossly. + +"Your poor mother is dead, Mark." + +"Well, there was no need to wake me for that," said the boy, irritably. +"I can't help it, can I?" + +"I think, my son, you might speak with more feeling. Death is a solemn +thing." + +"There's nobody here but me," said Mark, sneering. + +"I don't catch your meaning," said his father, showing some annoyance, +for it is not pleasant to be seen through. + +"Why should you care so much?" continued Mark. "I suppose you will be +well provided for. Do you know how she has left the property? How much +of it goes to Frank?" + +"I can't say," said Mr. Manning. "I never asked my wife." + +"Do you mean to say, father, that you don't know how the property is +left?" asked Mark, with a sharp glance at his father. + +"I may have my conjectures," said Mr. Manning, softly. "I don't think my +dear wife would leave me without some evidences of her affection. +Probably the bulk of the estate goes to your brother, and something to +me. Doubtless we shall continue to live here, as I shall naturally be +your brother's guardian." + +"Don't call him my brother," said Mark. + +"Why not? True, he is only your stepbrother; but you have lived under +the same roof, and been to school together, and this ought to strengthen +the tie between you." + +"I don't like Frank," said Mark. "He puts on altogether too many airs." + +"I had not observed that," said his father. + +"Well, I have. Only this evening he saw fit to speak impudently to me." + +"Indeed! I am really amazed to hear it," said Mr. Manning, softly. + +"Oh, he thinks he is the master of the house, or will be," said Mark, +"and he presumes on that." + +"He is unwise," said Mr. Manning. "Even if the whole property descends +to him, which I can hardly believe possible, I, as his guardian, will +have the right to control him." + +"I hope you'll do it, father. At any rate, don't let him boss over me, +for I won't stand it." + +"I don't think he will boss over you," answered his father, in a slow, +measured voice, betraying, however, neither anger nor excitement. "Of +course, I should not permit that." + +Mark regarded his father fixedly. + +"I guess the old man knows what's in the will," he said to himself. "He +knows how to feather his own nest. I hope he's feathered mine, too." + +Mr. Manning passed from his son's chamber and went softly upstairs, +looking thoughtful. + +Anyone who could read the impassive face would have read trouble in +store for Frank. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +MRS. MANNING'S WILL + + +During the preparations for the funeral Frank was left pretty much to +himself. + +Mr. Manning's manner was so soft, and to him had been so deferential, +that he did not understand the man. It didn't occur to him that it was +assumed for a purpose. + +That manner was not yet laid aside. His stepfather offered to comfort +him, but Frank listened in silence. Nothing that Mr. Manning could say +had the power to lighten his load of grief. So far as words could +console him, the sympathy of Deborah and the coachman, both old +servants, whom his mother trusted, had more effect, for he knew that it +was sincere, and that they were really attached to his mother. + +Of Mr. Manning he felt a profound distrust, which no words of his could +remove. + +Meanwhile, Mr. Manning was looking from an upper window down the fine +avenue, and his eye ranged from left to right over the ample estate with +a glance of self-complacent triumph. + +"All mine at last!" he said to himself, exultingly. "What I have been +working for has come to pass. Three years ago I was well-nigh penniless, +and now I am a rich man. I shall leave Mark the master of a great +fortune. I have played my cards well. No one will suspect anything +wrong. My wife and I have lived in harmony. There will be little wonder +that she has left all to me. There would be, perhaps, but for the manner +in which I have taken care he shall be mentioned in the will--I mean, of +course, in the will I have made for her." + +He paused, and, touching a spring in the wall, a small door flew open, +revealing a shallow recess. + +In this recess was a folded paper, tied with a red ribbon. + +Mr. Manning opened it, and his eyes glanced rapidly down the page. + +"This is the true will," he said to himself. "I wish I could summon +courage to burn it. It would be best out of the way. That, if found +out, would make me amenable to the law, and I must run no risk. In this +secret recess it will never be found. I will replace it, and the +document which I have had prepared will take its place, and no one will +be the wiser." + +On the day after the funeral, the family solicitor and a few intimate +friends, who had been invited by Mr. Manning, assembled in the drawing +room of the mansion to hear the will read. + +Mr. Manning himself notified Frank of the gathering and its object. + +He found our hero lying on the bed in his chamber, sad and depressed. + +"I don't like to intrude upon your grief, my dear boy," said his +stepfather, softly, "but it is necessary. The last will of your dear +mother and my beloved wife is about to be read, and your presence is +necessary." + +"Couldn't it be put off?" asked Frank, sadly. "It seems too soon to +think of such things." + +"Pardon me, my dear Frank, but it is quite needful that there should be +an immediate knowledge of the contents of the will, in order that the +right person may look after the business interests of the estate. I +assure you that it is the invariable custom to read the will immediately +after the funeral." + +"If that is the custom, and it is necessary, I have nothing to say. When +is the will to be read?" + +"At three o'clock, and it is now two." + +"Very well, sir; I will come down in time." + +"Of course there can't be much doubt as to the contents of the will," +pursued Mr. Manning. "You are doubtless the heir, and as you are a +minor, I am probably your guardian. Should such be the case, I hope +that the relations between us may be altogether friendly." + +"I hope so," said Frank, gravely. + +At three o'clock the members of the family, with a few outside friends, +gathered in the drawing room. The family solicitor, Mr, Ferret, held in +his hand what purported to be the last will of Mrs. Manning. + +The widowed husband had directed the lawyer to the bureau of the +deceased lady as likely to contain her will. It was found without +trouble in the topmost drawer. + +Deborah and the coachman had speculated as to whether they would be +invited to attend at the reading of the will. + +Their doubts were set at rest by an invitation from Mr. Manning himself. + +"You were so long in the service of my dear wife," he said, "that it is +fitting that you be present at the reading of her will, in which it is +quite probable that you may be personally interested." + +"He is uncommonly polite, I am sure," thought Deborah, disposed for the +moment to think more favorably of the man whom she had never been able +to like. + +"My friends," said the lawyer, after a preliminary cough, "you are +assembled to listen to the will of Mrs. Manning, just deceased. The +document which I hold in my hand I believe to be such an instrument. I +will now open if for the first time." + +He untied the ribbon, and began reading the will. + +It commenced with the usual formula, and proceeded to a few bequests of +trifling amount. + +Deborah and Richard Green were each left two hundred dollars, "as a +slight acknowledgment of their faithful service." + +One or two friends of the family were remembered, but to an +inconsiderable extent. Then came the important clause: + +"All the rest and residue of the property of which I may die possessed I +leave to my beloved husband, James Manning, whose devoted affection has +made happy the last years of my life. Having implicit confidence in his +good judgment and kindness of heart, I request him to make proper +provision for my dear son Frank, whose happiness I earnestly desire. I +hope that he will consent to be guided by the wisdom and experience of +his stepfather, who, I am sure, will study his interests and counsel him +wisely. In my sorrow at parting with my dear son, it is an unspeakable +comfort to me to feel that he will have such a guardian and protector." + +Frank listened with amazement, which was shared by all present. + +Practically, he was disinherited, and left wholly dependent upon his +stepfather. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +DISINHERITED + + +The contents of the will created general astonishment. There was not one +in the room who didn't know the devotion of Mrs. Manning to her son +Frank, yet, while speaking of him affectionately, she had treated him, +as they considered, most cruelly. Why should she have left such a +dangerous power in her husband's hands? + +And how was Mr. Manning affected? + +He summoned to his face an expression of bewilderment and surprise, +and, feeling that all eyes were fixed upon, him, he turned toward the +lawyer. + +"Mr. Ferret," he said, "I need hardly say that this will surprises me +very much, as I see that it does the friends who are present. Are you +sure that there is no codicil?" + +"I have been unable to discover any, Mr. Manning," said the lawyer, +gravely, as he scanned the face of the widower keenly. + +Mr. Manning applied his handkerchief to his eyes, and seemed overcome by +emotion. + +"I knew my dear wife's confidence in me," he said, in a tremulous voice, +"but I was not prepared for such a striking manifestation of it." + +"Nor I," said Mr. Ferret, dryly. + +"Knowing her strong attachment to Frank," paused Mr. Manning, "I feel +the full extent and significance of that confidence when she leaves him +so unreservedly to my care and guidance. I hope that I may be found +worthy of the trust." + +"I hope so, sir," said Mr. Ferret, who, sharp lawyer as he was, doubted +whether all was right, and was willing that Mr. Manning should be made +aware of his feeling. "It is certainly a remarkable proviso, considering +the affection which your wife entertained for her son." + +"Precisely, Mr. Ferret. It shows how much confidence the dear departed +felt in me." + +"So far as I can see, the boy is left wholly dependent upon you." + +"He shall not regret it!" said Mr. Manning, fervently. "I consecrate my +life to this sacred trust." + +"You acquiesce in the arrangement, then, Mr. Manning?" + +"I cannot do otherwise, can I?" + +"There is nothing to prevent your settling the property, or any part of +it, on the natural heir, Mr. Manning. You must pardon me for saying that +it would have been wiser had your wife so stipulated by will." + +"I cannot consent to reverse, or in any way annul, the last wishes of my +dear wife," said Mr. Manning, hastily. "It was her arrangement solely, +and I hold it sacred. She has put upon me a serious responsibility, from +which I shrink, indeed, but which I cannot decline. I will do all in my +power to carry out the wishes of my late wife." + +Mr. Ferret shrugged his shoulders. + +"I am not surprised at your decision, sir," he said, coldly. "Few men +would resist the temptation. My duty is discharged with the reading of +the will, and I will bid you good-afternoon!" + +Mr. Manning was a crafty man. He knew that the strange will would be +discussed, and he thought it best that the discussion should come at +once, that it might be the sooner finished. + +Deborah, faithful old servant, was in a blaze of indignation. + +She went up quickly to Frank, and said: + +"It's a shame, Mr. Frank, so it is!" + +"If my mother made that will, it is all right," said Frank, gravely. + +"But she didn't, Mr. Frank! I know she would never do such a thing. She +loved you as the apple of her eye, and she would not cheat you out of +your rightful inheritance." + +"No more she would, Mr. Frank," said the coachman, chiming in. + +"I don't know what to think," said Frank. "It has surprised me very +much." + +"Surprised you!" exclaimed Deborah. "You may well say that. You might +have knocked me down with a feather when I heard the property left away +from you. Depend upon it, that man knows all about it." + +"You mean Mr. Manning?" + +"To be sure I mean him! Oh, he's managed artfully! I say that for him. +He's got it all into his own hands, and you haven't a cent." + +"If it was my mother's will I wouldn't complain of that, Deborah. It was +hers to do with as she liked, and I know, at any rate, that she loved +me." + +"There's one thing surprises me," said Richard Green. "If so be as the +will isn't genuine, how does it happen that you and I come in for a +legacy, Deborah?" + +"It's meant for a blind," answered Deborah. "Oh, he's the artfulest +man!" + +"You may be right, Deborah. I must say the will sounded all right." + +"Maybe it was copied from the mistress' will." + +This conversation took place in one corner of the room. + +It ceased as Mr. Ferret advanced toward the disinherited boy. + +"Frank," said he, in a tone of sympathy, "I am very sorry for the +provisions of the will." + +"So am I, sir," answered our hero. "It isn't pleasant to be dependent on +Mr. Manning." + +"Particularly when the whole estate should be yours." + +"I wouldn't have minded if half had been left to him, provided I had +been left independent of him." + +"I appreciate your feelings, Frank. I knew your father, and I am proud +to say that he was my friend. I knew your mother well, and I esteemed +her highly. I hope you will let me regard myself as your friend also." + +"Thank you, Mr. Ferret!" said Frank. "I am likely to need a friend. I +shall remember your kind proposal. I want to ask you one question." + +"Ask, and I shall answer." + +"Did my mother consult with you about making this will?" + +"No, Frank." + +"Did she ever say anything that would lead you to think she would leave +the property as it is left in this will?" + +"Not a word." + +"Was there another will?" + +"Yes. I wrote her will at her direction more than a year ago. This will +is dated only three months since, and, of course, takes precedence of +it, even if the other is in existence." + +"Can you tell me what were the provisions of the other will?" + +"A legacy of ten thousand dollars was left to Mr. Manning, and the rest +of the estate to you, except the small legacies, which were all larger +than in the will I have read. For instance, Deborah and Richard Green +were each put down for five hundred dollars." + +"So they suffer as well as I?" + +"Yes." + +"Have you any idea, Mr. Ferret, of the value of the estate which falls +into Mr. Manning's hands?" + +"I have some idea, because I have talked with your mother on the +subject. This estate is worth fifty thousand dollars at least, and there +are fully fifty thousand dollars in money and bonds. The legacies do not +altogether exceed one thousand dollars, and therefore it may be said +that your stepfather has fallen heir to one hundred thousand dollars." + +"I suppose there is nothing I can do, Mr. Ferret?" + +"Not unless you can show that this will which I have read is not a +genuine document. That would be difficult." + +"Did you notice my mother's signature?" + +"Yes. I am not an expert, but I cannot detect any difference greater +than maybe existed between two signatures of the same person." + +"Then I suppose there is nothing to be done at present. I expect to have +a hard time with Mr. Manning, Mr. Ferret." + +"How has he treated you in the past, Frank?" asked the lawyer. + +"I have had nothing to complain of; but then he was not master of the +estate. Now it is difficult, and I think his treatment of me will be +different." + +"You may be right. You remember what I said, Frank?" + +"That I should regard you as a friend? I won't forget it, Mr. Ferret." + +One by one the company left the house, and Frank was alone. + +Left alone and unsustained by sympathy, he felt more bitterly than +before the totally unexpected change in his circumstances. + +Up to the last hour he had regarded himself as the heir of the estate. +Now he was only a dependent of a man whom he heartily disliked. + +Could it be that this misfortune had come to him through the agency of +his mother? + +"I will not believe it!" he exclaimed, energetically. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +AN UNSATISFACTORY INTERVIEW + + +Frank came to a decision the next morning. A long deferred interview +with his stepfather was necessary. Having made up his mind, he entered +the room in which his stepfather sat. His air was manly and his bearing +that of a boy who respects himself, but there was none of the swagger +which some boys think it necessary to exhibit when they wish to assert +their rights. + +Mr. Manning, in a flowered dressing gown, sat at a table, with a sheet +of paper before him and a lead pencil in his hand. Short as had been the +interval since his accession to the property, he was figuring up the +probable income he would derive from the estate. + +He looked up as Frank entered the room, and surveyed him with cold and +sarcastic eyes. His soft tones were dropped. + +"Mr. Manning," said Frank, "I wish to talk to you." + +"You may, of course," his stepfather replied mildly. "It is about the +will," Frank advised him. + +"So you would complain of your poor mother, would you?" said his +stepfather, in a tone of virtuous indignation. + +"I cannot believe that my mother made that will." + +Mr. Manning colored. He scented danger. Should Frank drop such hints +elsewhere, he might make trouble, and lead to a legal investigation, +which Mr. Manning had every reason to dread. + +"This is very foolish," he said, more mildly. "No doubt you are +disappointed, but probably your mother has provided wisely. You will +want for nothing, and you will be prepared for the responsibilities of +manhood under my auspices." + +Mr. Manning's face assumed a look of self-complacence as he uttered +these last words. + +"I have no blame to cast upon my dear mother," said Frank. "If she made +that will, she acted under a great mistake." + +"What mistake, sir?" + +"She failed to understand you." + +"Do you mean to imply that I shall be false to my trust?" + +"Not at present, sir. I don't wish to judge of you too hastily." + +As the boy turned to go, he said. "I have nothing further to say, sir." + +"But I have," said Mr. Manning. + +"Very well, sir." + +"I demand that you treat my son Mark with suitable respect, and forbear +to infringe upon his rights." + +Frank looked up, and answered, with spirit: "I shall treat Mark as well +as he treats me, sir. Is that satisfactory?" + +"I apprehend," said Mr. Manning, "that you may make some mistakes upon +that point." + +"I will try not to do so, sir." + +Frank left the room, and this time was not called back. + +His stepfather looked after him, but his face expressed neither +friendliness nor satisfaction. + +"That boy requires taming," he said to himself. "He is going to make +trouble. I must consider what I will do with him." + +As Mr. Manning reviewed Frank's words, there was one thing which +especially disturbed him--the doubt expressed by his stepson as to his +mother's having actually made the will. + +He saw that it would not do for him to go too far in his persecution of +Frank as it might drive the latter to consult a lawyer in regard to the +validity of the will by which he had been disinherited. + +Frank rather gloomily made his way to the stable. As he reached it, +Richard Green came out. + +"I'm sorry for you, Mr. Frank. But your mother was a saint. She was too +good to suspect the badness of others, Mr. Frank. She thought old +Manning was really all that he pretended to be, and that he would be as +kind to you as she was herself. When she was alive, he was always as +soft as--as silk." + +"His manner has changed now," said Frank, gravely. "Excuse me, Richard, +for finding fault with you, but don't call him old Manning." + +"Why not, Mr. Frank?" + +"I have no liking for Mr. Manning--in fact, I dislike him--but he was +the husband of my mother, and I prefer to speak of him respectfully." + +"I dare say you are right, Mr. Frank, but, all the same, he don't +deserve it. Is Mr. Mark to ride Ajax then?" + +"If he asks for it, you are to saddle Ajax for him. I don't want you to +get into any trouble with Mr. Manning on my account." + +"I don't care for that, Mr. Frank. I can get another place, and I don't +much care to serve Mr. Manning." + +"I would rather you would stay, if you can, Richard. I don't want to see +a new face in the stable." + +"I don't think he means to keep me long, Mr. Frank. Deborah and I will +have to go, I expect, and he'll get some servants of his own here." + +"Has he hinted anything of this, Richard?" asked Frank, quickly. + +"No; but he will soon, you may depend on it. I won't lose sight of you, +though. I've known you since you were four years old, and I won't desert +you, if I can do any good--nor Deborah, either." + +"I have two friends, then, at any rate," said Frank to himself. "That is +something." + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +A SCHOOL FRIEND + + +Early Monday morning it had been the custom for Frank and Mark to take +the train for Bridgeville, to enter upon a new week at the academy. + +Frank felt that it would be better for him to go back without any +further vacation, as occupation would serve to keep him from brooding +over his loss. + +"Are you ready, Mark?" he asked, as he rose from the breakfast table. + +"Ready for what?" + +"To go back to school, of course." + +"I am not going back this morning," answered Mark. + +"Why not?" asked Frank, in some surprise. + +"I am going to stay at home to help father," said Mark, with a glance at +Mr. Manning. + +"If I can be of any service to you, sir, I will stay, too," said Frank, +politely. + +"Thank you, but Mark will do all I require," replied his stepfather. + +"Very well, sir." + +Frank appeared at the academy with a grave face and subdued manner, +suggestive of the great loss he had sustained. From his schoolfellows, +with whom he was a favorite, he received many words of sympathy--from +none more earnest or sincere than from Herbert Grant. + +"I know how you feel, Frank," he said, pressing the hand of his friend. +"If I could comfort you I would, but I don't know how to do it." + +"I find comfort in your sympathy," said Frank. "I look upon you as my +warmest friend here." + +"I am glad of that, Frank." + +To Herbert alone Frank spoke of his mother and her devoted affection; +but even to him he did not like to mention the will and his +disinheritance. He did not so much lament the loss of the property as +that he had lost it by the direction of his mother, or, rather, because +it would generally be supposed so. + +For himself, he doubted the genuineness of the will, but he felt that it +was useless to speak of it, as he was unprepared with any proofs. + +So it happened that when, on Wednesday afternoon Mark Manning made his +appearance, Frank's change of position, as respected the property, was +neither known nor suspected by his schoolfellows. It was soon known, +however, and of course, through Mark. + +The boys immediately noticed a change in Mark. He assumed an air of +consequence, and actually strutted across the campus. Instead of being +polite and attentive to Frank, he passed him with a careless nod, such +as a superior might bestow on an inferior. + +"What has come over Mark?" asked Herbert of Frank, as the two were +walking together from recitation. + +"How do you mean?" + +"He holds his head higher than he used to do. He looks as if he had been +elected to some important office." + +"You will soon learn, Herbert," said Frank. "Make a pretext to join him, +and let the news come from him." + +Herbert looked puzzled. + +"Do you wish me to do this?" he asked. + +"Yes, I have a reason for it." + +"Very well. I am always ready to oblige you, Frank, but I hope Mark +won't think I have suddenly formed a liking for his society." + +"If he does, you can soon undeceive him." + +"That is true." + +Herbert left the side of his friend, and sauntered toward Mark. + +As Herbert was known as Frank's especial friend, Mark was at first +surprised, but quickly decided that his improved position had been +communicated by Frank, and that Herbert was influenced by it. That is to +say, he judged Herbert to be as mean and mercenary as himself. + +Herbert's position was too humble to entitle him to much notice from +Mark, but the latter was pleased with the prospect of detaching from +Frank his favorite friend. + +"You came back rather late, Mark," said Herbert. + +"Yes," answered Mark, with an air of importance. "I remained at home a +short time, to help my father in his accounts. You know the property is +large, and there is a good deal to do." + +"I should think that was Frank's place, to help about the accounts." + +"Why?" + +"The property is his, of course!" + +"Did he tell you that?" asked Mark, sharply. + +"He has not said a word about the property." + +"No, I suppose not," said Mark, with a sneering laugh. + +"Has anything happened? Didn't his mother leave as much as was +expected?" went on Herbert, quite in the dark. + +"Yes, she left a large estate, but she didn't leave it to him." + +"To whom, then?" + +"To my father!" replied Mark, with conscious pride. "Frank has nothing. +He is entirely dependent upon father." + +"Did his mother leave him nothing, then?" asked Herbert, in pained +surprise. + +"Nothing at all," assured Mark, complacently. + +"That is very strange and unjust." + +"I don't look upon it in that light," said Mark, nettled. "My father +knows what is best for him. He will provide for him just as his mother +did before." + +"But when Frank is of age, doesn't he come into possession of the estate +then?" + +"No, of course not. Didn't I tell you it belongs to father? Frank is a +poor boy--as poor as you," said Mark, in a tone of evident satisfaction. + +"Or you," added Herbert, pointedly. + +"You are mistaken," said Mark, quickly. "I am father's heir." + +"Suppose your father dies--how will the property go?" + +"I suppose something will be left to Frank, unless my father leaves me +the property, with directions to provide for him." + +"Would you think that right and just?" demanded Herbert, indignantly. + +"Of course I would. My stepmother knew what she was about when she made +her will. I see you are surprised. You won't be quite to thick with +Frank, now, I expect." + +"Why shouldn't I be?" + +"Because he is just as poor as you are. He never can help you." + +"Mark Manning, I believe you are about the meanest boy I ever +encountered, and you judge me by yourself!" + +"Do you mean to insult me? Mind what you say!" blustered Mark, +unpleasantly surprised at this outburst from a boy whom he expected +would now transfer his allegiance from Frank to himself. + +"I mean that you and your father have robbed Frank of his inheritance, +and glory in it, and you think that I am mean enough to desert him +because he is no longer rich. It makes no difference to me whether he is +rich or poor. I think I like him all the better because he has been so +badly treated. As for you, I despise you, and shall continue to, even if +you get the whole of Frank's money." + +"You forget that you are talking to a gentleman, you low-born mechanic!" +said Mark, angrily. + +"You a gentleman!" replied Herbert, contemptuously. "Then I never want +to be one!" + +He walked away, leaving Mark very much incensed. + +"He is a fool!" muttered Mark. "When I am a rich man, he may repent +having insulted me." + +Herbert went back to Frank. + +"Did he tell you?" asked Frank, quietly. + +"Yes; and he actually appeared to think I would be ready to desert you +because you were poor, and follow him about." + +"I am not afraid of that, Herbert." + +"I don't think Mark will have that idea any more. I gave him a piece of +my mind, and left him very angry. But what does it all mean, Frank?" + +"I know no more than you do, Herbert. I cannot understand it." + +"What could have induced your mother to make such a will?" + +"I cannot believe my poor mother ever made such a will; but, if she +did, I am very sure that she was over-persuaded by my stepfather, who is +one of the most plausible of men." + +"What shall you do about it?" + +"What can I do? I am only a boy. I have no proof, you know." + +"How are you likely to be treated?" + +"I have had a little foretaste of that." + +"It looks very bad for you, Frank," admitted Herbert, in a tone of +sympathy. + +"I don't so much care for the loss of the property, Herbert," said +Frank, "but I am afraid I shall have sorts of annoyances to endure from +Mark and his father. But I won't anticipate trouble. I will do my duty, +and trust that things will turn out better than I fear." + +The next afternoon a letter was placed in Frank's hands. It was in a +brown envelope, and directed in a cramped and evidently unpracticed +hand, with which Frank was not familiar. + +On opening it, a glance at the signature showed that it was from Richard +Green, the coachman. It commenced: + +"Dear Mr. Frank: This comes hoping you are well. I have no good news to +tell. Mr. Manning has sold your horse, Ajax, and he is to be taken away +to-night. I thought you ought to know it, and that is why I take my pen +in hand to write." + +There was more, but this is all that was important. + +Frank's face flushed with anger. He immediately went in search of Mark, +who, he felt assured, knew of the sale. + +It may be said here that Ajax was one of Frank's dearest trophies, a +gift from his mother. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +A NEW PLAN + + +Mark was in his room, where Frank found him trying on a new necktie. +Though decidedly plain, Mark fancied himself very good-looking, and +spent no little time on personal adornment. In particular, he had a +weakness for new neckties, in which he indulged himself freely. + +When the boys came to the academy, the principal proposed that they +should room together; but both objected, and Mark had a room to +himself--no one caring to room with him. + +"Take a seat, Frank," said Mark, condescendingly. "Is there anything I +can do for you?" + +"Yes," answered Frank. "I hear your father has sold Ajax, or is +intending to do so. Will you tell me if it is true?" + +"I believe it is," answered Mark, indifferently. + +"And what right has he to sell my horse?" demanded Frank, indignantly. + +"You'd better ask him," said Mark, with provoking coolness. + +"It is an outrage," said Frank, indignantly. + +"As to that," said his stepbrother, "you can't expect father to be at +the expense of feeding your horse." + +"With my money?" + +"The money is legally his," replied Mark. + +"Do you know to whom your father has sold Ajax?" + +"To Col. Vincent, I believe." + +"I am glad, at any rate, that he will have a good master." + +Frank felt that there would be no advantage in prolonging the interview, +or carrying on further a war of words. + +He sought out his friend Herbert, and communicated to him this last +infraction of his rights. + +"It is too bad, Frank!" said his sympathizing friend. + +"Yes, it is," said Frank, gravely; "but I fear it is only the beginning +of annoyances. I don't believe I can ever live in any place with Mr. +Manning or Mark." + +"Will it be necessary?" + +"I suppose so. I have no money, as you know. All has gone to him. +Herbert, I tell you frankly, I envy you and your position." + +"Though my father is a poor man?" + +"Yes; for, at any rate, you have a peaceful home, and a father and +mother who love you. I have a stepfather, who will do all he can to make +me miserable." + +"Would you be willing to work for your own support, Frank?" + +"Yes; far rather than remain a dependent on Mr. Manning." + +"Suppose you should run away," suggested Herbert. + +Frank shook his head. + +"I wouldn't do that except in case of extreme necessity. I know that if +my mother knows what goes on here, it would grieve her for me to take +such a step." + +"Suppose your stepfather should consent to your leaving home?" + +"Then I would do so gladly. I am willing to work and I think I could +make a living in some way." + +"Why not ask him?" + +Frank's face brightened. + +"Thank you for the hint, Herbert," he said. "I will think of it, and I +may act upon it." + +Frank was naturally self-reliant and energetic. He was not disposed to +shrink from the duties of life, but was ready to go forth to meet them. +The idea which Herbert had suggested commended itself to him the more he +thought of it. + +In spite, therefore, of the news which he had received about Ajax, he +resumed his cheerfulness, considerably to the surprise of Mark, whose +natural suspicion led him to conjecture that Frank had some plan in view +to circumvent his father. + +"If he has, he'd better give it up," reflected Mark. "The old man's as +sly as a fox. A raw boy like Frank can't get the better of him." + +At the close of the week, both the boys went home. They were on board +the same train and the same car, but did not sit together. When they +reached the house, Mr. Manning was not at home. + +Frank went out to the stable at once to see Richard Green, the coachman. + +He found him, indeed, but he also found another man, a stranger, who +appeared to be employed in the stable. + +"Who is this, Richard?" asked Frank. + +"My successor," answered the coachman. + +"Are you going to leave?" asked Frank, hastily. + +"Come out with me, Mr. Frank, and I will tell you," said Richard. "I've +had notice to leave," he said, "and so has Deborah. It came last +evening. Mr. Manning got a letter from Bridgeville--I know that, because +I brought it home from the post office--which appeared to make him +angry. He called Deborah and me and told us that he should not need our +services any longer." + +"Did he give you any reason?" + +"Yes; he said that he could have our places filled for a good deal less +money, and he had no doubt we could do as well elsewhere." + +"He has filled your place pretty soon." + +"Yes. This man came this morning. I think Mr. Manning had sent for him +already. I told you the other day we should soon be discharged." + +"I know it; but I can tell you what has hastened it." + +"What, then?" + +"Mark wrote his father that I had learned about the sale of Ajax, and +that the information came from you or Deborah." + +"I think it likely, Mr. Frank, for the old gentleman seemed mighty cool. +I hope you won't take it too much to heart that Ajax is sold." + +"I am not sure but I am glad of it," said Frank. + +The coachman looked at him in surprise. + +"I thought you would be very angry," he said. + +"So I was at first, but he has been sold to a man who will treat him +well, and I shall be glad to think of that when I'm away from home." + +"You don't mean to run away, Mr. Frank?" + +"No; but I mean to get my stepfather's permission to go, if I can." + +"Where do you mean to go, Mr. Frank?" + +"Somewhere where I can earn my living, without depending upon anybody. +You know very well, Richard, how miserable I should be to stay here in +dependence upon Mr. Manning." + +"But to think that you, to whom the property rightfully belongs, should +go away and work for a living, while that man and his boy occupy your +place. I can't bear to think of it." + +"I have done a good deal of thinking within a few days, and I don't +shrink from the prospect. I think I should rather enjoy being actively +employed." + +"But you were to go to college, Mr. Frank." + +"I know it, Richard, but I am not sure whether it would be for the best. +My tastes are for an active business life, and I don't care for a +profession." + +"Do you think your stepfather will give you a start?" + +"In the way of money?" + +"Yes." + +"I don't know. If he won't, I have still fifty dollars in the savings +bank, which I have saved from my pocket money. I will take that." + +"Mr. Frank, will you promise not to be offended at what I'm going to +say?" + +"I don't think you would say anything that ought to offend me, Richard." + +"Then I want you to take the money that comes to me by the will--Mr. +Manning is to pay it to me on Monday. I don't need it, and you may." + +Frank shook his head. + +"You are very kind, Richard, but I will get along with fifty dollars, +unless Mr. Manning supplies me with more. If I really need money at any +time, I will think of your offer." + +"That's something, at any rate," said Richard. partly reconciled. "You +won't forget it now, Mr. Frank?" + +"No, Richard, I promise you." + +Frank left the stable and went thoughtfully into the house. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE NEW OWNER OF AJAX + + +Frank and Mark took supper alone, Mr. Manning having left word that he +would not return till later in the evening. + +After supper, Frank decided to go over to call upon Col. Vincent, the +new owner of Ajax. His estate was distant about three-quarters of a mile +from the Cedars. + +As Frank started, Mark inquired: + +"Where are you going, Frank?" + +"To see Ajax," answered our hero. + +"Do you mean to make any fuss about him? I wouldn't advise you to." + +"Thank you for your advice." + +"I wonder what he is going to do?" thought Mark. "Of course he can't do +anything now." + +He did not venture to propose to accompany Frank, knowing that his +company would not be acceptable. + +"Is Col. Vincent at home?" asked Frank, at the door of a handsome house. + +"Yes, Mr. Courtney," replied the colored servant, pleasantly, for Frank +was a favorite among all classes in the neighborhood. "Come right in, +sir. De colonel am smoking a cigar on de back piazza." + +Frank followed the servant through the hall which intersected the house, +and stepped out on the back piazza. + +A stout, elderly gentleman was taking his ease in a large rustic +rocking chair. + +"Good-evening, Col. Vincent," our hero said. + +"Good-evening, Frank, my boy," said the colonel, heartily. "Glad to see +you. Haven't you gone back to school?" + +"Yes, sir; but I came home to spend Sunday. It doesn't seem much like +home now," he added, as his lip quivered. + +"You have suffered a great loss, my dear boy," said the colonel, +feelingly. + +"The greatest, sir. My mother was all I had." + +"I suppose Mr. Manning will keep up the establishment?" + +"I suppose so, sir; but it is no longer home to me." + +"Don't take it too hard, Frank. I was sorry about the will." + +"So was I, sir; because it makes me dependent on a man whom I dislike." + +"Don't be too prejudiced, Frank. I never took any fancy to your +stepfather myself; but then we don't need to like everybody we associate +with." + +"I hear you have bought my horse, Col. Vincent," said Frank, desiring to +change the subject. + +"Was Ajax your horse?" + +"Yes. It was given to me as a birthday present by my mother." + +"I had some such idea, and expressly asked Mr. Manning whether the horse +was not yours." + +"What did he answer?" + +"That it was only nominally yours, and that he thought it best to sell +it, as both you and Mark were absent at school, and had no time to use +it." + +"I am not surprised at anything Mr. Manning may say," said Frank. + +"It's too bad! I'll tell you what I will do, Frank. I haven't paid for +the horse yet. I will return it to Mr. Manning, and tell him that I +bought it under a misapprehension of the ownership. I don't think he +will make any fuss." + +"I would rather have you keep it, sir." + +"You would!" exclaimed the colonel, in surprise. + +"Yes, sir. If you should return Ajax, Mr. Manning would sell him to some +one else, and you, I know, will treat him well." + +"But you will lose the use of him. No, you won't, though. Come over to +my stable when you like, and, if he is not in use, you can take him +out." + +"Thank you, sir! You are very kind. While I am in the neighborhood, I +won't forget your kind offer. But I mean to go away." + +"You mean to go away! Where?" + +"Out into the world. Anywhere, where I can find work and make a living." + +"But surely this is not necessary. Your stepfather will provide for you +without your working." + +"I have no reason to doubt it, Col. Vincent; but I shall be happier in +the world outside." + +"Of course you will let Mr. Manning know of your intention to leave +home?" + +"I shall ask his permission to go at the end of my school term. That +comes in a couple of weeks." + +"Where will you go?" + +"A cousin of my father is at Newark, New Jersey. I think I shall go to +him first, and ask his advice about getting a place either there or in +New York." + +"You will need some money to start with. Do you think Mr. Manning will +give you any?" + +"I don't know, sir! That won't prevent my going. I have fifty dollars in +a savings bank, saved up from my allowance, and that will be all I shall +need." + +"If you have any difficulty on that score, Frank, remember that I was +your father's friend, and mean to be yours. Apply to me at any time when +you are in a strait." + +"I will, sir, and thank you heartily." + +"That was a strange will, Frank. I don't want to put any ideas into your +head to disturb you, but had your mother ever led you to suspect that +she intended to leave you dependent on your stepfather?" + +"Never, sir!" + +"Don't you think she would have done so, had she had such a plan in +view?" + +"I do," said Frank, quickly. + +The colonel's eye met his, and each knew what the other suspected. + +"There is nothing for me to do at present, sir," said Frank. "If Mr. +Manning does not interfere with my plans, I shall not trouble him." + +"I will hint as much when I see him. It may clear the way for you." + +"I wish you would, sir." + +"Come and see me again, Frank," said the colonel, as Frank rose to go. + +"I certainly will, sir." + +"Your father's son will always be welcome at my house. When did you say +your school term closes?" + +"In a fortnight." + +"I will see your stepfather within a few days. By the way, Frank, +wouldn't you like a gallop on Ajax to-night?" + +"Yes, sir; I should enjoy it." + +"Come out to the stable with me, then." + +Ajax whinnied with delight when he saw his old, or rather his young +master, and evinced satisfaction when Frank stroked him caressingly. + +"Sam," said Col. Vincent, "Frank is to ride Ajax whenever he pleases. +Saddle him for his use whenever he asks you." + +"That I will, sir" answered Sam. "Often and often I've seen Mr. Frank on +his back. Doesn't he ride well, though?" + +"Don't flatter me, Sam," said Frank, laughing. + +Five minutes later he was on the back of his favorite horse, galloping +down the road. + +"I hope I shall meet Mark," thought Frank. "I would like to give him a +sensation." + +Considering the manner in which Mark had treated his stepbrother, Frank +may be excused for the wish to puzzle him a little. + +Finding himself lonely, Mark decided to take a walk not long after +Frank's departure. He was sauntering along the road, when he heard the +sound of hoofs, and, to his surprise, saw his stepbrother on the back of +Ajax. + +His first thought was that Frank had gone to Col. Vincent's stable and +brought away Ajax without permission, in defiance of Mr. Manning's will. +He resolved to take him to task for it immediately. Frank purposely +slackened the speed of his horse in order to give Mark the chance he +sought. + +"Why are you riding Ajax?" asked Mark. + +"It is a pleasant evening," answered Frank, "and I thought I should +enjoy it." + +"Where did you get him?" + +"From Col. Vincent's stable, where he never ought to have been carried," +answered Frank, with spirit. + +"You seem to think you can do anything you like, Frank Courtney," said +Mark, provoked, deciding that his suspicions were well founded. + +"Is there any particular reason why I should not ride Ajax?" demanded +Frank. + +"You have made yourself liable to arrest for horse stealing," said Mark. +"It would serve you right if Col. Vincent should have you arrested and +tried." + +"I don't think he will gratify your kind wishes, Mark." + +"Just wait and see what my father has to say to you." + +"I have only done what I had a perfect right to do; but I can't stop to +dispute with you. I must finish my ride. Hey, Ajax!" + +As he spoke the horse dashed into a gallop, and Mark was left looking +after him in a disturbed frame of mind. + +"I'll tell my father as soon as he gets home," he decided; and he kept +his word. + +In consequence, Frank, by that time returned, was summoned into Mr. +Manning's presence. + +"What is this I hear?" he began. "Did you ride Ajax this evening?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Where did you find him?" + +"In Col. Vincent's stable." + +"This is a high-handed proceeding, Frank Courtney. Have you any excuse +to offer?" + +"None is needed sir. Col. Vincent has given me permission to ride him +whenever I please." + +"It appears to me, Mark," said Mr. Manning, sharply, "that you have made +a fool of yourself." + +"How should I know?" replied Mark, mortified by the collapse of his +sensation. "Frank didn't tell me he had leave to use the horse." + +And he left the room, looking foolish. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +MARK YIELDS TO TEMPTATION + + +There are some boys, as well as men, who cannot stand prosperity. + +It appeared that Mark Manning was one of these. + +While his stepmother was living and his father's prospects--and +consequently his own--were uncertain, he had been circumspect in his +behavior and indulged in nothing that could be considered seriously +wrong. + +When his father came into possession of a large fortune, and his pocket +money was doubled, Mark began to throw off some of the restraint which, +from motives of prudence, he had put upon himself. + +About the middle of the week, as Frank was taking a walk after school +hours, he was considerably surprised to see Mark come out of a +well-known liquor saloon frequented by men and boys of intemperate +habits. + +The students of Bridgeville Academy were strictly forbidden this or any +other saloon, and I am sure that my boy readers will agree with mo that +this rule was a very proper one. + +Mark Manning appeared to have been drinking. His face was flushed, and +his breath, if one came near enough to him, was redolent of the fumes of +alcohol. With him was James Carson, one of the poorest scholars and most +unprincipled boys in the academy. It was rather surprising that he had +managed for so long to retain his position in the institution, but he +was crafty and took good care not to be caught. + +To go back a little, it was chiefly owing to James Carson's influence +that Mark had entered the saloon. + +When he learned that Mark's worldly prospects had improved, and that he +had a large supply of pocket money, he determined to cultivate his +acquaintance--though privately he thought Mark a disagreeable boy--with +the intention of obtaining for himself a portion of Mark's surplus +means. + +At the first of the term he had made similar advances to Frank, but they +were coldly received, so much so that he did not think it worth while to +persevere in courting our hero's intimacy. + +He succeeded better with Mark, his crafty nature teaching him how to +approach him. + +"Mark," he said, with a great show of cordiality, "I am delighted to +hear of your good fortune. I always liked you, and I think you deserve +to be rich." + +"Thank you!" said Mark, much gratified, for he liked flattery. "I am +sure I am very much obliged to you." + +"Oh, not at all! I only say what I think. Shall I tell you why I am +particularly glad?" + +"Yes, if you like," returned Mark, in some curiosity. + +"Because I like you better than that young muff, your stepbrother. I +hope you won't be offended at my plain speaking," he added, artfully. + +"Certainly not!" said Mark. + +"I suppose," said James, "you will see a little life now that you are +your own master and have plenty of money." + +"I don't know exactly what you mean, James. There isn't much life to be +seen in Bridgeville." + +"That is true; but still there is some. Suppose now"--by this time they +were in front of the saloon, which, besides a bar, contained a billiard +and pool table--"suppose now we go in and have a game of billiards." + +"It's against the rules, isn't it?" asked Mark. + +"What do you care for the rules?" said James, contemptuously. + +"If the old man hears of it, we shall get into hot water." + +By the "old man" Mark meant the Rev. Dr. Brush, the venerable and +respected principal of the Bridgeville Academy, but such boys as he have +very little respect for the constituted authorities. + +"Why need he know it? We will slip in when no one is looking. Did you +ever play a game of billiards?" + +"I never played over half a dozen games in my life." + +"Yon ought to know how to play. It is a splendid game. Come in." + +Mark did not make very strong opposition, and the two boys, first +looking cautiously in different directions, entered the saloon. + +Toward the entrance was a bar, and in the roar of the saloon were two +tables. + +"Won't you have a drink, Mark?" asked James. + +Mark hesitated. + +"Oh, come now, it won't hurt. Two glasses of whisky, John." + +"All right, Mr. Carson," said the barkeeper, to whom James was well +known. + +James tossed off his glass with the air of an old drinker, but Mark +drank his more slowly. + +"There, I know you feel better, Mark." + +"Now, John, give me the balls. We'll play a game of billiards." + +"All right, sir." + +"I'll discount you, Mark," said James, "to give you a fair chance. It is +about the same thing as giving you half the game. Or, if you like, I +will give you seventeen points to start with, and then you will only +have seventeen to make, while I am making thirty-four." + +"I like that best." + +"Now shall we play for the drinks?" + +"We have just had a drink?" + +"We'll have another." + +"Won't that be too much? I don't want to get drunk." + +"Two drinks won't do you any harm. Very well. Now let us string for the +lead." + +There is no need of describing the game in detail. Mark was only a +novice, while James could really make three or four points to his one. +He restrained himself, however, so that he only beat Mark by two points. + +"You did splendidly, Mark," he said. "Considering how little you have +played, you did remarkably well. Why, you made a run of three." + +"Yes, I did pretty well," said Mark, flattered by his companion's +praises. + +"I had hard work to beat you, I can tell you that. As it was, you came +within two points of beating. Don't you like the game?" + +"Very much." + +"I thought you would. Shall we have another game?" + +"I don't mind," answered Mark. + +He knew that he ought to be in his room writing a composition to be +delivered the next day, but such obligations sat easily upon Mark, and +he did not hesitate long. + +That time James allowed him to score sixteen, so that Mark was only +beaten by one point. + +"You see, you are improving," said James. "I played a better game that +time than before, and still you came within one of beating me." + +"I think I shall become a good player in time," said Mark, complacently. + +"Yes, and in a very short time. Now," said James, "I have a proposal to +make to you." + +"What is it?" + +"We'll bet twenty-five cents on the next game, to give a little interest +to it." + +Mark had no special scruples against betting, which is only one form of +gambling, but he decidedly objected to losing money, so he answered, +cautiously: + +"I don't know about that. You beat me both of the other games." + +"That's true; but you play better now than you did at first." + +"That may be so." + +"What are twenty-five cents, anyway? I expect to lose it, but it will +increase the interest of the game." + +So Mark was persuaded, and the game was played. + +James Carson managed to let Mark beat him by five shots, and the latter +was correspondingly elated. + +"You beat me after all," said James, pretending to be much disappointed, +"and by five points. I'll tell you what I'll do--I'll give you the same +odds, and bet a dollar on the game. I suppose it's foolish, but I'll +risk it!" + +"Done!" said Mark, eagerly. + +His cupidity was excited, and he felt sure of winning the dollar, as he +had the twenty-five cents. But James had no idea of playing off now, and +he played a better game, as he was well able to do. The result was that +Mark was beaten by three points. + +He looked quite crestfallen. + +"I had better shows than you," said James. "I couldn't do it once in +five times. Will you play again?" + +Mark agreed to it with some hesitation, and he was again beaten. + +"You had luck against you. Another day you will succeed better. Have you +played enough?" + +"Yes," answered Mark, annoyed. + +He had four games to pay for and two dollars in bets, and it made rather +an expensive afternoon. + +"Have another drink? I'll treat," said James, who could afford to be +liberal. + +Mark accepted, and then, flushed and excited, he left the saloon, just +as Frank came up, as described in the first part of the chapter. On the +whole, he was sorry to meet his stepbrother just at this time. + +Frank stopped, and his attention was drawn to Mark's flushed face. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +MARK GETS INTO TROUBLE + + +Mark nodded slightly and was about to pass without a word, when Frank +said, quietly: + +"I am sorry to see you coming out of such a place, Mark." + +"What is it to you, anyway?" returned Mark, rudely. + +"Not much, perhaps," replied Frank, calmly, "but I don't like to see my +acquaintances coming out of a liquor saloon." + +"It won't hurt you," said Mark, irritably. + +"No, it won't hurt me, but if tho principal should hear of it, it would +not be pleasant for you. You know students are strictly forbidden to +enter any saloon?" + +"I suppose you mean to tell on me," said Mark, hastily, and not +altogether without uneasiness. + +"You are mistaken. I am not a talebearer." + +"Then there is no need to say any more about it. Come along, James!" + +Frank's interference was well meant, but, as we shall see, it did harm +rather than good. + +As Mark left the saloon, he had half decided not to enter it again. He +was three dollars out of pocket, and this did not suit him at all. + +In fact, Mark was rather a mean boy, and it was with considerable +reluctance that he had handed over to his companion the two dollars with +which to pay for the games. + +Moreover, he was mortified at losing the two games of billiards, when so +great odds had been given him. + +James Carson was no scholar, but he was sharp enough to perceive the +state of Mark's feelings, and he also saw how he was affected by Frank's +remonstrance. + +He decided to take advantage of this, and strengthen his hold on Mark. + +"Well, Mark," he said, "I suppose you'll give up playing billiards now." + +"Why should I?" + +"Because your stepbrother doesn't approve of it. You won't dare to go +into the saloon after he has forbidden you," he continued, with a sneer. + +"What do you mean, James? Do you suppose I care that"--snapping his +fingers--"for what Frank says, or even thinks, either?" + +"I didn't know but you might stand in fear of him." + +"Do you mean to insult me?" demanded Mark, hotly. + +"Insult you! My dear friend, what can you be thinking of? Why, I like +you ten times as much as that muff, Frank Courtney." + +"Then what did you mean by what you said?" asked Mark, more calmly. + +"I will tell you. I got an idea, from what Frank said once, that he was +in charge of you--well, not exactly that, but he looked after you." + +This was a wicked falsehood, as Frank had never intimated any such +thing. In fact, he had generally kept quite aloof from James. + +Mark, however, fell into the trail, and never thought of doubting what +his companion said. + +"If Frank said that, I've a great mind to whip him," said Mark, angrily. + +"Oh, I wouldn't notice him, if I were you!" said James. "For my part, I +didn't believe what he said. I felt sure that a fine, spirited boy like +you wouldn't submit to his dictation." + +"I should say not--the impudent follow!" + +"When he spoke to you just now," continued James, "one would really have +thought he was your uncle, or guardian, and that you were a little boy." + +"I'll show him what I think of him and his advice. I hadn't thought of +going to the saloon to-morrow, but now I will." + +"Bravo! I like your spirit!" said James, admiringly. "It is just the way +to treat him. Shall I come round with you about the same hour as +to-day?" + +"Yes, I wish you would." + +When the two boys parted company, James Carson smiled to himself. + +"What a fool Mark is!" he thought. "He thinks he is his own master, but +I am going to twist him round my little finger. He's a sweet youth, but +he's got money, and I mean to have some of it. Why, he tells me his +father allows him eight dollars a week for spending money. If I manage +well, I can get more than half away from his in bets." + +The next day James called for Mark, as agreed upon, and again the two +boys went to the billiard saloon. The performance of the day before was +repeated. + +James Carson, while flattering Mark's poor play, managed to beat in +every game but one on which money was staked, and came out the richer by +a dollar and a half. + +"I am very unlucky," grumbled Mark, in a tone of dissatisfaction. + +"So you were, Mark," admitted his sympathizing friend. "You made some +capital shots, though, and if I hadn't been so lucky, you would have +come out the victor in every game." + +"But I didn't." + +"No, you didn't; but you can't have such beastly luck all the time." + +"I guess I'd better give up billiards. In two days I have spent five +dollars. It doesn't pay." + +"No doubt Frank will be gratified when he hears that you have given up +playing. He will think it is because you are afraid of him." + +James had touched the right chord, and poor Mark was once more in his +toils. + +"It's lucky for me that Frank spoke to him," thought James. "It makes it +much easier for me to manage him." + +One thing, however, James had not taken into account. There were others +besides Frank who were liable to interfere with his management, and who +had the authority to make their interference effectual. + +On the day succeeding, as James and Mark were in the campus, Herbert +Grant approached them. + +Now Herbert was the janitor of the academy. He also was employed by the +principal to summon students who had incurred censure to his study, +where they received a suitable reprimand. + +It was not a pleasant duty, but some one must do it, and Herbert always +discharged it in a gentlemanly manner, which could not, or ought not, to +offend the schoolfellows who were unlucky enough to receive a summons. + +"Boys," said he, "I am sorry to be the bearer of unpleasant news, but +Dr. Brush would like to see you in his study." + +"Both of us?" asked James. + +"Yes." + +"Are there any others summoned?" + +"No." + +Mark and his companion looked at each other with perturbed glances. No +one cared to visit the principal on such an errand. Corporal punishment +was never resorted to in the Bridgeville Academy, but the doctor's +dignified rebuke was dreaded more than blows would have been from some +men. + +"What do you think it is, James?" asked Mark, uneasily. + +"I think it's the saloon," answered James, in a low voice. + +"But how could he have found it out? No one saw us go in or come out." + +The billiard saloon was at some distance from the academy building, and +for that reason the two boys had felt more secure in visiting it. + +"I'll tell you how it came out," said James, suddenly. + +"How?" asked Mark. + +"You remember Frank saw us coming out day before yesterday." + +"He said he wouldn't tell." + +It was not very difficult for Mark to believe anything against Frank, +and he instantly adopted his companion's idea. + +"The mean sneak!" he said. "I'll come up with him! I'll tell my father +not to give him any money for the next month. I'll---I'll get him to +apprentice Frank to a shoemaker! Perhaps then he won't put on so many +airs." + +"Good for you! I admire your pluck!" said James, slapping Mark on the +back. "You are true grit, you are! Just teach the fellow a lesson." + +"See if I don't!" + +Mark nodded his head resolutely, and went into the presence of Dr. +Brush, thirsting for vengeance against his stepbrother, who, he felt +persuaded, had informed against him. + +If Frank had known his suspicions he would have been very much +surprised. As it happened, however, he did not even know that his +stepbrother had been summoned to the doctor's study. Had he met Herbert, +the later would have told him; but after receiving his list, it so +chanced that he and his friend did not meet. + +The fact was that a young man employed as tutor in mathematics in the +academy, while taking an afternoon walk, had seen Mark and James Carson +leaving the liquor saloon, and, as in duty bound, had reported the same +to the principal. + +Mr. Triangle, however, had not been observed by either of the two boys, +and therefore they were led off on a false scent. + +"What do you think the old man will say?" asked Mark, uneasily, as they +ascended the stairs to the principal's study. + +"He'll give us a raking down, I suppose," said James. "He will come +down heavy on us." + +"I wish I were out of it." + +"Oh, it's not worth minding! We haven't committed murder, have we? +What's the harm in a game of billiards?" + +"Not much, perhaps; but the drinking and betting are certainly +objectionable." + +The boys knocked at the door, and the full, deep voice of Dr. Brush was +heard to say: "Come in!" + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +SUSPENDED + + +Dr. Brush was seated at a table covered with papers, in a large +armchair. He was an elderly man of dignified presence, not a petty +tyrant such as is sometimes found in a similar position, but a man who +commanded respect, without an effort. + +Mark Manning and James Carson entered his presence a little nervously. + +"Young gentlemen," said the doctor, gravely, "I am informed that you +have violated one of the rules of the academy by frequenting a billiard +saloon where liquor is sold." + +"Who told you, sir?" asked Mark. + +"That is not to the purpose," said the principal, gravely. + +"But I should like to know who informed on me," persisted Mark. + +"Whoever did so acted as your true friend, Manning; but there is no +occasion for you to know who it was. Is it true?" + +Mark would have been glad to deny the charge, and would not have felt +any scruples about doing so, if it would have done any good. But it was +clear, even to him, that he would not be believed, and that denial would +only make his position worse. So he made a virtue of necessity, and +answered: + +"I have been in once or twice, sir." + +"Exactly how many times have you been to the saloon?" + +"Three times." + +"What did you do there?' + +"We played billiards." + +"Did you order anything at the bar?" + +"Yes, sir," said Mark, reluctantly. + +"Carson, you accompanied Manning, did you not?" said Dr. Brush, turning +to Mark's companion. + +"Yes, sir." + +"And I suppose you also played billiards and drank?" + +"Well, yes, sir, I believe I did." + +"You were aware, were you not, that it was against the regulations of +the school?" + +"I suppose it must have slipped my mind," answered James, trying to look +as innocent as possible. + +Dr. Brush frowned, for he saw clearly that this was but a subterfuge. + +"If this were true," he continued, "it would be no excuse. As students, +it is your duty to make yourselves acquainted with the rules that govern +the institution. In point of fact, I cannot believe that either of you +is ignorant of the rule forbidding students to frequent places where +liquor is sold. It is hardly necessary for me to defend the propriety of +this rule. Intemperance is a fruitful source of vice and crime, and I +cannot allow the youth under by charge to form habits of indulgence +which may blast all their prospects, and lead to the most ruinous +consequences." + +"We didn't drink much," said Mark. + +"I shall not inquire how much you drank. In drinking a single glass, you +violated the rule of the school, and I cannot pass over it." + +"What is he going to do with us, I wonder?" thought Mark. + +He was not required to wonder long. + +"As this is your first offense, so far as I know," proceeded the +principal, "I will not be severe. You are both suspended from the +institution for the remainder of the term, and are required to leave +Bridgeville by the early train to-morrow morning for your respective +homes. I shall write to your parents, explaining the cause of your +suspension." + +But a week remained of the term, and the punishment was mild, but both +boys were mortified and left the study crestfallen. + +Mark was the first to recover his spirits. + +"It is not so bad, James," he said. "To-morrow will be Saturday, and I +should go home, anyway. I don't mind staying at home next week." + +"What will your father say?" + +"Oh, I'll make it all right with him! I don't mind much what he says. I +guess he got into scrapes himself when he was a boy." + +"My father isn't so easily managed. Just as likely as not, he'll cut off +my allowance for a month; and that'll be no joke!" + +"My father won't do that," said Mark. "If he did, I would raise a fuss." + +"Would that do any good?" + +"I'll bet it would!" + +Frank, who was quite ignorant of Mark's trouble, was surprised when the +latter approached him a little later with a frown and said, harshly: + +"You won't make anything by what you have done, Frank Courtney!" + +"Will you be kind enough to tell me what I have done?" asked Frank, +calmly. + +"You've been to Dr. Brush and told him about our playing billiards." + +"You are entirely mistaken, Mark. I did not suppose he knew." + +"It must have been you. He told us some one had informed him, and you +were the only one who knew. It's a mean trick, isn't it, Carson?" + +"Awfully mean!" + +"I have already told you that the information did not come from me. It +may be the best thing for you that it has been found out, for it was +doing you no good to frequent such places." + +"I don't want to hear any of your preaching, Frank Courtney. I guess I +can manage my own affairs without any advice from you." + +"I don't care to intrude any advice," said Frank. "I have not much +reason to feel interested in you." + +"You'd better look out how you treat me, though," said Mark, insolently. +"I know very well you dislike me, but it won't be safe for you to show +it while you are a dependent on my father." + +"I don't propose to be a dependent on him long," said Frank, quietly. +"The truth of it is, you and your father are dependent upon property +which of right belongs to me. The time may come when I shall be able to +show this." + +"What does he mean?" thought Mark, uneasily. "Will he contest the +will?" + +It was perhaps an evidence of Mark's shrewdness that he had some doubts +about the validity of the will under which his father inherited. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +MR. MANNING'S NEW PLAN + + +Mark so represented his school difficulty to his father that he incurred +but slight censure. + +Indeed, Mr. Manning was so absorbed in plans for getting the greatest +enjoyment out of the estate of which he had obtained possession by +doubtful means that he didn't care to be disturbed about such a trifle +as his son's suspension. + +He felt more disposed to blame Frank, whom Mark charged with betraying +him. + +"What does Frank say about it?" asked Mr. Manning. + +"Of course he denies it," said Mark, "but it can't be any one else." + +"He is acting very unwisely," said Mr. Manning, compressing his thin +lips. + +"So I told him, but he said he didn't mean to be a dependent on you +long." + +"How is he going to avoid it?' + +"I don't know." + +"I have had some intimation from Col. Vincent, who appears to be in his +confidence. He wants to leave us." + +"To go away?" + +"Yes." + +"But you won't let him?" + +"I have been thinking about that, Mark, and I may give my permission. +The fact is, he stands in the way of some plans I have formed. I am +thinking of traveling." + +"Not without me?" said Mark, hastily. + +"No; you shall go with me, but I don't care to take Frank." + +"You might leave him at school." + +"I might, but how do I know that he might not hatch some mischief while +we are gone?" + +"He might make some fuss about the property," suggested Mark. + +"Has he hinted anything of that kind to you?" asked his father, quickly. + +"Yes. Only yesterday he said that the property belonged by right to +him." + +Mr. Manning looked thoughtful, and watched Mark narrowly to see if from +his manner he could divine the boy's intentions. + +Later that same evening, Mark having retired early in consequence of a +headache, Frank found himself alone with his stepfather, and took +advantage of the opportunity to speak of the plan he had formed. + +"Mr. Manning," he said, "if you are at leisure, I should like to speak +with you a few minutes." + +"Proceed," said his stepfather, waving his hand. + +"But a week remains of the school term. Did you propose that I should +return there at the end of the vacation?" + +"Humph! I had not thought much on the subject." + +"It has all along been intended that I should go to college when +prepared, but I don't think I care much about it." + +"In that case," said his stepfather, with alacrity, "you would only be +throwing away time and money by going." + +He was quite ready to agree to Frank's surrender of the college plan for +two reasons. + +A college course would be expensive. Again, should he turn his attention +to the law, he might hereafter give him trouble about the estate. + +"I don't think I should throw away my time, for, if I went to college, I +should go there to work faithfully; but I have a fancy for a more +stirring life." + +"It might be a good plan for you to learn a trade," said Mr. Manning, +reflectively. + +"Learn a trade!" exclaimed Frank, in surprise. + +"Yes; it would always enable you to earn a living." + +"Do you intend Mark to learn a trade?" asked Frank, quickly. + +"No; his case is very different from yours." + +"Why it is different?" + +"It is not necessary for me to explain," answered his stepfather, +stiffly. + +"If there were any need of it, Mr. Manning, I would not object to learn +a trade," said Frank. "I have no false pride on the subject. But my +tastes are more for mercantile business." + +"I may be able to find you a place somewhere. I have a friend in the +dry-goods business, who would receive you at my recommendation." + +"Thank you!" said Frank, hastily. "But if you will allow me, I would +prefer to look around for myself." + +"What is it you want, then?" + +"Your permission to go out into the world, and try to make a living." + +"And if you don't," said Mr. Manning, "I suppose you expect me to +defray your expenses?" + +"If I did have such an expectation, I think I should be justified, in +view of the large property which my mother left," said Frank, pointedly. + +"She left it to me," said his stepfather. + +"So it appears, at any rate. But I shall not call upon you to pay my +board. Give me your permission to go where I please, with a small sum of +money to start me, and I shall be satisfied." + +"And what will the world say? That I, your stepfather, to whom you have +a right to look for maintenance, had driven you out to earn your living! +It would be unjust, of course, but the world is ever unjust." + +And Mr. Manning assumed a look of wronged innocence, which would have +imposed on anyone who knew him but slightly. + +"I shall defend you from any such charge," said Frank. "I shall say that +you were only yielding to my request." + +"I will think of it, my dear boy," said Mr. Manning, graciously. "I +already feel inclined to grant it, because it is your request. I shall +be sorry to be separated from you; but I am willing to sacrifice my own +feelings, if it will give you pleasure." + +This did not impose upon Frank, who had a correct idea of the degree of +fondness which Mr. Manning had for his society, but he was too well +satisfied with the prospect of obtaining the permission he desired to +imply any doubts. + +"Again," continued his stepfather, "whatever you may say to the +contrary, I know that the world will censure me; but I shall have the +approval of my own conscience, and with that I can defy the world." + +Mr. Manning certainly did look like a righteous man when he said this, +and he beamed upon his stepson with a glance that was actually +affectionate. + +"Go back to school," ho said, "and when you return I shall be able to +give you a definite answer." + +Indeed, nothing could have suited Mr. Manning's plans better. He would +get rid of the care and nearly the whole expense of his obnoxious +stepson, while with his son Mark he would be spending the revenues of +the estate which belonged to Frank. + +During the coming week he arranged his plans for a prolonged absence +from the Cedars. He wrote to New York to engage passage on a steamer +bound for Liverpool, and quietly waited for the end of Frank's school +term to release him from a care which had grown burdensome. + +Frank returned to the Bridgeville Academy without Mark. As may be +supported, however, he did not feel the loss of his society. + +He at once communicated to his chosen friend, Herbert Grant, his +probable departure from school. + +"I am sorry to hear it, Frank," said Herbert, soberly. "Do you think you +are acting wisely?" + +"I am not acting as I would have done had my mother lived," answered +Frank; "but you must remember that my position in life has very much +changed. I am a poor boy." + +"Hardly that, when there is so much property in the family." + +"I know Mr. Manning too well to believe that I shall derive much +benefit from it. No, Herbert, I have my own living to make, and I want +to make it in my own way." + +"It is a sad change for you, Frank." + +"No, I can't say that. I don't know how it is, Herbert, but I am rather +glad to have all this thrown upon me. I enjoy feeling that I have got to +work." + +"I have a chance of enjoying the same feelings," said Herbert, with a +smile. + +"I wish we could start together, Herbert. Couldn't you go with me?" + +Herbert shook his head. + +"Father has a plan for me," he said. "I am to learn his trade, and shall +commence next week. I don't particularly like it, but it is well to have +a trade to fall back upon." + +"Mr. Manning wanted me to learn a trade." + +"There is no occasion for your doing so." + +"I don't know about that. If I had a particular fancy for any, I +wouldn't mind choosing it, but I am better suited for something else." + +"What is your plan? What will you do first?" + +"My father has a cousin in the city of Newark, New Jersey, only a few +miles from New York. Four years ago, he and his family made us a visit, +and he was urgent then that we should return the visit. I will, first of +all, go to him, and ask his advice. He is a business man, and he may be +able to put me in the way of obtaining a position." + +"I think you will succeed, Frank, but it will be harder than you think +for. You don't know what poverty is yet. I have never known anything +else." + +"If I do succeed, Herbert, I may be able to find something for you." + +"I wish you might," Herbert replied; but he was not as sanguine as +Frank. + +He understood, better than his friend, that for a boy to set out alone +into the great world to earn a living is a serious undertaking. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +GOOD-BYE + + +Frank had fixed upon the Tuesday morning succeeding the close of the +academic term for his departure from home. Monday was devoted to a few +necessary preparations and a few calls on old friends, among them Col. +Vincent, the owner of Ajax. + +"My dear Frank," said the colonel, kindly, "I feel a strong interest in +your welfare, more especially because of the wrong which I do not +scruple to say has been done you. What does Mr. Manning say to your +plan?" + +"He makes no objection," said Frank. + +"Suppose he had done so?" + +"I would not have run away. He is my stepfather and guardian, and I +would have endured staying at home as well as I could." + +"There you are right, Frank. Though I have a poor opinion of Mr. +Manning, he is not likely to treat you in a manner to justify your going +away without his permission. From what I have heard within the last +week, I suspect that he feels relieved to have you go." + +"What have you heard, sir?" + +"That Mr. Manning will shortly sail for Europe, taking Mark with him." + +Frank was surprised, having no suspicion of this. + +"Now are you not sorry that you have decided to go out into the world to +earn a living when you might have seen something of the Old World?" + +"Mr. Manning would never have taken me along," answered Frank, quietly, +"nor should I have enjoyed traveling with him and Mark." + +"Of the two, who would interfere the more with your enjoyment?" + +"Mark." + +"Then you prefer the father to the son?" said the colonel. + +"The father has much more agreeable manners. I don't think Mark could be +agreeable if he tried." + +Col. Vincent smiled. + +"Perhaps you are right, Frank," he said. "Now, as your father's old +friend, I shall exact a promise from you." + +"What is it, sir?" + +"You are going out into the world to earn your own living. Boys of your +age are apt to think it an easy thing. I have seen more of life, and I +am sure you will find it more difficult than you suppose. You may find +yourself in difficulty, possibly in want. In that case, promise to let +me know, and I will come to your assistance." + +"I will, sir," answered Frank. + +The time came for Frank to say good-bye to Mr. Manning and Mark, and the +house which had been his home from infancy. + +His stepfather handed him a small pocketbook. + +"Frank," he said, "in this pocketbook you will find twenty-five +dollars. It is not much, but--" + +"I am satisfied, sir," said Frank. "It won't be long before I am earning +something." + +"I hope your anticipations may be realized, but it is possible that you +may require help." + +"I think not, sir." + +"I will authorize my banker to pay you the same sum--twenty-five +dollars--every three months. Of course, it is not enough to support you; +but, as you say it is your intention to procure a place--" + +"Yes, sir." + +"It will probably be enough to make up any deficiency that may exist in +your income. I am aware that you do not regard me as--as I would like to +have you; but I am resigned to be misunderstood, and I merely call your +attention to the fact that I have given you my free permission to carry +out your own plans and have given you more assistance than you asked +for." + +"That's true, sir." + +"Should anyone in your hearing condemn me for what I have done, I depend +upon your defending me." + +"I will state the facts, sir. I will take the entire responsibility for +anything that may result from the step I have taken." + +Mr. Manning looked well pleased. Things were taking the course he +desired, and for the paltry sum of one hundred dollars a year, he was +getting rid of an obnoxious stepson, while appearing to confer a favor +upon him. + +"Perhaps you are right, Frank," said his stepfather, disguising the +satisfaction he felt. "If, however, you should find that you have made a +mistake, you will do me the justice to remember that I gave you your +choice." + +Knowing, as he did, that the offer was not genuine, Frank remained +silent. He could not make up his mind to express gratitude, and +therefore said nothing. + +Here the carriage drove up to the door to convey Frank to the railway +station. Mindful of appearance, Mr. Manning accompanied him to the cars, +and in presence of several neighbors bade him an effusively affectionate +farewell. + +So Frank was fairly started on his campaign. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +ERASTUS TARBOX, OF NEWARK + + +Erastus Tarbox kept a dry-goods store in the city of Newark, New Jersey. +He was well to do, not so much because of his enterprise and skill as a +merchant as because of his extreme poverty. Some people called it +parsimony. He only employed two clerks to assist him in his store, and +they, as well as the boy who carried out parcels and ran the errands, +were paid scarcely more than two-thirds the rates paid in neighboring +stores. + +Mr. Tarbox prided himself upon his relationship to the Courtneys. They +were rich, and riches, in his eyes were a great merit. He often sighed +to think that there was no chance for him to benefit by a share of the +large property owned by his cousins. Without hope of personal advantage, +however, he had always been obsequious to them, and often took occasion +to mention them, by way of enhancing his own social credit somewhat. + +Mr. Tarbox had heard of Mrs. Courtney's death, but had not heard the +particulars of the will. He took it for granted that Frank was sole +heir, and it did cross his mind more than once how very agreeable it +would be if he could be selected as guardian of the rich young heir. Of +course, he knew that there was no probability of it, since the +stepfather would undoubtedly be appointed to that position. + +Mr. Tarbox had just sold a calico dress pattern to a poor woman, when +his attention was drawn to the entrance of Frank Courtney, who entered +his store, valise in hand. + +Mr. Tarbox was rather short-sighted, and did not immediately recognize +the son of his rich cousin. + +"What can I do for you, young man?" he asked, in his business tone. + +"This is Mr. Tarbox, I believe?" said Frank, who did not know his +relatives very well. + +"Yes, that is my name." + +"I am Frank Courtney." + +"Bless my soul!" ejaculated Mr. Tarbox, surprised and delighted. "When +did you arrive in Newark?" + +"I have only just arrived." + +"I do hope you are going to make us a visit," said Mr. Tarbox, +cordially. + +"Thank you!" answered Frank, cheered by this warm reception. "If you are +sure it won't inconvenience you." + +"Inconvenience me! We shall be delighted to have you with us." + +"You must come up and see Mrs. Tarbox. She will be delighted to see +you." + +Mr. Tarbox lived over his store. There was a door from the street +adjoining the shop front. Mr. Tarbox opened it with a pass-key, and +conducted Frank upstairs, ushering him into a gloomy parlor, with stiff, +straightbacked chairs, ranged at regular intervals along the sides of +the room, and a marble-topped center table, with two or three books +lying upon it. There was a framed engraving, representing Washington +crossing the Delaware, over the mantel, and two plaster figures and +similar ornaments on the mantelpiece. The whole aspect of the room +chilled Frank. + +"Wait here, and I will call my wife," said Mr. Tarbox. + +Frank sat down on a hard sofa and awaited the entrance of Mrs. Tarbox. + +She came in, a tall, thin woman, about as handsome for a woman as her +husband was for a man. Indeed, they were very well matched. She was +quite as mean as he, and between them they managed to make annually a +sensible addition to their world possessions. + +Mr. Tarbox privately hinted his hopes respecting Frank to his wife, and +she instantly agreed that it would be a most eligible arrangement. + +"We must make him contented, my dear," said her husband. "Give him the +best bedroom, and I think it might be well to have something a little +extra for supper." + +"I did intend to put on the rest of that cold mutton," said Mrs. Tarbox, +doubtfully. + +"It won't do, Martha. There is only a little of it, you know, and the +boy has been traveling, and, of course, is hungry. What do you say, now, +to some nice beefsteak?" + +"Beefsteak is high now," said Mrs. Tarbox. "Still, if we buy round +steak--that is cheaper than sirloin or tenderloin." + +"And quite as good," said her economical partner. "We can tell Frank, +however, that no sirloin was to be had so late in the day at the +markets." + +Mrs. Tarbox nodded her head, approving the suggestion. + +This little matter being adjusted, the husband and wife entered the +parlor where our hero was waiting patiently. + +"This is our young cousin, Martha," said Mr. Tarbox, smiling pleasantly. + +"Welcome to Newark," said Mrs. Tarbox, extending her hand. "And how did +you leave your stepfather?" + +"He is well," said Prank, coolly. + +The two exchanged glances. It was clear that Frank did not like his +stepfather, and this was satisfactory to them. There was the more chance +of his leaving him and boarding with them. + +"The children will be so glad to see you," said Mr. Tarbox; "won't they, +Martha?" + +"Delighted!" assured the lady. + +"Pliny must be about your age. How old are you, by the way?" + +"Sixteen." + +"Just Pliny's age. Do you remember him?" + +Frank remembered a tall, thin stripling who had accompanied his parents +to the Cedars, and who appeared to have an inexhaustible appetite. + +"Yes, I remember him. Does he go to school?" + +"No; Pliny is in a store," answered Mr. Tarbox. + +"Your store?" + +"Oh, no! I thought it would be better for him to enter the employ of a +stranger. He is in a bookstore." + +There was one great advantage in Pliny's entering the employ of a +stranger. He was paid four dollars a week, whereas Mr. Tarbox paid his +boy but two. Here, then, was a clear gain of two dollars a week. + +"But you must be tired," said Mrs. Tarbox. "You will see the children at +supper. Martha, I think Frank would like to go to his room." + +The best bedroom was over the parlor. It was rather more cheerful, +because lighter. + +"Here," said Mr. Tarbox, "you must make yourself at home. Martha, isn't +one of the drawers in that bureau empty? I thought so. Take your clothes +out of the valise and put them away. Now, is there anything you would +like?" + +"Only a little water to wash in," said Frank. "You are both very kind." + +"We hope to make you comfortable. You are our relative, you know." + +The water was brought up by Mrs. Tarbox herself, and Frank was left +alone, on the whole well pleased with his reception. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +AN UNPLEASANT DISCOVERY + + +It never occurred to Frank that his cordial reception was wholly due to +his supposed wealth. Had he known the Tarbox family better, he would +have had no uncertainty on this point. As it was, the discovery was soon +made. + +"All my olive branches are for you, my dear young cousin," said Mr. +Tarbox, waving his hand. "A peaceful, happy family. Children, this is +our esteemed relative, Frank Courtney. You remember visiting his +delightful home, the Cedars." + +"Yes, pa," said Julia. + +Pliny said nothing, but stared at Frank, inwardly considering whether it +would be possible to borrow some money of him. + +"I am glad to meet you all. I hope we shall become better acquainted," +said Frank politely. + +"No doubt you will," said Mr. Tarbox. "They are rather bashful, but they +long to know you." + +"How are you?" said Pliny, in a sudden burst of sociability. + +"Pretty well, thank you!" answered Frank, finding it rather difficult to +preserve his gravity. + +"I am in a store," said Pliny. + +"In your father's store?" + +"No. He wouldn't pay me as much as I get where I am." + +Mr. Tarbox looked embarrassed. + +"A smaller boy answered my purpose," he said, in an explanatory manner. +"Pliny is suited for higher duties. But our supper is ready. It is +frugal compared with yours at the Cedars, my dear Frank, but you are +heartily welcome to it." + +"It looks very nice, Mr. Tarbox," said our hero, "and I have not been +accustomed to luxurious living." + +This answer pleased Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox. Even if Frank should become a +boarder on liberal terms, they didn't wish to spend too much on their +table. + +"We couldn't get sirloin steak," said Mr. Tarbox; "but I hope you will +find this good." + +"No doubt I shall," said Frank, politely. + +"Won't you have another piece of steak?" asked Mrs. Tarbox. + +Frank saw that there was but a small piece left, and, though his +appetite was not wholly satisfied, he answered: + +"No, thank you." + +"I will!" said Pliny, quickly. + +Mrs. Tarbox frowned at her son, but did not venture to refuse in the +presence of her guest. She cut off a small portion of the steak, and, +with a severe look, put it on the extended plate of Pliny. + +"You've got a good appetite, Pliny," said Julia. + +"So would you have, if you had to work like me!" grumbled Pliny. + +After the steak came an apple pie, which was cut into seven pieces. Mrs. +Tarbox managed to make Frank's piece a little larger than the rest. + +Her husband observed it with approval. He was very desirous that Frank +should be satisfied with his fare. + +When Pliny rose from the table, saying that he must be getting back to +the store, Frank rose also. + +"I will go with you," he said, "if you have no objection. I would like +to take a walk." + +"Come along," said Pliny. "I should like to have company." + +"You will be a great deal of company for Pliny," observed Mr. Tarbox, +rubbing his hands with satisfaction. "Just of an age and of congenial +tastes." + +Frank hardly expected to find Pliny very congenial, but he wished to +obtain some information, which he thought the latter could give him, +and he also wanted to see something of Newark. + +"I say, your name is Frank, isn't it?" commenced Pliny: + +"Yes." + +"The old man's awful glad to see you." + +"I am glad of it. He has received me very kindly." + +"Got up an extra supper for you. We don't often get steak for supper." + +This was rather an embarrassing revelation, and surprised Frank +somewhat. The supper had not seemed to him at all extra. It would do, +but was far from luxurious. + +"I hope you'll stay with us a good while," continued Pliny. + +"Thank you." + +"You see we shall live better while you are with us, and the rest of us +will be gainers." + +"I don't want to put your father to any unusual expense." + +"Oh, he can afford it! But he's stingy, father is. He doesn't spend any +more than he can help." + +"It is best to be economical, I suppose." + +"When you don't carry it too far. I say, Frank," continued Pliny, +lowering his voice, "you can't lend me five dollars, can you?" + +Frank regarded Pliny with astonishment. The proposal was very abrupt, +especially when the shortness of their acquaintance was considered. + +"Are you particularly in need of money?" asked Frank. + +"Well, you see," said Pliny, "I want it for a particular purpose." + +"Why not ask your father for it?" + +"Oh, he'd never let me have it!" + +Now, in Frank's present circumstances, five dollars represented a good +deal of money. He was the more impressed with the necessity of economy +since he had found out how small were the wages paid in stores to boys +of his age. + +He did not feel at all inclined to grant Pliny's request, especially as +he had a strong suspicion that it would be a long time before the sum +would be returned. + +"Why do you apply to me, Pliny?" he asked, seriously. + +"Didn't your mother die and leave you a big property? Father says you +must be worth more than a hundred thousand dollars." + +"Your father probably has not heard of the will," said Frank, quietly. + +"What was there in the will?" asked Pliny. + +"The whole property was left to Mr. Manning." + +"Who is he?" + +"My stepfather." + +"And nothing to you?" + +"Nothing to me." + +"But he's got to take care of you, hasn't he?" + +"It was expected, but I am going to earn my own living, if I can." + +Pliny stopped short in blank amazement and whistled. + +"Then you haven't got a lot of money?" + +"No." + +"Won't your stepfather give you a part of the property?" + +"I haven't asked him, but I don't think he will." + +"And why did you come to Newark?" + +"I thought your father might give me some help about getting a place." + +"If this isn't the richest joke!" said Pliny, laughing uproariously. + +"Where is the joke? I don't see it," returned Frank, inclined to be +angry. + +"The way you have taken in the old man. He thinks you are rich, and has +treated you accordingly--got up an extra supper and all that. Oh, it's +too good!" + +"I certainly didn't intend to take him in, as you call it," said Frank. +"The sooner you tell him the better." + +"I'll tell him," said Pliny. "I shall enjoy seeing how provoked he'll +be." + +"I think I will leave you," said Frank, shortly. "I will take a walk by +myself. + +"Well, don't lose your way. Oh, I wish the store was shut! I want to +tell the old man." + +And Pliny laughed again, while our hero walked off in disgust. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +THE WAY OF THE WORLD + + +Frank felt like an impostor when he discovered that his cordial +reception was wholly owing to the belief that he was his mother's heir. + +The situation was unpleasant, and he was impatient to have Mr. Tarbox +undeceived. He was sure that Pliny would lose no time in revealing his +true position, and decided not to return to the house of Mr. Tarbox till +nine o'clock, when the story would have been told. + +He wandered about aimlessly till he heard the city clocks strike nine, +and then rang the bell at his relation's house. + +The family, with the exception of the two younger children, were +assembled in the common sitting room. + +As Frank entered, instead of the cordial welcome he had previously +received, he noticed a look of coldness and constraint on the faces of +Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox, while Pliny looked as if some stupendous joke was +being perpetrated. + +"Good-evening!" said Frank, politely. "I have been taking a walk." + +"My son Pliny tells me," said Mr. Tarbox, "that you have not inherited +your mother's property." + +Frank bowed. + +"And that it has gone to your stepfather." + +"It seems so." + +"I am amazed." + +"So was I, sir." + +"Your mother has practically disinherited you?" + +"It was not my mother, sir," said Frank, hastily. "I can't explain it, +but I'm sure she would not will away everything from me." + +"Do you suspect your stepfather of anything irregular?" asked Mr. +Tarbox, briskly. + +"I would rather not answer your question, sir. I don't care to make any +charges which I cannot prove." + +"And so Mr. Manning has sent you out into the world to earn your own +living, has he?" + +"No, sir. He has consented that I may do so. It was my own plan." + +Much as Frank was prejudiced against his stepfather, his natural sense +of justice would not allow him to accuse him unjustly. + +"Did he suggest that you should come to me?" asked Mr. Tarbox, in a +tone which Frank did not like. + +"No, sir." + +"So that was your idea, too," continued Mr. Tarbox, with a palpable +sneer. + +"Yes, sir," answered Frank. "You are not a very near relative, but the +nearest I know of, and I supposed you would be willing to give me some +advice about the best means of earning my living. I remembered," he +could not help adding, "that my mother received you all as guests for a +considerable time, and I thought I might take the liberty." + +"Oh, certainly!" returned Mr. Tarbox, rather abashed. "I am, of course, +ready to give you advice, and my first advice is to seek a lawyer and +let him institute a suit against your stepfather, on speculation. That +is, he gets nothing if he fails, but obtains a commission if he +succeeds. I could myself recommend a reliable man." + +"Thank you, sir; but I have no present thought of contesting the will." + +"I think you make a mistake. Do I understand that you expect to earn +your own living?" + +"I shall try to do so." + +"You will find it very difficult. You may expect me to take you into my +own store, but there is no vacancy, and--" + +Frank hastily assured Mr. Tarbox that he had no such expectations. He +had no wish to deprive the errand boy of the two dollars a week, which +he probably richly earned. + +"Situations in Newark are not easily obtained," proceeded Mr. Tarbox. "I +am willing that you should stay with us a day or two, but I don't think +you will find it worth your while to stay here." + +Mr. Tarbox feared that his young relative might expect to find a home +free of charge in his house, and such an arrangement did not suit his +economical ideas. There was no profit in it, but, on the contrary, a +positive loss. Frank read clearly the thoughts of his host, with the +help of what Pliny had told him, and, expressing his thanks very +briefly, announced his intention to go to New York the next morning. + +"It may be the best thing you can do!" said Mr. Tarbox, relieved. "New +York opens a much wider field to a boy of enterprise than Newark, and +probably you will pick up something to do." + +"It won't be my fault, if I don't," said Frank. + +"You have my best wishes," said Mr. Tarbox. "The demands of my family +forbid me offering you any pecuniary assistance, but--" + +"I don't stand in need of it, sir. I have money enough to keep me till I +get started in something." + +"Really, I am very glad to hear it!" + +And there is no doubt that Mr. Tarbox was sincere. + +"I wonder how much money he has got?" thought Pliny. "Perhaps he'd lend +me two dollars. I'll ask him, if I have a chance." + +Pliny proposed to borrow, not because he needed the money, but because +he liked to levy contributions upon any available party, with a very +faint idea of repaying the same. The money would go to swell his deposit +at the savings bank. It was very commendable, of course, to save his +money, but not at the expense of others, as Pliny too frequently did. + +"I have moved you out of the spare room," said Mrs. Tarbox, when our +hero asked permission to retire, "and put you in the same room with +Pliny. I suppose you won't mind?" + +"Just as you please, Mrs. Tarbox," said Frank, though he would have +preferred to have passed the night alone. + +"Could you make it convenient to lend me two dollars?" asked Pliny, as +they went up to bed together. + +"Not just now," answered Frank. "When I get something to do I shall not +need to be so careful of my money." + +"One dollar would answer," persisted Pliny. + +Without a word, Frank drew a dollar bill from his pocketbook and handed +it to Pliny. + +"Now," he thought, "I shall not feel under any obligations to the +family." + +"You're a good fellow, even if you are poor," said Pliny, in high good +humor. + +Frank was tired, and it was not long before all his anxieties for future +were lost sight of in a sound and refreshing slumber. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +FRANK ARRIVES IN NEW YORK + + +The breakfast the next morning was very meager. It was no longer an +object to gratify Frank's palate, now that he turned out to be a poor +relation, and the family returned to their usual plain diet. + +"So you are resolved to go to New York this morning," said Mr. Tarbox. +"Of course it would gratify us to have you remain longer, but I +appreciate your anxiety to go to work." + +Frank was by no means deceived by this statement. He knew very well +that Mr. Tarbox would be relieved by his departure, but of this +knowledge he made no sign. He merely said that he thought it best to go. + +He took leave of his hosts, and, purchasing a ticket at the railway +station, found himself within an hour in New York. He had been there +before, but it was not for a long time, and he had but a vague general +idea of the city. + +Frank made inquiries of a kindly man who owned a clean little store on +one of the streets. The latter knew of places where Frank could board +and lodge for five dollars a week or about that and directed Frank to +them. They were all near University Place. He found the place without +difficulty. + +A slipshod servant answered the bell. + +"Have you got any small rooms?" asked Frank. + +"Yes," answered the girl. "Missus is out, but I'll show you a hall +bedroom, if you like." + +"I should like to see it." + +Frank followed the girl upstairs. + +He was not favorably impressed by the appearance of the interior. He did +not so much mind its being shabby, but he was repelled by the evident +lack of neatness. + +The girl threw open the door of a small hall bedroom at the head of the +stairs, but it looked so comfortless that he felt sure he should not +like it. He thought it best, however, to inquire the price. + +"Five dollars a week with board," answered the girl. + +"I don't think it will suit me," said our hero. + +"There's a larger room for seven dollars," said the servant. + +"No. I think I will look elsewhere." + +The next house was not much better, but the third was much neater and +more attractive, and Frank agreed to take a room at five dollars per +week. + +It was a small hall bedroom, but it looked clean, and the lady who +showed him about the house was very neat in her dress. + +"When will you come?" asked the lady. + +"Now," replied Frank, promptly. + +"Would you mind paying the first week in advance?" + +"Not at all. Here is the money." + +And Frank drew a five-dollar bill from his portemonnaie. + +"Thank you!" said the boarding-house keeper. "I have lost so much by +boarders going away owing me money that I am obliged to ask gentlemen to +pay in advance till I am well acquainted with them." + +"That is quite right," said Frank. "What is your dinner hour?" + +"Six o'clock. We have lunch at half-past twelve for the ladies, but if +any gentleman happens to be at home at that time, he can go in." + +Frank looked at his watch. It was only eleven o'clock and as so much of +the day remained, he decided, as soon as he had unpacked his valise, to +go downtown and look for a place without delay. + +"I shall not be here at lunch to-day," he said. "You may expect me at +dinner." + +There was a small bureau in the room--a piece of furniture not often +found in hall bedrooms. + +Frank deposited the contents of the valise in the bureau drawers, and +then went downstairs and out into the street. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +FRANK SEEKS EMPLOYMENT IN VAIN + + +It was a bright, pleasant day, and Broadway looked very lively. In spite +of his being alone in a strange city, with uncertain prospects, Frank +felt in good spirits. + +Boys of his age usually like excitement and bustle, and Frank was quick +to notice the shifting scenes of the great panorama. + +"Here are thousands of people," he reflected, "all of whom make a living +in some way. I don't see why I can't succeed as well as they." + +Some of the objects he saw amused him. + +In front of him walked an elderly man with a large placard strapped to +his back, on which was the advertisement of a "Great Clothing Emporium." + +"I don't think I should fancy that kind of employment," thought our +hero. + +As he was looking in at a shop window, a boy about his own age hailed +him. + +"I say, Johnny, what's the price of turnips?" + +"Do you want to buy any?" asked Frank quietly. + +"Well, I might. Have you got any with you?" + +"I am sorry I can't supply you," said Frank, coolly. "Up our way we keep +our cattle on turnips." + +"You ain't so green, after all," said the boy, laughing good-naturedly. + +"Thank you for the compliment!" + +"I suppose I look countrylike," thought Frank, "but it won't last long. +I shall get used to city ways." + +Close by he saw in a window the sign: + + "CASH BOY WANTED." + +Frank as not altogether certain about the duties of cash boys nor their +rate of compensation, but he made up his mind not to lose sight of any +chances, and accordingly stepped into the store. + +It proved to be a large dry-goods store. + +Near the entrance he met a tall man, with black whiskers. + +"Do you want any cash boys?" inquired Frank. + +"Are you inquiring for yourself?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"You are too large. Besides, you would not be satisfied with the wages?" + +"How much do you pay, sir?" + +"Two dollars a week." + +"No; I don't think I should like to work for that," said Frank. "Are +those cash boys?" he asked, pointing out some boys of apparently ten to +twelve years, old, who were flitting about from desk to counter. + +"Yes." + +"I see they are much younger than I. Excuse the trouble I have given +you!" + +"None whatever," said the man, politely. + +Frank left the store, and continued his walk down Broadway. + +He began to feel a little serious. It was evident that the boys did not +receive as large compensation for their services as he had supposed. + +The problem promised to be a perplexing one, but Frank was by no means +discouraged. In fact, if he had been, he would hardly have deserved to +be the hero of my story. + +Though Clinton Place is not very far uptown, it is a considerable walk +from this point to the Astor House. + +There was so much to see, however, that Frank did not become tired, nor +was he sensible of the distance. He walked a little beyond the Astor +House, and, crossing Broadway, turned down Fulton Street. + +On the left side of the street his attention was drawn to a restaurant, +and he was led by the prompting of appetite to enter. + +The prices he found to be reasonable, and the tables were already pretty +well filled with clerks and business men, who were partaking of their +midday lunch. + +Frank found that a plate of meat, with potato and a small supply of +bread and butter, could be obtained for fifteen cents. + +He afterward found restaurants where the same could be gotten for ten +cents, but generally there was a deficiency in quality or quantity, and +there was less neatness in serving the articles. + +Seated at the same table with Frank were two young men, neither probably +much over twenty. One appeared to be filling a regular clerkship. + +"What are you doing now, Jack?" he asked of the other. + +"I am in the tea business." + +"How is that?" + +"You know the Great Pekin Tea Company, of course?" + +"Yes." + +"Well, until I can get a place, I am selling for them." + +"How do you make out?" + +"I can't tell you, for I have only just commenced," said his friend. + +"How do they pay--salary or commission?" + +"They are to pay me a commission--twenty per cent on what I sell." + +"That is a good commission." + +"Yes; it is good enough, if I can make a fair amount of sales. There is +a good deal of uncertainty about it of course. I would much rather have +a place like yours." + +Frank listened with interest. He wondered whether the Great Pekin Tea +Company would employ him. If so, he would have a field for his energy, +and every inducement to work hard, since his pay would depend on the +amount of his sales. Besides, as an agent, he would occupy a +comparatively independent position, and Frank was ambitious enough to +enjoy this. + + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +AN ADVENTURE IN WALL STREET + + +When the two men at his table left the restaurant, Frank followed them. +At the door the two parted, the clerk going toward Broadway, while the +agent walked in the direction of Nassau Street. + +"I beg your pardon," said Frank, overtaking him; "but may I ask you a +question?" + +"Half a dozen, if you like," said the other, good-naturedly. + +"I overheard what you said about the Great Pekin Tea Company. Do you +think I could get a chance to sell for them?" + +"Oh, yes; there'll be no trouble about that!" + +"I am looking for something to do," continued Frank, "and I think I +should like to try that." + +"You'll find it uphill work," said the agent; "hard work and poor pay. I +shall leave it as soon as I can get a regular position. Can't you get a +place?" + +"Perhaps I can. I haven't tried very hard yet," answered Frank; "but I +find boys are paid so little that I can't make enough to live on. If I +were a man it would be different." + +"I don't believe you can make more than a boy's wages at selling tea," +said Frank's new acquaintance, "but you might try it." + +"Would you mind giving me a note to the company?" asked Frank. + +"I will write a line on one of my business cards," said the agent. "That +will be all you will need." + +He drew out a card and wrote a line commending Frank to the attention of +the company. + +Frank thanked him, and sought the direction given. + +Entering a large shop, not far from the Astor House, he looked about his +inquiringly. Around him were chests of tea, inscribed with Chinese +characters. A portly man addressed him. + +"Well, my boy, what can I do for you?" he asked. + +"Mr. Mason, one of your agents, has given me this card," said Frank. "He +thinks you might be willing to employ me." + +"We are ready to employ any competent person," said the gentleman; "but +you seem very young." + +"I am sixteen, sir." + +"That is young. Have you had any experience as an agent?" + +"No, sir?" + +The man questioned him further and finally accepted him. + +Frank was told that it would be well to take samples of different kinds +of teas with their respective prices attached, and seek orders for them +at private houses and groceries, noting down in a little book orders +obtained. Small quantities he could himself deliver, and large +quantities, should he be fortunate enough to obtain any, could be sent +out from the store by their general delivery. + +"What commission am I to get, sir?" inquired Frank. + +"Twenty per cent on parcels sold to private houses and ten per cent when +you sell to retail dealers. To the first you can charge a full price, +but it is necessary to sell at lower rates to dealers." + +"I understand, sir," said Frank. + +"When do you want to begin?" + +"To-morrow morning, sir. Where do you advise me to go?" + +"New York has been pretty well canvassed, except perhaps the upper part, +Harlem. It might be well to make a start in Brooklyn." + +"Very well, sir. I will call to-morrow and get samples." + +As Frank left the store, he reflected, with satisfaction: + +"I have only been a few hours in New York, and I have gotten employment +already." + +This reflection raised his spirits, and disposed him to regard the +future with a degree of confidence. He resolved to spend the rest of the +afternoon in walking about in the lower part of the city, and acquiring +a little familiarity with the streets, as this was a kind of knowledge +he was likely to need. + +He strolled down Broadway, admiring the massive and stately structures +that lined the streets on either side. Very soon he came to Trinity +Church, and, standing in front it, looked down Wall Street. He had heard +so much of this street that he felt inclined to turn from Broadway and +walk down its entire length. + +As he sauntered along a man whom he met scrutinized him sharply, as if +considering some plan. Apparently making up his mind, he stepped up to +Frank, and, touching him on the shoulder, said: + +"Boy, would you like a job?" + +Now Frank, though he had engaged to work for the Great Pekin Tea Company +was ready to accept any other proposal, and answered promptly: + +"Yes, sir." + +"That is right," said the man. "It is a mere trifle, but I am willing to +pay you a dollar." + +"What is it, sir?" + +"Do you see that window?" + +He pointed to a basement window, in which were exposed rolls of gold, +currency and greenbacks of different denominations, and English +sovereigns and French gold coins. + +"I want you to do me a little errand in there," he said. + +Frank was rather surprised that the man did not do his own errand, when +the broker's office was so near, but he had no objection to earning a +dollar and signified his willingness. + +"What I want you to do," said his new acquaintance, "is to sell some +government bonds for me." + +"Very well, sir." + +The man produced a large yellow envelope, already open. + +"In this envelope," he said, "are two five-twenty governments for a +hundred dollars each. Take them in and sell them, and bring the proceeds +to me." + +"All right, sir." + +Frank took the envelope, and entered the office of Jones & Robinson, +that being the style of the firm. + +He advanced to the counter, and singling out a clerk, said: + +"I want to sell these bonds." + +The clerk took them and drew them out of the envelope. Then he figured a +little on a slip of paper, and said: + +"They are worth two hundred and twenty-five dollars and twenty-five +cents." + +"All right, sir." + +"Will you take a check or currency?" + +Frank hesitated. + +"Perhaps I'd better ask the man I am getting them for." + +"Very well. You can bring them here to-morrow." + +"Oh, I will let you know in a minute! The man is just outside." + +This answer immediately excited suspicion. Frank was too little versed +in business ways to understand how singular it was for his principal not +to transact his own business under the circumstances, but the brokers +were necessarily keen, shrewd men. + +"Wait a minute," said the clerk; "I will speak to Mr. Jones." + +Mr. Jones came forward and addressed Frank. + +"Are you acquainted with the man who gave you these bonds to sell?" he +asked. + +"No, sir. I met him in the street." + +"Did he offer you any pay for selling them?" + +"Yes, sir. He is going to give me a dollar." + +"Will you go out and ask him to come in here a moment?" + +Frank obeyed. + +When his employer saw him coming, he asked, eagerly: + +"Have you got the money?" + +"No," answered Frank. "They asked me if I wanted a check or currency." + +"Either currency or gold," answered the man, hastily. "Go back at once, +and don't keep me waiting." + +"They want to see you, sir." + +"What for?" inquired the man, looking disturbed. + +"I don't know." + +"There is no need of my going in," said the man, angrily. "I paid you to +sell the bonds. Now go back." + +"He won't come," reported Frank. "He says I can attend to the business. +He will take either gold or currency." + +"No doubt," said Mr. Jones, significantly. "Thomas, go out with this +boy, and tell the man that employed him that we do not purchase bonds +unless we have a reasonable assurance that they belong to the person +offering them. We will take the liberty of retaining them, giving him a +receipt for them, and if we are satisfied, he can have his money +to-morrow." + +Robinson, who had been examining some newspaper slips, here came +forward, and said: + +"That is unnecessary. I find that these bonds are among those stolen +from the house of Henry Percival, Madison Avenue, a week since. We must +manage to delay the man while we notify the police." + +Frank was very much surprised to learn that he was acting as agent for a +bond robber, and was fearful that he might himself be regarded with +suspicion; but he need not have troubled himself on this score. Wall +Street men are good judges of human nature, and it was at once concluded +in the office that Frank was the dupe of a designing knave. + +A boy was dispatched to the nearest police office, and Frank was +directed to tell his principal that he would not long be delayed. + +Naturally, however, the man outside had become suspicious. + +"I can't wait," he said. "Meet me on the steps of the Astor House at +five o'clock with the money. I am obliged to hurry away now to a +business appointment." + +Frank could think of no other pretext for delaying him, and was forced +to see him hurry away. + +He hastened back to the office and gave the alarm. + +"He has taken fright," said Robinson. "I fear we have lost him. Where +did he go?" + +Frank, however, was too ignorant of city streets to give any accurate +information. + +The consequence was that when the policeman appeared on the scene, there +was no occasion for his services. + +"At any rate," said the broker, "we have secured a little of the +plunder. What is your name and address my boy? We may wish to +communicate with you." + +Frank gave his name, and added the directions of his boarding house. + +"Shall I meet the man at the Astor House?" he inquired, as he was +leaving the office. + +"To be sure!" said Mr. Jones. "I came near forgetting that. Officer, +will you be on hand at the time?" + +"Better employ a detective, sir, as my uniform would keep the thief at a +distance. I don't think he'll appear, at any rate." + +"I do," said the broker. "He won't give up the money while he thinks +there is a chance of securing it." + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +THE CAPTURE + + +At the hour named, Frank repaired to the Astor House, and took a +position on the steps. + +He looked about him for his street acquaintance, but could see no one +who bore any resemblance to him. + +Finally, a man dressed in a gray suit with a pair of green glasses, +walked carelessly up to our hero and said, in a low voice: + +"Have you got the money?" + +Frank looked at him in surprise. + +This man had thick, black whiskers, while the man who had employed him +had none at all, so far as he could remember. Besides, the green glasses +altered him considerably. + +To make sure that he was not deceived he inquired: + +"What money?" + +"You know very well," said the man, impatiently. "You are the boy whom I +employed to sell some bonds this morning." + +"You don't look like the same man," said Frank. + +"Because of my glasses. I have to wear them at times on account of the +weakness of my eyes." + +While he was speaking, a quiet-looking man approached and listened to +the conversation. + +"Then," said Frank, "you can tell me how many bonds you handed me." + +"They were two five-twenty government bonds of a hundred dollars each." + +"Correct, sir." + +"Then hand me the money and be quick about it, for I have no time to +waste! You shall have the dollar I promised you." + +But here the quiet-looking man took a part in the conversation. Passing +his arm through that of the man with the green glasses, he said: + +"I will trouble you to come with me." + +"How dare you touch me? Do you mean to insult me?" demanded the other, +struggling with captor. + +"I will make all clear in due time. You must come with me and explain +how you came in possession of the bonds you gave this boy." + +"They were put in my hands by an acquaintance. If there is anything +wrong, I am not to blame." + +"In that case no harm will come to you; but now you must come along." + +After his experience, Frank walked to his boarding place. He was quite +ready for six o'clock. + +When he entered the dining room, his hostess introduced him to all. + +A young man sat next to him and entered into conversation. + +"What do you do, Mr. Courtney?" + +"I have taken an agency to sell tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company. I +am to begin to-morrow." + +"I am afraid you won't like it. A friend of mine tried it once and came +near starving." + +This was not encouraging, but Frank was not going to despair before he +had fairly begun his work. + +"I find that boys receive such small wages," Frank continued, "that I +preferred to try an agency." + +"Quite true," said Mr. Preston, condescendingly. "When I started I was +paid a paltry sum; now I am not paid what I am worth. Still, twenty-five +dollars a week is fair." + +"Quite fair," responded Frank, who could not, of course, know that Mr. +Preston did not receive one-half of this sum, though he chose to give +that impression. + +After dinner, Preston was obliged to go back to the store where he was +employed. By invitation, Frank walked with him. + +Turning into Sixth Avenue they passed a saloon. + +"Won't you have something to drink, Courtney?" said Preston. + +"No, thank you, I never drink," answered Frank. + +"It will brace you up, and make you feel jolly. Better come in!" + +"I don't need bracing up," answered Frank, quietly. + +"Well, perhaps you are right," said Mr. Peter Preston. "I don't indulge +very often, but sometimes I feel like it." + +Some boys might have yielded to the temptation, but Frank had determined +that he would abstain from liquor, and kept his resolution. A boy who +comes to the city is exposed at every step to this peril, and needs a +firm will to withstand it. It is the fruitful source of crime and +misery, and does more to fill our prisons than any other cause. + +"This is my store," said Preston, as he pointed to a modest-looking shop +on the west side of the avenue. "I wish I could keep you company longer, +but business before pleasure, you know." + +Before returning to his boarding house, Frank sat down for a short time +in Washington Park, and reviewed his plans and prospects. He could not +tell how he would succeed in his tea agency; but if that failed, he was +resolved to try something else. + +He didn't feel homesick, for since his mother's death he had no longer +any home ties. Young as he was, he felt that one part of his life was +at an end, and that a new life and a new career were before him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +THE YOUNG TEA MERCHANT + + +The next morning, at breakfast, one of the gentlemen, who had been +running his eyes over the morning paper, said, suddenly: + +"Ah! I see they have caught one of the gang who robbed the house of Mr. +Percival, on Madison Avenue, a week ago." + +"Read the paragraph, Mr. Smith," said one of the boarders. + +Mr. Smith read as follows: + +"About noon yesterday a boy entered the banking house of Jones & +Robinson, in Wall Street, and offered for sale two one-hundred-dollar +government bonds. On inquiry, he said that the bonds belonged to a man +in the street, whom he had never before met, and who had offered him a +dollar to sell them. This naturally excited suspicion, and a policeman +was sent for. Before he could arrive the man had hastily departed, +requesting the boy to meet him at a specified hour in front of the Astor +House and hand him the money. He came to the rendezvous, but in +disguise, and, while talking to the boy, was arrested. It is understood +that he has agreed to turn State's evidence, and probably the entire sum +stolen, amounting to several thousand dollars, will be recovered." + +Frank listened to this paragraph with interest. He was glad that his +name was not mentioned in the account, as he didn't care for such +publicity. He ventured to ask a question. + +"Is Mr. Percival a rich man?" he asked. + +"Very rich," answered Mr. Smith. "He is not now in the city, but is +expected home from Europe in three or four weeks. His house was left in +charge of an old servant--a coachman--and his wife; but the burglars +proved too much for them." + +"I am glad they are caught," said Mrs. Fletcher. "It makes my blood run +cold to think of having the houses entered at night by burglars." + +"Preston," said Mr. Smith, jokingly, "I hope you have your bonds locked +securely up." + +"I don't believe the sharpest burglar can find them," said Preston. "I +only wish I could get hold of them myself." + +"The boy who helped to capture the burglar ought to be well rewarded," +said one of the boarders. + +"Don't you wish it had been you, Courtney?" said Mr. Preston. + +"It was," answered Frank, quietly. + +There was a great sensation upon this announcement. All eyes were turned +upon our hero--most, it must be admitted, with an expression of +incredulity. + +"Come, now, you are joking!" said Preston. "You don't really mean it?" + +"I do mean it," assured Frank. + +"Tell us all about it," said Mrs. Fletcher, who had her share of +curiosity. "I didn't suppose we had such a hero in our house." + +"It didn't require much heroism," said Frank, smiling. + +"Tell us all about it, at any rate." + +Frank told the story as simply as he could, much to the satisfaction of +the company. + +"You'll come in for a handsome reward, when Mr. Percival gets home," +suggested Mr. Smith. + +"I don't expect anything," said Frank. "I shall be satisfied if I get +the dollar which was promised me. I haven't received that yet." + +"I wish I were in your shoes--that's all I've got to say," said Preston, +nodding vigorously. "Will you sell out for five dollars?" + +"Cash down?" asked Frank, smiling. + +"Well, I'll give you my note at thirty days," said the Sixth Avenue +salesman, who seldom kept five dollars in advance of his liabilities. + +"I won't sell what I haven't got," said Frank. "Probably I shall hear +nothing from Mr. Percival." + +After breakfast Frank went downtown and sought the store of the Great +Pekin Company. + +After half an hour's delay--for there were others in advance of him--he +was fitted out with samples and started for Brooklyn. + +It was his first visit to that city, but he had received some directions +which made his expedition less embarrassing. + +At the ferry he took a Flatbush Avenue car, and rode up Fulton Street, +and past the City Hall, up Fulton Avenue, for nearly a mile. + +Here were interesting streets, lined with comfortable houses--for Frank +had made up his mind first to try private houses. He had with him a few +pound parcels of tea, which he thought he could perhaps succeed in +disposing of at such places. + +He selected a house at random, and rang the bell. + +A servant answered the ring. + +Frank felt rather embarrassed, but there was no time to hesitate. + +"I have some samples of tea with me," he began, "of excellent quality +and at reasonable prices." + +"It's no use," said the girl, abruptly. "We never buy of peddlers," and +she closed the door in his face. + +"Not a very good beginning," thought Frank, rather mortified. "So I am a +peddler," he said to himself, and he called to mind the agents and +peddlers who in past years had called at the Cedars. + +With some compunction, he remembered that he had regarded them with some +contempt as traveling nuisances. Now he had entered the ranks of this +despised class, and he began to see that they might be perfectly +respectable, and were estimable persons, animated by a praiseworthy +desire to make an honest living. + +Thus thinking, he called at another door. + +It was opened, not by a servant, but by an elderly maiden lady, who had +rather a weakness for bargains. + +"I've got some nice tea," said Frank, "which I should like to sell you. +It is put up by the Great Pekin Company." + +"Are you sure it's nice?" asked the elderly lady. "We've been getting +ours at the grocery store on the avenue, and the last wasn't very good." + +"You'd better try a pound of ours," said Frank. + +"I don't know but I will," said the lady. "How much do you charge?" + +"I have some at fifty cents, some at sixty and some at seventy." + +"I guess I'll take the sixty." + +Frank had a pound parcel ready, which he delivered to her, and received +his money. + +"Seems to me you are pretty young for a peddler," said the lady, +regarding Frank with curiosity. + +"Yes, ma'am." + +"How old be you?" + +"Sixteen." + +"Been long in the business?" + +"No, ma'am; I've only just commenced." + +"You don't say so! Do you make much money at it?" + +"I haven't made much yet. I should be glad to supply you with some more +tea when this is gone." + +"Well, you can call if you are round this way. If I like it, I will try +you again." + +Frank's spirits rose. + +His profits on the pound of tea were twelve cents. This was not much, +certainly, but it was a beginning. + +At the next three houses he sold nothing, being rather rudely rebuffed +at one. At the fourth house, the servant called her mistress, a kind, +motherly-looking woman, who seemed to regard Frank with more interest +than his merchandise. + +"I hope you are succeeding well," she said, kindly. + +"This is my first day," said Frank, "and I have made one sale." + +"I have a son who is an agent like you, but he didn't begin so young. +He is now traveling in the West." + +"What is he selling?" asked Frank, with interest. + +"Dry goods. He travels for a wholesale house in New York." + +"I suppose he is a young man." + +"Yes; he is twenty-five, but he began at nineteen in a small way. He +sometimes got quite discouraged at first. That is why I feel interested +in any who are passing through the same experience." + +These pleasant words cheered Frank. Only at the nearest house he had +been called a tramp, but here he found that he was regarded with +consideration. + +"It is rather uphill work," said Frank. + +"And you seem very young." + +"I am sixteen." + +"Are you entirely dependent on what you earn?" asked the lady, +sympathizingly. + +"Not entirely," answered the young merchant, "but I hope to make a +living in this or some other way. Can I sell you any?" he asked, +hopefully. + +"I believe we have some on hand. Still tea will always keep, and I would +like to help you along." + +The kind-hearted lady took three pounds--two at sixty cents and one at +seventy. This gave Frank a profit thirty-eight cents and put him in good +spirits. + +He worked his way back to the avenue on the other side of the street, +and coming to a grocery store, entered. + +It occurred to him that he would try to sell some at wholesale. + +Frank was so young that the dealer did not suppose him to be an agent, +and asked what he would like to buy. + +"I came to sell, not to buy," said Frank. + +"What are you dealing in?" asked the grocer. + +"I have several samples of tea," said our hero. "If you will give me an +order, I will have it sent to you to-morrow." + +The grocer found, upon examination, that his stock was getting low, and +gave Frank an order, but he was obliged to sell below the regular price, +and only cleared three cents a pound. Still, on a sale of twenty-five +pounds, this gave him seventy-five cents, which was very encouraging. + +Adding up his profits, thus far, Frank found that his commission +amounted to a dollar and a quarter, which exceeded his anticipations. + +He continued his calls, but sold only one pound besides, at fifty cents, +netting him ten cents more. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +FRANK MEETS MR. MANNING AND MARK + + +The next morning Frank resumed his tea agency. As on the day previous, +he went to Brooklyn; but, though I should be glad to say that he was +more successful than on the first day, truth compels me to state that +the day was a comparative failure. + +It might be that he was unfortunate in the persons whom he visited, but +at all events, at the close of his labors he found that his commissions +amounted to less than fifty cents. He contented himself, therefore, with +a ten-cent lunch, and crossed Fulton Ferry between three and four +o'clock. + +"This will never do," thought Frank, seriously. "I shall have to be +economical to make my earnings cover my incidental expenses, while my +board and lodging must be defrayed out of the money I have with me." + +Frank was disappointed. It is easy to think of earning one's living, but +not quite so easy to accomplish it. A boy, besides being ignorant of the +world, is inexperienced, and so disqualified for many avenues of +employment which are open to men. It is generally foolish for a boy to +leave a good home and start out for himself, unless the chances are +unusually favorable for him. If he does it, however, he should not allow +himself to be easily discouraged. + +If Frank had given up the business in which he was engaged simply +because he had met with one unsuccessful day, I should not have been +willing to make him the hero of my story. + +"This will never do," thought Frank. "I must make a greater effort +to-morrow." + +The next day his commission amounted to a dollar, and the fourth day to +a dollar and twelve cents. + +"You are doing well," said his employer. "You are doing better than the +majority of our agents." + +In one way this compliment was satisfactory. In another way it was not +encouraging, for it limited his prospects. Frank began to think that he +would never be able to make his entire expenses as a tea agent. + +I don't propose to speak in detail of Frank's daily experiences, but +only to make mention of any incidents that play an important part in +his history. + +He was returning from Jersey City on the tenth day of his agency, when +in the gentleman's cabin he saw, directly opposite, two persons whom he +had reason to remember. + +They were Mark Manning and his father. + +Little reason as he had to like either, they reminded him of home, and +he felt pleased to meet them. + +He instantly crossed the cabin, and offered his hand to his stepfather, +who had not yet seen him. + +"When did you arrive, Mr. Manning?" he asked. + +"Why, it is Frank!" exclaimed Mr. Manning, with an appearance of +cordiality. "Mark, do you see Frank?" + +"Yes, I see him," replied Mark, coldly. + +"Haven't you anything to say to him?" asked his father, who was much +more of a gentleman than his son. + +"How are you?" said Mark, indifferently. + +"Thank you for your kind inquiry," said Frank, more amused than vexed, +for he cared very little for his stepbrother's friendship. "I am in very +good health." + +"And how are you getting along?" asked his stepfather, with an +appearance of interest. "Are you in any business?" + +"Yes," answered Frank. + +"What are you doing?' asked Mark, inspired a little by curiosity. + +"I am agent for a wholesale tea house in New York," Frank answered, +briefly. + +"You don't say so!" exclaimed Mark, rather impressed. "What is the name +of the firm?" + +"The Great Pekin Tea Company." + +"Does it pay well?" asked his stepbrother. + +"I have met with very fair success," replied Frank. + +"I congratulate you, Frank," said Mr. Manning. "Your energy and +enterprise are creditable--extremely creditable. I always predicted that +you would succeed--didn't I, Mark?' + +"I don't remember hearing you say so," said Mark. + +Mr. Manning shrugged his shoulders. + +"Nevertheless," he said, "I have often made the remark." + +"Where do you live?" asked Mark. + +"I board in Clinton Place." + +"A very respectable street," said Mr. Manning. + +Frank now thought it was his turn to become questioner. + +"How long do you remain in the city, Mr. Manning?" he asked. + +"Not long--only a day or two," said his stepfather. + +"We sail for Europe on Saturday," interposed Mark, "on the Cunard +steamer." + +"Indeed! I wish you a pleasant voyage." + +"I am sorry you won't go with us, Frank," said his stepfather, +cautiously. "You remember I gave you the chance to do so, and you +desired to devote yourself immediately to business." + +"Yes, sir. I would rather remain in New York." + +"It might possibly be arranged now, if you desire to go," said Mr. +Manning, hesitatingly. + +"No, thank you, sir." + +"Well, perhaps you are right," said his stepfather, considerably +relieved. + +"What parts of Europe do you expect to visit?" asked Frank. + +"We shall visit England, France, the Rhine, Switzerland, and perhaps +Italy." + +"I hope you will enjoy it." + +"Thank you; I think we shall." + +Frank checked a sigh. It was certainly tantalizing. If he could travel +with congenial friends, he felt that he would very much enjoy such a +trip; but with Mark in the party there would be little pleasure for him. + +"We are staying at the St. Nicholas Hotel," said Mr. Manning. "I would +invite you to come and dine with us, but I have an engagement first, and +don't know when we shall dine." + +"Thank you, all the same," said Frank. + +They had reached the New York side, and were walking toward Broadway. It +was necessary for Frank to go to the tea store, and he took leave of his +stepfather and Mark, again wishing them a pleasant voyage. + +"I hate that boy!" said Mark, as they walked away. + +"You should not indulge in any such disagreeable feelings, Mark," said +his father. + +"Don't you hate him?" + +"Certainly not." + +"One would think by your soft manner that you loved him," said Mark, who +was not noted for the respect with which he treated his father. + +"Really, Mark, I am shocked by your strange words." + +"What made you invite him to go to Europe with us?" + +"I knew he would not go." + +"He might have accepted, and then we should have been in a pretty +pickle." + +"Mark," said his father, rather irritated, "will you be kind enough to +leave me to manage my own affairs? I believe I have succeeded pretty +well so far." + +"Yes, you have," Mark admitted. "All the same, we'd better keep clear of +Frank till we get safely off on the steamer." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +A DISCOURAGING DAY + + +The next day was indeed a trying one and one of many experiences for +Frank. + +The first lady did not buy any tea, to be sure, but seemed sorry that +she was already supplied, and questioned Frank as to what success he was +meeting with. + +When twelve o'clock came, Frank had not sold a single pound. Even if he +earned nothing however, he had an appetite and must buy lunch. + +He entered a small oyster saloon, and went up to the proprietor. + +"Can I sell you some tea?" he asked. + +"No, I guess not. I get my tea in Harlem." + +"Take a couple of pounds," said Frank, "and I will take part of the pay +in lunch." + +"That is business," said the other. "Let me look at your tea." + +Frank showed him his samples. + +"Who employs you?' + +"The Great Pekin Tea Company." + +"They have a good name. Yes, I will try a couple of pounds at fifty +cents." + +This, of course, came to a dollar, and Frank's profit on the sale +amounted to twenty cents. This was precisely the cost of the lunch which +he ordered, so that he felt well satisfied with the arrangement. + +He left the saloon in better spirits, and resumed his travels from house +to house. + +I am sorry to say, however, that though he certainly exerted himself to +the utmost in the interests of the Great Pekin Tea Company and his own, +he did not sell another pound of tea that day. + +About three o'clock he got on board a Third Avenue horse car, bound +downtown and sat quietly down in a corner. + +"Harlem doesn't seem to be a very promising field for an agent," he said +to himself. "Perhaps it isn't fair to judge it by the first day. Still, +I don't think I shall have courage to come here to-morrow. I would +rather go to Jersey City or Brooklyn." + +Frank got off the cars at the Bible House and walked to his boarding +house, where a disagreeable surprise was in store for him. + +The night brought perplexity to Frank, but not discouragement. He was +naturally hopeful, and, in a large city like New York, he felt that +there are always chances of obtaining employment, provided he could +maintain his position, as he would have been able to do if he had not +lost the thirty-five dollars which his fellow boarder had stolen. Now, +however, circumstances were materially changed. + +One thing was tolerably clear to Frank, and this was, that he must give +up his agency. He had tried it, and been unsuccessful. That is, he had +failed to earn money enough to support himself, and this was necessary. + +As to what he should take up next, Frank was quite in the dark. As a boy +in a counting room he would be paid not more than four dollars a week, +if he could gain such a situation, which was by no means certain. + +The more he thought about the matter the more perplexed he felt, and it +was in an uncomfortable frame of mind that he came down to breakfast the +next morning. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +PERPLEXITY + + +He went out as usual after breakfast, and then walked leisurely +downtown. He proposed to go to the shop of the Great Pekin Tea Company +and resign his agency. He was on the watch during his walk for any +opportunities to repair his unlucky loss: + +At one place he saw a notice: + + "BOY WANTED." + +Though he felt sure the compensation would not be sufficient to allow of +his accepting it, he thought it would do no harm to make inquiry, and +accordingly entered. + +It was an extensive retail store, where a large number of clerks were +employed. + +"Is a boy wanted here?" asked Frank of the nearest salesman. + +"Yes. You may inquire at the desk." + +He pointed to a desk some distance back, and Frank went up to it. + +"You advertise for a boy," he said to a tall, stout man, who chanced to +be the proprietor. "Is the place filled." + +"No," was the answer; "but I don't think it would suit you." + +"Do you think I would not be competent, sir?" + +"No, that is not the difficulty. It would not be worth your acceptance." + +"May I inquire what are the duties, sir?" + +"We want a boy to open the door to customers, and this would not be +worth your accepting." + +"No, sir. Thank you for explaining it to me." + +The gentleman was favorably impressed by Frank's polite and gentlemanly +manners. + +"I wish I had a place for you," he said. "Have you ever had any +experience in our line of business?" + +"No, sir; I have very little experience of any kind. I have acted for a +short time as agent for a tea company." + +"You may leave your name if you like, and I will communicate with you if +I have a vacancy which you can fill." + +Frank thanked the polite proprietor and walked out of the store. + +Though this is a story written for boys, it may be read by some business +men, who will allow me to suggest that a refusal kindly and +considerately expressed loses half its bitterness, and often inspires +hope, instead of discouragement. + +Frank proceeded to the office of the tea company and formally resigned +his agency. He was told that he could resume it whenever he pleased. + +Leaving the store, he walked down Broadway in the direction of Wall +Street. + +He passed an elderly man, with stooping shoulders and a gait which +showed that he was accustomed to live in the country. + +He was looking about him in rather an undecided way. His glance happened +to rest on Frank, and, after a little hesitation, he addressed him. + +"Boy," he said, "do you live around here?" + +"I live in the city; sir." + +"Then I guess you can tell me what I want to know." + +"I will if I can, sir," said Frank, politely. + +"Whereabouts is Wall Street?" + +"Close by, sir. I am going that way, and will be happy to show you." + +Frank had no idea his compliance with the stranger's request was likely +to have an important effect up his fortunes. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +FRANK HEARS SOMETHING TO HIS ADVANTAGE + + +"My name," said the stranger, "is Peters--Jonathan Peters, of +Craneville, Onondaga County. I am a farmer, and don't know much about +New York. I've got a few hundred dollars that I want to put into +government bonds." + +"All right," said Frank, "there won't be any difficulty about it." + +"I've heerd there are a good many swindlers in New York," continued Mr. +Peters. "The squire--Squire Jackson, of our village--perhaps you may +have heard of him?" + +"I don't think I have, Mr. Peters." + +"Well, the squire told me I'd better take good keer of my money, as +there were plenty of rascals here who would try to cheat me out of it." + +"That is true, Mr. Peters. Only yesterday I was robbed of thirty-five +dollars by a man who boarded in the same house." + +"You don't say so?" + +"He opened my trunk and took out my pocketbook while I was absent on +business." + +"I wouldn't dare to live in York!" said the farmer, whose apprehensions +were increased by Frank's story. + +By this time they had reached the office of Jones & Robinson, with whom, +it will be remembered, Frank had once before had dealings. + +"If you will come in here, Mr. Peters," said our hero, "you will be sure +of honorable treatment. I will introduce you if you like." + +"I should be obleeged if you would," said the farmer. "Out in Craneville +I am to home, but I ain't used to York business men, and don't know how +to talk to them." + +It pleased Frank to find that, in spite of his inexperience, he was able +to be of service to one more unaccustomed than himself to city scenes +and city ways. + +He walked up to the counter, followed by the farmer, and said: + +"This gentleman wishes to buy some government bonds. I told him that he +could transact his business here." + +"Thank you! Mr. Benton, you may attend to this gentleman." + +Frank was about to leave the office, when Mr. Robinson called him back. + +"You have been in the office before, have you not?" he asked. + +"Yes, sir." + +"Are you not the boy who assisted in the capture of the man who robbed +Mr. Henry Percival, of Madison Avenue?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I thought so. I have been trying to find you for the last week." + +Naturally Frank looked surprised. + +"Mr. Henry Percival was at that time in Europe," said Mr. Robinson. "On +his return, a week since, he called on us, and expressed a desire to +have you call upon him. We had mislaid or lost your address, and were +unable to give him the information he desired." + +Frank's heart beat high with hope as the broker spoke. + +"Perhaps," he thought, "Mr. Percival may offer me a situation of some +kind, and I certainly am greatly in need of one." + +"Did Mr. Percival recover all his bonds?" he asked. + +"Nearly all," answered Mr. Robinson. "He considered himself exceedingly +fortunate, and he certainly was so." + +"Do you know how much he was robbed of?" asked Frank. + +"Rather over five thousand dollars. Of this sum all has been recovered +except three bonds of a hundred dollars each. Mr. Percival is a rich +man, and he won't miss that small amount." + +"I wish I were rich enough not to miss three hundred dollars," thought +our hero. "If I had my rights, I could say the same." + +Just now, in his extremity, Frank thought regretfully of the fortune he +had lost. Had he been so situated as to be earning enough to defray all +his expenses, he would scarcely have given a thought of it. + +"You had better go up to see Mr. Percival this evening," said the +banker, "if you have no other engagement." + +"Even if I had an engagement, I would put it off," said Frank. "Will you +give me Mr. Percival's number?" + +"No. 265," said Mr. Robinson. + +Frank noted it down and left the office. By this time Mr. Peters had +completed his business, and was ready to go out, also. + +"I'm much obliged to you," he said to Frank. "I was afraid I'd get into +a place where they'd cheat me. I guess Mr. Jones and Robinson are pretty +good folks." + +"I think you can depend upon them," said Frank. + +"If ever you come to Craneville, I should like to have you stay a few +days with me on my farm," said Mr. Peters, hospitably. "We are plain +folks, but will treat you about right." + +"Thank you, Mr. Peters. If I ever come to Craneville, I shall certainly +call upon you." + +Frank had something to look forward to in his approaching interview with +Mr. Percival. He had been able to do this gentleman a service, and it +was not unlikely that the capitalist would wish to make him some +acknowledgment. Frank did not exaggerate his own merits in the matter. +He felt that it was largely owing to a lucky chance that he had been the +means of capturing the bond robber. However, it is to precisely such +lucky chances that men are often indebted for the advancement of their +fortunes. + +While he was in a state of suspense, and uncertain what Mr. Percival +might be disposed to do for him, he decided not to exert himself to +obtain any employment. If he should be disappointed in his hopes, it +would be time enough to look about him the following day. + +What should he do in the meantime? + +He determined to treat himself to an excursion. From the end of the +Battery he had often looked across to Staten Island, lying six miles +away, and thought it would prove a pleasant excursion. Now, having +plenty of time on his hands, he decided to go on board one of the boats +that start hourly from the piers adjoining the Battery. The expense was +but trifling and, low as Frank's purse was, he ventured to spend the +amount for pleasure. He felt that he needed a little recreation after +the weeks of patient labor he had spent in the service of the Great +Pekin Tea Company. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +AN INCIDENT IN A STREET CAR + + +When Frank returned to the city, he walked slowly up through the Battery +to the foot of Broadway. He passed the famous house, No. 1, which, a +hundred years ago, was successively the headquarters of Washington and +the British generals, who occupied New York with their forces, and soon +reached the Astor House, then the most notable structure in the lower +part of the city. + +With his small means, Frank felt that it was extravagant to ride uptown, +when he might have walked, but he felt some confidence in the success of +his visit to Mr. Percival, and entered a Fourth Avenue horse car. It so +chanced that he seated himself beside a pleasant-looking young married +lady, who had with her a young boy about seven years old. + +Soon after the car started the conductor came around to collect the +fares. + +Frank paid his, and the conductor held out his hand to the lady. + +She put her hand into her pocket to draw out her purse, but her +countenance changed as her hand failed to find it. + +Probably no situation is more trying than to discover that you have lost +or mislaid your purse, when you have an urgent use for it. The lady was +evidently in that predicament. Once more she searched for her purse, but +her search was unavailing. + +"I am afraid I have lost my purse," she said, apologetically, to the +conductor. + +This official was an ill-mannered person, and answered, rudely: + +"In that case, ma'am, you will have to get off." + +"I will give you my card," said the lady, "and will send double the fare +to the office." + +"That won't do," said the man, rudely. "I am responsible for your fare, +if you stay on the car, and I can't afford to lose the money." + +"You shall not lose it, sir; but I cannot walk home." + +"I think you will have to, madam." + +Here Frank interposed. He had been trained to be polite and considerate +to ladies, and he could not endure to see a lady treated with rudeness. + +"Take the lady's fare out of this," he said. + +"And the boy's, too?" + +"Of course." + +The lady smiled gratefully. + +"I accept your kindness, my young friend," she said. "You have saved me +much annoyance." + +"I am very glad to have had the opportunity," said Frank, politely. + +"Of course, I shall insist upon reimbursing you. Will you oblige me with +your address, that I may send you the amount when I return home?" + +A boy of less tact than Frank would have expostulated against repayment, +but he knew that this would only embarrass the lady, and that he had no +right, being a stranger, to force such a favor upon her. He answered, +therefore: + +"Certainly, I will do so, but it will be perfectly convenient for me to +call upon you." + +"If it will give you no trouble, I shall be glad to have you call any +evening. I live at No. ---- Madison Avenue." + +Now it was Frank's turn to be surprised. The number mentioned by the +lady was that of the house in which Mr. Henry Percival lived. + +"I thought Mr. Percival lived at that number?" said Frank. + +"So he does. He is my father. Do you know him?" + +"No; but I was about to call on him. This morning Mr. Robinson, a broker +in Wall Street, told me that he wished to see me." + +"You are not the boy who caused the capture of the bondholder?" asked +the lady, quickly. + +"Yes, I am the boy, but I am afraid I had less to do with it than has +been represented." + +"What is your name?" + +"Frank Courtney." + +"My father is very desirous of meeting you, and thanking you for what +you have done. Why have you not called before?" + +"I did not know till to-day that your father had returned. Besides, I +did not like to go without an invitation." + +"I will invite you," said the lady, with a pleasant smile, "and I, as +well as my father, will be glad to see you. And now let me introduce you +to my little son. Freddie, would you like to see the boy that caught the +robber?" + +"Yes, mamma." + +"Here he is. His name is Frank." + +The little boy immediately began to ask questions of Frank, and by the +time they reached the Cooper Institute Frank and he were well +acquainted. + +"Don't get out, Frank," said Freddie. + +"I am going home, Freddie." + +"You must come and see me soon," said the little boy. + +"Now you have three invitations," said the lady. + +"I will accept them all," said Frank. + +And, with a bow, he left the car. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +FRANK MAKES AN EVENING CALL + + +After supper Frank walked slowly up to Mr. Percival's residence. Now +that he knew two members of the family, he looked forward with pleasure +to the call he was about to make. His prospects seemed much brighter +than when he woke up in the morning. + +On reaching the house of Mr. Percival, he saw at a glance that it was +the residence of a wealthy man, and the hall, into which he was first +admitted, was luxurious in its appearance. But Frank had been brought up +to the enjoyment of wealth, and he felt more at home here than in the +rather shabby boarding house in Clinton Place. + +A colored servant opened the door. + +"Is Mr. Percival at home?" he asked. + +"Yas, sah." + +"I should like to see him." + +"What name, sah?" + +"Frank Courtney." + +"Step in, sah, and I will 'form Mr. Percival," said the colored servant, +in a consequential tone that amused Frank. + +Frank stepped into the hall, but he was not left long without attention. +Little Freddie ran downstairs, eagerly calling out: + +"Did you come to see me, Frank?" + +"Yes," answered Frank, smiling; "but I came to see your grandfather, +too." + +"Come, and I will show you where he is," said the little boy, taking +Frank's hand. + +The two went up the staircase and into a handsomely furnished room, made +attractive by pictures and books. + +In a large armchair sat a pleasant-looking elderly man, of about sixty. + +"Grandpa," said the little boy, "this is Frank. He wants to see you." + +Mr. Percival smiled. + +"I am glad to see you, Frank," he said. "It seems, my boy, that you are +already acquainted with my daughter and grandson." + +"Yes, sir. I was fortunate enough to meet them to-day." + +"You relieved my daughter from some embarrassment." + +"I am glad to have had the opportunity, sir." + +Frank's manner was easy and self-possessed, and it was evident that Mr. +Percival was favorably impressed by him. + +"Take a seat," he said, "while I ask you a few questions." + +Frank bowed and obeyed. + +"Let me sit in your lap, Frank," said Freddie. + +Our hero took the little boy in his lap. + +With Freddie, it was certainly a case of friendship at first sight. + +"Won't he trouble you?" asked his grandfather. + +"No, sir. I like young children." + +Mr. Percival now proceeded to interrogate Frank. + +"Your name is Frank Courtney. Have you been long in the city?" + +"No, sir; only a few weeks." + +"What led you to come here?" + +"I wished to earn my living." + +"What that necessary? You do not look like a poor boy." + +"I was brought up to consider myself rich," said Frank. + +"Indeed! Did you lose your property?" + +"Perhaps I had better tell you how it happened, sir." + +"If you don't object, I should be glad to hear." + +Frank gave a brief statement of his position, and the circumstances that +led him to leave his home and go out into the world. + +Mr. Percival listened thoughtfully. + +"It is a singular story," he said, after a pause. "Your stepfather's in +Europe, then?" + +"Yes, sir; at least he sailed for Europe." + +"Have you heard from him?" + +"No, sir." + +"Do you expect to hear?" + +"I think not." + +"He can't feel much interest in you." + +"I don't think he does," answered Frank. "Still, I can't say that he has +treated me unkindly." + +"Do you suspect that your stepfather has wronged you in the matter of +the property?" + +"I would rather not answer that question, sir. I might wrong Mr. +Manning, and I have no proof to offer." + +"I understand you, and I applaud your discretion. It does you credit. +Some time or other the mystery may be cleared up, and the wrong, if +there is one, may be righted. I can't understand, however, how this Mr. +Manning should be willing to leave you dependent upon your own exertions +with such a scanty provision as twenty-five dollars a quarter." + +"I didn't ask for any more; and, besides, Mr. Manning offered to take me +to Europe with his son Mark." + +"Do you think that he was sincere in the offer?" + +"I don't think he expected me to accept it, and I am sure that it would +have been very disagreeable to Mark to have me in the party." + +"Have you any objections to telling me how you have succeeded in your +efforts to make a living?" asked the old gentleman, with a keen but +kindly glance. + +"I have been disappointed, sir," was the candid reply. + +"I am not surprised to hear it. A boy brought up as you have been cannot +rough it like a farmer's son or a street boy." + +"I think I could, sir; but I should not like to." + +"Precisely. Now, I am not sure that you acted wisely in undertaking a +task so difficult, since it was not necessary, and your stepfather could +hardly have refused to support you at home. However, as you have taken +the decisive step, we must consider what is best to do under the +circumstances. What work have you been doing?" + +"I have been selling tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company." + +"How have you succeeded?" + +"I have not been able to pay expenses," Frank admitted. + +"How have you made up the difference?" + +"I brought about fifty dollars with me from home." + +"Is it all used up?" + +"I had thirty-five dollars left, sir, but a day or two since one of my +fellow boarders opened my trunk and borrowed it without leave." + +"Of course you won't recover it?" + +"I don't think there is much chance of it, sir." + +"Then probably your money is nearly exhausted?" + +Frank did not like to admit his poverty, but owned up that he had less +than two dollars. + +"And yet you paid the car fares of this little boy and his mother?" + +"I hope, sir, I would not refuse to assist a lady when in trouble." + +Mr. Percival nodded two or three times, smiling as he did so. He was +becoming more and more favorably impressed without young hero. + +"Do you mean to continue this tea agency?" he asked. + +"No, sir; I have already notified my employers that I do not care to +continue it." + +"Have you anything else in view?" + +Frank felt that now was the time to speak. + +"I came here this evening," he said, "intending to ask you if you knew +of any situation I could fill, or could recommend me to employment of +any kind by which I might make a living." + +"I must consider that. Have you thought of any particular employment +which you would like?" + +"No, sir; I cannot afford to be particular. I will do anything that is +honest, and at all suitable for me." + +"What would you consider unsuitable?" + +"I should not wish to black boots, for instance, sir. It is honest work, +but I ought to be suited to something better." + +"Of course; What education have you had? Good, I suppose?" + +"I am nearly ready for college." + +"Then you are already fairly well educated. I will put you to a test. +Sit up to the table, and take paper and pen. I will dictate to you a +paragraph from the evening paper, which I should like to have you write +down." + +Frank obeyed, though, in doing so, he was obliged to set Freddie down, +rather to the little fellow's dissatisfaction. + +Mr. Percival selected a short letter, written by some public man, which +chanced to have found a place in the evening journal. + +Frank wrote rapidly, and when his copy was finished submitted it to Mr. +Percival. + +The old gentleman took it, and, running his eye over it, noticed that it +was plainly written, correctly spelled and properly punctuated. This +discovery evidently gave him satisfaction. + +"Very creditably written," he said. "I have known boys nearly ready for +college who could not copy such a letter without blundering. I am glad +that your English education has not been neglected while you have been +studying the classics." + +Frank was gratified by Mr. Percival's commendation, though he could not +see in what manner his education was likely to bring him employment. It +was desirable, however, to produce a favorable impression on Mr. +Percival, and he could not help hoping something would result to his +advantage. + +At this moment Freddie's mother entered the room, and greeted Frank with +a cordial smile. + +"Freddie," she said, "it is time for you to go to bed." + +"I don't want to leave Frank," said Freddie. + +"Frank will come and see you again." + +"Will you, Frank?" + +Frank made the promise, and Mrs. Gordon--for that was her name--left the +room, promising to return before Frank went away. + +He was now left alone with the old gentleman. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +FRANK IS OFFERED A POSITION + + +Mr. Percival engaged Frank in conversation on general topics while Mrs. +Gordon was out of the room. His young visitor had been an extensive +reader, and displayed a good deal of general information. Moreover, he +expressed himself intelligently and modestly, and deepened the favorable +impression which he had already succeeded in making. + +I should like to call the attention of my young readers to the fact that +Frank was now reaping the advantage of the time he had devoted to study +and the cultivation of his mind. + +A boy who starts in life with a fair education always stands a better +chance than one who is poorly provided in that respect. + +It is true that many of our prominent public men have started with a +very scanty supply of book-learning, but in most cases it has only +transferred the labor of study to their maturer years. + +President Andrew Johnson did not learn to read and write until after he +had attained his majority, but he made up his early deficiencies later. + +Abraham Lincoln, when nearly thirty, devoted his leisure hours to +mastering the problems in Euclid, and thus trained and strengthened his +mental faculties so that he was enabled to grapple with the difficult +problems of statesmanship in after years. + +Henry Wilson commenced attending an academy after he had reached the age +of twenty-one. + +The fact is, no boy or man can be too well equipped for his life-work. + +I hope my boy readers will not skip the paragraphs above, for they can +learn from them a useful lesson. + +When Mrs. Gordon returned, she placed in Frank's hands a small sum of +money, saying: + +"Allow me to repay my debt, with many thanks." + +"You are quite welcome," answered our hero. + +He had too much tact to refuse the money, but quietly put it into his +pocket. + +"Helen," said Mr. Percival, "I would like a word with you. We will leave +our young friend here alone for five minutes." + +"Certainly, father." + +The two went into an adjoining room, and Mr. Percival commenced by +asking: + +"How do you like this boy, Helen?" + +"Very much. He seems to have been brought up as a gentleman." + +"He has. Till a short time since he supposed himself the heir to a +fortune." + +"Indeed!" said Mrs. Gordon, with curiosity. + +Briefly, Mr. Percival rehearsed the story which Frank had told him. + +"What a shame!" exclaimed Mrs. Gordon, indignantly. "His stepfather +ought to be punished:" + +"That may come in time. Wickedness does not always prosper. But as +regards our young friend, I have a plan in view." + +"What is it, father?" + +"I find he has an excellent education, having been nearly ready for +college when the crisis in his fortunes came. I have been thinking +whether we could not find a place for him in this house. My eyes, you +know, are so weak that they are often strained by attention to my +correspondence and reading. I have an idea of engaging Frank Courtney as +a sort of private secretary, upon whom I can at any time call. Of +course, he would have his home in the house." + +"There will be no difficulty about that. Our family is small, and we +have plenty of vacant rooms. But, father, will he be qualified to +undertake the duties you have designed for him? He is very young." + +"That is true, my dear; but he is remarkably well educated. I have +tested his capacity by dictating a letter for him to copy." + +"Did he do the work satisfactorily?" asked Mrs. Gordon. + +"Without a single mistake." + +"Then, father, I would not hesitate to engage him. Freddie likes him, +and will be delighted to have him in the house." + +"Another idea, Helen. It is time Freddie began to study. Suppose we make +him Freddie's private tutor--say for an hour daily?" + +"That is really an excellent idea, father," said Mrs. Gordon, in a tone +of satisfaction. "It will please and benefit Freddie, and be a relief to +me. Do you think Frank will have patience enough?" + +"I watched him with the little fellow, and I could see that he liked +children. I am sure he will succeed in this as well as in the duties +which he will undertake for me." + +"I suppose he will have no objection to the plan?" + +"I think he will accept gladly. He has had a hard struggle thus far in +maintaining himself, and I can relieve him from all anxiety on that +score. I am indebted to him for helping me to recover my bonds, and +this will be an excuse for offering him a larger salary than the +services of so young a secretary could be expected to command." + +"Very well, father. Your plan pleases me very much, and I shall be glad +to have Frank commence to-morrow, if he chooses. Now let us return to +the library." + +While father and daughter were absent Frank had taken from the table a +volume of "Macaulay's History," and had become interested in it. + +He laid it down upon their return. + +Mr. Percival resumed his easy-chair, and said, with a smile. + +"My daughter and I have been consulting about you." + +Frank bowed, and his hopes rose. + +"I suppose you are open to an offer of employment?" + +"I am not only open to it, Mr. Percival, but I shall be grateful for +it." + +He could not help wondering what sort of employment Mr. Percival was +about to offer him. He concluded that it might be a place in some +business house. + +"The fact is," said the old gentleman, "I have a great mind to offer you +the situation of my private secretary." + +Frank was astonished. This was something he had not thought of. + +"Do you think I am qualified to fill such a position, Mr. Percival?" he +asked, hesitatingly. + +"The duties would not be difficult," returned the old gentleman. "Though +not in active business, the care of my property, and looking after my +scattered investments, involves me in considerable correspondence. My +eyes are not as strong as they once were, and I find them at times taxed +by letter-writing, not to mention reading. You can relieve me very +materially." + +"I shall be very glad to do so, sir. The duties will be very agreeable +to me." + +"But that is not all. My daughter proposes to employ you as private +tutor for Freddie." + +Frank smiled. + +"I think my scholarship will be sufficient for that," he said. + +Frank was to receive $50 a month and board. This was wonderful news to +him. Mr. Percival with great forethought paid him a month's salary in +advance. Frank went home happy. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + +FRANK AS PRIVATE SECRETARY + + +The next day Frank transferred his residence to Madison Avenue. He was +assigned to a pleasant room, decidedly superior, it need hardly be said, +to his room at Clinton Place. It seemed agreeable to him once more to +enjoy the comforts of a liberal home. + +Frank had had some doubts as to how he would satisfy Mr. Percival in his +capacity of private secretary. + +He was determined to do his best, but thought it possible that the old +gentleman might require more than he could do well. He looked forward, +therefore, with some apprehension to his first morning's work. + +Mr. Percival, though not engaged in active business, was a wealthy man, +and his capital was invested in a great variety of enterprises. +Naturally, therefore, he received a large number of business letters, +which required to be answered. + +The first day he dictated several replies, which Frank put upon paper. +He wished, however, to put Frank's ability to a severe test. + +"Here are two letters," he said, "which you may answer. I have noted on +each instructions which you will follow. The wording of the letters I +leave to you." + +"I will try to satisfy you sir," said Frank. + +Our hero was a good writer for his age. Moreover, he had been well +trained at school and did not shrink from the task assigned him. + +He read carefully the instruction of his employer, and composed the +letters in strict accordance with them. + +Mr. Percival awaited with some interest the result of his experiment. If +Frank proved competent to the task assigned him, his own daily labor +would be considerably abridged. + +"Here are the letters, sir," said our hero, passing the drafts to Mr. +Percival. + +The old gentleman examined them carefully. As he did so, his face +expressed his satisfaction. + +"Upon my word, Frank," he said, familiarly, "you have done your work +exceedingly well. They are brief, concise and yet comprehensive. I +feared that you would use too many words." + +"I am glad you are pleased, sir. Dr. Brush trained us to write letters, +and he cut down our essays when they were too diffuse." + +"Then I feel indebted to Dr. Brush for providing me with so competent a +young secretary. You will be able to assist me even more than I +anticipated. I shall, of course, read over your letters before they are +sent, to make sure that you have fully comprehended and carried out my +instructions, but I don't expect they will need much correction." + +Frank was much gratified by these words. This was the only point on +which he had felt at all doubtful as to his ability to please his +employer. + +Sometimes, when his eyes pained him more than usual, Mr. Percival also +employed him to read to him from the daily papers, or from some book in +which he was interested, but this did not occur regularly. + +Every day, however, Frank was occupied with Freddie. The little boy knew +his alphabet, but nothing more, so that his young teacher had to begin +with him at the beginning of the primer. + +He succeeded in interesting his little pupil, and did not protract his +term of study so as to weary him. + +Finding that the little fellow was fond of hearing stories, he read to +him every day a story or two from Hans Christian Andersen, or from a +collection of German fairy stories, and sometimes went out to walk with +him. + +Freddie was delighted with his teacher, and freely expressed his +approval to his mother and grandfather. + +"Really, Frank," said Mrs. Gordon, "I shall begin to be jealous of your +hold upon Freddie. I am not sure but he likes your company better than +mine." + +"I don't think Freddie will prefer anyone to his mother," said Frank; +"but I am glad he likes to be with me." + +"You have certainly proved very successful as a private tutor, Frank," +said Mrs. Gordon, "and my father tells me you succeeded equally well as +a secretary." + +"It is partly because you both treat me so indulgently," answered Frank, +gracefully. + +This answer pleased Mr. Percival and Mrs. Gordon, who more than ever +congratulated themselves upon the lucky chance that had thrown Frank in +their way. + +Assuredly he made himself very useful in the small household, +contributing to the comfort and pleasure of Freddie, his mother and +grandfather in nearly equal measure. + +While Frank's monthly salary was of great value and importance to him, +it was nothing to Mr. Percival in comparison with the pleasure and +relief afforded by his presence in the house. + +It must not be supposed, however, that Frank's time was wholly occupied +by the duties of his two positions. Usually he had several hours daily +at his disposal, and these he was allowed to spend as he pleased. + +Part of this he occupied in visiting different localities of the city +and points of interest in the neighborhood, and part in reading and +study. + +Mr. Percival had a large and well-selected library, which, to a boy of +Frank's studious tastes, was a great attraction. + +He entered upon a course of solid reading, embracing some of the +standard histories, and devoted some hours every week to keeping up his +acquaintance with the Greek and Latin authors which he had read at +school. + +In this way his time was well and usefully employed, and the weeks +slipped by till almost before he was aware six months had passed. + +One afternoon Frank walked down Broadway enjoying the bright sunshine. +Just in front of the St. Nicholas Hotel he heard his name called and +looking up he recognized with some surprise, Pliny Tarbox, his cousin +from Newark. + +Pliny asked many questions as to what Frank was doing and how much money +he was making. Frank told him of his good fortune in obtaining the +position he held with Mr. Percival and the two parted--Frank the much +happier of the two. + +Pliny urgently invited Frank to visit them but Frank would rather remain +in New York. + +"I hope I shall never think so much of money as Pliny and his father," +thought Frank. "Money is a good thing to have but there are some things +that are better." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + +A LETTER FROM MR. TARBOX + + +Frank did not speak to Mr. Percival's family of his meeting with Pliny. +It was not pleasant to him to think that he was valued only for his good +fortune. He had seen but little of the Tarbox family, but he understood +very well what their professions of friendship amounted to, and that +they were not to be relied upon in an emergency. + +He was not much surprised on Monday afternoon to receive the following +letter from Erastus Tarbox: + +"My Dear Young Cousin:--We have been wondering what has become of you, +and Mrs. T. and myself have often wished to invite you to pass a Sabbath +at our humble home. Not knowing your address, I could not write to you, +or I should have done so. You can imagine, therefore, the pleasure we +felt when Pliny told us that he had met you, and gave us tidings of your +remarkable success, which I am sure does you great credit. + +"He tells me that you fill a very responsible position, and receive a +very liberal salary. I could wish that Pliny might be equally fortunate, +and shall esteem it a great favor if you will mention him to your +respected employer, and recommend him for any lucrative position which +he may bestow upon him. Pliny is a very capable boy, and has been +carefully trained to habits of frugality and industry. + +"Can you not soon come out and pass a Sabbath with us? The esteem which +we have for your late lamented mother alone would secure you a cordial +welcome, not to speak of the friendship for yourself. Pliny often says +that you seem to him like a brother, and he would truly enjoy your +companionship. + + "Your sincere friend and cousin, + Erastus Tarbox." + +The time was when Frank would have put confidence in the friendly +expressions used by Mr. Tarbox, but his eyes had been opened, and he +understood that if misfortune should come to him, it would not do to +lean upon his cousins at Newark. + +Frank wrote a civil reply to Mr. Tarbox, thanking him for his +invitation, but saying that at present it would not be convenient for +him to accept it. He added that should an opportunity offer he would be +glad to assist Pliny to a better position than he now held. + +In spite of his wish to be cordial, his letter was felt by the Tarbox +family to be cold, and they regretted that they had not treated him +better during his brief visit to them. + +But then how could they suppose he would be so successful? If the time +should ever come when he recovered his property, they would be prepared +to make a determined effort to convince him that they had always been +his affectionate friends. + +About this time Frank received another letter, which afforded him +greater satisfaction than the one from Newark. + +This letter was from Col. Vincent, who, it will be remembered, had +purchased Ajax when Mr. Manning persisted in selling him. It was as +follows: + +"My Dear Frank: I learned incidentally from one of our townsmen, who +recently met you in New York, that you have been very successful in +obtaining employment, and that of an honorable and responsible +character. It relieved my mind, for, knowing how hard it is for a boy to +make his own way in a large city, I feared that you might be suffering +privation, or living poorly. I hope, however, you would in that case +have applied to me for such help as your father's old friend would have +been glad to offer. + +"Your stepfather has not been heard from directly. I learn, however, +from some friends who have met him abroad that he is having trouble with +Mark, who is proving difficult to manage, and has contracted a dangerous +taste for gaming. Mr. Manning was obliged to leave Baden-Baden on +account of this unfortunate tendency, and is even thinking of returning +to the Cedars, where his son will be removed from temptation. To this, +however, Mark will be likely to make strenuous opposition. He will find +it dull to settle down here after having tasted the gayety of Europe." + +Here followed a little local gossip, which the writer thought might +prove interesting to Frank, and the letter concluded with a cordial +invitation to our hero to spend a Sunday with him, or a longer time, if +he could be spared from his duties. + +Frank was disposed to accept the invitation, but his acceptance was +postponed by an unusual service which he was called upon to render to +Mr. Percival. + +Of this the reader will hear everything in the next chapter. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + +MR. PERCIVAL'S PROPOSAL + + +One morning, after writing several letters for his employer, the young +secretary asked Mr. Percival if he had any further commands. + +The old gentleman answered thoughtfully: + +"I have been thinking of asking you to do me an unusual service." + +"I shall be very glad to serve you in any way, Mr. Percival," said +Frank, promptly. + +"I have no doubt of it," said the old gentleman, kindly. "I have +observed your willingness to undertake any duty, and, still more, your +disposition to perform it thoroughly. In this particular case, however, +I have been considering whether a boy of your age would be competent to +do what I desire." + +Frank was not self-distrustful, neither was he over-confident. He was +naturally energetic and ambitious to distinguish himself, and not +afraid to undertake any difficult task. + +"Will you try me, Mr. Percival?" he said. "I will do my best to +succeed." + +"I am quite inclined to try you, Frank," said Mr. Percival; "the more so +because I know of no one else in whom I could confide. But I must give +you an idea of what I have in view. It would require you to make a +journey." + +Frank listened to this gladly. To a boy of his age, who had seen but +little of the world, a journey offered attractions. + +"I should like to travel," he said. + +"I have no doubt about that," said Mr. Percival, smiling. "At your age I +am sure I should have been equally willing to see something of the +world, though traveling involved at that time far more hardships than at +present. Now, however, I like best to stay by the fireside, and should +dread very much a journey to Minnesota." + +"To Minnesota!" exclaimed Frank, with sparkling eyes. + +He had not thought of a journey so extended. + +"Yes; it would be necessary for you to go out to Minnesota. Ordinarily, +a man can best look after his own affairs; but in the present instance, +I suspect that you could do better than myself. I don't mean this as a +compliment, but a boy like you would not be suspected, and so could +discover more than I, from whom facts would be studiously concealed. +But, of course, you don't understand my meaning. I will explain, and +then you can comprehend me." + +Frank was all attention. + +"You must know that I own a good deal of property in a certain township +in Southern Minnesota. When a young man, I bought three hundred and +twenty acres of land in the township of Jackson, obtaining it at a +slight advance on government rates. + +"Some improvements had been made, and I was induced to visit the place. +I found but three families in residence, but I saw also that the place +had large natural advantages, water-power, etc., and presented an +unusually favorable site for a village. I had considerable means, and +started the village by erecting a dozen houses, a store, a sawmill, +gristmill, and so on. + +"This formed a nucleus, and soon quite a village sprang up. The sawmill +and gristmill proved profitable, all my houses were tenanted, and I +erected more, securing also additional land. In course of time I was +induced to sell some of my houses, but I still own two stores, a dozen +houses, the saw and gristmills, besides two outlying farms. + +"Living so far away, I could not attend personally to the business +connected with my investment, and was compelled to appoint an agent. Up +to four years since, I was fortunate enough to possess the services of a +capable and trustworthy man, named Sampson. He died after a few weeks' +illness, and I was compelled to look out for a successor. + +"Now, I had a distant cousin, who had never succeeded very well in life, +and was at that time seeking for employment of some kind. He heard of +the vacancy, and importuned me to appoint him as my agent in Jackson. I +had no reason to doubt his honesty, though his repeated failures might +well have led me to suspect his capacity. I was weak enough, as I now +consider it, to yield to his importunities and give him the post he +sought. + +"The result was that during the first year of his incumbency the amount +turned over to me was only three-fourths as much as in the last year of +his predecessor. The second year there was a further falling off. The +same happened the third year, until at the present time my rents amount +to less than half what they were in Mr. Sampson's time. + +"Of course, my suspicions that my cousin was at least inefficient were +aroused long since. I have repeatedly asked an explanation of the +diminished revenues, and plenty of excuses have been made, but they do +not seem to me satisfactory. + +"Moreover, I have heard a rumor that Mr. Fairfield is intemperate in his +habits, and I have considerable reason to believe that the story is +correct. I have made up my mind that something must be done. A regard +for my own interests requires that if my agent is unfaithful he should +be displaced, and I wish to find out from some reliable source the true +state of the case. + +"Now I will tell you what I have in view. I propose to send you out to +Jackson to investigate and report to me your impressions of the manner +in which Mr. Fairfield discharges his duties, and whether you think a +change should be made in the agency." + +Frank listened to Mr. Percival with a flushed face and a feeling of +gratification and pride that he should be thought of in connection with +a responsible duty. + +"I am very much obliged to you, Mr. Percival," he said, "for thinking of +me in such a connection. You may feel that I am presumptuous for +thinking I have any chance of successfully accomplishing what you +desire, but if you are willing to trust me, I am willing to undertake +it, and by following your instructions closely, and doing my best, I +think I can succeed." + +"I am willing to trust you, Frank," said Mr. Percival. "You are a boy, +to be sure, but you have unusually good judgment, and I know you will be +faithful to my interests. I understand, then, that you are willing to go +out as my accredited representative?" + +"Yes, sir. When do you want me to start?" said Frank, promptly. + +"As soon as you can get ready." + +"I will start to-morrow, if you desire it, sir." + +"Let it be to-morrow, then. We will now discuss some of the details +connected with the mission." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + +PREPARING FOR A JOURNEY + + +After receiving certain instructions from Mr. Percival in regard to the +manner of carrying on his inquiries, Frank said: + +"There is one thing I have thought of, Mr. Percival, that may interfere +with my success." + +"What is it, Frank? I shall be glad to receive any suggestion from you." + +"I have been thinking, sir, that it may excite surprise that I should +come to Jackson, and remain there without any apparent motive. Perhaps +Mr. Fairfield might suspect that I came from you." + +"I hardly think so, Frank. He would not suppose that I would select so +young a messenger. Still, it will be well to think of some pretext for +your stay. Can you help me?" + +"I have been thinking, sir, that I might fit myself out as an agent, or +peddler, or something of the kind. It would not only give me an excuse +for my journey, but enable me to call from house to house and pick up +information about Mr. Fairfield." + +"A capital idea, Frank. I see that you are better fitted for the task +than I supposed. I give you authority to fit yourself out in any way you +choose. I shall have to leave a great deal to your own judgment." + +"Then, sir, I think I might lay in a stock of stationery, pens and +articles of that nature. Probably this is so common that I would be +thought to be nothing more than I seemed." + +"That strikes me rather favorably, Frank." + +"I could fit myself out in the city, and take the articles along with me +in an extra valise or carpetbag." + +"Let me suggest an amendment to your plan," said Mr. Percival. "Wait +till you get to Chicago, and lay in your stock there. The advantage of +that arrangement will be that you will be saved the care of your +merchandise up to that point, and, as you may be asked where you +obtained your stock, it will create less surprise if you mention Chicago +than New York. It would be considered hardly worth while for a New York +boy to go so far on such a business--" + +This seemed to Frank an excellent suggestion and he instantly adopted +it. + +The next day Frank started on his long journey. He carried with him a +supply of money provided by Mr. Percival, and he was authorized to draw +for more if he should require it. + +He divided this money into two portions, keeping a small sum in his +pocketbook, but the greater part of it in an inside vest pocket, where +it would not be likely to be looked for by pickpockets. + +This arrangement was suggested by Mr. Percival. + +"I once experienced," he said, "the disadvantage of carrying all my +money in one pocket. I was in a Southern city, or, rather, on my way to +it, when an adroit pickpocket on the car relieved me of my wallet +containing all my available funds. I did not find out my loss till I had +arrived at the hotel and registered my name. You can imagine my +embarrassment. It was my first visit to that particular city, and I had +no acquaintances there, so far as I was aware. Had I mentioned my +position to the landlord, he might very probably have taken me for an +adventurer, traveling on false pretenses." + +"What did you do, sir?" asked Frank, interested. + +"I took a walk about the city, my thoughts occupied in devising a way +out of my trouble. To my great relief, I had the good fortune, during +the walk, to meet a New York acquaintance, who knew very well my +financial standing. I told him of my difficulty, and he immediately +introduced me at a bank, where I raised money on a New York draft. I +resolved, however, at that time, never again to carry all my money in +one pocketbook, as boats and railroad trains on the long routes are +generally infested by pickpockets and sharpers." + +Frank at once set about preparing for his journey. + +He bought a ready-made suit of blue cloth, not unlike that worn by the +district telegraph boys of to-day, which he judged would look more +suitable than his ordinary attire for the character he was about to +assume of a traveling peddler. + +He bought a through ticket to the railroad point nearest Jackson, and +then, bidding good-bye to Mr. Percival and his family, started on his +trip. + +Little Freddie made strenuous opposition to parting with his favorite, +but Frank promised to bring him home a present, and this diverted the +little fellow's thoughts. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + +FRANK REACHES JACKSON + + +It was four o'clock in the afternoon when Frank Courtney left the cars +and set foot on the platform before the station at Prescott, five miles +distant from the town of Jackson, in Southern Minnesota. + +He looked about him, but could see no village. + +Prescott was a stopping place for the cars, but there was no settlement +of any account there, as he afterward found. + +He had supposed he would find a stage in waiting to convey him to +Jackson, but it was clear that the business was not large enough to +warrant such a conveyance. + +Looking about him, Frank saw a farm wagon, the driver of which had +evidently come to receive some freight which had come by rail. + +Approaching the driver, who seemed to be--though roughly dressed--an +intelligent man, Frank inquired: + +"How far is Jackson from here, sir?" + +"Five miles," was the answer. + +"Is there any stage running there from this depot?" + +"Oh, no! If there were, it wouldn't average two passengers a day." + +"Then I suppose I must walk," said Frank, looking rather doubtfully at +the two heavy valises which constituted his baggage. + +"Then you are going to Jackson?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I come from Jackson myself, and in fifteen minutes shall start on my +way back. You may ride and welcome." + +"Thank you, sir!" said our hero, quite relieved. "I hope you will allow +me to pay you as much as I should have to pay in a stage." + +"No, no, my lad," said the farmer, heartily. "The horse can draw you as +well as not, and I shall be glad to have your company." + +"Thank you, sir!" + +"Just climb up here, then. I'll take your baggage and put it on the +wagon behind." + +When the farmer had loaded up, he started up the team. Then, finding +himself at leisure, he proceeded to satisfy his curiosity by +cross-examining his young passenger. + +"Do you come from the East?" he asked. + +"I am last from Chicago," answered Frank, cautiously. + +"I suppose you've got some friend in Jackson?" ventured the farmer, +interrogatively. + +Frank smiled. + +"You are the only man living in Jackson that I ever met," he said. + +"Indeed!" said the driver, puzzled. "Are you calculating to make a long +stay in our village?" he asked again, after a minute's pause. + +"That depends on business," answered the young traveler. + +"Are you in business?" + +"I have a stock of stationery which I shall offer for sale in Jackson," +answered Frank. + +"I am afraid you'll find it rather a poor market. If that's all you have +to depend upon, I am afraid you'll get discouraged." + +"I am also agent for an illustrated book," said Frank. "I may be able to +dispose of a few." + +"Perhaps so," answered the farmer, dubiously. "But our people haven't +much money to spend on articles of luxury, and books are a luxury with +us." + +"I always heard that Jackson was a flourishing place," said Frank, who +felt that now was his time to obtain a little information. + +"It ought to be," said the farmer; "but there's one thing prevents." + +"What is that?" + +"A good deal of our village is owned by a New York man, to whom we have +to pay rent. He has a rascally agent--a Mr. Fairfield--who grinds us +down by his exactions, and does what he can to keep, us in debt." + +"Has he always been agent?" + +"No. Before he came there was an excellent man--a Mr. Sampson--who +treated us fairly, contented himself with exacting rents which we could +pay, and if a man were unlucky, would wait a reasonable time for him to +pay. Then we got along comfortably. But he died, and this man was sent +out in his place. Then commenced a new state of things. He immediately +raised the rents; demanded that they should be paid on the day they were +due, and made himself harsh and tyrannical." + +"Do you think the man who employs him knows how he is conducting his +agency?" Frank inquired. + +"No; there is no one to tell him. I suppose Mr. Fairfield tells him a +smooth story, and he believes it. I am afraid we can hope for no +relief." + +"What would he say," thought Frank, "if he knew I were a messenger from +Mr. Percival?" + +"What sort of a man is this Mr. Fairfield in private life?" he asked. + +"He drinks like a fish," was the unexpected reply. "Frequently he +appears on the street under the influence of liquor. He spends a good +deal of money, lives in a large house, and his wife dresses expensively. +He must get a much larger salary than Mr. Sampson did, or he could not +spend money as he does." + +Though Frank had not much worldly experience, he could not help coming +to the conclusion that Mr. Fairfield was acting dishonestly. He put +together the two circumstances that this new agent had increased the +rents, and yet that he had returned to Mr. Percival only about half as +much as his predecessor had done. Clearly, he must retain in his own +hands much more than he had a right to do. + +"I shall have to report unfavorably on this man," he thought. + +One point must be considered--where he was to find a boarding place on +his arrival in Jackson. + +"Is there a hotel in Jackson?" he asked. + +"There is a tavern, but it's a low place," answered the farmer. "A good +deal of liquor is sold there, and Mr. Fairfield, our agent, is one of +the most constant patrons of the bar." + +"I don't think I should like to stop there," said Frank. "Isn't there +any private family where I can get board for a week or two?" + +"If you don't object to plain fare," said the farmer, "I might agree to +board you myself." + +This was precisely what Frank wanted, and he replied that nothing would +suit him better. + +"We live humbly," continued Mr. Hamlin--for this, Frank learned, was his +driver's name--"but we will try to make you comfortable." + +"I feel sure of that, sir, and I am much obliged to you for receiving +me." + +"As to terms, you can pay whatever you can afford. My wife and children +will be glad to see you. It's pretty quiet out here, and it breaks the +monotony to meet any person from the East." + +"How long have you lived in Jackson, Mr. Hamlin?" + +"About eight years. I was not brought up as a farmer, but became one +from necessity. I was a bookkeeper in Chicago for a good many years, +until I found the confinement and close work were injuring my health. +Then I came here and set up as a farmer. I got along pretty well, at +first; at any rate, I made a living for my family; but when Mr. +Fairfield became agent, he raised my rent, and, in other ways, made it +hard for me. Now I have a hard struggle." + +"I thought you were not always a farmer," said Frank. + +"What made you think so?" + +"You don't talk like a farmer. You have the appearance of a man who has +lived in cities." + +"Seems to me you are a close observer, for a boy of your years," said +Mr. Hamlin, shrewdly. + +Frank smiled. + +"I should be glad if your compliment were deserved," he answered. "It's +a pity you were not agent, instead of Mr. Fairfield," suggested Frank, +pointedly. + +"I wish I were," answered Hamlin. "I believe I should make a good one, +though I might not turn over as much money to my employer. I should, +first of all, lower the rents and make it as easy for the tenants as I +could in justice to my New York principal." + +"Do you know how much Mr. Fairfield receives--how large a salary, I +mean?" + +"I know what Mr. Sampson got--twelve hundred dollars a year; but Mr. +Fairfield lives at the rate of more than twice that sum, if I can judge +from appearances." + +"I suppose you would be contented with the salary which Mr. Sampson +received?" + +"Contented! I should feel like a rich man. It would not interfere with +my carrying on my farm, and I should be able to make something from +that. Why, it is as much as I received as a bookkeeper, and here the +expenses of living are small, compared with what they were in Chicago. I +could save money and educate my children, as I cannot do now. I have a +boy who wants a classical education, but of course there are no schools +here which can afford it, and I am too poor to send him away from home. +I suppose I shall have to bring him up as a farmer, though it is a great +pity, for he is not fitted for it." + +Mr. Hamlin sighed, but Frank felt in unusually good spirits. He saw his +way clear already, not only to recommend Mr. Fairfield's displacement, +but to urge Mr. Hamlin's appointment in his stead; that is, if his +favorable impressions were confirmed on further acquaintance. + +"It seems to me," said the driver, changing the subject, "you might find +something better to do than to peddle stationery." + +"I don't mean to follow the business long," answered Frank. + +"It can't pay much." + +"I am not wholly dependent upon it," said our hero. "There is one +advantage about it. It enables me to travel about and pay my expenses, +and you know traveling is agreeable to a boy of my age." + +"That is true. Well, your expenses won't amount to much while you are in +Jackson. I shall only charge you just enough to cover expenses--say +three dollars a week." + +Frank was about to insist on paying a larger sum, but it occurred to him +that he must keep up appearances, and he therefore only thanked his kind +acquaintance. + +By this time they had entered the village of Jackson. + +"There's Mr. Fairfield now!" said Mr. Hamlin, suddenly, pointing with +his whip to a rather tall, stout man, with a red nose and inflamed +countenance, who was walking unsteadily along the sidewalk. + +Frank carefully scrutinized the agent, and mentally decided that such a +man was unfit for the responsible position he held. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV + +DICK HAMLIN + + +Mr. Hamlin stopped his horse a quarter of a mile from the village in +front of a plain farmhouse. + +An intelligent-looking boy, of perhaps fifteen, coarsely but neatly +dressed, approached and greeted his father, not without a glance of +surprise and curiosity at Frank. + +"You may unharness the horses, Dick," said Mr. Hamlin. "When you come +back, I will introduce you to a boy friend who will stay with us a +while." + +Dick obeyed, and Frank followed his host into the house. + +Here he was introduced to Mrs. Hamlin, a motherly-looking woman, and +Annie and Grace, younger sisters of Dick. + +"I am glad to see you," said Mrs. Hamlin, to our hero, after a brief +explanation from her husband. "We will try to make you comfortable." + +"Thank you!" said Frank. "I am sure I shall feel at home." + +The house was better furnished than might have been anticipated. When +Mr. Hamlin left Chicago, he had some money saved up, and he furnished +his house in a comfortable manner. + +It was not, however, the furniture that attracted Frank's attention so +much as the books, papers and pictures that gave the rooms a homelike +appearance. + +"I shall be much better off here than I would have been at the tavern," +he thought. "This seems like home." + +"I see," said Mr. Hamlin, "that you are surprised to see so many books +and pictures. I admit that my house does not look like the house of a +poor man, who has to struggle for the mere necessaries of life. But +books and periodicals we have always classed among the necessities, and +I am sure we would all rather limit ourselves to dry bread for two out +of the three meals than to give up this food for the mind." + +"I think you are a very sensible man, Mr. Hamlin," said Frank. "I +couldn't get along without something to read." + +"Not in this out-of-the-way place, at any rate," said Mr. Hamlin. +"Nothing can be more dismal than the homes of some of my neighbors, who +spend as much, or more, than I do every year. Yet, they consider me +extravagant because I buy books and subscribe for periodicals." + +By this time, Dick came in from the barn. + +"Dick," said his father, "this is Frank Courtney, who comes from Chicago +on a business errand. He is a traveling merchant--" + +"In other words, a peddler," said Frank, with a smile, "ready to give +the good people in Jackson a chance to buy stationery at reasonable +prices." + +"He will board with us while he is canvassing the neighborhood, and I +expect you and he will become great friends." + +"I think we shall," said Frank. + +Dick was a little shy, but a few minutes set him quite at ease with his +new acquaintance. + +After supper, Frank said: + +"Dick, if you are at leisure, I wish you would take a walk about the +village with me. I want to see how it looks." + +"All right," said Dick. + +When the two left the house, the country boy began to ask questions. + +"How do you like your business?" he asked. + +"Not very well," answered Frank. "I do not think I shall stay in it very +long." + +"Do you sell enough to make your expenses?" asked Dick. + +"No; but I am not wholly dependent on my sales. I have a little +income--a hundred dollars a year--paid me by my stepfather." + +"I wish I had as much. It seems a good deal to me." + +"It doesn't go very far. What are you intending to be, Dick?" + +"I suppose I shall have to be a farmer, though I don't like it." + +"What would you like to be?" + +"I should like to get an education," said Dick, his eyes lighting up. "I +should like to study Latin and Greek, and go to college. Then I could be +a teacher or a lawyer. But there is no chance of that," he added, his +voice falling. + +"Don't be too sure of that, Dick," said Frank Frank, hopefully. +"Something may turn up in your favor." + +"Nothing ever does turn up in Jackson," said the boy, in a tone of +discouragement. "Father is a poor man, and has hard work to get along. +He can give me no help." + +"Isn't the farm productive?" + +"There is no trouble about that, but he has to pay too high a rent. It's +all the fault of Fairfield." + +"The agent?" + +"Yes." + +"Your father was telling me about him. Now, if your father were in his +place, I suppose he could give you the advantages you wish." + +"Oh, yes! There would be no trouble then. I am sure he would make a +better and more popular agent than Mr. Fairfield; but there is no use +thinking about that." + +"I expected myself to go to college," said Frank. "In fact, I have +studied Latin and Greek, and in less than a year I could be ready to +enter." + +"Why don't you?" asked Dick. + +"You forget that I am a poor peddler." + +"Then how were you able to get so good an education?" asked Dick, in +surprise. + +"Because I was once better off than I am now. The fact is, Dick," he +added, "I have seen better days. But when I was reduced to poverty, I +gave up hopes of college education and became what I am." + +"Wasn't it hard?" + +"Not so much as you might suppose. My home was not happy. I have a +stepfather and stepbrother, neither of whom I like. In fact, there is no +love lost between us. I was not obliged to leave home, but under the +circumstances I preferred to." + +"Where are your stepfather and your stepbrother now?" + +"They are traveling in Europe." + +"While you are working hard for a living! That does not seem to be +just." + +"We must make the best of circumstances, Dick. Whose is that large house +on the left?" + +"That belongs to Mr. Fairfield. + +"He seems to live nicely." + +"Yes, he has improved and enlarged the house a good deal since he moved +into it--at Mrs. Percival's expense, I suppose." + +"He seems to have pretty much his own way here," said Frank. + +"Yes. Mr. Percival never comes to Jackson, and I suppose he believes all +that the agent tells him." + +"He may get found out some time." + +"I wish he might. It would be a great blessing to Jackson if he were +removed and a good man were put in his place." + +"That may happen some day." + +"Not very likely, I am afraid." + +At this moment Mr. Fairfield himself came out of his front gate. + +"Hello, Hamlin!" he said, roughly, to Dick. "Is your father at home?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I have something to say to him. I think I will call round." + +"You will find him at home, sir." + +"Dick," said Frank, when the agent had passed on, "do you mind going +back? What you tell me makes me rather curious about Mr. Fairfield. At +your house I may get a chance to see something of him." + +"Let us go back, then," said Dick; "but I don't think, Frank, that you +will care much about keeping up the acquaintance." + +"Perhaps not; but I shall gratify my curiosity." + +The two boys turned and followed the agent closely. They reached the +house about five minutes after Mr. Fairfield. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI + +MR. FAIRFIELD, THE AGENT + + +The two boys found Mr. Fairfield already seated in the most comfortable +chair in the sitting room. + +He looked inquiringly at Frank when he entered with Dick. + +"Who is that boy, Hamlin?" inquired the agent. "Nephew of yours?" + +"No, sir. It is a young man who has come to Jackson on business." + +"What kind of business?' + +"I sell stationery," Frank answered for himself. + +"Oh, a peddler!" said the agent, contemptuously. + +"Many of our most successful men began in that way," said Mr. Hamlin, +fearing lest Frank's feelings might be hurt. + +"I never encourage peddlers myself," said Mr. Fairfield, pompously. + +"Then I suppose it will be of no use for me to call at your door," said +Frank, who, in place of being mortified, was amused by the agent's +arrogance. + +"I should say not, unless your back is proof against a broomstick," +answered Fairfield, coarsely. "I tell my servant to treat all who call +in that way." + +"I won't put her to the trouble of using it," said Frank, disgusted at +the man's ill manners. + +"That's where you are wise--yes, wise and prudent--young man." + +"And now, Hamlin," said the agent, "I may as well come to business." + +"To business!" repeated the farmer, rather surprised, for there was no +rent due for a month. + +"Yes, to business," said Fairfield. "I came to give you notice that +after the next payment I shall feel obliged to raise your rent." + +"Raise my rent!" exclaimed the farmer, in genuine dismay. "I am already +paying a considerably higher rent than I paid to your predecessor." + +"Can't help it. Old Sampson was a slow-going old fogy. He didn't do his +duty by his employer. When I came in, I turned over a new leaf." + +"I certainly got along better in his time." + +"No doubt. He was a great deal too easy with you. Didn't do his duty, +sir. Wasn't sharp enough. That's all." + +"You certainly cannot be in earnest in raising my rent, Mr. Fairfield," +said the farmer, uneasily. + +"I certainly am." + +"I can't live at all if you increase my rent, which is already larger +than I can afford to pay, Mr. Fairfield." + +"Then I must find a tenant who can and will," said the agent, +emphatically. + +"I am sure Mr. Percival can't understand the true state of the case, or +the circumstances of his tenants. Will you give me his address, and I +will take the liberty of writing to him and respectfully remonstrate +against any increase?" + +Mr. Fairfield looked uneasy. + +This appeal would not at all suit him. Yet how could he object without +leading to the suspicion that he was acting in this matter wholly on his +own responsibility, and not by the express orders of his principal? How +could he refuse to furnish Mr. Percival's address? + +A middle course occurred to him. + +"You may write your appeal, if you like, Hamlin," he said, "and hand it +to me. I will forward it; though I don't believe it will do any good. +The fact is that Mr. Percival has made up his mind to have more income +from his property in Jackson." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII + +FRANK RECEIVES A LETTER FROM MR. PERCIVAL + + +While Frank was waiting for an answer to a letter to Mr. Percival he +devoted part of his time to the business which was supposed to be his +only reason for remaining in Jackson. + +I am bound to say that as regards this business his trip might be +pronounced a failure. There was little ready money in Jackson. Many of +the people were tenants of Mr. Percival, and found it difficult to pay +the excessive rents demanded by his agent. Of course, they had no money +to spare for extras. Even if they had been better off, there was little +demand for stationery in the village. The people were chiefly farmers, +and did not indulge in much correspondence. + +When Frank returned to his boarding place on the afternoon of the first +day, Mr. Hamlin asked him, not without solicitude, with what luck he had +met. + +"I have sold twenty-five cents' worth of note paper," answered Frank, +with a smile. + +Mr. Hamlin looked troubled. + +"How many places did you call at?" he inquired. + +"About a dozen." + +"I am afraid you will get discouraged." + +"If you don't do better, you won't begin to pay expenses." + +"That is true." + +"But perhaps you may do better to-morrow." + +"I hope so." + +"I wish you could find something in Jackson that would induce you to +remain here permanently, and make your home with us. I would charge you +only the bare cost of board." + +"Thank you very much, Mr. Hamlin. I should enjoy being with you, but I +don't believe I shall find any opening here. Besides, I like a more +stirring life." + +"No doubt--no doubt! Boys like a lively place. Well, I am glad you feel +independent of your business." + +"For a little time. I am afraid it wouldn't do for me to earn so little +for any length of time." + +Frank enjoyed the society of Dick Hamlin. Together they went fishing and +hunting, and a mutual liking sprang up between them. + +"I wish you were going to stay longer, Frank," said Dick. "I shall feel +very lonely when you are gone." + +"We may meet again under different circumstances," said Frank. "While I +am here, we will enjoy ourselves as well as we can." + +So the days passed, and at length a letter came from Mr. Percival. I +append the most important passages: + +"Your report is clear, and I have perfect confidence in your statement. +Mr. Fairfield has abused my confidence and oppressed my tenants, and I +shall dismiss him. I am glad you have found in Jackson a man who is +capable of succeeding him. Solely upon your recommendation, I shall +appoint Mr. Hamlin my resident agent and representative for the term of +six months. Should he acquit himself to my satisfaction, he will be +continued in the position. I am prepared to offer him one hundred +dollars a month, if that will content him. + +"Upon receipt of this letter, and the accompanying legal authority, you +may call upon Mr. Fairfield and require him to transfer his office, and +the papers and accounts connected with it, to Mr. Hamlin. I inclose a +check for three hundred dollars, payable to your order, which you may +make payable to him, in lieu of three months' notice, provided he +immediately surrenders his office. Should he not, I shall dismiss him +summarily, and proceed against him for the moneys he has misappropriated +to his own use, and you may so inform him." + +With this letter was a letter to Mr. Fairfield, of the same purport, and +a paper appointing Mr. Hamlin agent. + +When this letter was received, Frank was overjoyed, knowing how much +pleasure he was about to give his new friends. + +With this appointment and salary, Mr. Hamlin would consider himself a +rich man, and Dick's hope for a liberal education might be realized. + +The letter came just before supper, and, at the close of the evening +meal, Frank determined to inform his friends of their good fortune. + +"Mr. Hamlin," said he, "I have some good news for you." + +"Indeed!" said the farmer, surprised. + +"Your rent will not be increased." + +"But how do you know this! Has Mr. Fairfield told you so?" + +"No," answered Frank. "I have a question to ask. Would you be willing to +take Mr. Fairfield's place at a hundred dollars a month?" + +"Willing? I should be delighted to do so. But why do you say this?" + +"Because," answered Frank, quietly, "I am authorized to offer it to you +at that salary." + +The whole family looked at Frank in bewildered surprise. It occurred to +them that he might have become crazy. + +"You!" exclaimed the farmer. "What can you have to do with the agency?" + +Frank explained to a very happy family group and then he and Mr. Hamlin +set out for the house of the agent. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII + +THE AGENT IS NOTIFIED + + +It was still early in the evening when Frank and Mr. Hamlin reached the +house of the agent. Had they come five minutes later, they would have +found him absent. Usually, soon after supper, he made his way to the +tavern, where he spent his time and money in a very unprofitable way. + +The agent was surprised when his two visitors made their appearance. + +"What brings you here, Hamlin?" he asked, with scant ceremony. + +"I come on a little matter of business," answered Mr. Hamlin, gravely. + +Mr. Fairfield concluded that the farmer had come to make an appeal to +have his rent continued at the old rates, and answered, impatiently: + +"I don't think it will be of much use. My mind is made up. Have you come +on business, also?" he asked, turning to Frank, with a sneer. + +"Yes, sir," answered our hero, quietly. + +"That will be of no use, either," said the agent. "I am not in want of +stationery, and, if I were, I should not buy of a peddler." + +"I have not come here to sell stationery, Mr. Fairfield," said Frank. + +"Then, may I take the liberty of asking what is your business here?" + +"I come on the same business as Mr. Hamlin," answered Frank, who +preferred that his companion should introduce the subject. + +"Look here, I have no time for trifling," said Mr. Fairfield, angrily. +"I am going out and can only spare you five minutes." + +"Mr. Fairfield, I would advise you not to go out till you have heard +what I have to say," said the farmer in a meaning tone. + +"I certainly shall. You can call some other time." + +"Another time will not do." + +"Look here, sir! Do you know to whom you are talking? How dare you use +such a tone to Mr. Percival's representative?" + +"I suppose you don't always expect to be Mr. Percival's representative?" + +"I suppose I shall die sometime, if that's what you mean; but I am not +dead yet, as you will find. To pay you for your impertinence, I shall +increase your rent more than I intended. I'll drive you out of +town--that's what I'll do." + +This was accompanied by an angry stamp of the foot, which, however, did +not frighten Mr. Hamlin much. + +"I shall not pay a dollar more rent, nor shall I leave the farm I +occupy," returned Mr. Hamlin, whose patience was exhausted by the rough +insolence of the man before him. + +"So you defy me, do you?" demanded Fairfield, furiously. + +"I shall resist your injustice, sir, or rather I would do so if you were +able to carry out your threat. Luckily you have not the power." + +"Have not the power? You will see if I have not the power!" roared the +angry agent. "I give you notice that at the end of the quarter you must +go, at any rate. After your insolence, I won't let you stay on any +terms. I wouldn't let you stay if you would pay double the rent. Do you +hear me, Hamlin?" + +"Yes, I hear you." + +Mr. Fairfield looked at the farmer in surprise. The latter seemed +perfectly calm and undisturbed by his threat, though it was of the most +serious nature. He had expected to see him humbled, and to hear him +entreat a reversal of the sentence; but his tenant was thoroughly +self-possessed, and appeared to care nothing for the agent's threats. + +"You need not expect that I will change my mind," he added. "Out of +Jackson you must go. I know there is no other farm which you can hire, +and while I am Mr. Percival's agent, you need expect no favors from me." + +"I don't expect any while you are Mr. Percival's agent," said Mr. +Hamlin. + +There was something in the farmer's tone that arrested the agent's +attention and excited his curiosity, though it did not awaken his alarm, +and he could not help saying: + +"Then what do you expect? Do you think I am going to die?" + +"I don't expect that you will die or resign, Mr. Fairfield. You may be +removed." + +"Have you been writing to Mr. Percival?" exclaimed Fairfield, in mingled +anger and apprehension. + +"No, sir; I have not communicated with him in any way. You would not +give me his address." + +"Of course I would not," said the agent, feeling relieved. "It would be +mere impertinence for you to write to him." + +"Fortunately there is no immediate occasion for me to do so, as he has +sent a representative here to investigate your official conduct." + +"A representative!" exclaimed Fairfield, now thoroughly startled. "Where +is he? I have not seen him." + +"He is present," said Mr. Hamlin, indicating Frank. + +The agent broke into a scornful laugh. + +"You? Why, you are a peddler!" + +"Only in appearance, Mr. Fairfield. I assumed that business in order not +to attract attention or excite suspicion. I am really Mr. Percival's +private secretary, as I can prove to your satisfaction." + +"Is this true?" he asked, in a changed voice. + +"Yes, sir; quite true." + +"Have you written to Mr. Percival?" + +"Yes, sir; and this afternoon I received a letter from him." + +"What did he write?" asked Fairfield, in a husky voice; for he was +convinced now that Frank spoke the truth. + +"He removes you, inclosing a check of three hundred dollars in place of +notice, and appoints Mr. Hamlin in your place." + +"Will you read this letter, sir?" + +It was enough. Fairfield knew that his management would not stand +investigation, and he yielded with a bad grace. + +Mr. Hamlin, the next day, to the great joy of the villagers, made known +his appointment. + +Fairfield left town and drifted to California, where he became an +adventurer, living in a miserable and precarious manner. Mr. Hamlin +moved into his fine house, and Dick was sent to a school to prepare for +college. + +The next day Frank started on his return to New York. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX + +AN IMPORTANT DISCOVERY + + +On his return to New York, Frank had no reason to be dissatisfied with +his reception. From Mr. Percival to Freddie, all the family seemed +delighted to see him. + +"You mustn't go away again, Frank," said little Freddie. "I wanted to +see you ever so much." + +"And I wanted to see you, Freddie," said our hero, his heart warming to +the little boy. + +"You won't go away again, will you, Frank?" + +"Not if I can help it, Freddie." + +"We are all glad to see you back Frank," said his employer. "But you +have justified my opinion of you by your success. Some of my friends +ridiculed me for sending a boy on such an important mission, but I don't +believe any of them would have succeeded any better than you, if as +well." + +"I am glad you are satisfied with me, sir," said Frank, very much +gratified by the commendation of his employer. + +"I feel that you have done a great service, and indeed I don't know whom +I could have sent in your place. However, I am glad to see you back +again. I have missed you about my letters, and have postponed answering +some till my young secretary returned." + +Frank resumed his regular employment, and three months passed without +anything that needs to be recorded. + +At the end of that time, Frank received an important letter from Col. +Vincent, which gave him much food for thought. + +The letter was as follows: + +"Dear Frank: For some time past I have been intending to write to you, +but I have delayed for no good reason. Now, however, I am led to write +by a surprising discovery which has just been made in your old home, +which may be of material importance to you. + +"When your stepfather went away, he requested me to have an eye to the +estate, and order whatever I might think necessary to be done. I am not, +as you know, a very cordial friend of Mr. Manning's, but I have always +regarded the property as of right belonging to you--that is, since your +mother's death--and so accepted the commission. + +"A few days since I went over the house and found that it was quite +dirty. Where the dirt could come from in an unoccupied house I can't +tell, but, at all events, I felt justified in engaging a woman to clean +the paint, so, if any of you should return unexpectedly, you would find +the house fit to receive you. This was a very simple matter, you will +think, and scarcely needs mentioning. But, my dear Frank, events of +importance often hinge on trifles, and so it has proved in the present +instance. + +"On the evening of the second day I received a call from Mrs. Noonan, +whom I had employed to scrub the house. She had in her hand a folded +paper, which she gave to me. + +"'Here is something I found, sir, while I was scrubbing,' she said. + +"I opened it indifferently, but conceive of my amazement when I found it +to be your mother's will, properly signed, sealed and witnessed. + +"Of course it was not the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. +This will gave Mr. Manning ten thousand dollars, and the residue of the +property to you, except a small amount bestowed upon Richard Green, the +coachman, and Deborah--sums larger, by the way, than those mentioned in +the will which was read after your mother's death." + +There was more to Colonel Vincent's letter. + +Frank showed it to Mr. Percival, and readily obtained permission to take +a few days vacation. + +"I hope you will get back the estate, Frank," said Mr. Percival, "though +I don't know what I shall do without my secretary." + +"That need not separate us, Mr. Percival," said our hero. "I have no +home but this." + + + + +CHAPTER XL + +JONAS BARTON + + +Frank started for his old home on Saturday afternoon. He would arrive in +time for supper, at the house of his father's friend. The train was well +filled, and he was obliged to share his seat with a shabbily dressed +young man with whom, a single glance showed him, he was not likely to +sympathize. + +The shabby suit did not repel him at all--he was too sensible for that; +but there was a furtive look in the man's face, which seemed to indicate +that he was not frank and straightforward, but had something to conceal. + +Half the journey passed without a word between the two. Then his +companion, glancing at Frank, opened a conversation by remarking that it +was a fine day. + +"Very," answered Frank, laconically. + +"A pleasant day to travel." + +"Yes." + +"Do you go far?" + +Frank mentioned his destination. His companion seemed to have his +interest awakened. + +"Do you know a Mr. Manning, living in your town?" he asked. + +"He is my stepfather," said Frank. + +"Then you are Frank Courtney?" said his new acquaintance, quickly. + +"I am." + +"Pardon me, but I think your mother died recently?" + +"Yes." + +"And the property was left chiefly to Mr. Manning?" + +"Yes." + +"Of course, you were surprised, and probably very disappointed?" + +"Excuse me," said Frank, coldly; "but I am not in the habit of +discussing my affairs with strangers." + +"Quite right, but I think you will find it for your interest to discuss +them with me. Not in a public car, of course; but I have something of +importance to communicate. Where can I have a private interview with +you?" + +It at once occurred to Frank that there was an opportunity, perhaps, to +solve the mystery concerning the will. This man might know nothing about +it; but, on the other hand, he might know everything. It would be +foolish to repulse him. + +"If you have anything important to tell me, I shall be glad to hear it," +he said. "I am going to the house of my friend, Col. Vincent, to pass a +few days. Do you know where he lives?" + +"Yes, I know." + +"If you will call this evening, after supper, I shall be glad to see +you." + +"I will do so. I will be there at eight o'clock, sharp." + +On arriving at his destination, Frank found the colonel's carriage +waiting for him at the station. + +Col. Vincent was inside. + +"Welcome, Frank!" he said, grasping heartily the hand of our young hero. +"I am delighted to see you. You are looking well, and, bless me, how you +have grown!" + +"Thank you, Col. Vincent. Do you expect me to return the compliment?" + +"About having grown? No, Frank, I hope not. I am six feet one, and don't +care to grow any taller. Well, what do you think of the news?" + +"I have some for you, colonel;" and Frank mentioned what his new +acquaintance had told him. + +"The missing link!" exclaimed the colonel, excited. "Do you know what I +think?" + +"What?" + +"That this man either forged the will which gives the property to your +stepfather, or is cognizant of it!" + +"I thought of that." + +"I shall be impatient to see him." + +At eight o'clock the man called and gave his name as Jonas Barton. +Whether it was the right name might be a question; but this did not +matter. + +"I understand," said Col. Vincent, "that you have some information to +give us." + +"I have; and that of a very important nature." + +"Is it of a nature to restore to my young friend here his property now +in the possession of Mr. Manning?" + +"If it were," said Jonas Barton with a cunning glance of his left eye +"how much would it be worth?" + +"I supposed it was for sale," said the colonel, quietly. "What is your +own idea?" + +"I will take two thousand dollars." + +"Suppose we say one thousand?" + +"It is not enough." + +"Were you aware that the genuine will had been found?" asked the +colonel, quietly. + +Jonas Barton started. + +"I thought Mr. Manning destroyed it," he said, hastily. + +"No; he concealed it." + +"Is this true?" + +"Yes. You see that a part of your information has been forestalled." + +"He was a fool, then, and still more a fool to refuse my last demand for +money. I accept your offer of a thousand dollars, and will tell all." + +"Go on." + +"I wrote the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. It was copied +in part from the genuine will." + +"Good! And you betray him because he will not pay what you consider the +service worth?" + +"Yes, sir." + +Jonas Barton here gave a full account of Mr. Manning, whom he had +formerly known in New York, seeking him out and proposing to him a job +for which he was willing to pay five hundred dollars. Barton was not +scrupulous, and readily agreed to do the work. He was skillful with the +pen, and did his work so well that all were deceived. + +"You will be willing to swear to this in court?" + +"Yes, sir, if you will guarantee the sum you proposed." + +"I will. I shall wish you to find a boarding place in the village, and +remain here for the present, so as to be ready when needed. I will be +responsible for your board." + +As Jonas Barton was leaving the house, one of the servants came in with +important news, in which Frank was strongly interested. + + + + +CHAPTER XLI + +CONCLUSION + + +The news was that Mr. Manning and Mark had just arrived at the Cedars. +They had come by the last evening train. Why they had come back so +unexpectedly no one knew, but the servant had heard that Mark was in +poor health. This was true. + +Mark, in Europe, had proved uncontrollable. He had given way to his +natural love of drink, had kept late hours, and had seriously injured +his constitution. In consequence of these excesses, he had contracted a +fever, which alarmed him father and induced him to take the first +steamer home. + +"We won't call upon your stepfather this evening, Frank," said Col. +Vincent; "but early Monday morning we will bring matters to a crisis." + +Mr. Manning did not hear of Frank's presence in the village. He was +fatigued with his rapid travel and kept at home. Besides, Mark was +prostrated by his journey and didn't wish to be left alone. + +It was, therefore, a surprise to Mr. Manning when on Monday morning, +Col. Vincent was ushered into his presence, accompanied by Frank. + +"Really, colonel," he said, recovering his composure, "you are very kind +to call so soon. I hope you are well, Frank? Are you staying with the +colonel? You must come back to your old home." + +"Thank you, Mr. Manning, but I am living in New York. I am only passing +a day or two with the colonel." + +"It is very friendly in you to call, Col. Vincent." + +"Mr. Manning," said Col. Vincent, gravely, "I am not willing to receive +undeserved credit. Let me say, therefore, that this is a business, not a +friendly, call." + +"Indeed," said Manning, uneasily. + +"The business is connected with my young friend Frank." + +"I am ready to listen," said Mr. Manning. "If Frank wants a larger +allowance, I am ready to give it." + +"I venture to say for him that he will not be satisfied with that. Let +me come to the point at once, Mr. Manning. Mrs. Manning's will has been +found." + +Mr. Manning started perceptibly, and his glance involuntarily wandered +to that part of the wall behind which the will was discovered, for they +were sitting in the very apartment where Mrs. Noonan had stumbled upon +it. + +"What do you mean, sir?" + +"A will has been found, leaving the bulk of the property to Frank." + +"Indeed! I am surprised. Is it a later will than the one which +bequeathed the estate to me?" asked Mr. Manning, pointedly. + +"It is Mrs. Manning's latest genuine will," said Col. Vincent, +emphatically. + +Mr. Manning started to his feet. He could not help understanding the +colonel's meaning. It would have been idle to pretend it. + +"What do you mean, Col. Vincent?" he asked, in a tone which he tried to +make one of dignified resentment. + +"I mean that Mrs. Manning made but one will, and that this bequeaths the +property to Frank." + +"How, then, do you account for the later will which was admitted to +probate?" + +"In this way. It was not what it purported to be." + +Mr. Manning's sallow face flushed. + +"What do you mean to insinuate?" he asked. + +"That the last will was forged!" said Col. Vincent, bluntly. + +"This is a very serious charge," said Mr. Manning, unable to repress his +agitation. "You must allow me to say that I shall pay no attention to +it. When you furnish proof of what you assert, it will be time enough to +meet it. And now, gentlemen, if you have nothing further to say, I will +bid you good-morning." + +"I think you will find it best not to be in a hurry, Mr. Manning," said +Col. Vincent. "The charge must be met here and now. I charge you with +instigating and being cognizant of the fraud that has been perpetrated!" + +"On what grounds, sir? Do you know I can sue you for libel?" + +"You are welcome to do so, Mr. Manning. I have a witness who will clear +me." + +"Who is he?" + +"Jonas Barton!" + +If a bombshell had exploded in the room, Mr. Manning could not have +looked paler or more thoroughly dismayed. Yet he tried to keep up a +little longer. + +"I don't know any man of that name," he answered, faintly. + +"Your looks show that you do. I may as well tell you, Mr. Manning, that +resistance is useless. We can overwhelm you with proof if we take the +matter before the courts. But we do not care to do so. We have something +to propose." + +"What is it?" said Mr. Manning, faintly. + +"The genuine will must be substituted for the fraudulent one. By it you +will receive ten thousand dollars, and Frank will consent that you shall +receive it. He will not ask you to account for the sums you have +wrongfully spent during the last year, and will promise not to prosecute +you, provided you leave this neighborhood and never return to it, or in +any way interfere with him. To insure this, we shall have Jonas Barton's +written confession, attested before a justice of the peace, ready for +use, if needful. Do you accept?" + +"I must," said Mr. Manning, despondently. "But I shall be a poor man." + +"No man who has health and the use of his facilities is poor with ten +thousand dollars," answered the colonel. + +"Mark alone will spend more than the interest of this sum." + +"Then you must prevent him. He will be better off if he has to earn his +living, as Frank has done for the last year." + +In less than a week the transfer was made, and Frank recovered his +patrimony. + +Mr. Manning and Mark went to Chicago, and perhaps further West; but +nothing has been heard from them for years. + +Frank didn't return to the Cedars. The place was let until he should +wish to return to it. + +By the advice of Col. Vincent, he resumed his preparation for college, +and, graduating in due time, commenced the study of law. + +Though rich enough to do without a profession, he felt that he should +not be content to lead an aimless life. + +He obtained for his school friend, Herbert Grant, the post of private +secretary to Mr. Percival, and Herbert became nearly as great a favorite +as himself. + +Through Mr. Percival's kindness, Herbert was enabled, while still living +at his house and attending to his duties as secretary, to enter Columbia +College, and complete his course there, graduating with honor. + +Herbert selected the medical profession, and, when he has completed his +studies, will go abroad for a year with Frank, at the latter's expense, +and, returning, open an office in New York. + +While he is waiting for the patients and Frank for clients, the two +will live together, and their common expenses will be defrayed by Frank. + +"If I didn't like you so well, Frank," said Herbert, "I would not accept +this great favor at your hands--" + +"But since we are dear friends," interrupts Frank, with a smile. + +"I know that you enjoy giving even more than I do the receiving." + +"Enough, Herbert. We understand each other. I have no brother, Herbert, +and if I had, I could not care more for him than I do for you. Without +you, I should feel alone in the world." + +Frank does not regret the year in which he was thrown upon his own +resources. It gave him strength and self-reliance; and however long he +may live, he will not cease to remember with pleasure the year in which +he was "Making His Way." + + +THE END + + + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Making His Way, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13803 *** diff --git a/13803-h/13803-h.htm b/13803-h/13803-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08dadb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/13803-h/13803-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7127 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= + "text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Making His Way, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + } + HR { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} /* footnote */ + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller; text-align: right;} /* page numbers */ + .sidenote {width: 20%; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; padding-left: 1em; font-size: smaller; float: right; clear: right;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span {display: block; margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em;} + .poem .caesura {vertical-align: -200%;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13803 ***</div> + +<h1>MAKING HIS WAY</h1> + +<h4><i>or</i></h4> + +<h2>Frank Courtney's Struggle Upward</h2> + +<h2>By HORATIO ALGER, Jr.</h2> +<br /> + +<h4>Whitman Publishing Co.</h4> +<h4>RACINE, WISCONSIN</h4> +<h4>PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA</h4> + +<br /> + +<a name="TABLE_OF_CONTENTS"></a><h2>TABLE OF CONTENTS</h2> + +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_I">I. Two School Friends</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_II">II. The Telegram</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_III">III. Frank's Bereavement</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">IV. Mrs. Manning's Will</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_V">V. Disinherited</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">VI. An Unsatisfactory Interview</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">VII. A School Friend</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">VIII. A New Plan</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">IX. The New Owner of Ajax</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_X">X. Mark Yields to Temptation</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">XI. Mark Gets into Trouble</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">XII. Suspended</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">XIII. Mr. Manning's New Plan</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">XIV. Good-bye</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">XV. Erastus Tarbox of Newark</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">XVI. An Unpleasant Discovery</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">XVII. The Way of the World</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">XVIII. Frank Arrives in New York</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">XIX. Frank Seeks Employment in Vain</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">XX. An Adventure in Wall Street</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">XXI. The Capture</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">XXII. The Young Tea Merchant</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIII">XXIII. Frank Meets Mr. Manning and Mark</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIV">XXIV. A Discouraging Day</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXV">XXV. Perplexity</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVI">XXVI. Frank Hears Something to His Advantage</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVII">XXVII. An Incident in a Street Car</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVIII">XXVIII. Frank Makes an Evening Call</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIX">XXIX. Frank Is Offered a Position</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXX">XXX. Frank as Private Secretary</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXI">XXXI. A Letter from Mr. Tarbox</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXII">XXXII. Mr. Percival's Proposal</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIII">XXXIII. Preparing for a Journey</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIV">XXXIV. Frank Reaches Jackson</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXV">XXXV. Dick Hamlin</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVI">XXXVI. Mr. Fairfield, the Agent</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVII">XXXVII. Frank Receives a Letter from Mr. Percival</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVIII">XXXVIII. The Agent Is Notified</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIX">XXXIX. An Important Discovery</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XL">XL. Jonas Barton</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XLI">XLI. Conclusion</a></center> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="MAKING_HIS_WAY"></a><h2>MAKING HIS WAY</h2> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_I"></a><h2>CHAPTER I</h2> + +<h3>TWO SCHOOL FRIENDS</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Two boys were walking in the campus of the Bridgeville Academy. They +were apparently of about the same age—somewhere from fifteen to +sixteen—but there was a considerable difference in their attire.</p> + +<p>Herbert Grant was neatly but coarsely dressed, and his shoes were of +cowhide, but his face indicated a frank, sincere nature, and was +expressive of intelligence.</p> + +<p>His companion was dressed in a suit of fine cloth, his linen was of the +finest, his shoes were calfskin, and he had the indefinable air of a boy +who had been reared in luxury.</p> + +<p>He had not the broad, open face of his friend—for the two boys were +close friends—but his features were finely chiseled, indicating a share +of pride, and a bold, self-reliant nature.</p> + +<p>He, too, was an attractive boy, and in spite of his pride possessed a +warm, affectionate heart and sterling qualities, likely to endear him to +those who could read and understand him.</p> + +<p>His name was Frank Courtney, and he is the hero of my story.</p> + +<p>"Have you written your Latin exercises, Frank?" asked Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Yes; I finished them an hour ago."</p> + +<p>"I was going to ask you to write them with me. It is pleasanter to +study in company."</p> + +<p>"Provided you have the right sort of company," rejoined Frank.</p> + +<p>"Am I the right sort of company?" inquired Herbert, with a smile.</p> + +<p>"You hardly need to ask that, Herbert. Are we not always together? If I +did not like your company, I should not seek it so persistently. I don't +care to boast, but I have plenty of offers of companionship which I +don't care to accept. There is Bob Stickney, for instance, who is always +inviting me to his room; but you know what he is—a lazy fellow, who +cares more to have a good time than to study. Then there is James +Cameron, a conceited, empty-headed fellow, who is very disagreeable to +me."</p> + +<p>"You don't mention your stepbrother, Mark Manning."</p> + +<p>"For two reasons—he doesn't care for my company, and of all the boys I +dislike him the most."</p> + +<p>"I don't like him myself. But why do you dislike him so much?"</p> + +<p>"Because he is a sneak—a crafty, deceitful fellow, always scheming for +his own interest. He hates me, but he doesn't dare to show it. His +father is my mother's husband, but the property is hers, and will be +mine. He thinks he may some day be dependent on me, and he conceals his +dislike in order to stand the better chance by and by. Heaven grant that +it may be long before my dear mother is called away!"</p> + +<p>"How did she happen to marry again, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I can hardly tell. It was a great grief to me. Mr. Manning was a +penniless lawyer, who ingratiated himself with my mother, and +persecuted her till she consented to marry him. He is very soft-spoken, +and very plausible, and he managed to make mother—who has been an +invalid for years—think that it would be the best thing for her to +delegate her cares to him, and provide me with a second father."</p> + +<p>Frank did not like his stepfather, he did not trust him.</p> + +<p>"Your stepbrother, Mark Manning, enjoys the same advantages as yourself, +does he not?" inquired Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Then his father's marriage proved a good thing for him."</p> + +<p>"That is true. When he first came to the house he was poorly dressed, +and had evidently been used to living in a poor way. He was at once +provided with a complete outfit as good as my own, and from that time as +much has been spent on him as on me. Don't think that I am mean enough +to grudge him any part of the money expended upon him. If he were like +you, I could like him, and enjoy his society; but he is just another as +his father."</p> + +<p>Here Herbert's attention was drawn to a boy who was approaching with a +yellow envelope in his hand.</p> + +<p>"Frank," he said, suddenly, "there's Mark Manning. He looks as if he had +something to say to you. He has either a letter or a telegram in his +hand."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_II"></a><h2>CHAPTER II</h2> + +<h3>THE TELEGRAM</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank's heart gave a great bound at the suggestion of a telegram. A +telegram could mean but one thing—that his mother had become suddenly +worse.</p> + +<p>He hurried to meet his stepbrother.</p> + +<p>"Is that a telegram, Mark?" he asked, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Is it anything about mother? Tell me quick!"</p> + +<p>"Read it for yourself, Frank."</p> + +<p>Frank drew the telegram from the envelope, and read it hastily:</p> + +<p>"My wife is very sick. I wish you and Frank to come home at once."</p> + +<p>"When does the next train start, Herbert?" asked Frank, pale with +apprehension.</p> + +<p>"In an hour."</p> + +<p>"I shall go by that train."</p> + +<p>"I don't think I can get ready so soon," said Mark, deliberately.</p> + +<p>"Then you can come by yourself," replied Frank, impetuously. "I beg your +pardon, Mark," he added. "I cannot expect you to feel as I do. It is not +your mother."</p> + +<p>"It is my stepmother," said Mark.</p> + +<p>"That is quite different. But I must not linger here. I will go at once +to Dr. Brush, and tell him of my summons home. Good-bye, Herbert, till +we meet again."</p> + +<p>"I will go with you to the depot, Frank," said his friend, +sympathizingly. "Don't wait for me. Go ahead, and make your preparation +for the journey. I will be at your room in a quarter of an hour."</p> + +<p>"You won't go by the next train, Mark?" said Herbert.</p> + +<p>"No. I don't care to rush about as Frank is doing."</p> + +<p>"You would if it were your own mother who was so ill."</p> + +<p>"I am not sure. It wouldn't do any good, would it?"</p> + +<p>"You would naturally feel anxious," said Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, I suppose so!" answered Mark, indifferently.</p> + +<p>Mark Manning was slender and dark, with a soft voice and rather +effeminate ways. He didn't care for the rough sports in which most boys +delight; never played baseball or took part in athletic exercises, but +liked to walk about, sprucely dressed, and had even been seen on the +campus on a Saturday afternoon with his hands incased in kid gloves.</p> + +<p>For this, however, he was so ridiculed and laughed at that he had to +draw them off and replace them in his pocket.</p> + +<p>As Frank and Herbert walked together to the railway station, the latter +said:</p> + +<p>"It seems to me, Frank, that the telegram should have been sent to you, +rather than to Mark Manning. You are the one who is most interested in +the contents."</p> + +<p>"I thought of that, Herbert, but I was too much affected by the contents +to speak of it. I am not surprised, however. It is like Mr. Manning. It +jarred upon me to have him speak of mother as his wife. She is so, but I +never could reconcile myself to the fact."</p> + +<p>"Do you remember your father—your own father, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"You need not have said 'your own father.' I don't recognize Mr. +Manning as a father, at all. Yes, I remember him. I was eight years old +when he died. He was a fine-looking man, always kind—a man to be loved +and respected. There was not a particle of similarity between him and +Mr. Manning. He was strong and manly."</p> + +<p>"How did it happen that he died so young?"</p> + +<p>"He was the victim of a railway accident. He had gone to New York on +business, and was expected back on a certain day. The train on which he +was a passenger collided with a freight train, and my poor father was +among the passengers who were killed. The news was almost too much for +my poor mother, although she had not yet become an invalid. It brought +on a fit of sickness lasting for three months. She has never been +altogether well since."</p> + +<p>"After all, Frank, the gifts of fortune, or rather Providence, are not +so unequally distributed as at first appears. You are rich, but +fatherless. I am poor enough but my father and mother are both spared to +me."</p> + +<p>"I would gladly accept poverty if my father could be restored to life, +and my mother be spared to me for twenty years to come."</p> + +<p>"I am sure you would, Frank," said Herbert. "Money is valuable, but +there are some things far more so."</p> + +<p>They had reached the station by this time, and it was nearly the time +for the train to start. Frank bought his ticket, and the two friends +shook hands and bade each other good-bye.</p> + +<p>In an hour Frank was walking up the long avenue leading to the front +door of the mansion.</p> + +<p>The door was opened by his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"How is mother?" asked Frank, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"I am grieved to say that she is very sick," said Mr. Manning, in a soft +voice. "She had a copious hemorrhage this morning, which has weakened +her very much."</p> + +<p>"Is she in danger?" asked Frank, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"I fear she is," said Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"I suppose I can see her?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; but it will be better not to make her talk much."</p> + +<p>"I will be careful, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank waited no longer, but hurried to his mother's chamber. As he +entered, and his glance fell on the bed and its occupant, he was shocked +by the pale and ghastly appearance of the mother whom he so dearly +loved. The thought came to him at once:</p> + +<p>"She cannot live."</p> + +<p>He found it difficult to repress a rising sob, but he did so for his +mother's sake. He thought that it might affect her injuriously if he +should display emotion.</p> + +<p>His mother smiled faintly as he approached the bed.</p> + +<p>"Mother," said Frank, kneeling by the bedside, "are you very weak?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, Frank," she answered, almost in a whisper. "I think I am going to +leave you."</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't say that, mother!" burst forth in anguish from Frank's lips. +"Try to live for my sake."</p> + +<p>"I should like to live, my dear boy," whispered his mother; "but if it +is God's will that I should die, I must be reconciled. I leave you in +his care."</p> + +<p>Here Mr. Manning entered the room.</p> + +<p>"You will be kind to my boy?" said the dying mother.</p> + +<p>"Can you doubt it, my dear?" replied her husband, in the soft tones +Frank so much disliked. "I will care for him as if he were my own."</p> + +<p>"Thank you. Then I shall die easy."</p> + +<p>"Don't speak any more, mother. It will tire you, and perhaps bring on +another hemorrhage."</p> + +<p>"Frank is right, my dear. You had better not exert yourself any more at +present."</p> + +<p>"Didn't Mark come with you?" asked Mr. Manning of Frank.</p> + +<p>"No, sir."</p> + +<p>"I am surprised that he should not have done so. I sent for him as well +as you."</p> + +<p>"I believe he is coming by the next train," said Frank, indifferently. +"He thought he could not get ready in time for my train."</p> + +<p>"He should not have left you to come at such a time."</p> + +<p>"I didn't wish him to inconvenience himself, Mr. Manning. If it had been +his mother, it would have been different."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning did not reply. He understood very well that there was no +love lost between Mark and his stepson.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_III"></a><h2>CHAPTER III</h2> + +<h3>FRANK'S BEREAVEMENT</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Early in the evening Mark made his appearance. Supper had been over for +an hour, and everything was cold. In a house where there is sickness, +the regular course of things is necessarily interrupted, and, because he +could not have his wants attended to immediately, Mark saw fit to +grumble and scold the servants. He was not a favorite with them, and +they did not choose to be bullied.</p> + +<p>Deborah, who had been in the house for ten years, and so assumed the +independence of an old servant, sharply reprimanded the spoiled boy.</p> + +<p>"You ought to be ashamed, Mr. Mark," she said, "of making such a fuss +when my poor mistress lies upstairs at the point of death."</p> + +<p>"Do you know who you are talking to?" demanded Mark, imperiously, for he +could, when speaking with those whom he regarded as inferiors, exchange +his soft tones for a voice of authority.</p> + +<p>"I ought to know by this time," answered Deborah, contemptuously. "There +is no other in the house like you, I am glad to say."</p> + +<p>"You are very impertinent. You forget that you are nothing but a +servant."</p> + +<p>"A servant has the right to be decently treated, Mr. Mark."</p> + +<p>"If you don't look out," said Mark, in a blustering tone, "I will report +you to my father, and have you kicked out of the house."</p> + +<p>Deborah was naturally incensed at this rude speech, but she was spared +the trouble of replying. Frank entered the room at this moment in time +to hear Mark's last speech.</p> + +<p>"What is this about being kicked out of the house?" he asked, looking +from Mark to Deborah, in a tone of unconscious authority, which +displeased his stepbrother.</p> + +<p>"That is my business," replied Mark, shortly.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Mark has threatened to have me kicked out of the house because he +has to wait for his supper," said Deborah.</p> + +<p>"It wasn't for that. It was because you were impertinent. All the same, +I think it is shameful that I can't get anything to eat."</p> + +<p>"I regret, Mark," said Frank, with cool sarcasm, "that you should be +inconvenienced about your meals. Perhaps you will excuse it, as my poor +mother is so sick that she requires extra attention from the servants. +Deborah, if possible, don't let Mark wait much longer. It seems to be +very important that he should have his supper."</p> + +<p>"He shall have it," assured Deborah, rather enjoying the way in which +Mark was put down; "that is, if he don't get me kicked out of the +house."</p> + +<p>"You had better not make any such threats in the future, Mark," said +Frank, significantly.</p> + +<p>"Who's to hinder?" blustered Mark.</p> + +<p>"I am," answered Frank, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"You are nothing but a boy like me," retorted Mark.</p> + +<p>"My mother is mistress here, and I represent her."</p> + +<p>"Things may change soon," muttered Mark; but Frank had left the room and +did not hear him.</p> + +<p>Mark did not trouble himself even to inquire for his stepmother, but +went out to the stable and lounged about until bedtime. He seemed very +much bored, and so expressed himself.</p> + +<p>Frank wished to sit up all night with his mother, but, as she had a +professional nurse, it was thought best that he should obtain his +regular rest, the nurse promising to call the family if any change +should be apparent in her patient's condition.</p> + +<p>About half-past four in the morning there was a summons.</p> + +<p>"Mrs. Manning is worse," said the nurse. "I don't think she can last +long."</p> + +<p>One last glance of love—though she could no longer speak—assured Frank +that she knew him and loved him to the last.</p> + +<p>The memory of that look often came back to him in the years that +followed, and he would not have parted with it for anything that earth +could give.</p> + +<p>Just as the clock struck five, his mother breathed her last. The boy +gazed upon the inanimate form, but he was dazed, and could not realize +that his mother had left him, never to return.</p> + +<p>"She is gone," said Mr. Manning, softly.</p> + +<p>"Dead!" ejaculated Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes, her sufferings are over. Let us hope she is better off. My boy, I +think you had better return to your bed. You can do nothing for your +mother now."</p> + +<p>"I would rather stay here," said Frank, sadly. "I can at least look at +her, and soon I shall lose even that comfort."</p> + +<p>The thought was too much for the poor boy, and he burst into tears.</p> + +<p>"Do as you please, Frank," assented Mr. Manning. "I feel for you, and I +share in your grief. I will go and tell Mark of our sad loss."</p> + +<p>He made his way to Mark's chamber and entered. He touched Mark, who was +in a doze, and he started up.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" he asked, crossly.</p> + +<p>"Your poor mother is dead, Mark."</p> + +<p>"Well, there was no need to wake me for that," said the boy, irritably. +"I can't help it, can I?"</p> + +<p>"I think, my son, you might speak with more feeling. Death is a solemn +thing."</p> + +<p>"There's nobody here but me," said Mark, sneering.</p> + +<p>"I don't catch your meaning," said his father, showing some annoyance, +for it is not pleasant to be seen through.</p> + +<p>"Why should you care so much?" continued Mark. "I suppose you will be +well provided for. Do you know how she has left the property? How much +of it goes to Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I can't say," said Mr. Manning. "I never asked my wife."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to say, father, that you don't know how the property is +left?" asked Mark, with a sharp glance at his father.</p> + +<p>"I may have my conjectures," said Mr. Manning, softly. "I don't think my +dear wife would leave me without some evidences of her affection. +Probably the bulk of the estate goes to your brother, and something to +me. Doubtless we shall continue to live here, as I shall naturally be +your brother's guardian."</p> + +<p>"Don't call him my brother," said Mark.</p> + +<p>"Why not? True, he is only your stepbrother; but you have lived under +the same roof, and been to school together, and this ought to strengthen +the tie between you."</p> + +<p>"I don't like Frank," said Mark. "He puts on altogether too many airs."</p> + +<p>"I had not observed that," said his father.</p> + +<p>"Well, I have. Only this evening he saw fit to speak impudently to me."</p> + +<p>"Indeed! I am really amazed to hear it," said Mr. Manning, softly.</p> + +<p>"Oh, he thinks he is the master of the house, or will be," said Mark, +"and he presumes on that."</p> + +<p>"He is unwise," said Mr. Manning. "Even if the whole property descends +to him, which I can hardly believe possible, I, as his guardian, will +have the right to control him."</p> + +<p>"I hope you'll do it, father. At any rate, don't let him boss over me, +for I won't stand it."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he will boss over you," answered his father, in a slow, +measured voice, betraying, however, neither anger nor excitement. "Of +course, I should not permit that."</p> + +<p>Mark regarded his father fixedly.</p> + +<p>"I guess the old man knows what's in the will," he said to himself. "He +knows how to feather his own nest. I hope he's feathered mine, too."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning passed from his son's chamber and went softly upstairs, +looking thoughtful.</p> + +<p>Anyone who could read the impassive face would have read trouble in +store for Frank.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_IV"></a><h2>CHAPTER IV</h2> + +<h3>MRS. MANNING'S WILL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>During the preparations for the funeral Frank was left pretty much to +himself.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning's manner was so soft, and to him had been so deferential, +that he did not understand the man. It didn't occur to him that it was +assumed for a purpose.</p> + +<p>That manner was not yet laid aside. His stepfather offered to comfort +him, but Frank listened in silence. Nothing that Mr. Manning could say +had the power to lighten his load of grief. So far as words could +console him, the sympathy of Deborah and the coachman, both old +servants, whom his mother trusted, had more effect, for he knew that it +was sincere, and that they were really attached to his mother.</p> + +<p>Of Mr. Manning he felt a profound distrust, which no words of his could +remove.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile, Mr. Manning was looking from an upper window down the fine +avenue, and his eye ranged from left to right over the ample estate with +a glance of self-complacent triumph.</p> + +<p>"All mine at last!" he said to himself, exultingly. "What I have been +working for has come to pass. Three years ago I was well-nigh penniless, +and now I am a rich man. I shall leave Mark the master of a great +fortune. I have played my cards well. No one will suspect anything +wrong. My wife and I have lived in harmony. There will be little wonder +that she has left all to me. There would be, perhaps, but for the manner +in which I have taken care he shall be mentioned in the will—I mean, of +course, in the will I have made for her."</p> + +<p>He paused, and, touching a spring in the wall, a small door flew open, +revealing a shallow recess.</p> + +<p>In this recess was a folded paper, tied with a red ribbon.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning opened it, and his eyes glanced rapidly down the page.</p> + +<p>"This is the true will," he said to himself. "I wish I could summon +courage to burn it. It would be best out of the way. That, if found +out, would make me amenable to the law, and I must run no risk. In this +secret recess it will never be found. I will replace it, and the +document which I have had prepared will take its place, and no one will +be the wiser."</p> + +<p>On the day after the funeral, the family solicitor and a few intimate +friends, who had been invited by Mr. Manning, assembled in the drawing +room of the mansion to hear the will read.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning himself notified Frank of the gathering and its object.</p> + +<p>He found our hero lying on the bed in his chamber, sad and depressed.</p> + +<p>"I don't like to intrude upon your grief, my dear boy," said his +stepfather, softly, "but it is necessary. The last will of your dear +mother and my beloved wife is about to be read, and your presence is +necessary."</p> + +<p>"Couldn't it be put off?" asked Frank, sadly. "It seems too soon to +think of such things."</p> + +<p>"Pardon me, my dear Frank, but it is quite needful that there should be +an immediate knowledge of the contents of the will, in order that the +right person may look after the business interests of the estate. I +assure you that it is the invariable custom to read the will immediately +after the funeral."</p> + +<p>"If that is the custom, and it is necessary, I have nothing to say. When +is the will to be read?"</p> + +<p>"At three o'clock, and it is now two."</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir; I will come down in time."</p> + +<p>"Of course there can't be much doubt as to the contents of the will," +pursued Mr. Manning. "You are doubtless the heir, and as you are a +minor, I am probably your guardian. Should such be the case, I hope +that the relations between us may be altogether friendly."</p> + +<p>"I hope so," said Frank, gravely.</p> + +<p>At three o'clock the members of the family, with a few outside friends, +gathered in the drawing room. The family solicitor, Mr, Ferret, held in +his hand what purported to be the last will of Mrs. Manning.</p> + +<p>The widowed husband had directed the lawyer to the bureau of the +deceased lady as likely to contain her will. It was found without +trouble in the topmost drawer.</p> + +<p>Deborah and the coachman had speculated as to whether they would be +invited to attend at the reading of the will.</p> + +<p>Their doubts were set at rest by an invitation from Mr. Manning himself.</p> + +<p>"You were so long in the service of my dear wife," he said, "that it is +fitting that you be present at the reading of her will, in which it is +quite probable that you may be personally interested."</p> + +<p>"He is uncommonly polite, I am sure," thought Deborah, disposed for the +moment to think more favorably of the man whom she had never been able +to like.</p> + +<p>"My friends," said the lawyer, after a preliminary cough, "you are +assembled to listen to the will of Mrs. Manning, just deceased. The +document which I hold in my hand I believe to be such an instrument. I +will now open if for the first time."</p> + +<p>He untied the ribbon, and began reading the will.</p> + +<p>It commenced with the usual formula, and proceeded to a few bequests of +trifling amount.</p> + +<p>Deborah and Richard Green were each left two hundred dollars, "as a +slight acknowledgment of their faithful service."</p> + +<p>One or two friends of the family were remembered, but to an +inconsiderable extent. Then came the important clause:</p> + +<p>"All the rest and residue of the property of which I may die possessed I +leave to my beloved husband, James Manning, whose devoted affection has +made happy the last years of my life. Having implicit confidence in his +good judgment and kindness of heart, I request him to make proper +provision for my dear son Frank, whose happiness I earnestly desire. I +hope that he will consent to be guided by the wisdom and experience of +his stepfather, who, I am sure, will study his interests and counsel him +wisely. In my sorrow at parting with my dear son, it is an unspeakable +comfort to me to feel that he will have such a guardian and protector."</p> + +<p>Frank listened with amazement, which was shared by all present.</p> + +<p>Practically, he was disinherited, and left wholly dependent upon his +stepfather.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_V"></a><h2>CHAPTER V</h2> + +<h3>DISINHERITED</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The contents of the will created general astonishment. There was not one +in the room who didn't know the devotion of Mrs. Manning to her son +Frank, yet, while speaking of him affectionately, she had treated him, +as they considered, most cruelly. Why should she have left such a +dangerous power in her husband's hands?</p> + +<p>And how was Mr. Manning affected?</p> + +<p>He summoned to his face an expression of bewilderment and surprise, +and, feeling that all eyes were fixed upon, him, he turned toward the +lawyer.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Ferret," he said, "I need hardly say that this will surprises me +very much, as I see that it does the friends who are present. Are you +sure that there is no codicil?"</p> + +<p>"I have been unable to discover any, Mr. Manning," said the lawyer, +gravely, as he scanned the face of the widower keenly.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning applied his handkerchief to his eyes, and seemed overcome by +emotion.</p> + +<p>"I knew my dear wife's confidence in me," he said, in a tremulous voice, +"but I was not prepared for such a striking manifestation of it."</p> + +<p>"Nor I," said Mr. Ferret, dryly.</p> + +<p>"Knowing her strong attachment to Frank," paused Mr. Manning, "I feel +the full extent and significance of that confidence when she leaves him +so unreservedly to my care and guidance. I hope that I may be found +worthy of the trust."</p> + +<p>"I hope so, sir," said Mr. Ferret, who, sharp lawyer as he was, doubted +whether all was right, and was willing that Mr. Manning should be made +aware of his feeling. "It is certainly a remarkable proviso, considering +the affection which your wife entertained for her son."</p> + +<p>"Precisely, Mr. Ferret. It shows how much confidence the dear departed +felt in me."</p> + +<p>"So far as I can see, the boy is left wholly dependent upon you."</p> + +<p>"He shall not regret it!" said Mr. Manning, fervently. "I consecrate my +life to this sacred trust."</p> + +<p>"You acquiesce in the arrangement, then, Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"I cannot do otherwise, can I?"</p> + +<p>"There is nothing to prevent your settling the property, or any part of +it, on the natural heir, Mr. Manning. You must pardon me for saying that +it would have been wiser had your wife so stipulated by will."</p> + +<p>"I cannot consent to reverse, or in any way annul, the last wishes of my +dear wife," said Mr. Manning, hastily. "It was her arrangement solely, +and I hold it sacred. She has put upon me a serious responsibility, from +which I shrink, indeed, but which I cannot decline. I will do all in my +power to carry out the wishes of my late wife."</p> + +<p>Mr. Ferret shrugged his shoulders.</p> + +<p>"I am not surprised at your decision, sir," he said, coldly. "Few men +would resist the temptation. My duty is discharged with the reading of +the will, and I will bid you good-afternoon!"</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning was a crafty man. He knew that the strange will would be +discussed, and he thought it best that the discussion should come at +once, that it might be the sooner finished.</p> + +<p>Deborah, faithful old servant, was in a blaze of indignation.</p> + +<p>She went up quickly to Frank, and said:</p> + +<p>"It's a shame, Mr. Frank, so it is!"</p> + +<p>"If my mother made that will, it is all right," said Frank, gravely.</p> + +<p>"But she didn't, Mr. Frank! I know she would never do such a thing. She +loved you as the apple of her eye, and she would not cheat you out of +your rightful inheritance."</p> + +<p>"No more she would, Mr. Frank," said the coachman, chiming in.</p> + +<p>"I don't know what to think," said Frank. "It has surprised me very +much."</p> + +<p>"Surprised you!" exclaimed Deborah. "You may well say that. You might +have knocked me down with a feather when I heard the property left away +from you. Depend upon it, that man knows all about it."</p> + +<p>"You mean Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"To be sure I mean him! Oh, he's managed artfully! I say that for him. +He's got it all into his own hands, and you haven't a cent."</p> + +<p>"If it was my mother's will I wouldn't complain of that, Deborah. It was +hers to do with as she liked, and I know, at any rate, that she loved +me."</p> + +<p>"There's one thing surprises me," said Richard Green. "If so be as the +will isn't genuine, how does it happen that you and I come in for a +legacy, Deborah?"</p> + +<p>"It's meant for a blind," answered Deborah. "Oh, he's the artfulest +man!"</p> + +<p>"You may be right, Deborah. I must say the will sounded all right."</p> + +<p>"Maybe it was copied from the mistress' will."</p> + +<p>This conversation took place in one corner of the room.</p> + +<p>It ceased as Mr. Ferret advanced toward the disinherited boy.</p> + +<p>"Frank," said he, in a tone of sympathy, "I am very sorry for the +provisions of the will."</p> + +<p>"So am I, sir," answered our hero. "It isn't pleasant to be dependent on +Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"Particularly when the whole estate should be yours."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't have minded if half had been left to him, provided I had +been left independent of him."</p> + +<p>"I appreciate your feelings, Frank. I knew your father, and I am proud +to say that he was my friend. I knew your mother well, and I esteemed +her highly. I hope you will let me regard myself as your friend also."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Mr. Ferret!" said Frank. "I am likely to need a friend. I +shall remember your kind proposal. I want to ask you one question."</p> + +<p>"Ask, and I shall answer."</p> + +<p>"Did my mother consult with you about making this will?"</p> + +<p>"No, Frank."</p> + +<p>"Did she ever say anything that would lead you to think she would leave +the property as it is left in this will?"</p> + +<p>"Not a word."</p> + +<p>"Was there another will?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. I wrote her will at her direction more than a year ago. This will +is dated only three months since, and, of course, takes precedence of +it, even if the other is in existence."</p> + +<p>"Can you tell me what were the provisions of the other will?"</p> + +<p>"A legacy of ten thousand dollars was left to Mr. Manning, and the rest +of the estate to you, except the small legacies, which were all larger +than in the will I have read. For instance, Deborah and Richard Green +were each put down for five hundred dollars."</p> + +<p>"So they suffer as well as I?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Have you any idea, Mr. Ferret, of the value of the estate which falls +into Mr. Manning's hands?"</p> + +<p>"I have some idea, because I have talked with your mother on the +subject. This estate is worth fifty thousand dollars at least, and there +are fully fifty thousand dollars in money and bonds. The legacies do not +altogether exceed one thousand dollars, and therefore it may be said +that your stepfather has fallen heir to one hundred thousand dollars."</p> + +<p>"I suppose there is nothing I can do, Mr. Ferret?"</p> + +<p>"Not unless you can show that this will which I have read is not a +genuine document. That would be difficult."</p> + +<p>"Did you notice my mother's signature?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. I am not an expert, but I cannot detect any difference greater +than maybe existed between two signatures of the same person."</p> + +<p>"Then I suppose there is nothing to be done at present. I expect to have +a hard time with Mr. Manning, Mr. Ferret."</p> + +<p>"How has he treated you in the past, Frank?" asked the lawyer.</p> + +<p>"I have had nothing to complain of; but then he was not master of the +estate. Now it is difficult, and I think his treatment of me will be +different."</p> + +<p>"You may be right. You remember what I said, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"That I should regard you as a friend? I won't forget it, Mr. Ferret."</p> + +<p>One by one the company left the house, and Frank was alone.</p> + +<p>Left alone and unsustained by sympathy, he felt more bitterly than +before the totally unexpected change in his circumstances.</p> + +<p>Up to the last hour he had regarded himself as the heir of the estate. +Now he was only a dependent of a man whom he heartily disliked.</p> + +<p>Could it be that this misfortune had come to him through the agency of +his mother?</p> + +<p>"I will not believe it!" he exclaimed, energetically.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_VI"></a><h2>CHAPTER VI</h2> + +<h3>AN UNSATISFACTORY INTERVIEW</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank came to a decision the next morning. A long deferred interview +with his stepfather was necessary. Having made up his mind, he entered +the room in which his stepfather sat. His air was manly and his bearing +that of a boy who respects himself, but there was none of the swagger +which some boys think it necessary to exhibit when they wish to assert +their rights.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning, in a flowered dressing gown, sat at a table, with a sheet +of paper before him and a lead pencil in his hand. Short as had been the +interval since his accession to the property, he was figuring up the +probable income he would derive from the estate.</p> + +<p>He looked up as Frank entered the room, and surveyed him with cold and +sarcastic eyes. His soft tones were dropped.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning," said Frank, "I wish to talk to you."</p> + +<p>"You may, of course," his stepfather replied mildly. "It is about the +will," Frank advised him.</p> + +<p>"So you would complain of your poor mother, would you?" said his +stepfather, in a tone of virtuous indignation.</p> + +<p>"I cannot believe that my mother made that will."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning colored. He scented danger. Should Frank drop such hints +elsewhere, he might make trouble, and lead to a legal investigation, +which Mr. Manning had every reason to dread.</p> + +<p>"This is very foolish," he said, more mildly. "No doubt you are +disappointed, but probably your mother has provided wisely. You will +want for nothing, and you will be prepared for the responsibilities of +manhood under my auspices."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning's face assumed a look of self-complacence as he uttered +these last words.</p> + +<p>"I have no blame to cast upon my dear mother," said Frank. "If she made +that will, she acted under a great mistake."</p> + +<p>"What mistake, sir?"</p> + +<p>"She failed to understand you."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to imply that I shall be false to my trust?"</p> + +<p>"Not at present, sir. I don't wish to judge of you too hastily."</p> + +<p>As the boy turned to go, he said. "I have nothing further to say, sir."</p> + +<p>"But I have," said Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir."</p> + +<p>"I demand that you treat my son Mark with suitable respect, and forbear +to infringe upon his rights."</p> + +<p>Frank looked up, and answered, with spirit: "I shall treat Mark as well +as he treats me, sir. Is that satisfactory?"</p> + +<p>"I apprehend," said Mr. Manning, "that you may make some mistakes upon +that point."</p> + +<p>"I will try not to do so, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank left the room, and this time was not called back.</p> + +<p>His stepfather looked after him, but his face expressed neither +friendliness nor satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"That boy requires taming," he said to himself. "He is going to make +trouble. I must consider what I will do with him."</p> + +<p>As Mr. Manning reviewed Frank's words, there was one thing which +especially disturbed him—the doubt expressed by his stepson as to his +mother's having actually made the will.</p> + +<p>He saw that it would not do for him to go too far in his persecution of +Frank as it might drive the latter to consult a lawyer in regard to the +validity of the will by which he had been disinherited.</p> + +<p>Frank rather gloomily made his way to the stable. As he reached it, +Richard Green came out.</p> + +<p>"I'm sorry for you, Mr. Frank. But your mother was a saint. She was too +good to suspect the badness of others, Mr. Frank. She thought old +Manning was really all that he pretended to be, and that he would be as +kind to you as she was herself. When she was alive, he was always as +soft as—as silk."</p> + +<p>"His manner has changed now," said Frank, gravely. "Excuse me, Richard, +for finding fault with you, but don't call him old Manning."</p> + +<p>"Why not, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I have no liking for Mr. Manning—in fact, I dislike him—but he was +the husband of my mother, and I prefer to speak of him respectfully."</p> + +<p>"I dare say you are right, Mr. Frank, but, all the same, he don't +deserve it. Is Mr. Mark to ride Ajax then?"</p> + +<p>"If he asks for it, you are to saddle Ajax for him. I don't want you to +get into any trouble with Mr. Manning on my account."</p> + +<p>"I don't care for that, Mr. Frank. I can get another place, and I don't +much care to serve Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"I would rather you would stay, if you can, Richard. I don't want to see +a new face in the stable."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he means to keep me long, Mr. Frank. Deborah and I will +have to go, I expect, and he'll get some servants of his own here."</p> + +<p>"Has he hinted anything of this, Richard?" asked Frank, quickly.</p> + +<p>"No; but he will soon, you may depend on it. I won't lose sight of you, +though. I've known you since you were four years old, and I won't desert +you, if I can do any good—nor Deborah, either."</p> + +<p>"I have two friends, then, at any rate," said Frank to himself. "That is +something."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_VII"></a><h2>CHAPTER VII</h2> + +<h3>A SCHOOL FRIEND</h3> + +<br /> + +<p>Early Monday morning it had been the custom for Frank and Mark to take +the train for Bridgeville, to enter upon a new week at the academy.</p> + +<p>Frank felt that it would be better for him to go back without any +further vacation, as occupation would serve to keep him from brooding +over his loss.</p> + +<p>"Are you ready, Mark?" he asked, as he rose from the breakfast table.</p> + +<p>"Ready for what?"</p> + +<p>"To go back to school, of course."</p> + +<p>"I am not going back this morning," answered Mark.</p> + +<p>"Why not?" asked Frank, in some surprise.</p> + +<p>"I am going to stay at home to help father," said Mark, with a glance at +Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"If I can be of any service to you, sir, I will stay, too," said Frank, +politely.</p> + +<p>"Thank you, but Mark will do all I require," replied his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank appeared at the academy with a grave face and subdued manner, +suggestive of the great loss he had sustained. From his schoolfellows, +with whom he was a favorite, he received many words of sympathy—from +none more earnest or sincere than from Herbert Grant.</p> + +<p>"I know how you feel, Frank," he said, pressing the hand of his friend. +"If I could comfort you I would, but I don't know how to do it."</p> + +<p>"I find comfort in your sympathy," said Frank. "I look upon you as my +warmest friend here."</p> + +<p>"I am glad of that, Frank."</p> + +<p>To Herbert alone Frank spoke of his mother and her devoted affection; +but even to him he did not like to mention the will and his +disinheritance. He did not so much lament the loss of the property as +that he had lost it by the direction of his mother, or, rather, because +it would generally be supposed so.</p> + +<p>For himself, he doubted the genuineness of the will, but he felt that it +was useless to speak of it, as he was unprepared with any proofs.</p> + +<p>So it happened that when, on Wednesday afternoon Mark Manning made his +appearance, Frank's change of position, as respected the property, was +neither known nor suspected by his schoolfellows. It was soon known, +however, and of course, through Mark.</p> + +<p>The boys immediately noticed a change in Mark. He assumed an air of +consequence, and actually strutted across the campus. Instead of being +polite and attentive to Frank, he passed him with a careless nod, such +as a superior might bestow on an inferior.</p> + +<p>"What has come over Mark?" asked Herbert of Frank, as the two were +walking together from recitation.</p> + +<p>"How do you mean?"</p> + +<p>"He holds his head higher than he used to do. He looks as if he had been +elected to some important office."</p> + +<p>"You will soon learn, Herbert," said Frank. "Make a pretext to join him, +and let the news come from him."</p> + +<p>Herbert looked puzzled.</p> + +<p>"Do you wish me to do this?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I have a reason for it."</p> + +<p>"Very well. I am always ready to oblige you, Frank, but I hope Mark +won't think I have suddenly formed a liking for his society."</p> + +<p>"If he does, you can soon undeceive him."</p> + +<p>"That is true."</p> + +<p>Herbert left the side of his friend, and sauntered toward Mark.</p> + +<p>As Herbert was known as Frank's especial friend, Mark was at first +surprised, but quickly decided that his improved position had been +communicated by Frank, and that Herbert was influenced by it. That is to +say, he judged Herbert to be as mean and mercenary as himself.</p> + +<p>Herbert's position was too humble to entitle him to much notice from +Mark, but the latter was pleased with the prospect of detaching from +Frank his favorite friend.</p> + +<p>"You came back rather late, Mark," said Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Mark, with an air of importance. "I remained at home a +short time, to help my father in his accounts. You know the property is +large, and there is a good deal to do."</p> + +<p>"I should think that was Frank's place, to help about the accounts."</p> + +<p>"Why?"</p> + +<p>"The property is his, of course!"</p> + +<p>"Did he tell you that?" asked Mark, sharply.</p> + +<p>"He has not said a word about the property."</p> + +<p>"No, I suppose not," said Mark, with a sneering laugh.</p> + +<p>"Has anything happened? Didn't his mother leave as much as was +expected?" went on Herbert, quite in the dark.</p> + +<p>"Yes, she left a large estate, but she didn't leave it to him."</p> + +<p>"To whom, then?"</p> + +<p>"To my father!" replied Mark, with conscious pride. "Frank has nothing. +He is entirely dependent upon father."</p> + +<p>"Did his mother leave him nothing, then?" asked Herbert, in pained +surprise.</p> + +<p>"Nothing at all," assured Mark, complacently.</p> + +<p>"That is very strange and unjust."</p> + +<p>"I don't look upon it in that light," said Mark, nettled. "My father +knows what is best for him. He will provide for him just as his mother +did before."</p> + +<p>"But when Frank is of age, doesn't he come into possession of the estate +then?"</p> + +<p>"No, of course not. Didn't I tell you it belongs to father? Frank is a +poor boy—as poor as you," said Mark, in a tone of evident satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"Or you," added Herbert, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"You are mistaken," said Mark, quickly. "I am father's heir."</p> + +<p>"Suppose your father dies—how will the property go?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose something will be left to Frank, unless my father leaves me +the property, with directions to provide for him."</p> + +<p>"Would you think that right and just?" demanded Herbert, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"Of course I would. My stepmother knew what she was about when she made +her will. I see you are surprised. You won't be quite to thick with +Frank, now, I expect."</p> + +<p>"Why shouldn't I be?"</p> + +<p>"Because he is just as poor as you are. He never can help you."</p> + +<p>"Mark Manning, I believe you are about the meanest boy I ever +encountered, and you judge me by yourself!"</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to insult me? Mind what you say!" blustered Mark, +unpleasantly surprised at this outburst from a boy whom he expected +would now transfer his allegiance from Frank to himself.</p> + +<p>"I mean that you and your father have robbed Frank of his inheritance, +and glory in it, and you think that I am mean enough to desert him +because he is no longer rich. It makes no difference to me whether he is +rich or poor. I think I like him all the better because he has been so +badly treated. As for you, I despise you, and shall continue to, even if +you get the whole of Frank's money."</p> + +<p>"You forget that you are talking to a gentleman, you low-born mechanic!" +said Mark, angrily.</p> + +<p>"You a gentleman!" replied Herbert, contemptuously. "Then I never want +to be one!"</p> + +<p>He walked away, leaving Mark very much incensed.</p> + +<p>"He is a fool!" muttered Mark. "When I am a rich man, he may repent +having insulted me."</p> + +<p>Herbert went back to Frank.</p> + +<p>"Did he tell you?" asked Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>"Yes; and he actually appeared to think I would be ready to desert you +because you were poor, and follow him about."</p> + +<p>"I am not afraid of that, Herbert."</p> + +<p>"I don't think Mark will have that idea any more. I gave him a piece of +my mind, and left him very angry. But what does it all mean, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I know no more than you do, Herbert. I cannot understand it."</p> + +<p>"What could have induced your mother to make such a will?"</p> + +<p>"I cannot believe my poor mother ever made such a will; but, if she +did, I am very sure that she was over-persuaded by my stepfather, who is +one of the most plausible of men."</p> + +<p>"What shall you do about it?"</p> + +<p>"What can I do? I am only a boy. I have no proof, you know."</p> + +<p>"How are you likely to be treated?"</p> + +<p>"I have had a little foretaste of that."</p> + +<p>"It looks very bad for you, Frank," admitted Herbert, in a tone of +sympathy.</p> + +<p>"I don't so much care for the loss of the property, Herbert," said +Frank, "but I am afraid I shall have sorts of annoyances to endure from +Mark and his father. But I won't anticipate trouble. I will do my duty, +and trust that things will turn out better than I fear."</p> + +<p>The next afternoon a letter was placed in Frank's hands. It was in a +brown envelope, and directed in a cramped and evidently unpracticed +hand, with which Frank was not familiar.</p> + +<p>On opening it, a glance at the signature showed that it was from Richard +Green, the coachman. It commenced:</p> + +<p>"Dear Mr. Frank: This comes hoping you are well. I have no good news to +tell. Mr. Manning has sold your horse, Ajax, and he is to be taken away +to-night. I thought you ought to know it, and that is why I take my pen +in hand to write."</p> + +<p>There was more, but this is all that was important.</p> + +<p>Frank's face flushed with anger. He immediately went in search of Mark, +who, he felt assured, knew of the sale.</p> + +<p>It may be said here that Ajax was one of Frank's dearest trophies, a +gift from his mother.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_VIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2> + +<h3>A NEW PLAN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mark was in his room, where Frank found him trying on a new necktie. +Though decidedly plain, Mark fancied himself very good-looking, and +spent no little time on personal adornment. In particular, he had a +weakness for new neckties, in which he indulged himself freely.</p> + +<p>When the boys came to the academy, the principal proposed that they +should room together; but both objected, and Mark had a room to +himself—no one caring to room with him.</p> + +<p>"Take a seat, Frank," said Mark, condescendingly. "Is there anything I +can do for you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Frank. "I hear your father has sold Ajax, or is +intending to do so. Will you tell me if it is true?"</p> + +<p>"I believe it is," answered Mark, indifferently.</p> + +<p>"And what right has he to sell my horse?" demanded Frank, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"You'd better ask him," said Mark, with provoking coolness.</p> + +<p>"It is an outrage," said Frank, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"As to that," said his stepbrother, "you can't expect father to be at +the expense of feeding your horse."</p> + +<p>"With my money?"</p> + +<p>"The money is legally his," replied Mark.</p> + +<p>"Do you know to whom your father has sold Ajax?"</p> + +<p>"To Col. Vincent, I believe."</p> + +<p>"I am glad, at any rate, that he will have a good master."</p> + +<p>Frank felt that there would be no advantage in prolonging the interview, +or carrying on further a war of words.</p> + +<p>He sought out his friend Herbert, and communicated to him this last +infraction of his rights.</p> + +<p>"It is too bad, Frank!" said his sympathizing friend.</p> + +<p>"Yes, it is," said Frank, gravely; "but I fear it is only the beginning +of annoyances. I don't believe I can ever live in any place with Mr. +Manning or Mark."</p> + +<p>"Will it be necessary?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose so. I have no money, as you know. All has gone to him. +Herbert, I tell you frankly, I envy you and your position."</p> + +<p>"Though my father is a poor man?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; for, at any rate, you have a peaceful home, and a father and +mother who love you. I have a stepfather, who will do all he can to make +me miserable."</p> + +<p>"Would you be willing to work for your own support, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; far rather than remain a dependent on Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"Suppose you should run away," suggested Herbert.</p> + +<p>Frank shook his head.</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't do that except in case of extreme necessity. I know that if +my mother knows what goes on here, it would grieve her for me to take +such a step."</p> + +<p>"Suppose your stepfather should consent to your leaving home?"</p> + +<p>"Then I would do so gladly. I am willing to work and I think I could +make a living in some way."</p> + +<p>"Why not ask him?"</p> + +<p>Frank's face brightened.</p> + +<p>"Thank you for the hint, Herbert," he said. "I will think of it, and I +may act upon it."</p> + +<p>Frank was naturally self-reliant and energetic. He was not disposed to +shrink from the duties of life, but was ready to go forth to meet them. +The idea which Herbert had suggested commended itself to him the more he +thought of it.</p> + +<p>In spite, therefore, of the news which he had received about Ajax, he +resumed his cheerfulness, considerably to the surprise of Mark, whose +natural suspicion led him to conjecture that Frank had some plan in view +to circumvent his father.</p> + +<p>"If he has, he'd better give it up," reflected Mark. "The old man's as +sly as a fox. A raw boy like Frank can't get the better of him."</p> + +<p>At the close of the week, both the boys went home. They were on board +the same train and the same car, but did not sit together. When they +reached the house, Mr. Manning was not at home.</p> + +<p>Frank went out to the stable at once to see Richard Green, the coachman.</p> + +<p>He found him, indeed, but he also found another man, a stranger, who +appeared to be employed in the stable.</p> + +<p>"Who is this, Richard?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"My successor," answered the coachman.</p> + +<p>"Are you going to leave?" asked Frank, hastily.</p> + +<p>"Come out with me, Mr. Frank, and I will tell you," said Richard. "I've +had notice to leave," he said, "and so has Deborah. It came last +evening. Mr. Manning got a letter from Bridgeville—I know that, because +I brought it home from the post office—which appeared to make him +angry. He called Deborah and me and told us that he should not need our +services any longer."</p> + +<p>"Did he give you any reason?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; he said that he could have our places filled for a good deal less +money, and he had no doubt we could do as well elsewhere."</p> + +<p>"He has filled your place pretty soon."</p> + +<p>"Yes. This man came this morning. I think Mr. Manning had sent for him +already. I told you the other day we should soon be discharged."</p> + +<p>"I know it; but I can tell you what has hastened it."</p> + +<p>"What, then?"</p> + +<p>"Mark wrote his father that I had learned about the sale of Ajax, and +that the information came from you or Deborah."</p> + +<p>"I think it likely, Mr. Frank, for the old gentleman seemed mighty cool. +I hope you won't take it too much to heart that Ajax is sold."</p> + +<p>"I am not sure but I am glad of it," said Frank.</p> + +<p>The coachman looked at him in surprise.</p> + +<p>"I thought you would be very angry," he said.</p> + +<p>"So I was at first, but he has been sold to a man who will treat him +well, and I shall be glad to think of that when I'm away from home."</p> + +<p>"You don't mean to run away, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"No; but I mean to get my stepfather's permission to go, if I can."</p> + +<p>"Where do you mean to go, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Somewhere where I can earn my living, without depending upon anybody. +You know very well, Richard, how miserable I should be to stay here in +dependence upon Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"But to think that you, to whom the property rightfully belongs, should +go away and work for a living, while that man and his boy occupy your +place. I can't bear to think of it."</p> + +<p>"I have done a good deal of thinking within a few days, and I don't +shrink from the prospect. I think I should rather enjoy being actively +employed."</p> + +<p>"But you were to go to college, Mr. Frank."</p> + +<p>"I know it, Richard, but I am not sure whether it would be for the best. +My tastes are for an active business life, and I don't care for a +profession."</p> + +<p>"Do you think your stepfather will give you a start?"</p> + +<p>"In the way of money?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"I don't know. If he won't, I have still fifty dollars in the savings +bank, which I have saved from my pocket money. I will take that."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Frank, will you promise not to be offended at what I'm going to +say?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think you would say anything that ought to offend me, Richard."</p> + +<p>"Then I want you to take the money that comes to me by the will—Mr. +Manning is to pay it to me on Monday. I don't need it, and you may."</p> + +<p>Frank shook his head.</p> + +<p>"You are very kind, Richard, but I will get along with fifty dollars, +unless Mr. Manning supplies me with more. If I really need money at any +time, I will think of your offer."</p> + +<p>"That's something, at any rate," said Richard. partly reconciled. "You +won't forget it now, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"No, Richard, I promise you."</p> + +<p>Frank left the stable and went thoughtfully into the house.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_IX"></a><h2>CHAPTER IX</h2> + +<h3>THE NEW OWNER OF AJAX</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank and Mark took supper alone, Mr. Manning having left word that he +would not return till later in the evening.</p> + +<p>After supper, Frank decided to go over to call upon Col. Vincent, the +new owner of Ajax. His estate was distant about three-quarters of a mile +from the Cedars.</p> + +<p>As Frank started, Mark inquired:</p> + +<p>"Where are you going, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"To see Ajax," answered our hero.</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to make any fuss about him? I wouldn't advise you to."</p> + +<p>"Thank you for your advice."</p> + +<p>"I wonder what he is going to do?" thought Mark. "Of course he can't do +anything now."</p> + +<p>He did not venture to propose to accompany Frank, knowing that his +company would not be acceptable.</p> + +<p>"Is Col. Vincent at home?" asked Frank, at the door of a handsome house.</p> + +<p>"Yes, Mr. Courtney," replied the colored servant, pleasantly, for Frank +was a favorite among all classes in the neighborhood. "Come right in, +sir. De colonel am smoking a cigar on de back piazza."</p> + +<p>Frank followed the servant through the hall which intersected the house, +and stepped out on the back piazza.</p> + +<p>A stout, elderly gentleman was taking his ease in a large rustic +rocking chair.</p> + +<p>"Good-evening, Col. Vincent," our hero said.</p> + +<p>"Good-evening, Frank, my boy," said the colonel, heartily. "Glad to see +you. Haven't you gone back to school?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; but I came home to spend Sunday. It doesn't seem much like +home now," he added, as his lip quivered.</p> + +<p>"You have suffered a great loss, my dear boy," said the colonel, +feelingly.</p> + +<p>"The greatest, sir. My mother was all I had."</p> + +<p>"I suppose Mr. Manning will keep up the establishment?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose so, sir; but it is no longer home to me."</p> + +<p>"Don't take it too hard, Frank. I was sorry about the will."</p> + +<p>"So was I, sir; because it makes me dependent on a man whom I dislike."</p> + +<p>"Don't be too prejudiced, Frank. I never took any fancy to your +stepfather myself; but then we don't need to like everybody we associate +with."</p> + +<p>"I hear you have bought my horse, Col. Vincent," said Frank, desiring to +change the subject.</p> + +<p>"Was Ajax your horse?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. It was given to me as a birthday present by my mother."</p> + +<p>"I had some such idea, and expressly asked Mr. Manning whether the horse +was not yours."</p> + +<p>"What did he answer?"</p> + +<p>"That it was only nominally yours, and that he thought it best to sell +it, as both you and Mark were absent at school, and had no time to use +it."</p> + +<p>"I am not surprised at anything Mr. Manning may say," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"It's too bad! I'll tell you what I will do, Frank. I haven't paid for +the horse yet. I will return it to Mr. Manning, and tell him that I +bought it under a misapprehension of the ownership. I don't think he +will make any fuss."</p> + +<p>"I would rather have you keep it, sir."</p> + +<p>"You would!" exclaimed the colonel, in surprise.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. If you should return Ajax, Mr. Manning would sell him to some +one else, and you, I know, will treat him well."</p> + +<p>"But you will lose the use of him. No, you won't, though. Come over to +my stable when you like, and, if he is not in use, you can take him +out."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir! You are very kind. While I am in the neighborhood, I +won't forget your kind offer. But I mean to go away."</p> + +<p>"You mean to go away! Where?"</p> + +<p>"Out into the world. Anywhere, where I can find work and make a living."</p> + +<p>"But surely this is not necessary. Your stepfather will provide for you +without your working."</p> + +<p>"I have no reason to doubt it, Col. Vincent; but I shall be happier in +the world outside."</p> + +<p>"Of course you will let Mr. Manning know of your intention to leave +home?"</p> + +<p>"I shall ask his permission to go at the end of my school term. That +comes in a couple of weeks."</p> + +<p>"Where will you go?"</p> + +<p>"A cousin of my father is at Newark, New Jersey. I think I shall go to +him first, and ask his advice about getting a place either there or in +New York."</p> + +<p>"You will need some money to start with. Do you think Mr. Manning will +give you any?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know, sir! That won't prevent my going. I have fifty dollars in +a savings bank, saved up from my allowance, and that will be all I shall +need."</p> + +<p>"If you have any difficulty on that score, Frank, remember that I was +your father's friend, and mean to be yours. Apply to me at any time when +you are in a strait."</p> + +<p>"I will, sir, and thank you heartily."</p> + +<p>"That was a strange will, Frank. I don't want to put any ideas into your +head to disturb you, but had your mother ever led you to suspect that +she intended to leave you dependent on your stepfather?"</p> + +<p>"Never, sir!"</p> + +<p>"Don't you think she would have done so, had she had such a plan in +view?"</p> + +<p>"I do," said Frank, quickly.</p> + +<p>The colonel's eye met his, and each knew what the other suspected.</p> + +<p>"There is nothing for me to do at present, sir," said Frank. "If Mr. +Manning does not interfere with my plans, I shall not trouble him."</p> + +<p>"I will hint as much when I see him. It may clear the way for you."</p> + +<p>"I wish you would, sir."</p> + +<p>"Come and see me again, Frank," said the colonel, as Frank rose to go.</p> + +<p>"I certainly will, sir."</p> + +<p>"Your father's son will always be welcome at my house. When did you say +your school term closes?"</p> + +<p>"In a fortnight."</p> + +<p>"I will see your stepfather within a few days. By the way, Frank, +wouldn't you like a gallop on Ajax to-night?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; I should enjoy it."</p> + +<p>"Come out to the stable with me, then."</p> + +<p>Ajax whinnied with delight when he saw his old, or rather his young +master, and evinced satisfaction when Frank stroked him caressingly.</p> + +<p>"Sam," said Col. Vincent, "Frank is to ride Ajax whenever he pleases. +Saddle him for his use whenever he asks you."</p> + +<p>"That I will, sir" answered Sam. "Often and often I've seen Mr. Frank on +his back. Doesn't he ride well, though?"</p> + +<p>"Don't flatter me, Sam," said Frank, laughing.</p> + +<p>Five minutes later he was on the back of his favorite horse, galloping +down the road.</p> + +<p>"I hope I shall meet Mark," thought Frank. "I would like to give him a +sensation."</p> + +<p>Considering the manner in which Mark had treated his stepbrother, Frank +may be excused for the wish to puzzle him a little.</p> + +<p>Finding himself lonely, Mark decided to take a walk not long after +Frank's departure. He was sauntering along the road, when he heard the +sound of hoofs, and, to his surprise, saw his stepbrother on the back of +Ajax.</p> + +<p>His first thought was that Frank had gone to Col. Vincent's stable and +brought away Ajax without permission, in defiance of Mr. Manning's will. +He resolved to take him to task for it immediately. Frank purposely +slackened the speed of his horse in order to give Mark the chance he +sought.</p> + +<p>"Why are you riding Ajax?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"It is a pleasant evening," answered Frank, "and I thought I should +enjoy it."</p> + +<p>"Where did you get him?"</p> + +<p>"From Col. Vincent's stable, where he never ought to have been carried," +answered Frank, with spirit.</p> + +<p>"You seem to think you can do anything you like, Frank Courtney," said +Mark, provoked, deciding that his suspicions were well founded.</p> + +<p>"Is there any particular reason why I should not ride Ajax?" demanded +Frank.</p> + +<p>"You have made yourself liable to arrest for horse stealing," said Mark. +"It would serve you right if Col. Vincent should have you arrested and +tried."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he will gratify your kind wishes, Mark."</p> + +<p>"Just wait and see what my father has to say to you."</p> + +<p>"I have only done what I had a perfect right to do; but I can't stop to +dispute with you. I must finish my ride. Hey, Ajax!"</p> + +<p>As he spoke the horse dashed into a gallop, and Mark was left looking +after him in a disturbed frame of mind.</p> + +<p>"I'll tell my father as soon as he gets home," he decided; and he kept +his word.</p> + +<p>In consequence, Frank, by that time returned, was summoned into Mr. +Manning's presence.</p> + +<p>"What is this I hear?" he began. "Did you ride Ajax this evening?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"Where did you find him?"</p> + +<p>"In Col. Vincent's stable."</p> + +<p>"This is a high-handed proceeding, Frank Courtney. Have you any excuse +to offer?"</p> + +<p>"None is needed sir. Col. Vincent has given me permission to ride him +whenever I please."</p> + +<p>"It appears to me, Mark," said Mr. Manning, sharply, "that you have made +a fool of yourself."</p> + +<p>"How should I know?" replied Mark, mortified by the collapse of his +sensation. "Frank didn't tell me he had leave to use the horse."</p> + +<p>And he left the room, looking foolish.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_X"></a><h2>CHAPTER X</h2> + +<h3>MARK YIELDS TO TEMPTATION</h3> +<br /> + +<p>There are some boys, as well as men, who cannot stand prosperity.</p> + +<p>It appeared that Mark Manning was one of these.</p> + +<p>While his stepmother was living and his father's prospects—and +consequently his own—were uncertain, he had been circumspect in his +behavior and indulged in nothing that could be considered seriously +wrong.</p> + +<p>When his father came into possession of a large fortune, and his pocket +money was doubled, Mark began to throw off some of the restraint which, +from motives of prudence, he had put upon himself.</p> + +<p>About the middle of the week, as Frank was taking a walk after school +hours, he was considerably surprised to see Mark come out of a +well-known liquor saloon frequented by men and boys of intemperate +habits.</p> + +<p>The students of Bridgeville Academy were strictly forbidden this or any +other saloon, and I am sure that my boy readers will agree with mo that +this rule was a very proper one.</p> + +<p>Mark Manning appeared to have been drinking. His face was flushed, and +his breath, if one came near enough to him, was redolent of the fumes of +alcohol. With him was James Carson, one of the poorest scholars and most +unprincipled boys in the academy. It was rather surprising that he had +managed for so long to retain his position in the institution, but he +was crafty and took good care not to be caught.</p> + +<p>To go back a little, it was chiefly owing to James Carson's influence +that Mark had entered the saloon.</p> + +<p>When he learned that Mark's worldly prospects had improved, and that he +had a large supply of pocket money, he determined to cultivate his +acquaintance—though privately he thought Mark a disagreeable boy—with +the intention of obtaining for himself a portion of Mark's surplus +means.</p> + +<p>At the first of the term he had made similar advances to Frank, but they +were coldly received, so much so that he did not think it worth while to +persevere in courting our hero's intimacy.</p> + +<p>He succeeded better with Mark, his crafty nature teaching him how to +approach him.</p> + +<p>"Mark," he said, with a great show of cordiality, "I am delighted to +hear of your good fortune. I always liked you, and I think you deserve +to be rich."</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said Mark, much gratified, for he liked flattery. "I am +sure I am very much obliged to you."</p> + +<p>"Oh, not at all! I only say what I think. Shall I tell you why I am +particularly glad?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, if you like," returned Mark, in some curiosity.</p> + +<p>"Because I like you better than that young muff, your stepbrother. I +hope you won't be offended at my plain speaking," he added, artfully.</p> + +<p>"Certainly not!" said Mark.</p> + +<p>"I suppose," said James, "you will see a little life now that you are +your own master and have plenty of money."</p> + +<p>"I don't know exactly what you mean, James. There isn't much life to be +seen in Bridgeville."</p> + +<p>"That is true; but still there is some. Suppose now"—by this time they +were in front of the saloon, which, besides a bar, contained a billiard +and pool table—"suppose now we go in and have a game of billiards."</p> + +<p>"It's against the rules, isn't it?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"What do you care for the rules?" said James, contemptuously.</p> + +<p>"If the old man hears of it, we shall get into hot water."</p> + +<p>By the "old man" Mark meant the Rev. Dr. Brush, the venerable and +respected principal of the Bridgeville Academy, but such boys as he have +very little respect for the constituted authorities.</p> + +<p>"Why need he know it? We will slip in when no one is looking. Did you +ever play a game of billiards?"</p> + +<p>"I never played over half a dozen games in my life."</p> + +<p>"Yon ought to know how to play. It is a splendid game. Come in."</p> + +<p>Mark did not make very strong opposition, and the two boys, first +looking cautiously in different directions, entered the saloon.</p> + +<p>Toward the entrance was a bar, and in the roar of the saloon were two +tables.</p> + +<p>"Won't you have a drink, Mark?" asked James.</p> + +<p>Mark hesitated.</p> + +<p>"Oh, come now, it won't hurt. Two glasses of whisky, John."</p> + +<p>"All right, Mr. Carson," said the barkeeper, to whom James was well +known.</p> + +<p>James tossed off his glass with the air of an old drinker, but Mark +drank his more slowly.</p> + +<p>"There, I know you feel better, Mark."</p> + +<p>"Now, John, give me the balls. We'll play a game of billiards."</p> + +<p>"All right, sir."</p> + +<p>"I'll discount you, Mark," said James, "to give you a fair chance. It is +about the same thing as giving you half the game. Or, if you like, I +will give you seventeen points to start with, and then you will only +have seventeen to make, while I am making thirty-four."</p> + +<p>"I like that best."</p> + +<p>"Now shall we play for the drinks?"</p> + +<p>"We have just had a drink?"</p> + +<p>"We'll have another."</p> + +<p>"Won't that be too much? I don't want to get drunk."</p> + +<p>"Two drinks won't do you any harm. Very well. Now let us string for the +lead."</p> + +<p>There is no need of describing the game in detail. Mark was only a +novice, while James could really make three or four points to his one. +He restrained himself, however, so that he only beat Mark by two points.</p> + +<p>"You did splendidly, Mark," he said. "Considering how little you have +played, you did remarkably well. Why, you made a run of three."</p> + +<p>"Yes, I did pretty well," said Mark, flattered by his companion's +praises.</p> + +<p>"I had hard work to beat you, I can tell you that. As it was, you came +within two points of beating. Don't you like the game?"</p> + +<p>"Very much."</p> + +<p>"I thought you would. Shall we have another game?"</p> + +<p>"I don't mind," answered Mark.</p> + +<p>He knew that he ought to be in his room writing a composition to be +delivered the next day, but such obligations sat easily upon Mark, and +he did not hesitate long.</p> + +<p>That time James allowed him to score sixteen, so that Mark was only +beaten by one point.</p> + +<p>"You see, you are improving," said James. "I played a better game that +time than before, and still you came within one of beating me."</p> + +<p>"I think I shall become a good player in time," said Mark, complacently.</p> + +<p>"Yes, and in a very short time. Now," said James, "I have a proposal to +make to you."</p> + +<p>"What is it?"</p> + +<p>"We'll bet twenty-five cents on the next game, to give a little interest +to it."</p> + +<p>Mark had no special scruples against betting, which is only one form of +gambling, but he decidedly objected to losing money, so he answered, +cautiously:</p> + +<p>"I don't know about that. You beat me both of the other games."</p> + +<p>"That's true; but you play better now than you did at first."</p> + +<p>"That may be so."</p> + +<p>"What are twenty-five cents, anyway? I expect to lose it, but it will +increase the interest of the game."</p> + +<p>So Mark was persuaded, and the game was played.</p> + +<p>James Carson managed to let Mark beat him by five shots, and the latter +was correspondingly elated.</p> + +<p>"You beat me after all," said James, pretending to be much disappointed, +"and by five points. I'll tell you what I'll do—I'll give you the same +odds, and bet a dollar on the game. I suppose it's foolish, but I'll +risk it!"</p> + +<p>"Done!" said Mark, eagerly.</p> + +<p>His cupidity was excited, and he felt sure of winning the dollar, as he +had the twenty-five cents. But James had no idea of playing off now, and +he played a better game, as he was well able to do. The result was that +Mark was beaten by three points.</p> + +<p>He looked quite crestfallen.</p> + +<p>"I had better shows than you," said James. "I couldn't do it once in +five times. Will you play again?"</p> + +<p>Mark agreed to it with some hesitation, and he was again beaten.</p> + +<p>"You had luck against you. Another day you will succeed better. Have you +played enough?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Mark, annoyed.</p> + +<p>He had four games to pay for and two dollars in bets, and it made rather +an expensive afternoon.</p> + +<p>"Have another drink? I'll treat," said James, who could afford to be +liberal.</p> + +<p>Mark accepted, and then, flushed and excited, he left the saloon, just +as Frank came up, as described in the first part of the chapter. On the +whole, he was sorry to meet his stepbrother just at this time.</p> + +<p>Frank stopped, and his attention was drawn to Mark's flushed face.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XI</h2> + +<h3>MARK GETS INTO TROUBLE</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mark nodded slightly and was about to pass without a word, when Frank +said, quietly:</p> + +<p>"I am sorry to see you coming out of such a place, Mark."</p> + +<p>"What is it to you, anyway?" returned Mark, rudely.</p> + +<p>"Not much, perhaps," replied Frank, calmly, "but I don't like to see my +acquaintances coming out of a liquor saloon."</p> + +<p>"It won't hurt you," said Mark, irritably.</p> + +<p>"No, it won't hurt me, but if tho principal should hear of it, it would +not be pleasant for you. You know students are strictly forbidden to +enter any saloon?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose you mean to tell on me," said Mark, hastily, and not +altogether without uneasiness.</p> + +<p>"You are mistaken. I am not a talebearer."</p> + +<p>"Then there is no need to say any more about it. Come along, James!"</p> + +<p>Frank's interference was well meant, but, as we shall see, it did harm +rather than good.</p> + +<p>As Mark left the saloon, he had half decided not to enter it again. He +was three dollars out of pocket, and this did not suit him at all.</p> + +<p>In fact, Mark was rather a mean boy, and it was with considerable +reluctance that he had handed over to his companion the two dollars with +which to pay for the games.</p> + +<p>Moreover, he was mortified at losing the two games of billiards, when so +great odds had been given him.</p> + +<p>James Carson was no scholar, but he was sharp enough to perceive the +state of Mark's feelings, and he also saw how he was affected by Frank's +remonstrance.</p> + +<p>He decided to take advantage of this, and strengthen his hold on Mark.</p> + +<p>"Well, Mark," he said, "I suppose you'll give up playing billiards now."</p> + +<p>"Why should I?"</p> + +<p>"Because your stepbrother doesn't approve of it. You won't dare to go +into the saloon after he has forbidden you," he continued, with a sneer.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, James? Do you suppose I care that"—snapping his +fingers—"for what Frank says, or even thinks, either?"</p> + +<p>"I didn't know but you might stand in fear of him."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to insult me?" demanded Mark, hotly.</p> + +<p>"Insult you! My dear friend, what can you be thinking of? Why, I like +you ten times as much as that muff, Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"Then what did you mean by what you said?" asked Mark, more calmly.</p> + +<p>"I will tell you. I got an idea, from what Frank said once, that he was +in charge of you—well, not exactly that, but he looked after you."</p> + +<p>This was a wicked falsehood, as Frank had never intimated any such +thing. In fact, he had generally kept quite aloof from James.</p> + +<p>Mark, however, fell into the trail, and never thought of doubting what +his companion said.</p> + +<p>"If Frank said that, I've a great mind to whip him," said Mark, angrily.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I wouldn't notice him, if I were you!" said James. "For my part, I +didn't believe what he said. I felt sure that a fine, spirited boy like +you wouldn't submit to his dictation."</p> + +<p>"I should say not—the impudent follow!"</p> + +<p>"When he spoke to you just now," continued James, "one would really have +thought he was your uncle, or guardian, and that you were a little boy."</p> + +<p>"I'll show him what I think of him and his advice. I hadn't thought of +going to the saloon to-morrow, but now I will."</p> + +<p>"Bravo! I like your spirit!" said James, admiringly. "It is just the way +to treat him. Shall I come round with you about the same hour as +to-day?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I wish you would."</p> + +<p>When the two boys parted company, James Carson smiled to himself.</p> + +<p>"What a fool Mark is!" he thought. "He thinks he is his own master, but +I am going to twist him round my little finger. He's a sweet youth, but +he's got money, and I mean to have some of it. Why, he tells me his +father allows him eight dollars a week for spending money. If I manage +well, I can get more than half away from his in bets."</p> + +<p>The next day James called for Mark, as agreed upon, and again the two +boys went to the billiard saloon. The performance of the day before was +repeated.</p> + +<p>James Carson, while flattering Mark's poor play, managed to beat in +every game but one on which money was staked, and came out the richer by +a dollar and a half.</p> + +<p>"I am very unlucky," grumbled Mark, in a tone of dissatisfaction.</p> + +<p>"So you were, Mark," admitted his sympathizing friend. "You made some +capital shots, though, and if I hadn't been so lucky, you would have +come out the victor in every game."</p> + +<p>"But I didn't."</p> + +<p>"No, you didn't; but you can't have such beastly luck all the time."</p> + +<p>"I guess I'd better give up billiards. In two days I have spent five +dollars. It doesn't pay."</p> + +<p>"No doubt Frank will be gratified when he hears that you have given up +playing. He will think it is because you are afraid of him."</p> + +<p>James had touched the right chord, and poor Mark was once more in his +toils.</p> + +<p>"It's lucky for me that Frank spoke to him," thought James. "It makes it +much easier for me to manage him."</p> + +<p>One thing, however, James had not taken into account. There were others +besides Frank who were liable to interfere with his management, and who +had the authority to make their interference effectual.</p> + +<p>On the day succeeding, as James and Mark were in the campus, Herbert +Grant approached them.</p> + +<p>Now Herbert was the janitor of the academy. He also was employed by the +principal to summon students who had incurred censure to his study, +where they received a suitable reprimand.</p> + +<p>It was not a pleasant duty, but some one must do it, and Herbert always +discharged it in a gentlemanly manner, which could not, or ought not, to +offend the schoolfellows who were unlucky enough to receive a summons.</p> + +<p>"Boys," said he, "I am sorry to be the bearer of unpleasant news, but +Dr. Brush would like to see you in his study."</p> + +<p>"Both of us?" asked James.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Are there any others summoned?"</p> + +<p>"No."</p> + +<p>Mark and his companion looked at each other with perturbed glances. No +one cared to visit the principal on such an errand. Corporal punishment +was never resorted to in the Bridgeville Academy, but the doctor's +dignified rebuke was dreaded more than blows would have been from some +men.</p> + +<p>"What do you think it is, James?" asked Mark, uneasily.</p> + +<p>"I think it's the saloon," answered James, in a low voice.</p> + +<p>"But how could he have found it out? No one saw us go in or come out."</p> + +<p>The billiard saloon was at some distance from the academy building, and +for that reason the two boys had felt more secure in visiting it.</p> + +<p>"I'll tell you how it came out," said James, suddenly.</p> + +<p>"How?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"You remember Frank saw us coming out day before yesterday."</p> + +<p>"He said he wouldn't tell."</p> + +<p>It was not very difficult for Mark to believe anything against Frank, +and he instantly adopted his companion's idea.</p> + +<p>"The mean sneak!" he said. "I'll come up with him! I'll tell my father +not to give him any money for the next month. I'll—-I'll get him to +apprentice Frank to a shoemaker! Perhaps then he won't put on so many +airs."</p> + +<p>"Good for you! I admire your pluck!" said James, slapping Mark on the +back. "You are true grit, you are! Just teach the fellow a lesson."</p> + +<p>"See if I don't!"</p> + +<p>Mark nodded his head resolutely, and went into the presence of Dr. +Brush, thirsting for vengeance against his stepbrother, who, he felt +persuaded, had informed against him.</p> + +<p>If Frank had known his suspicions he would have been very much +surprised. As it happened, however, he did not even know that his +stepbrother had been summoned to the doctor's study. Had he met Herbert, +the later would have told him; but after receiving his list, it so +chanced that he and his friend did not meet.</p> + +<p>The fact was that a young man employed as tutor in mathematics in the +academy, while taking an afternoon walk, had seen Mark and James Carson +leaving the liquor saloon, and, as in duty bound, had reported the same +to the principal.</p> + +<p>Mr. Triangle, however, had not been observed by either of the two boys, +and therefore they were led off on a false scent.</p> + +<p>"What do you think the old man will say?" asked Mark, uneasily, as they +ascended the stairs to the principal's study.</p> + +<p>"He'll give us a raking down, I suppose," said James. "He will come +down heavy on us."</p> + +<p>"I wish I were out of it."</p> + +<p>"Oh, it's not worth minding! We haven't committed murder, have we? +What's the harm in a game of billiards?"</p> + +<p>"Not much, perhaps; but the drinking and betting are certainly +objectionable."</p> + +<p>The boys knocked at the door, and the full, deep voice of Dr. Brush was +heard to say: "Come in!"</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XII</h2> + +<h3>SUSPENDED</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Dr. Brush was seated at a table covered with papers, in a large +armchair. He was an elderly man of dignified presence, not a petty +tyrant such as is sometimes found in a similar position, but a man who +commanded respect, without an effort.</p> + +<p>Mark Manning and James Carson entered his presence a little nervously.</p> + +<p>"Young gentlemen," said the doctor, gravely, "I am informed that you +have violated one of the rules of the academy by frequenting a billiard +saloon where liquor is sold."</p> + +<p>"Who told you, sir?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"That is not to the purpose," said the principal, gravely.</p> + +<p>"But I should like to know who informed on me," persisted Mark.</p> + +<p>"Whoever did so acted as your true friend, Manning; but there is no +occasion for you to know who it was. Is it true?"</p> + +<p>Mark would have been glad to deny the charge, and would not have felt +any scruples about doing so, if it would have done any good. But it was +clear, even to him, that he would not be believed, and that denial would +only make his position worse. So he made a virtue of necessity, and +answered:</p> + +<p>"I have been in once or twice, sir."</p> + +<p>"Exactly how many times have you been to the saloon?"</p> + +<p>"Three times."</p> + +<p>"What did you do there?'</p> + +<p>"We played billiards."</p> + +<p>"Did you order anything at the bar?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," said Mark, reluctantly.</p> + +<p>"Carson, you accompanied Manning, did you not?" said Dr. Brush, turning +to Mark's companion.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"And I suppose you also played billiards and drank?"</p> + +<p>"Well, yes, sir, I believe I did."</p> + +<p>"You were aware, were you not, that it was against the regulations of +the school?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose it must have slipped my mind," answered James, trying to look +as innocent as possible.</p> + +<p>Dr. Brush frowned, for he saw clearly that this was but a subterfuge.</p> + +<p>"If this were true," he continued, "it would be no excuse. As students, +it is your duty to make yourselves acquainted with the rules that govern +the institution. In point of fact, I cannot believe that either of you +is ignorant of the rule forbidding students to frequent places where +liquor is sold. It is hardly necessary for me to defend the propriety of +this rule. Intemperance is a fruitful source of vice and crime, and I +cannot allow the youth under by charge to form habits of indulgence +which may blast all their prospects, and lead to the most ruinous +consequences."</p> + +<p>"We didn't drink much," said Mark.</p> + +<p>"I shall not inquire how much you drank. In drinking a single glass, you +violated the rule of the school, and I cannot pass over it."</p> + +<p>"What is he going to do with us, I wonder?" thought Mark.</p> + +<p>He was not required to wonder long.</p> + +<p>"As this is your first offense, so far as I know," proceeded the +principal, "I will not be severe. You are both suspended from the +institution for the remainder of the term, and are required to leave +Bridgeville by the early train to-morrow morning for your respective +homes. I shall write to your parents, explaining the cause of your +suspension."</p> + +<p>But a week remained of the term, and the punishment was mild, but both +boys were mortified and left the study crestfallen.</p> + +<p>Mark was the first to recover his spirits.</p> + +<p>"It is not so bad, James," he said. "To-morrow will be Saturday, and I +should go home, anyway. I don't mind staying at home next week."</p> + +<p>"What will your father say?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'll make it all right with him! I don't mind much what he says. I +guess he got into scrapes himself when he was a boy."</p> + +<p>"My father isn't so easily managed. Just as likely as not, he'll cut off +my allowance for a month; and that'll be no joke!"</p> + +<p>"My father won't do that," said Mark. "If he did, I would raise a fuss."</p> + +<p>"Would that do any good?"</p> + +<p>"I'll bet it would!"</p> + +<p>Frank, who was quite ignorant of Mark's trouble, was surprised when the +latter approached him a little later with a frown and said, harshly:</p> + +<p>"You won't make anything by what you have done, Frank Courtney!"</p> + +<p>"Will you be kind enough to tell me what I have done?" asked Frank, +calmly.</p> + +<p>"You've been to Dr. Brush and told him about our playing billiards."</p> + +<p>"You are entirely mistaken, Mark. I did not suppose he knew."</p> + +<p>"It must have been you. He told us some one had informed him, and you +were the only one who knew. It's a mean trick, isn't it, Carson?"</p> + +<p>"Awfully mean!"</p> + +<p>"I have already told you that the information did not come from me. It +may be the best thing for you that it has been found out, for it was +doing you no good to frequent such places."</p> + +<p>"I don't want to hear any of your preaching, Frank Courtney. I guess I +can manage my own affairs without any advice from you."</p> + +<p>"I don't care to intrude any advice," said Frank. "I have not much +reason to feel interested in you."</p> + +<p>"You'd better look out how you treat me, though," said Mark, insolently. +"I know very well you dislike me, but it won't be safe for you to show +it while you are a dependent on my father."</p> + +<p>"I don't propose to be a dependent on him long," said Frank, quietly. +"The truth of it is, you and your father are dependent upon property +which of right belongs to me. The time may come when I shall be able to +show this."</p> + +<p>"What does he mean?" thought Mark, uneasily. "Will he contest the +will?"</p> + +<p>It was perhaps an evidence of Mark's shrewdness that he had some doubts +about the validity of the will under which his father inherited.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2> + +<h3>MR. MANNING'S NEW PLAN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mark so represented his school difficulty to his father that he incurred +but slight censure.</p> + +<p>Indeed, Mr. Manning was so absorbed in plans for getting the greatest +enjoyment out of the estate of which he had obtained possession by +doubtful means that he didn't care to be disturbed about such a trifle +as his son's suspension.</p> + +<p>He felt more disposed to blame Frank, whom Mark charged with betraying +him.</p> + +<p>"What does Frank say about it?" asked Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"Of course he denies it," said Mark, "but it can't be any one else."</p> + +<p>"He is acting very unwisely," said Mr. Manning, compressing his thin +lips.</p> + +<p>"So I told him, but he said he didn't mean to be a dependent on you +long."</p> + +<p>"How is he going to avoid it?'</p> + +<p>"I don't know."</p> + +<p>"I have had some intimation from Col. Vincent, who appears to be in his +confidence. He wants to leave us."</p> + +<p>"To go away?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"But you won't let him?"</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking about that, Mark, and I may give my permission. +The fact is, he stands in the way of some plans I have formed. I am +thinking of traveling."</p> + +<p>"Not without me?" said Mark, hastily.</p> + +<p>"No; you shall go with me, but I don't care to take Frank."</p> + +<p>"You might leave him at school."</p> + +<p>"I might, but how do I know that he might not hatch some mischief while +we are gone?"</p> + +<p>"He might make some fuss about the property," suggested Mark.</p> + +<p>"Has he hinted anything of that kind to you?" asked his father, quickly.</p> + +<p>"Yes. Only yesterday he said that the property belonged by right to +him."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning looked thoughtful, and watched Mark narrowly to see if from +his manner he could divine the boy's intentions.</p> + +<p>Later that same evening, Mark having retired early in consequence of a +headache, Frank found himself alone with his stepfather, and took +advantage of the opportunity to speak of the plan he had formed.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning," he said, "if you are at leisure, I should like to speak +with you a few minutes."</p> + +<p>"Proceed," said his stepfather, waving his hand.</p> + +<p>"But a week remains of the school term. Did you propose that I should +return there at the end of the vacation?"</p> + +<p>"Humph! I had not thought much on the subject."</p> + +<p>"It has all along been intended that I should go to college when +prepared, but I don't think I care much about it."</p> + +<p>"In that case," said his stepfather, with alacrity, "you would only be +throwing away time and money by going."</p> + +<p>He was quite ready to agree to Frank's surrender of the college plan for +two reasons.</p> + +<p>A college course would be expensive. Again, should he turn his attention +to the law, he might hereafter give him trouble about the estate.</p> + +<p>"I don't think I should throw away my time, for, if I went to college, I +should go there to work faithfully; but I have a fancy for a more +stirring life."</p> + +<p>"It might be a good plan for you to learn a trade," said Mr. Manning, +reflectively.</p> + +<p>"Learn a trade!" exclaimed Frank, in surprise.</p> + +<p>"Yes; it would always enable you to earn a living."</p> + +<p>"Do you intend Mark to learn a trade?" asked Frank, quickly.</p> + +<p>"No; his case is very different from yours."</p> + +<p>"Why it is different?"</p> + +<p>"It is not necessary for me to explain," answered his stepfather, +stiffly.</p> + +<p>"If there were any need of it, Mr. Manning, I would not object to learn +a trade," said Frank. "I have no false pride on the subject. But my +tastes are more for mercantile business."</p> + +<p>"I may be able to find you a place somewhere. I have a friend in the +dry-goods business, who would receive you at my recommendation."</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said Frank, hastily. "But if you will allow me, I would +prefer to look around for myself."</p> + +<p>"What is it you want, then?"</p> + +<p>"Your permission to go out into the world, and try to make a living."</p> + +<p>"And if you don't," said Mr. Manning, "I suppose you expect me to +defray your expenses?"</p> + +<p>"If I did have such an expectation, I think I should be justified, in +view of the large property which my mother left," said Frank, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"She left it to me," said his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"So it appears, at any rate. But I shall not call upon you to pay my +board. Give me your permission to go where I please, with a small sum of +money to start me, and I shall be satisfied."</p> + +<p>"And what will the world say? That I, your stepfather, to whom you have +a right to look for maintenance, had driven you out to earn your living! +It would be unjust, of course, but the world is ever unjust."</p> + +<p>And Mr. Manning assumed a look of wronged innocence, which would have +imposed on anyone who knew him but slightly.</p> + +<p>"I shall defend you from any such charge," said Frank. "I shall say that +you were only yielding to my request."</p> + +<p>"I will think of it, my dear boy," said Mr. Manning, graciously. "I +already feel inclined to grant it, because it is your request. I shall +be sorry to be separated from you; but I am willing to sacrifice my own +feelings, if it will give you pleasure."</p> + +<p>This did not impose upon Frank, who had a correct idea of the degree of +fondness which Mr. Manning had for his society, but he was too well +satisfied with the prospect of obtaining the permission he desired to +imply any doubts.</p> + +<p>"Again," continued his stepfather, "whatever you may say to the +contrary, I know that the world will censure me; but I shall have the +approval of my own conscience, and with that I can defy the world."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning certainly did look like a righteous man when he said this, +and he beamed upon his stepson with a glance that was actually +affectionate.</p> + +<p>"Go back to school," ho said, "and when you return I shall be able to +give you a definite answer."</p> + +<p>Indeed, nothing could have suited Mr. Manning's plans better. He would +get rid of the care and nearly the whole expense of his obnoxious +stepson, while with his son Mark he would be spending the revenues of +the estate which belonged to Frank.</p> + +<p>During the coming week he arranged his plans for a prolonged absence +from the Cedars. He wrote to New York to engage passage on a steamer +bound for Liverpool, and quietly waited for the end of Frank's school +term to release him from a care which had grown burdensome.</p> + +<p>Frank returned to the Bridgeville Academy without Mark. As may be +supported, however, he did not feel the loss of his society.</p> + +<p>He at once communicated to his chosen friend, Herbert Grant, his +probable departure from school.</p> + +<p>"I am sorry to hear it, Frank," said Herbert, soberly. "Do you think you +are acting wisely?"</p> + +<p>"I am not acting as I would have done had my mother lived," answered +Frank; "but you must remember that my position in life has very much +changed. I am a poor boy."</p> + +<p>"Hardly that, when there is so much property in the family."</p> + +<p>"I know Mr. Manning too well to believe that I shall derive much +benefit from it. No, Herbert, I have my own living to make, and I want +to make it in my own way."</p> + +<p>"It is a sad change for you, Frank."</p> + +<p>"No, I can't say that. I don't know how it is, Herbert, but I am rather +glad to have all this thrown upon me. I enjoy feeling that I have got to +work."</p> + +<p>"I have a chance of enjoying the same feelings," said Herbert, with a +smile.</p> + +<p>"I wish we could start together, Herbert. Couldn't you go with me?"</p> + +<p>Herbert shook his head.</p> + +<p>"Father has a plan for me," he said. "I am to learn his trade, and shall +commence next week. I don't particularly like it, but it is well to have +a trade to fall back upon."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning wanted me to learn a trade."</p> + +<p>"There is no occasion for your doing so."</p> + +<p>"I don't know about that. If I had a particular fancy for any, I +wouldn't mind choosing it, but I am better suited for something else."</p> + +<p>"What is your plan? What will you do first?"</p> + +<p>"My father has a cousin in the city of Newark, New Jersey, only a few +miles from New York. Four years ago, he and his family made us a visit, +and he was urgent then that we should return the visit. I will, first of +all, go to him, and ask his advice. He is a business man, and he may be +able to put me in the way of obtaining a position."</p> + +<p>"I think you will succeed, Frank, but it will be harder than you think +for. You don't know what poverty is yet. I have never known anything +else."</p> + +<p>"If I do succeed, Herbert, I may be able to find something for you."</p> + +<p>"I wish you might," Herbert replied; but he was not as sanguine as +Frank.</p> + +<p>He understood, better than his friend, that for a boy to set out alone +into the great world to earn a living is a serious undertaking.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XIV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2> + +<h3>GOOD-BYE</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank had fixed upon the Tuesday morning succeeding the close of the +academic term for his departure from home. Monday was devoted to a few +necessary preparations and a few calls on old friends, among them Col. +Vincent, the owner of Ajax.</p> + +<p>"My dear Frank," said the colonel, kindly, "I feel a strong interest in +your welfare, more especially because of the wrong which I do not +scruple to say has been done you. What does Mr. Manning say to your +plan?"</p> + +<p>"He makes no objection," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Suppose he had done so?"</p> + +<p>"I would not have run away. He is my stepfather and guardian, and I +would have endured staying at home as well as I could."</p> + +<p>"There you are right, Frank. Though I have a poor opinion of Mr. +Manning, he is not likely to treat you in a manner to justify your going +away without his permission. From what I have heard within the last +week, I suspect that he feels relieved to have you go."</p> + +<p>"What have you heard, sir?"</p> + +<p>"That Mr. Manning will shortly sail for Europe, taking Mark with him."</p> + +<p>Frank was surprised, having no suspicion of this.</p> + +<p>"Now are you not sorry that you have decided to go out into the world to +earn a living when you might have seen something of the Old World?"</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning would never have taken me along," answered Frank, quietly, +"nor should I have enjoyed traveling with him and Mark."</p> + +<p>"Of the two, who would interfere the more with your enjoyment?"</p> + +<p>"Mark."</p> + +<p>"Then you prefer the father to the son?" said the colonel.</p> + +<p>"The father has much more agreeable manners. I don't think Mark could be +agreeable if he tried."</p> + +<p>Col. Vincent smiled.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps you are right, Frank," he said. "Now, as your father's old +friend, I shall exact a promise from you."</p> + +<p>"What is it, sir?"</p> + +<p>"You are going out into the world to earn your own living. Boys of your +age are apt to think it an easy thing. I have seen more of life, and I +am sure you will find it more difficult than you suppose. You may find +yourself in difficulty, possibly in want. In that case, promise to let +me know, and I will come to your assistance."</p> + +<p>"I will, sir," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>The time came for Frank to say good-bye to Mr. Manning and Mark, and the +house which had been his home from infancy.</p> + +<p>His stepfather handed him a small pocketbook.</p> + +<p>"Frank," he said, "in this pocketbook you will find twenty-five +dollars. It is not much, but—"</p> + +<p>"I am satisfied, sir," said Frank. "It won't be long before I am earning +something."</p> + +<p>"I hope your anticipations may be realized, but it is possible that you +may require help."</p> + +<p>"I think not, sir."</p> + +<p>"I will authorize my banker to pay you the same sum—twenty-five +dollars—every three months. Of course, it is not enough to support you; +but, as you say it is your intention to procure a place—"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"It will probably be enough to make up any deficiency that may exist in +your income. I am aware that you do not regard me as—as I would like to +have you; but I am resigned to be misunderstood, and I merely call your +attention to the fact that I have given you my free permission to carry +out your own plans and have given you more assistance than you asked +for."</p> + +<p>"That's true, sir."</p> + +<p>"Should anyone in your hearing condemn me for what I have done, I depend +upon your defending me."</p> + +<p>"I will state the facts, sir. I will take the entire responsibility for +anything that may result from the step I have taken."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning looked well pleased. Things were taking the course he +desired, and for the paltry sum of one hundred dollars a year, he was +getting rid of an obnoxious stepson, while appearing to confer a favor +upon him.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps you are right, Frank," said his stepfather, disguising the +satisfaction he felt. "If, however, you should find that you have made a +mistake, you will do me the justice to remember that I gave you your +choice."</p> + +<p>Knowing, as he did, that the offer was not genuine, Frank remained +silent. He could not make up his mind to express gratitude, and +therefore said nothing.</p> + +<p>Here the carriage drove up to the door to convey Frank to the railway +station. Mindful of appearance, Mr. Manning accompanied him to the cars, +and in presence of several neighbors bade him an effusively affectionate +farewell.</p> + +<p>So Frank was fairly started on his campaign.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XV</h2> + +<h3>ERASTUS TARBOX, OF NEWARK</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Erastus Tarbox kept a dry-goods store in the city of Newark, New Jersey. +He was well to do, not so much because of his enterprise and skill as a +merchant as because of his extreme poverty. Some people called it +parsimony. He only employed two clerks to assist him in his store, and +they, as well as the boy who carried out parcels and ran the errands, +were paid scarcely more than two-thirds the rates paid in neighboring +stores.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox prided himself upon his relationship to the Courtneys. They +were rich, and riches, in his eyes were a great merit. He often sighed +to think that there was no chance for him to benefit by a share of the +large property owned by his cousins. Without hope of personal advantage, +however, he had always been obsequious to them, and often took occasion +to mention them, by way of enhancing his own social credit somewhat.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox had heard of Mrs. Courtney's death, but had not heard the +particulars of the will. He took it for granted that Frank was sole +heir, and it did cross his mind more than once how very agreeable it +would be if he could be selected as guardian of the rich young heir. Of +course, he knew that there was no probability of it, since the +stepfather would undoubtedly be appointed to that position.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox had just sold a calico dress pattern to a poor woman, when +his attention was drawn to the entrance of Frank Courtney, who entered +his store, valise in hand.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox was rather short-sighted, and did not immediately recognize +the son of his rich cousin.</p> + +<p>"What can I do for you, young man?" he asked, in his business tone.</p> + +<p>"This is Mr. Tarbox, I believe?" said Frank, who did not know his +relatives very well.</p> + +<p>"Yes, that is my name."</p> + +<p>"I am Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"Bless my soul!" ejaculated Mr. Tarbox, surprised and delighted. "When +did you arrive in Newark?"</p> + +<p>"I have only just arrived."</p> + +<p>"I do hope you are going to make us a visit," said Mr. Tarbox, +cordially.</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" answered Frank, cheered by this warm reception. "If you are +sure it won't inconvenience you."</p> + +<p>"Inconvenience me! We shall be delighted to have you with us."</p> + +<p>"You must come up and see Mrs. Tarbox. She will be delighted to see +you."</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox lived over his store. There was a door from the street +adjoining the shop front. Mr. Tarbox opened it with a pass-key, and +conducted Frank upstairs, ushering him into a gloomy parlor, with stiff, +straightbacked chairs, ranged at regular intervals along the sides of +the room, and a marble-topped center table, with two or three books +lying upon it. There was a framed engraving, representing Washington +crossing the Delaware, over the mantel, and two plaster figures and +similar ornaments on the mantelpiece. The whole aspect of the room +chilled Frank.</p> + +<p>"Wait here, and I will call my wife," said Mr. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>Frank sat down on a hard sofa and awaited the entrance of Mrs. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>She came in, a tall, thin woman, about as handsome for a woman as her +husband was for a man. Indeed, they were very well matched. She was +quite as mean as he, and between them they managed to make annually a +sensible addition to their world possessions.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox privately hinted his hopes respecting Frank to his wife, and +she instantly agreed that it would be a most eligible arrangement.</p> + +<p>"We must make him contented, my dear," said her husband. "Give him the +best bedroom, and I think it might be well to have something a little +extra for supper."</p> + +<p>"I did intend to put on the rest of that cold mutton," said Mrs. Tarbox, +doubtfully.</p> + +<p>"It won't do, Martha. There is only a little of it, you know, and the +boy has been traveling, and, of course, is hungry. What do you say, now, +to some nice beefsteak?"</p> + +<p>"Beefsteak is high now," said Mrs. Tarbox. "Still, if we buy round +steak—that is cheaper than sirloin or tenderloin."</p> + +<p>"And quite as good," said her economical partner. "We can tell Frank, +however, that no sirloin was to be had so late in the day at the +markets."</p> + +<p>Mrs. Tarbox nodded her head, approving the suggestion.</p> + +<p>This little matter being adjusted, the husband and wife entered the +parlor where our hero was waiting patiently.</p> + +<p>"This is our young cousin, Martha," said Mr. Tarbox, smiling pleasantly.</p> + +<p>"Welcome to Newark," said Mrs. Tarbox, extending her hand. "And how did +you leave your stepfather?"</p> + +<p>"He is well," said Prank, coolly.</p> + +<p>The two exchanged glances. It was clear that Frank did not like his +stepfather, and this was satisfactory to them. There was the more chance +of his leaving him and boarding with them.</p> + +<p>"The children will be so glad to see you," said Mr. Tarbox; "won't they, +Martha?"</p> + +<p>"Delighted!" assured the lady.</p> + +<p>"Pliny must be about your age. How old are you, by the way?"</p> + +<p>"Sixteen."</p> + +<p>"Just Pliny's age. Do you remember him?"</p> + +<p>Frank remembered a tall, thin stripling who had accompanied his parents +to the Cedars, and who appeared to have an inexhaustible appetite.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I remember him. Does he go to school?"</p> + +<p>"No; Pliny is in a store," answered Mr. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>"Your store?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, no! I thought it would be better for him to enter the employ of a +stranger. He is in a bookstore."</p> + +<p>There was one great advantage in Pliny's entering the employ of a +stranger. He was paid four dollars a week, whereas Mr. Tarbox paid his +boy but two. Here, then, was a clear gain of two dollars a week.</p> + +<p>"But you must be tired," said Mrs. Tarbox. "You will see the children at +supper. Martha, I think Frank would like to go to his room."</p> + +<p>The best bedroom was over the parlor. It was rather more cheerful, +because lighter.</p> + +<p>"Here," said Mr. Tarbox, "you must make yourself at home. Martha, isn't +one of the drawers in that bureau empty? I thought so. Take your clothes +out of the valise and put them away. Now, is there anything you would +like?"</p> + +<p>"Only a little water to wash in," said Frank. "You are both very kind."</p> + +<p>"We hope to make you comfortable. You are our relative, you know."</p> + +<p>The water was brought up by Mrs. Tarbox herself, and Frank was left +alone, on the whole well pleased with his reception.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XVI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XVI</h2> + +<h3>AN UNPLEASANT DISCOVERY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It never occurred to Frank that his cordial reception was wholly due to +his supposed wealth. Had he known the Tarbox family better, he would +have had no uncertainty on this point. As it was, the discovery was soon +made.</p> + +<p>"All my olive branches are for you, my dear young cousin," said Mr. +Tarbox, waving his hand. "A peaceful, happy family. Children, this is +our esteemed relative, Frank Courtney. You remember visiting his +delightful home, the Cedars."</p> + +<p>"Yes, pa," said Julia.</p> + +<p>Pliny said nothing, but stared at Frank, inwardly considering whether it +would be possible to borrow some money of him.</p> + +<p>"I am glad to meet you all. I hope we shall become better acquainted," +said Frank politely.</p> + +<p>"No doubt you will," said Mr. Tarbox. "They are rather bashful, but they +long to know you."</p> + +<p>"How are you?" said Pliny, in a sudden burst of sociability.</p> + +<p>"Pretty well, thank you!" answered Frank, finding it rather difficult to +preserve his gravity.</p> + +<p>"I am in a store," said Pliny.</p> + +<p>"In your father's store?"</p> + +<p>"No. He wouldn't pay me as much as I get where I am."</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox looked embarrassed.</p> + +<p>"A smaller boy answered my purpose," he said, in an explanatory manner. +"Pliny is suited for higher duties. But our supper is ready. It is +frugal compared with yours at the Cedars, my dear Frank, but you are +heartily welcome to it."</p> + +<p>"It looks very nice, Mr. Tarbox," said our hero, "and I have not been +accustomed to luxurious living."</p> + +<p>This answer pleased Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox. Even if Frank should become a +boarder on liberal terms, they didn't wish to spend too much on their +table.</p> + +<p>"We couldn't get sirloin steak," said Mr. Tarbox; "but I hope you will +find this good."</p> + +<p>"No doubt I shall," said Frank, politely.</p> + +<p>"Won't you have another piece of steak?" asked Mrs. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>Frank saw that there was but a small piece left, and, though his +appetite was not wholly satisfied, he answered:</p> + +<p>"No, thank you."</p> + +<p>"I will!" said Pliny, quickly.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Tarbox frowned at her son, but did not venture to refuse in the +presence of her guest. She cut off a small portion of the steak, and, +with a severe look, put it on the extended plate of Pliny.</p> + +<p>"You've got a good appetite, Pliny," said Julia.</p> + +<p>"So would you have, if you had to work like me!" grumbled Pliny.</p> + +<p>After the steak came an apple pie, which was cut into seven pieces. Mrs. +Tarbox managed to make Frank's piece a little larger than the rest.</p> + +<p>Her husband observed it with approval. He was very desirous that Frank +should be satisfied with his fare.</p> + +<p>When Pliny rose from the table, saying that he must be getting back to +the store, Frank rose also.</p> + +<p>"I will go with you," he said, "if you have no objection. I would like +to take a walk."</p> + +<p>"Come along," said Pliny. "I should like to have company."</p> + +<p>"You will be a great deal of company for Pliny," observed Mr. Tarbox, +rubbing his hands with satisfaction. "Just of an age and of congenial +tastes."</p> + +<p>Frank hardly expected to find Pliny very congenial, but he wished to +obtain some information, which he thought the latter could give him, +and he also wanted to see something of Newark.</p> + +<p>"I say, your name is Frank, isn't it?" commenced Pliny:</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"The old man's awful glad to see you."</p> + +<p>"I am glad of it. He has received me very kindly."</p> + +<p>"Got up an extra supper for you. We don't often get steak for supper."</p> + +<p>This was rather an embarrassing revelation, and surprised Frank +somewhat. The supper had not seemed to him at all extra. It would do, +but was far from luxurious.</p> + +<p>"I hope you'll stay with us a good while," continued Pliny.</p> + +<p>"Thank you."</p> + +<p>"You see we shall live better while you are with us, and the rest of us +will be gainers."</p> + +<p>"I don't want to put your father to any unusual expense."</p> + +<p>"Oh, he can afford it! But he's stingy, father is. He doesn't spend any +more than he can help."</p> + +<p>"It is best to be economical, I suppose."</p> + +<p>"When you don't carry it too far. I say, Frank," continued Pliny, +lowering his voice, "you can't lend me five dollars, can you?"</p> + +<p>Frank regarded Pliny with astonishment. The proposal was very abrupt, +especially when the shortness of their acquaintance was considered.</p> + +<p>"Are you particularly in need of money?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"Well, you see," said Pliny, "I want it for a particular purpose."</p> + +<p>"Why not ask your father for it?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, he'd never let me have it!"</p> + +<p>Now, in Frank's present circumstances, five dollars represented a good +deal of money. He was the more impressed with the necessity of economy +since he had found out how small were the wages paid in stores to boys +of his age.</p> + +<p>He did not feel at all inclined to grant Pliny's request, especially as +he had a strong suspicion that it would be a long time before the sum +would be returned.</p> + +<p>"Why do you apply to me, Pliny?" he asked, seriously.</p> + +<p>"Didn't your mother die and leave you a big property? Father says you +must be worth more than a hundred thousand dollars."</p> + +<p>"Your father probably has not heard of the will," said Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>"What was there in the will?" asked Pliny.</p> + +<p>"The whole property was left to Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"Who is he?"</p> + +<p>"My stepfather."</p> + +<p>"And nothing to you?"</p> + +<p>"Nothing to me."</p> + +<p>"But he's got to take care of you, hasn't he?"</p> + +<p>"It was expected, but I am going to earn my own living, if I can."</p> + +<p>Pliny stopped short in blank amazement and whistled.</p> + +<p>"Then you haven't got a lot of money?"</p> + +<p>"No."</p> + +<p>"Won't your stepfather give you a part of the property?"</p> + +<p>"I haven't asked him, but I don't think he will."</p> + +<p>"And why did you come to Newark?"</p> + +<p>"I thought your father might give me some help about getting a place."</p> + +<p>"If this isn't the richest joke!" said Pliny, laughing uproariously.</p> + +<p>"Where is the joke? I don't see it," returned Frank, inclined to be +angry.</p> + +<p>"The way you have taken in the old man. He thinks you are rich, and has +treated you accordingly—got up an extra supper and all that. Oh, it's +too good!"</p> + +<p>"I certainly didn't intend to take him in, as you call it," said Frank. +"The sooner you tell him the better."</p> + +<p>"I'll tell him," said Pliny. "I shall enjoy seeing how provoked he'll +be."</p> + +<p>"I think I will leave you," said Frank, shortly. "I will take a walk by +myself.</p> + +<p>"Well, don't lose your way. Oh, I wish the store was shut! I want to +tell the old man."</p> + +<p>And Pliny laughed again, while our hero walked off in disgust.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XVII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XVII</h2> + +<h3>THE WAY OF THE WORLD</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank felt like an impostor when he discovered that his cordial +reception was wholly owing to the belief that he was his mother's heir.</p> + +<p>The situation was unpleasant, and he was impatient to have Mr. Tarbox +undeceived. He was sure that Pliny would lose no time in revealing his +true position, and decided not to return to the house of Mr. Tarbox till +nine o'clock, when the story would have been told.</p> + +<p>He wandered about aimlessly till he heard the city clocks strike nine, +and then rang the bell at his relation's house.</p> + +<p>The family, with the exception of the two younger children, were +assembled in the common sitting room.</p> + +<p>As Frank entered, instead of the cordial welcome he had previously +received, he noticed a look of coldness and constraint on the faces of +Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox, while Pliny looked as if some stupendous joke was +being perpetrated.</p> + +<p>"Good-evening!" said Frank, politely. "I have been taking a walk."</p> + +<p>"My son Pliny tells me," said Mr. Tarbox, "that you have not inherited +your mother's property."</p> + +<p>Frank bowed.</p> + +<p>"And that it has gone to your stepfather."</p> + +<p>"It seems so."</p> + +<p>"I am amazed."</p> + +<p>"So was I, sir."</p> + +<p>"Your mother has practically disinherited you?"</p> + +<p>"It was not my mother, sir," said Frank, hastily. "I can't explain it, +but I'm sure she would not will away everything from me."</p> + +<p>"Do you suspect your stepfather of anything irregular?" asked Mr. +Tarbox, briskly.</p> + +<p>"I would rather not answer your question, sir. I don't care to make any +charges which I cannot prove."</p> + +<p>"And so Mr. Manning has sent you out into the world to earn your own +living, has he?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir. He has consented that I may do so. It was my own plan."</p> + +<p>Much as Frank was prejudiced against his stepfather, his natural sense +of justice would not allow him to accuse him unjustly.</p> + +<p>"Did he suggest that you should come to me?" asked Mr. Tarbox, in a +tone which Frank did not like.</p> + +<p>"No, sir."</p> + +<p>"So that was your idea, too," continued Mr. Tarbox, with a palpable +sneer.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," answered Frank. "You are not a very near relative, but the +nearest I know of, and I supposed you would be willing to give me some +advice about the best means of earning my living. I remembered," he +could not help adding, "that my mother received you all as guests for a +considerable time, and I thought I might take the liberty."</p> + +<p>"Oh, certainly!" returned Mr. Tarbox, rather abashed. "I am, of course, +ready to give you advice, and my first advice is to seek a lawyer and +let him institute a suit against your stepfather, on speculation. That +is, he gets nothing if he fails, but obtains a commission if he +succeeds. I could myself recommend a reliable man."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir; but I have no present thought of contesting the will."</p> + +<p>"I think you make a mistake. Do I understand that you expect to earn +your own living?"</p> + +<p>"I shall try to do so."</p> + +<p>"You will find it very difficult. You may expect me to take you into my +own store, but there is no vacancy, and—"</p> + +<p>Frank hastily assured Mr. Tarbox that he had no such expectations. He +had no wish to deprive the errand boy of the two dollars a week, which +he probably richly earned.</p> + +<p>"Situations in Newark are not easily obtained," proceeded Mr. Tarbox. "I +am willing that you should stay with us a day or two, but I don't think +you will find it worth your while to stay here."</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox feared that his young relative might expect to find a home +free of charge in his house, and such an arrangement did not suit his +economical ideas. There was no profit in it, but, on the contrary, a +positive loss. Frank read clearly the thoughts of his host, with the +help of what Pliny had told him, and, expressing his thanks very +briefly, announced his intention to go to New York the next morning.</p> + +<p>"It may be the best thing you can do!" said Mr. Tarbox, relieved. "New +York opens a much wider field to a boy of enterprise than Newark, and +probably you will pick up something to do."</p> + +<p>"It won't be my fault, if I don't," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"You have my best wishes," said Mr. Tarbox. "The demands of my family +forbid me offering you any pecuniary assistance, but—"</p> + +<p>"I don't stand in need of it, sir. I have money enough to keep me till I +get started in something."</p> + +<p>"Really, I am very glad to hear it!"</p> + +<p>And there is no doubt that Mr. Tarbox was sincere.</p> + +<p>"I wonder how much money he has got?" thought Pliny. "Perhaps he'd lend +me two dollars. I'll ask him, if I have a chance."</p> + +<p>Pliny proposed to borrow, not because he needed the money, but because +he liked to levy contributions upon any available party, with a very +faint idea of repaying the same. The money would go to swell his deposit +at the savings bank. It was very commendable, of course, to save his +money, but not at the expense of others, as Pliny too frequently did.</p> + +<p>"I have moved you out of the spare room," said Mrs. Tarbox, when our +hero asked permission to retire, "and put you in the same room with +Pliny. I suppose you won't mind?"</p> + +<p>"Just as you please, Mrs. Tarbox," said Frank, though he would have +preferred to have passed the night alone.</p> + +<p>"Could you make it convenient to lend me two dollars?" asked Pliny, as +they went up to bed together.</p> + +<p>"Not just now," answered Frank. "When I get something to do I shall not +need to be so careful of my money."</p> + +<p>"One dollar would answer," persisted Pliny.</p> + +<p>Without a word, Frank drew a dollar bill from his pocketbook and handed +it to Pliny.</p> + +<p>"Now," he thought, "I shall not feel under any obligations to the +family."</p> + +<p>"You're a good fellow, even if you are poor," said Pliny, in high good +humor.</p> + +<p>Frank was tired, and it was not long before all his anxieties for future +were lost sight of in a sound and refreshing slumber.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XVIII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK ARRIVES IN NEW YORK</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The breakfast the next morning was very meager. It was no longer an +object to gratify Frank's palate, now that he turned out to be a poor +relation, and the family returned to their usual plain diet.</p> + +<p>"So you are resolved to go to New York this morning," said Mr. Tarbox. +"Of course it would gratify us to have you remain longer, but I +appreciate your anxiety to go to work."</p> + +<p>Frank was by no means deceived by this statement. He knew very well +that Mr. Tarbox would be relieved by his departure, but of this +knowledge he made no sign. He merely said that he thought it best to go.</p> + +<p>He took leave of his hosts, and, purchasing a ticket at the railway +station, found himself within an hour in New York. He had been there +before, but it was not for a long time, and he had but a vague general +idea of the city.</p> + +<p>Frank made inquiries of a kindly man who owned a clean little store on +one of the streets. The latter knew of places where Frank could board +and lodge for five dollars a week or about that and directed Frank to +them. They were all near University Place. He found the place without +difficulty.</p> + +<p>A slipshod servant answered the bell.</p> + +<p>"Have you got any small rooms?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered the girl. "Missus is out, but I'll show you a hall +bedroom, if you like."</p> + +<p>"I should like to see it."</p> + +<p>Frank followed the girl upstairs.</p> + +<p>He was not favorably impressed by the appearance of the interior. He did +not so much mind its being shabby, but he was repelled by the evident +lack of neatness.</p> + +<p>The girl threw open the door of a small hall bedroom at the head of the +stairs, but it looked so comfortless that he felt sure he should not +like it. He thought it best, however, to inquire the price.</p> + +<p>"Five dollars a week with board," answered the girl.</p> + +<p>"I don't think it will suit me," said our hero.</p> + +<p>"There's a larger room for seven dollars," said the servant.</p> + +<p>"No. I think I will look elsewhere."</p> + +<p>The next house was not much better, but the third was much neater and +more attractive, and Frank agreed to take a room at five dollars per +week.</p> + +<p>It was a small hall bedroom, but it looked clean, and the lady who +showed him about the house was very neat in her dress.</p> + +<p>"When will you come?" asked the lady.</p> + +<p>"Now," replied Frank, promptly.</p> + +<p>"Would you mind paying the first week in advance?"</p> + +<p>"Not at all. Here is the money."</p> + +<p>And Frank drew a five-dollar bill from his portemonnaie.</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said the boarding-house keeper. "I have lost so much by +boarders going away owing me money that I am obliged to ask gentlemen to +pay in advance till I am well acquainted with them."</p> + +<p>"That is quite right," said Frank. "What is your dinner hour?"</p> + +<p>"Six o'clock. We have lunch at half-past twelve for the ladies, but if +any gentleman happens to be at home at that time, he can go in."</p> + +<p>Frank looked at his watch. It was only eleven o'clock and as so much of +the day remained, he decided, as soon as he had unpacked his valise, to +go downtown and look for a place without delay.</p> + +<p>"I shall not be here at lunch to-day," he said. "You may expect me at +dinner."</p> + +<p>There was a small bureau in the room—a piece of furniture not often +found in hall bedrooms.</p> + +<p>Frank deposited the contents of the valise in the bureau drawers, and +then went downstairs and out into the street.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XIX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XIX</h2> + +<h3>FRANK SEEKS EMPLOYMENT IN VAIN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It was a bright, pleasant day, and Broadway looked very lively. In spite +of his being alone in a strange city, with uncertain prospects, Frank +felt in good spirits.</p> + +<p>Boys of his age usually like excitement and bustle, and Frank was quick +to notice the shifting scenes of the great panorama.</p> + +<p>"Here are thousands of people," he reflected, "all of whom make a living +in some way. I don't see why I can't succeed as well as they."</p> + +<p>Some of the objects he saw amused him.</p> + +<p>In front of him walked an elderly man with a large placard strapped to +his back, on which was the advertisement of a "Great Clothing Emporium."</p> + +<p>"I don't think I should fancy that kind of employment," thought our +hero.</p> + +<p>As he was looking in at a shop window, a boy about his own age hailed +him.</p> + +<p>"I say, Johnny, what's the price of turnips?"</p> + +<p>"Do you want to buy any?" asked Frank quietly.</p> + +<p>"Well, I might. Have you got any with you?"</p> + +<p>"I am sorry I can't supply you," said Frank, coolly. "Up our way we keep +our cattle on turnips."</p> + +<p>"You ain't so green, after all," said the boy, laughing good-naturedly.</p> + +<p>"Thank you for the compliment!"</p> + +<p>"I suppose I look countrylike," thought Frank, "but it won't last long. +I shall get used to city ways."</p> + +<p>Close by he saw in a window the sign:</p> + +<center>"CASH BOY WANTED."</center> + +<p>Frank as not altogether certain about the duties of cash boys nor their +rate of compensation, but he made up his mind not to lose sight of any +chances, and accordingly stepped into the store.</p> + +<p>It proved to be a large dry-goods store.</p> + +<p>Near the entrance he met a tall man, with black whiskers.</p> + +<p>"Do you want any cash boys?" inquired Frank.</p> + +<p>"Are you inquiring for yourself?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"You are too large. Besides, you would not be satisfied with the wages?"</p> + +<p>"How much do you pay, sir?"</p> + +<p>"Two dollars a week."</p> + +<p>"No; I don't think I should like to work for that," said Frank. "Are +those cash boys?" he asked, pointing out some boys of apparently ten to +twelve years, old, who were flitting about from desk to counter.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"I see they are much younger than I. Excuse the trouble I have given +you!"</p> + +<p>"None whatever," said the man, politely.</p> + +<p>Frank left the store, and continued his walk down Broadway.</p> + +<p>He began to feel a little serious. It was evident that the boys did not +receive as large compensation for their services as he had supposed.</p> + +<p>The problem promised to be a perplexing one, but Frank was by no means +discouraged. In fact, if he had been, he would hardly have deserved to +be the hero of my story.</p> + +<p>Though Clinton Place is not very far uptown, it is a considerable walk +from this point to the Astor House.</p> + +<p>There was so much to see, however, that Frank did not become tired, nor +was he sensible of the distance. He walked a little beyond the Astor +House, and, crossing Broadway, turned down Fulton Street.</p> + +<p>On the left side of the street his attention was drawn to a restaurant, +and he was led by the prompting of appetite to enter.</p> + +<p>The prices he found to be reasonable, and the tables were already pretty +well filled with clerks and business men, who were partaking of their +midday lunch.</p> + +<p>Frank found that a plate of meat, with potato and a small supply of +bread and butter, could be obtained for fifteen cents.</p> + +<p>He afterward found restaurants where the same could be gotten for ten +cents, but generally there was a deficiency in quality or quantity, and +there was less neatness in serving the articles.</p> + +<p>Seated at the same table with Frank were two young men, neither probably +much over twenty. One appeared to be filling a regular clerkship.</p> + +<p>"What are you doing now, Jack?" he asked of the other.</p> + +<p>"I am in the tea business."</p> + +<p>"How is that?"</p> + +<p>"You know the Great Pekin Tea Company, of course?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Well, until I can get a place, I am selling for them."</p> + +<p>"How do you make out?"</p> + +<p>"I can't tell you, for I have only just commenced," said his friend.</p> + +<p>"How do they pay—salary or commission?"</p> + +<p>"They are to pay me a commission—twenty per cent on what I sell."</p> + +<p>"That is a good commission."</p> + +<p>"Yes; it is good enough, if I can make a fair amount of sales. There is +a good deal of uncertainty about it of course. I would much rather have +a place like yours."</p> + +<p>Frank listened with interest. He wondered whether the Great Pekin Tea +Company would employ him. If so, he would have a field for his energy, +and every inducement to work hard, since his pay would depend on the +amount of his sales. Besides, as an agent, he would occupy a +comparatively independent position, and Frank was ambitious enough to +enjoy this.</p> + + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XX</h2> + +<h3>AN ADVENTURE IN WALL STREET</h3> +<br /> + +<p>When the two men at his table left the restaurant, Frank followed them. +At the door the two parted, the clerk going toward Broadway, while the +agent walked in the direction of Nassau Street.</p> + +<p>"I beg your pardon," said Frank, overtaking him; "but may I ask you a +question?"</p> + +<p>"Half a dozen, if you like," said the other, good-naturedly.</p> + +<p>"I overheard what you said about the Great Pekin Tea Company. Do you +think I could get a chance to sell for them?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes; there'll be no trouble about that!"</p> + +<p>"I am looking for something to do," continued Frank, "and I think I +should like to try that."</p> + +<p>"You'll find it uphill work," said the agent; "hard work and poor pay. I +shall leave it as soon as I can get a regular position. Can't you get a +place?"</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I can. I haven't tried very hard yet," answered Frank; "but I +find boys are paid so little that I can't make enough to live on. If I +were a man it would be different."</p> + +<p>"I don't believe you can make more than a boy's wages at selling tea," +said Frank's new acquaintance, "but you might try it."</p> + +<p>"Would you mind giving me a note to the company?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"I will write a line on one of my business cards," said the agent. "That +will be all you will need."</p> + +<p>He drew out a card and wrote a line commending Frank to the attention of +the company.</p> + +<p>Frank thanked him, and sought the direction given.</p> + +<p>Entering a large shop, not far from the Astor House, he looked about his +inquiringly. Around him were chests of tea, inscribed with Chinese +characters. A portly man addressed him.</p> + +<p>"Well, my boy, what can I do for you?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Mason, one of your agents, has given me this card," said Frank. "He +thinks you might be willing to employ me."</p> + +<p>"We are ready to employ any competent person," said the gentleman; "but +you seem very young."</p> + +<p>"I am sixteen, sir."</p> + +<p>"That is young. Have you had any experience as an agent?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir?"</p> + +<p>The man questioned him further and finally accepted him.</p> + +<p>Frank was told that it would be well to take samples of different kinds +of teas with their respective prices attached, and seek orders for them +at private houses and groceries, noting down in a little book orders +obtained. Small quantities he could himself deliver, and large +quantities, should he be fortunate enough to obtain any, could be sent +out from the store by their general delivery.</p> + +<p>"What commission am I to get, sir?" inquired Frank.</p> + +<p>"Twenty per cent on parcels sold to private houses and ten per cent when +you sell to retail dealers. To the first you can charge a full price, +but it is necessary to sell at lower rates to dealers."</p> + +<p>"I understand, sir," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"When do you want to begin?"</p> + +<p>"To-morrow morning, sir. Where do you advise me to go?"</p> + +<p>"New York has been pretty well canvassed, except perhaps the upper part, +Harlem. It might be well to make a start in Brooklyn."</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir. I will call to-morrow and get samples."</p> + +<p>As Frank left the store, he reflected, with satisfaction:</p> + +<p>"I have only been a few hours in New York, and I have gotten employment +already."</p> + +<p>This reflection raised his spirits, and disposed him to regard the +future with a degree of confidence. He resolved to spend the rest of the +afternoon in walking about in the lower part of the city, and acquiring +a little familiarity with the streets, as this was a kind of knowledge +he was likely to need.</p> + +<p>He strolled down Broadway, admiring the massive and stately structures +that lined the streets on either side. Very soon he came to Trinity +Church, and, standing in front it, looked down Wall Street. He had heard +so much of this street that he felt inclined to turn from Broadway and +walk down its entire length.</p> + +<p>As he sauntered along a man whom he met scrutinized him sharply, as if +considering some plan. Apparently making up his mind, he stepped up to +Frank, and, touching him on the shoulder, said:</p> + +<p>"Boy, would you like a job?"</p> + +<p>Now Frank, though he had engaged to work for the Great Pekin Tea Company +was ready to accept any other proposal, and answered promptly:</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"That is right," said the man. "It is a mere trifle, but I am willing to +pay you a dollar."</p> + +<p>"What is it, sir?"</p> + +<p>"Do you see that window?"</p> + +<p>He pointed to a basement window, in which were exposed rolls of gold, +currency and greenbacks of different denominations, and English +sovereigns and French gold coins.</p> + +<p>"I want you to do me a little errand in there," he said.</p> + +<p>Frank was rather surprised that the man did not do his own errand, when +the broker's office was so near, but he had no objection to earning a +dollar and signified his willingness.</p> + +<p>"What I want you to do," said his new acquaintance, "is to sell some +government bonds for me."</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir."</p> + +<p>The man produced a large yellow envelope, already open.</p> + +<p>"In this envelope," he said, "are two five-twenty governments for a +hundred dollars each. Take them in and sell them, and bring the proceeds +to me."</p> + +<p>"All right, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank took the envelope, and entered the office of Jones & Robinson, +that being the style of the firm.</p> + +<p>He advanced to the counter, and singling out a clerk, said:</p> + +<p>"I want to sell these bonds."</p> + +<p>The clerk took them and drew them out of the envelope. Then he figured a +little on a slip of paper, and said:</p> + +<p>"They are worth two hundred and twenty-five dollars and twenty-five +cents."</p> + +<p>"All right, sir."</p> + +<p>"Will you take a check or currency?"</p> + +<p>Frank hesitated.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I'd better ask the man I am getting them for."</p> + +<p>"Very well. You can bring them here to-morrow."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I will let you know in a minute! The man is just outside."</p> + +<p>This answer immediately excited suspicion. Frank was too little versed +in business ways to understand how singular it was for his principal not +to transact his own business under the circumstances, but the brokers +were necessarily keen, shrewd men.</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute," said the clerk; "I will speak to Mr. Jones."</p> + +<p>Mr. Jones came forward and addressed Frank.</p> + +<p>"Are you acquainted with the man who gave you these bonds to sell?" he +asked.</p> + +<p>"No, sir. I met him in the street."</p> + +<p>"Did he offer you any pay for selling them?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. He is going to give me a dollar."</p> + +<p>"Will you go out and ask him to come in here a moment?"</p> + +<p>Frank obeyed.</p> + +<p>When his employer saw him coming, he asked, eagerly:</p> + +<p>"Have you got the money?"</p> + +<p>"No," answered Frank. "They asked me if I wanted a check or currency."</p> + +<p>"Either currency or gold," answered the man, hastily. "Go back at once, +and don't keep me waiting."</p> + +<p>"They want to see you, sir."</p> + +<p>"What for?" inquired the man, looking disturbed.</p> + +<p>"I don't know."</p> + +<p>"There is no need of my going in," said the man, angrily. "I paid you to +sell the bonds. Now go back."</p> + +<p>"He won't come," reported Frank. "He says I can attend to the business. +He will take either gold or currency."</p> + +<p>"No doubt," said Mr. Jones, significantly. "Thomas, go out with this +boy, and tell the man that employed him that we do not purchase bonds +unless we have a reasonable assurance that they belong to the person +offering them. We will take the liberty of retaining them, giving him a +receipt for them, and if we are satisfied, he can have his money +to-morrow."</p> + +<p>Robinson, who had been examining some newspaper slips, here came +forward, and said:</p> + +<p>"That is unnecessary. I find that these bonds are among those stolen +from the house of Henry Percival, Madison Avenue, a week since. We must +manage to delay the man while we notify the police."</p> + +<p>Frank was very much surprised to learn that he was acting as agent for a +bond robber, and was fearful that he might himself be regarded with +suspicion; but he need not have troubled himself on this score. Wall +Street men are good judges of human nature, and it was at once concluded +in the office that Frank was the dupe of a designing knave.</p> + +<p>A boy was dispatched to the nearest police office, and Frank was +directed to tell his principal that he would not long be delayed.</p> + +<p>Naturally, however, the man outside had become suspicious.</p> + +<p>"I can't wait," he said. "Meet me on the steps of the Astor House at +five o'clock with the money. I am obliged to hurry away now to a +business appointment."</p> + +<p>Frank could think of no other pretext for delaying him, and was forced +to see him hurry away.</p> + +<p>He hastened back to the office and gave the alarm.</p> + +<p>"He has taken fright," said Robinson. "I fear we have lost him. Where +did he go?"</p> + +<p>Frank, however, was too ignorant of city streets to give any accurate +information.</p> + +<p>The consequence was that when the policeman appeared on the scene, there +was no occasion for his services.</p> + +<p>"At any rate," said the broker, "we have secured a little of the +plunder. What is your name and address my boy? We may wish to +communicate with you."</p> + +<p>Frank gave his name, and added the directions of his boarding house.</p> + +<p>"Shall I meet the man at the Astor House?" he inquired, as he was +leaving the office.</p> + +<p>"To be sure!" said Mr. Jones. "I came near forgetting that. Officer, +will you be on hand at the time?"</p> + +<p>"Better employ a detective, sir, as my uniform would keep the thief at a +distance. I don't think he'll appear, at any rate."</p> + +<p>"I do," said the broker. "He won't give up the money while he thinks +there is a chance of securing it."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXI</h2> + +<h3>THE CAPTURE</h3> + +<br /> + +<p>At the hour named, Frank repaired to the Astor House, and took a +position on the steps.</p> + +<p>He looked about him for his street acquaintance, but could see no one +who bore any resemblance to him.</p> + +<p>Finally, a man dressed in a gray suit with a pair of green glasses, +walked carelessly up to our hero and said, in a low voice:</p> + +<p>"Have you got the money?"</p> + +<p>Frank looked at him in surprise.</p> + +<p>This man had thick, black whiskers, while the man who had employed him +had none at all, so far as he could remember. Besides, the green glasses +altered him considerably.</p> + +<p>To make sure that he was not deceived he inquired:</p> + +<p>"What money?"</p> + +<p>"You know very well," said the man, impatiently. "You are the boy whom I +employed to sell some bonds this morning."</p> + +<p>"You don't look like the same man," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Because of my glasses. I have to wear them at times on account of the +weakness of my eyes."</p> + +<p>While he was speaking, a quiet-looking man approached and listened to +the conversation.</p> + +<p>"Then," said Frank, "you can tell me how many bonds you handed me."</p> + +<p>"They were two five-twenty government bonds of a hundred dollars each."</p> + +<p>"Correct, sir."</p> + +<p>"Then hand me the money and be quick about it, for I have no time to +waste! You shall have the dollar I promised you."</p> + +<p>But here the quiet-looking man took a part in the conversation. Passing +his arm through that of the man with the green glasses, he said:</p> + +<p>"I will trouble you to come with me."</p> + +<p>"How dare you touch me? Do you mean to insult me?" demanded the other, +struggling with captor.</p> + +<p>"I will make all clear in due time. You must come with me and explain +how you came in possession of the bonds you gave this boy."</p> + +<p>"They were put in my hands by an acquaintance. If there is anything +wrong, I am not to blame."</p> + +<p>"In that case no harm will come to you; but now you must come along."</p> + +<p>After his experience, Frank walked to his boarding place. He was quite +ready for six o'clock.</p> + +<p>When he entered the dining room, his hostess introduced him to all.</p> + +<p>A young man sat next to him and entered into conversation.</p> + +<p>"What do you do, Mr. Courtney?"</p> + +<p>"I have taken an agency to sell tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company. I +am to begin to-morrow."</p> + +<p>"I am afraid you won't like it. A friend of mine tried it once and came +near starving."</p> + +<p>This was not encouraging, but Frank was not going to despair before he +had fairly begun his work.</p> + +<p>"I find that boys receive such small wages," Frank continued, "that I +preferred to try an agency."</p> + +<p>"Quite true," said Mr. Preston, condescendingly. "When I started I was +paid a paltry sum; now I am not paid what I am worth. Still, twenty-five +dollars a week is fair."</p> + +<p>"Quite fair," responded Frank, who could not, of course, know that Mr. +Preston did not receive one-half of this sum, though he chose to give +that impression.</p> + +<p>After dinner, Preston was obliged to go back to the store where he was +employed. By invitation, Frank walked with him.</p> + +<p>Turning into Sixth Avenue they passed a saloon.</p> + +<p>"Won't you have something to drink, Courtney?" said Preston.</p> + +<p>"No, thank you, I never drink," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"It will brace you up, and make you feel jolly. Better come in!"</p> + +<p>"I don't need bracing up," answered Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>"Well, perhaps you are right," said Mr. Peter Preston. "I don't indulge +very often, but sometimes I feel like it."</p> + +<p>Some boys might have yielded to the temptation, but Frank had determined +that he would abstain from liquor, and kept his resolution. A boy who +comes to the city is exposed at every step to this peril, and needs a +firm will to withstand it. It is the fruitful source of crime and +misery, and does more to fill our prisons than any other cause.</p> + +<p>"This is my store," said Preston, as he pointed to a modest-looking shop +on the west side of the avenue. "I wish I could keep you company longer, +but business before pleasure, you know."</p> + +<p>Before returning to his boarding house, Frank sat down for a short time +in Washington Park, and reviewed his plans and prospects. He could not +tell how he would succeed in his tea agency; but if that failed, he was +resolved to try something else.</p> + +<p>He didn't feel homesick, for since his mother's death he had no longer +any home ties. Young as he was, he felt that one part of his life was +at an end, and that a new life and a new career were before him.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXII</h2> + +<h3>THE YOUNG TEA MERCHANT</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next morning, at breakfast, one of the gentlemen, who had been +running his eyes over the morning paper, said, suddenly:</p> + +<p>"Ah! I see they have caught one of the gang who robbed the house of Mr. +Percival, on Madison Avenue, a week ago."</p> + +<p>"Read the paragraph, Mr. Smith," said one of the boarders.</p> + +<p>Mr. Smith read as follows:</p> + +<p>"About noon yesterday a boy entered the banking house of Jones & +Robinson, in Wall Street, and offered for sale two one-hundred-dollar +government bonds. On inquiry, he said that the bonds belonged to a man +in the street, whom he had never before met, and who had offered him a +dollar to sell them. This naturally excited suspicion, and a policeman +was sent for. Before he could arrive the man had hastily departed, +requesting the boy to meet him at a specified hour in front of the Astor +House and hand him the money. He came to the rendezvous, but in +disguise, and, while talking to the boy, was arrested. It is understood +that he has agreed to turn State's evidence, and probably the entire sum +stolen, amounting to several thousand dollars, will be recovered."</p> + +<p>Frank listened to this paragraph with interest. He was glad that his +name was not mentioned in the account, as he didn't care for such +publicity. He ventured to ask a question.</p> + +<p>"Is Mr. Percival a rich man?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Very rich," answered Mr. Smith. "He is not now in the city, but is +expected home from Europe in three or four weeks. His house was left in +charge of an old servant—a coachman—and his wife; but the burglars +proved too much for them."</p> + +<p>"I am glad they are caught," said Mrs. Fletcher. "It makes my blood run +cold to think of having the houses entered at night by burglars."</p> + +<p>"Preston," said Mr. Smith, jokingly, "I hope you have your bonds locked +securely up."</p> + +<p>"I don't believe the sharpest burglar can find them," said Preston. "I +only wish I could get hold of them myself."</p> + +<p>"The boy who helped to capture the burglar ought to be well rewarded," +said one of the boarders.</p> + +<p>"Don't you wish it had been you, Courtney?" said Mr. Preston.</p> + +<p>"It was," answered Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>There was a great sensation upon this announcement. All eyes were turned +upon our hero—most, it must be admitted, with an expression of +incredulity.</p> + +<p>"Come, now, you are joking!" said Preston. "You don't really mean it?"</p> + +<p>"I do mean it," assured Frank.</p> + +<p>"Tell us all about it," said Mrs. Fletcher, who had her share of +curiosity. "I didn't suppose we had such a hero in our house."</p> + +<p>"It didn't require much heroism," said Frank, smiling.</p> + +<p>"Tell us all about it, at any rate."</p> + +<p>Frank told the story as simply as he could, much to the satisfaction of +the company.</p> + +<p>"You'll come in for a handsome reward, when Mr. Percival gets home," +suggested Mr. Smith.</p> + +<p>"I don't expect anything," said Frank. "I shall be satisfied if I get +the dollar which was promised me. I haven't received that yet."</p> + +<p>"I wish I were in your shoes—that's all I've got to say," said Preston, +nodding vigorously. "Will you sell out for five dollars?"</p> + +<p>"Cash down?" asked Frank, smiling.</p> + +<p>"Well, I'll give you my note at thirty days," said the Sixth Avenue +salesman, who seldom kept five dollars in advance of his liabilities.</p> + +<p>"I won't sell what I haven't got," said Frank. "Probably I shall hear +nothing from Mr. Percival."</p> + +<p>After breakfast Frank went downtown and sought the store of the Great +Pekin Company.</p> + +<p>After half an hour's delay—for there were others in advance of him—he +was fitted out with samples and started for Brooklyn.</p> + +<p>It was his first visit to that city, but he had received some directions +which made his expedition less embarrassing.</p> + +<p>At the ferry he took a Flatbush Avenue car, and rode up Fulton Street, +and past the City Hall, up Fulton Avenue, for nearly a mile.</p> + +<p>Here were interesting streets, lined with comfortable houses—for Frank +had made up his mind first to try private houses. He had with him a few +pound parcels of tea, which he thought he could perhaps succeed in +disposing of at such places.</p> + +<p>He selected a house at random, and rang the bell.</p> + +<p>A servant answered the ring.</p> + +<p>Frank felt rather embarrassed, but there was no time to hesitate.</p> + +<p>"I have some samples of tea with me," he began, "of excellent quality +and at reasonable prices."</p> + +<p>"It's no use," said the girl, abruptly. "We never buy of peddlers," and +she closed the door in his face.</p> + +<p>"Not a very good beginning," thought Frank, rather mortified. "So I am a +peddler," he said to himself, and he called to mind the agents and +peddlers who in past years had called at the Cedars.</p> + +<p>With some compunction, he remembered that he had regarded them with some +contempt as traveling nuisances. Now he had entered the ranks of this +despised class, and he began to see that they might be perfectly +respectable, and were estimable persons, animated by a praiseworthy +desire to make an honest living.</p> + +<p>Thus thinking, he called at another door.</p> + +<p>It was opened, not by a servant, but by an elderly maiden lady, who had +rather a weakness for bargains.</p> + +<p>"I've got some nice tea," said Frank, "which I should like to sell you. +It is put up by the Great Pekin Company."</p> + +<p>"Are you sure it's nice?" asked the elderly lady. "We've been getting +ours at the grocery store on the avenue, and the last wasn't very good."</p> + +<p>"You'd better try a pound of ours," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"I don't know but I will," said the lady. "How much do you charge?"</p> + +<p>"I have some at fifty cents, some at sixty and some at seventy."</p> + +<p>"I guess I'll take the sixty."</p> + +<p>Frank had a pound parcel ready, which he delivered to her, and received +his money.</p> + +<p>"Seems to me you are pretty young for a peddler," said the lady, +regarding Frank with curiosity.</p> + +<p>"Yes, ma'am."</p> + +<p>"How old be you?"</p> + +<p>"Sixteen."</p> + +<p>"Been long in the business?"</p> + +<p>"No, ma'am; I've only just commenced."</p> + +<p>"You don't say so! Do you make much money at it?"</p> + +<p>"I haven't made much yet. I should be glad to supply you with some more +tea when this is gone."</p> + +<p>"Well, you can call if you are round this way. If I like it, I will try +you again."</p> + +<p>Frank's spirits rose.</p> + +<p>His profits on the pound of tea were twelve cents. This was not much, +certainly, but it was a beginning.</p> + +<p>At the next three houses he sold nothing, being rather rudely rebuffed +at one. At the fourth house, the servant called her mistress, a kind, +motherly-looking woman, who seemed to regard Frank with more interest +than his merchandise.</p> + +<p>"I hope you are succeeding well," she said, kindly.</p> + +<p>"This is my first day," said Frank, "and I have made one sale."</p> + +<p>"I have a son who is an agent like you, but he didn't begin so young. +He is now traveling in the West."</p> + +<p>"What is he selling?" asked Frank, with interest.</p> + +<p>"Dry goods. He travels for a wholesale house in New York."</p> + +<p>"I suppose he is a young man."</p> + +<p>"Yes; he is twenty-five, but he began at nineteen in a small way. He +sometimes got quite discouraged at first. That is why I feel interested +in any who are passing through the same experience."</p> + +<p>These pleasant words cheered Frank. Only at the nearest house he had +been called a tramp, but here he found that he was regarded with +consideration.</p> + +<p>"It is rather uphill work," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"And you seem very young."</p> + +<p>"I am sixteen."</p> + +<p>"Are you entirely dependent on what you earn?" asked the lady, +sympathizingly.</p> + +<p>"Not entirely," answered the young merchant, "but I hope to make a +living in this or some other way. Can I sell you any?" he asked, +hopefully.</p> + +<p>"I believe we have some on hand. Still tea will always keep, and I would +like to help you along."</p> + +<p>The kind-hearted lady took three pounds—two at sixty cents and one at +seventy. This gave Frank a profit thirty-eight cents and put him in good +spirits.</p> + +<p>He worked his way back to the avenue on the other side of the street, +and coming to a grocery store, entered.</p> + +<p>It occurred to him that he would try to sell some at wholesale.</p> + +<p>Frank was so young that the dealer did not suppose him to be an agent, +and asked what he would like to buy.</p> + +<p>"I came to sell, not to buy," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"What are you dealing in?" asked the grocer.</p> + +<p>"I have several samples of tea," said our hero. "If you will give me an +order, I will have it sent to you to-morrow."</p> + +<p>The grocer found, upon examination, that his stock was getting low, and +gave Frank an order, but he was obliged to sell below the regular price, +and only cleared three cents a pound. Still, on a sale of twenty-five +pounds, this gave him seventy-five cents, which was very encouraging.</p> + +<p>Adding up his profits, thus far, Frank found that his commission +amounted to a dollar and a quarter, which exceeded his anticipations.</p> + +<p>He continued his calls, but sold only one pound besides, at fifty cents, +netting him ten cents more.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXIII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK MEETS MR. MANNING AND MARK</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next morning Frank resumed his tea agency. As on the day previous, +he went to Brooklyn; but, though I should be glad to say that he was +more successful than on the first day, truth compels me to state that +the day was a comparative failure.</p> + +<p>It might be that he was unfortunate in the persons whom he visited, but +at all events, at the close of his labors he found that his commissions +amounted to less than fifty cents. He contented himself, therefore, with +a ten-cent lunch, and crossed Fulton Ferry between three and four +o'clock.</p> + +<p>"This will never do," thought Frank, seriously. "I shall have to be +economical to make my earnings cover my incidental expenses, while my +board and lodging must be defrayed out of the money I have with me."</p> + +<p>Frank was disappointed. It is easy to think of earning one's living, but +not quite so easy to accomplish it. A boy, besides being ignorant of the +world, is inexperienced, and so disqualified for many avenues of +employment which are open to men. It is generally foolish for a boy to +leave a good home and start out for himself, unless the chances are +unusually favorable for him. If he does it, however, he should not allow +himself to be easily discouraged.</p> + +<p>If Frank had given up the business in which he was engaged simply +because he had met with one unsuccessful day, I should not have been +willing to make him the hero of my story.</p> + +<p>"This will never do," thought Frank. "I must make a greater effort +to-morrow."</p> + +<p>The next day his commission amounted to a dollar, and the fourth day to +a dollar and twelve cents.</p> + +<p>"You are doing well," said his employer. "You are doing better than the +majority of our agents."</p> + +<p>In one way this compliment was satisfactory. In another way it was not +encouraging, for it limited his prospects. Frank began to think that he +would never be able to make his entire expenses as a tea agent.</p> + +<p>I don't propose to speak in detail of Frank's daily experiences, but +only to make mention of any incidents that play an important part in +his history.</p> + +<p>He was returning from Jersey City on the tenth day of his agency, when +in the gentleman's cabin he saw, directly opposite, two persons whom he +had reason to remember.</p> + +<p>They were Mark Manning and his father.</p> + +<p>Little reason as he had to like either, they reminded him of home, and +he felt pleased to meet them.</p> + +<p>He instantly crossed the cabin, and offered his hand to his stepfather, +who had not yet seen him.</p> + +<p>"When did you arrive, Mr. Manning?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Why, it is Frank!" exclaimed Mr. Manning, with an appearance of +cordiality. "Mark, do you see Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I see him," replied Mark, coldly.</p> + +<p>"Haven't you anything to say to him?" asked his father, who was much +more of a gentleman than his son.</p> + +<p>"How are you?" said Mark, indifferently.</p> + +<p>"Thank you for your kind inquiry," said Frank, more amused than vexed, +for he cared very little for his stepbrother's friendship. "I am in very +good health."</p> + +<p>"And how are you getting along?" asked his stepfather, with an +appearance of interest. "Are you in any business?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"What are you doing?' asked Mark, inspired a little by curiosity.</p> + +<p>"I am agent for a wholesale tea house in New York," Frank answered, +briefly.</p> + +<p>"You don't say so!" exclaimed Mark, rather impressed. "What is the name +of the firm?"</p> + +<p>"The Great Pekin Tea Company."</p> + +<p>"Does it pay well?" asked his stepbrother.</p> + +<p>"I have met with very fair success," replied Frank.</p> + +<p>"I congratulate you, Frank," said Mr. Manning. "Your energy and +enterprise are creditable—extremely creditable. I always predicted that +you would succeed—didn't I, Mark?'</p> + +<p>"I don't remember hearing you say so," said Mark.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning shrugged his shoulders.</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless," he said, "I have often made the remark."</p> + +<p>"Where do you live?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"I board in Clinton Place."</p> + +<p>"A very respectable street," said Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>Frank now thought it was his turn to become questioner.</p> + +<p>"How long do you remain in the city, Mr. Manning?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Not long—only a day or two," said his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"We sail for Europe on Saturday," interposed Mark, "on the Cunard +steamer."</p> + +<p>"Indeed! I wish you a pleasant voyage."</p> + +<p>"I am sorry you won't go with us, Frank," said his stepfather, +cautiously. "You remember I gave you the chance to do so, and you +desired to devote yourself immediately to business."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. I would rather remain in New York."</p> + +<p>"It might possibly be arranged now, if you desire to go," said Mr. +Manning, hesitatingly.</p> + +<p>"No, thank you, sir."</p> + +<p>"Well, perhaps you are right," said his stepfather, considerably +relieved.</p> + +<p>"What parts of Europe do you expect to visit?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"We shall visit England, France, the Rhine, Switzerland, and perhaps +Italy."</p> + +<p>"I hope you will enjoy it."</p> + +<p>"Thank you; I think we shall."</p> + +<p>Frank checked a sigh. It was certainly tantalizing. If he could travel +with congenial friends, he felt that he would very much enjoy such a +trip; but with Mark in the party there would be little pleasure for him.</p> + +<p>"We are staying at the St. Nicholas Hotel," said Mr. Manning. "I would +invite you to come and dine with us, but I have an engagement first, and +don't know when we shall dine."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, all the same," said Frank.</p> + +<p>They had reached the New York side, and were walking toward Broadway. It +was necessary for Frank to go to the tea store, and he took leave of his +stepfather and Mark, again wishing them a pleasant voyage.</p> + +<p>"I hate that boy!" said Mark, as they walked away.</p> + +<p>"You should not indulge in any such disagreeable feelings, Mark," said +his father.</p> + +<p>"Don't you hate him?"</p> + +<p>"Certainly not."</p> + +<p>"One would think by your soft manner that you loved him," said Mark, who +was not noted for the respect with which he treated his father.</p> + +<p>"Really, Mark, I am shocked by your strange words."</p> + +<p>"What made you invite him to go to Europe with us?"</p> + +<p>"I knew he would not go."</p> + +<p>"He might have accepted, and then we should have been in a pretty +pickle."</p> + +<p>"Mark," said his father, rather irritated, "will you be kind enough to +leave me to manage my own affairs? I believe I have succeeded pretty +well so far."</p> + +<p>"Yes, you have," Mark admitted. "All the same, we'd better keep clear of +Frank till we get safely off on the steamer."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXIV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXIV</h2> + +<h3>A DISCOURAGING DAY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next day was indeed a trying one and one of many experiences for +Frank.</p> + +<p>The first lady did not buy any tea, to be sure, but seemed sorry that +she was already supplied, and questioned Frank as to what success he was +meeting with.</p> + +<p>When twelve o'clock came, Frank had not sold a single pound. Even if he +earned nothing however, he had an appetite and must buy lunch.</p> + +<p>He entered a small oyster saloon, and went up to the proprietor.</p> + +<p>"Can I sell you some tea?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"No, I guess not. I get my tea in Harlem."</p> + +<p>"Take a couple of pounds," said Frank, "and I will take part of the pay +in lunch."</p> + +<p>"That is business," said the other. "Let me look at your tea."</p> + +<p>Frank showed him his samples.</p> + +<p>"Who employs you?'</p> + +<p>"The Great Pekin Tea Company."</p> + +<p>"They have a good name. Yes, I will try a couple of pounds at fifty +cents."</p> + +<p>This, of course, came to a dollar, and Frank's profit on the sale +amounted to twenty cents. This was precisely the cost of the lunch which +he ordered, so that he felt well satisfied with the arrangement.</p> + +<p>He left the saloon in better spirits, and resumed his travels from house +to house.</p> + +<p>I am sorry to say, however, that though he certainly exerted himself to +the utmost in the interests of the Great Pekin Tea Company and his own, +he did not sell another pound of tea that day.</p> + +<p>About three o'clock he got on board a Third Avenue horse car, bound +downtown and sat quietly down in a corner.</p> + +<p>"Harlem doesn't seem to be a very promising field for an agent," he said +to himself. "Perhaps it isn't fair to judge it by the first day. Still, +I don't think I shall have courage to come here to-morrow. I would +rather go to Jersey City or Brooklyn."</p> + +<p>Frank got off the cars at the Bible House and walked to his boarding +house, where a disagreeable surprise was in store for him.</p> + +<p>The night brought perplexity to Frank, but not discouragement. He was +naturally hopeful, and, in a large city like New York, he felt that +there are always chances of obtaining employment, provided he could +maintain his position, as he would have been able to do if he had not +lost the thirty-five dollars which his fellow boarder had stolen. Now, +however, circumstances were materially changed.</p> + +<p>One thing was tolerably clear to Frank, and this was, that he must give +up his agency. He had tried it, and been unsuccessful. That is, he had +failed to earn money enough to support himself, and this was necessary.</p> + +<p>As to what he should take up next, Frank was quite in the dark. As a boy +in a counting room he would be paid not more than four dollars a week, +if he could gain such a situation, which was by no means certain.</p> + +<p>The more he thought about the matter the more perplexed he felt, and it +was in an uncomfortable frame of mind that he came down to breakfast the +next morning.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXV</h2> + +<h3>PERPLEXITY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>He went out as usual after breakfast, and then walked leisurely +downtown. He proposed to go to the shop of the Great Pekin Tea Company +and resign his agency. He was on the watch during his walk for any +opportunities to repair his unlucky loss:</p> + +<p>At one place he saw a notice:</p> + +<center>"BOY WANTED."</center> + +<p>Though he felt sure the compensation would not be sufficient to allow of +his accepting it, he thought it would do no harm to make inquiry, and +accordingly entered.</p> + +<p>It was an extensive retail store, where a large number of clerks were +employed.</p> + +<p>"Is a boy wanted here?" asked Frank of the nearest salesman.</p> + +<p>"Yes. You may inquire at the desk."</p> + +<p>He pointed to a desk some distance back, and Frank went up to it.</p> + +<p>"You advertise for a boy," he said to a tall, stout man, who chanced to +be the proprietor. "Is the place filled."</p> + +<p>"No," was the answer; "but I don't think it would suit you."</p> + +<p>"Do you think I would not be competent, sir?"</p> + +<p>"No, that is not the difficulty. It would not be worth your acceptance."</p> + +<p>"May I inquire what are the duties, sir?"</p> + +<p>"We want a boy to open the door to customers, and this would not be +worth your accepting."</p> + +<p>"No, sir. Thank you for explaining it to me."</p> + +<p>The gentleman was favorably impressed by Frank's polite and gentlemanly +manners.</p> + +<p>"I wish I had a place for you," he said. "Have you ever had any +experience in our line of business?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I have very little experience of any kind. I have acted for a +short time as agent for a tea company."</p> + +<p>"You may leave your name if you like, and I will communicate with you if +I have a vacancy which you can fill."</p> + +<p>Frank thanked the polite proprietor and walked out of the store.</p> + +<p>Though this is a story written for boys, it may be read by some business +men, who will allow me to suggest that a refusal kindly and +considerately expressed loses half its bitterness, and often inspires +hope, instead of discouragement.</p> + +<p>Frank proceeded to the office of the tea company and formally resigned +his agency. He was told that he could resume it whenever he pleased.</p> + +<p>Leaving the store, he walked down Broadway in the direction of Wall +Street.</p> + +<p>He passed an elderly man, with stooping shoulders and a gait which +showed that he was accustomed to live in the country.</p> + +<p>He was looking about him in rather an undecided way. His glance happened +to rest on Frank, and, after a little hesitation, he addressed him.</p> + +<p>"Boy," he said, "do you live around here?"</p> + +<p>"I live in the city; sir."</p> + +<p>"Then I guess you can tell me what I want to know."</p> + +<p>"I will if I can, sir," said Frank, politely.</p> + +<p>"Whereabouts is Wall Street?"</p> + +<p>"Close by, sir. I am going that way, and will be happy to show you."</p> + +<p>Frank had no idea his compliance with the stranger's request was likely +to have an important effect up his fortunes.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXVI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXVI</h2> + +<h3>FRANK HEARS SOMETHING TO HIS ADVANTAGE</h3> +<br /> + +<p>"My name," said the stranger, "is Peters—Jonathan Peters, of +Craneville, Onondaga County. I am a farmer, and don't know much about +New York. I've got a few hundred dollars that I want to put into +government bonds."</p> + +<p>"All right," said Frank, "there won't be any difficulty about it."</p> + +<p>"I've heerd there are a good many swindlers in New York," continued Mr. +Peters. "The squire—Squire Jackson, of our village—perhaps you may +have heard of him?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think I have, Mr. Peters."</p> + +<p>"Well, the squire told me I'd better take good keer of my money, as +there were plenty of rascals here who would try to cheat me out of it."</p> + +<p>"That is true, Mr. Peters. Only yesterday I was robbed of thirty-five +dollars by a man who boarded in the same house."</p> + +<p>"You don't say so?"</p> + +<p>"He opened my trunk and took out my pocketbook while I was absent on +business."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't dare to live in York!" said the farmer, whose apprehensions +were increased by Frank's story.</p> + +<p>By this time they had reached the office of Jones & Robinson, with whom, +it will be remembered, Frank had once before had dealings.</p> + +<p>"If you will come in here, Mr. Peters," said our hero, "you will be sure +of honorable treatment. I will introduce you if you like."</p> + +<p>"I should be obleeged if you would," said the farmer. "Out in Craneville +I am to home, but I ain't used to York business men, and don't know how +to talk to them."</p> + +<p>It pleased Frank to find that, in spite of his inexperience, he was able +to be of service to one more unaccustomed than himself to city scenes +and city ways.</p> + +<p>He walked up to the counter, followed by the farmer, and said:</p> + +<p>"This gentleman wishes to buy some government bonds. I told him that he +could transact his business here."</p> + +<p>"Thank you! Mr. Benton, you may attend to this gentleman."</p> + +<p>Frank was about to leave the office, when Mr. Robinson called him back.</p> + +<p>"You have been in the office before, have you not?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"Are you not the boy who assisted in the capture of the man who robbed +Mr. Henry Percival, of Madison Avenue?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"I thought so. I have been trying to find you for the last week."</p> + +<p>Naturally Frank looked surprised.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Henry Percival was at that time in Europe," said Mr. Robinson. "On +his return, a week since, he called on us, and expressed a desire to +have you call upon him. We had mislaid or lost your address, and were +unable to give him the information he desired."</p> + +<p>Frank's heart beat high with hope as the broker spoke.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps," he thought, "Mr. Percival may offer me a situation of some +kind, and I certainly am greatly in need of one."</p> + +<p>"Did Mr. Percival recover all his bonds?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Nearly all," answered Mr. Robinson. "He considered himself exceedingly +fortunate, and he certainly was so."</p> + +<p>"Do you know how much he was robbed of?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"Rather over five thousand dollars. Of this sum all has been recovered +except three bonds of a hundred dollars each. Mr. Percival is a rich +man, and he won't miss that small amount."</p> + +<p>"I wish I were rich enough not to miss three hundred dollars," thought +our hero. "If I had my rights, I could say the same."</p> + +<p>Just now, in his extremity, Frank thought regretfully of the fortune he +had lost. Had he been so situated as to be earning enough to defray all +his expenses, he would scarcely have given a thought of it.</p> + +<p>"You had better go up to see Mr. Percival this evening," said the +banker, "if you have no other engagement."</p> + +<p>"Even if I had an engagement, I would put it off," said Frank. "Will you +give me Mr. Percival's number?"</p> + +<p>"No. 265," said Mr. Robinson.</p> + +<p>Frank noted it down and left the office. By this time Mr. Peters had +completed his business, and was ready to go out, also.</p> + +<p>"I'm much obliged to you," he said to Frank. "I was afraid I'd get into +a place where they'd cheat me. I guess Mr. Jones and Robinson are pretty +good folks."</p> + +<p>"I think you can depend upon them," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"If ever you come to Craneville, I should like to have you stay a few +days with me on my farm," said Mr. Peters, hospitably. "We are plain +folks, but will treat you about right."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Mr. Peters. If I ever come to Craneville, I shall certainly +call upon you."</p> + +<p>Frank had something to look forward to in his approaching interview with +Mr. Percival. He had been able to do this gentleman a service, and it +was not unlikely that the capitalist would wish to make him some +acknowledgment. Frank did not exaggerate his own merits in the matter. +He felt that it was largely owing to a lucky chance that he had been the +means of capturing the bond robber. However, it is to precisely such +lucky chances that men are often indebted for the advancement of their +fortunes.</p> + +<p>While he was in a state of suspense, and uncertain what Mr. Percival +might be disposed to do for him, he decided not to exert himself to +obtain any employment. If he should be disappointed in his hopes, it +would be time enough to look about him the following day.</p> + +<p>What should he do in the meantime?</p> + +<p>He determined to treat himself to an excursion. From the end of the +Battery he had often looked across to Staten Island, lying six miles +away, and thought it would prove a pleasant excursion. Now, having +plenty of time on his hands, he decided to go on board one of the boats +that start hourly from the piers adjoining the Battery. The expense was +but trifling and, low as Frank's purse was, he ventured to spend the +amount for pleasure. He felt that he needed a little recreation after +the weeks of patient labor he had spent in the service of the Great +Pekin Tea Company.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXVII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXVII</h2> + +<h3>AN INCIDENT IN A STREET CAR</h3> +<br /> + +<p>When Frank returned to the city, he walked slowly up through the Battery +to the foot of Broadway. He passed the famous house, No. 1, which, a +hundred years ago, was successively the headquarters of Washington and +the British generals, who occupied New York with their forces, and soon +reached the Astor House, then the most notable structure in the lower +part of the city.</p> + +<p>With his small means, Frank felt that it was extravagant to ride uptown, +when he might have walked, but he felt some confidence in the success of +his visit to Mr. Percival, and entered a Fourth Avenue horse car. It so +chanced that he seated himself beside a pleasant-looking young married +lady, who had with her a young boy about seven years old.</p> + +<p>Soon after the car started the conductor came around to collect the +fares.</p> + +<p>Frank paid his, and the conductor held out his hand to the lady.</p> + +<p>She put her hand into her pocket to draw out her purse, but her +countenance changed as her hand failed to find it.</p> + +<p>Probably no situation is more trying than to discover that you have lost +or mislaid your purse, when you have an urgent use for it. The lady was +evidently in that predicament. Once more she searched for her purse, but +her search was unavailing.</p> + +<p>"I am afraid I have lost my purse," she said, apologetically, to the +conductor.</p> + +<p>This official was an ill-mannered person, and answered, rudely:</p> + +<p>"In that case, ma'am, you will have to get off."</p> + +<p>"I will give you my card," said the lady, "and will send double the fare +to the office."</p> + +<p>"That won't do," said the man, rudely. "I am responsible for your fare, +if you stay on the car, and I can't afford to lose the money."</p> + +<p>"You shall not lose it, sir; but I cannot walk home."</p> + +<p>"I think you will have to, madam."</p> + +<p>Here Frank interposed. He had been trained to be polite and considerate +to ladies, and he could not endure to see a lady treated with rudeness.</p> + +<p>"Take the lady's fare out of this," he said.</p> + +<p>"And the boy's, too?"</p> + +<p>"Of course."</p> + +<p>The lady smiled gratefully.</p> + +<p>"I accept your kindness, my young friend," she said. "You have saved me +much annoyance."</p> + +<p>"I am very glad to have had the opportunity," said Frank, politely.</p> + +<p>"Of course, I shall insist upon reimbursing you. Will you oblige me with +your address, that I may send you the amount when I return home?"</p> + +<p>A boy of less tact than Frank would have expostulated against repayment, +but he knew that this would only embarrass the lady, and that he had no +right, being a stranger, to force such a favor upon her. He answered, +therefore:</p> + +<p>"Certainly, I will do so, but it will be perfectly convenient for me to +call upon you."</p> + +<p>"If it will give you no trouble, I shall be glad to have you call any +evening. I live at No. —— Madison Avenue."</p> + +<p>Now it was Frank's turn to be surprised. The number mentioned by the +lady was that of the house in which Mr. Henry Percival lived.</p> + +<p>"I thought Mr. Percival lived at that number?" said Frank.</p> + +<p>"So he does. He is my father. Do you know him?"</p> + +<p>"No; but I was about to call on him. This morning Mr. Robinson, a broker +in Wall Street, told me that he wished to see me."</p> + +<p>"You are not the boy who caused the capture of the bondholder?" asked +the lady, quickly.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I am the boy, but I am afraid I had less to do with it than has +been represented."</p> + +<p>"What is your name?"</p> + +<p>"Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"My father is very desirous of meeting you, and thanking you for what +you have done. Why have you not called before?"</p> + +<p>"I did not know till to-day that your father had returned. Besides, I +did not like to go without an invitation."</p> + +<p>"I will invite you," said the lady, with a pleasant smile, "and I, as +well as my father, will be glad to see you. And now let me introduce you +to my little son. Freddie, would you like to see the boy that caught the +robber?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, mamma."</p> + +<p>"Here he is. His name is Frank."</p> + +<p>The little boy immediately began to ask questions of Frank, and by the +time they reached the Cooper Institute Frank and he were well +acquainted.</p> + +<p>"Don't get out, Frank," said Freddie.</p> + +<p>"I am going home, Freddie."</p> + +<p>"You must come and see me soon," said the little boy.</p> + +<p>"Now you have three invitations," said the lady.</p> + +<p>"I will accept them all," said Frank.</p> + +<p>And, with a bow, he left the car.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXVIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXVIII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK MAKES AN EVENING CALL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>After supper Frank walked slowly up to Mr. Percival's residence. Now +that he knew two members of the family, he looked forward with pleasure +to the call he was about to make. His prospects seemed much brighter +than when he woke up in the morning.</p> + +<p>On reaching the house of Mr. Percival, he saw at a glance that it was +the residence of a wealthy man, and the hall, into which he was first +admitted, was luxurious in its appearance. But Frank had been brought up +to the enjoyment of wealth, and he felt more at home here than in the +rather shabby boarding house in Clinton Place.</p> + +<p>A colored servant opened the door.</p> + +<p>"Is Mr. Percival at home?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Yas, sah."</p> + +<p>"I should like to see him."</p> + +<p>"What name, sah?"</p> + +<p>"Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"Step in, sah, and I will 'form Mr. Percival," said the colored servant, +in a consequential tone that amused Frank.</p> + +<p>Frank stepped into the hall, but he was not left long without attention. +Little Freddie ran downstairs, eagerly calling out:</p> + +<p>"Did you come to see me, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Frank, smiling; "but I came to see your grandfather, +too."</p> + +<p>"Come, and I will show you where he is," said the little boy, taking +Frank's hand.</p> + +<p>The two went up the staircase and into a handsomely furnished room, made +attractive by pictures and books.</p> + +<p>In a large armchair sat a pleasant-looking elderly man, of about sixty.</p> + +<p>"Grandpa," said the little boy, "this is Frank. He wants to see you."</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival smiled.</p> + +<p>"I am glad to see you, Frank," he said. "It seems, my boy, that you are +already acquainted with my daughter and grandson."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. I was fortunate enough to meet them to-day."</p> + +<p>"You relieved my daughter from some embarrassment."</p> + +<p>"I am glad to have had the opportunity, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank's manner was easy and self-possessed, and it was evident that Mr. +Percival was favorably impressed by him.</p> + +<p>"Take a seat," he said, "while I ask you a few questions."</p> + +<p>Frank bowed and obeyed.</p> + +<p>"Let me sit in your lap, Frank," said Freddie.</p> + +<p>Our hero took the little boy in his lap.</p> + +<p>With Freddie, it was certainly a case of friendship at first sight.</p> + +<p>"Won't he trouble you?" asked his grandfather.</p> + +<p>"No, sir. I like young children."</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival now proceeded to interrogate Frank.</p> + +<p>"Your name is Frank Courtney. Have you been long in the city?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir; only a few weeks."</p> + +<p>"What led you to come here?"</p> + +<p>"I wished to earn my living."</p> + +<p>"What that necessary? You do not look like a poor boy."</p> + +<p>"I was brought up to consider myself rich," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Indeed! Did you lose your property?"</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I had better tell you how it happened, sir."</p> + +<p>"If you don't object, I should be glad to hear."</p> + +<p>Frank gave a brief statement of his position, and the circumstances that +led him to leave his home and go out into the world.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival listened thoughtfully.</p> + +<p>"It is a singular story," he said, after a pause. "Your stepfather's in +Europe, then?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; at least he sailed for Europe."</p> + +<p>"Have you heard from him?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir."</p> + +<p>"Do you expect to hear?"</p> + +<p>"I think not."</p> + +<p>"He can't feel much interest in you."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he does," answered Frank. "Still, I can't say that he has +treated me unkindly."</p> + +<p>"Do you suspect that your stepfather has wronged you in the matter of +the property?"</p> + +<p>"I would rather not answer that question, sir. I might wrong Mr. +Manning, and I have no proof to offer."</p> + +<p>"I understand you, and I applaud your discretion. It does you credit. +Some time or other the mystery may be cleared up, and the wrong, if +there is one, may be righted. I can't understand, however, how this Mr. +Manning should be willing to leave you dependent upon your own exertions +with such a scanty provision as twenty-five dollars a quarter."</p> + +<p>"I didn't ask for any more; and, besides, Mr. Manning offered to take me +to Europe with his son Mark."</p> + +<p>"Do you think that he was sincere in the offer?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think he expected me to accept it, and I am sure that it would +have been very disagreeable to Mark to have me in the party."</p> + +<p>"Have you any objections to telling me how you have succeeded in your +efforts to make a living?" asked the old gentleman, with a keen but +kindly glance.</p> + +<p>"I have been disappointed, sir," was the candid reply.</p> + +<p>"I am not surprised to hear it. A boy brought up as you have been cannot +rough it like a farmer's son or a street boy."</p> + +<p>"I think I could, sir; but I should not like to."</p> + +<p>"Precisely. Now, I am not sure that you acted wisely in undertaking a +task so difficult, since it was not necessary, and your stepfather could +hardly have refused to support you at home. However, as you have taken +the decisive step, we must consider what is best to do under the +circumstances. What work have you been doing?"</p> + +<p>"I have been selling tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company."</p> + +<p>"How have you succeeded?"</p> + +<p>"I have not been able to pay expenses," Frank admitted.</p> + +<p>"How have you made up the difference?"</p> + +<p>"I brought about fifty dollars with me from home."</p> + +<p>"Is it all used up?"</p> + +<p>"I had thirty-five dollars left, sir, but a day or two since one of my +fellow boarders opened my trunk and borrowed it without leave."</p> + +<p>"Of course you won't recover it?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think there is much chance of it, sir."</p> + +<p>"Then probably your money is nearly exhausted?"</p> + +<p>Frank did not like to admit his poverty, but owned up that he had less +than two dollars.</p> + +<p>"And yet you paid the car fares of this little boy and his mother?"</p> + +<p>"I hope, sir, I would not refuse to assist a lady when in trouble."</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival nodded two or three times, smiling as he did so. He was +becoming more and more favorably impressed without young hero.</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to continue this tea agency?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I have already notified my employers that I do not care to +continue it."</p> + +<p>"Have you anything else in view?"</p> + +<p>Frank felt that now was the time to speak.</p> + +<p>"I came here this evening," he said, "intending to ask you if you knew +of any situation I could fill, or could recommend me to employment of +any kind by which I might make a living."</p> + +<p>"I must consider that. Have you thought of any particular employment +which you would like?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I cannot afford to be particular. I will do anything that is +honest, and at all suitable for me."</p> + +<p>"What would you consider unsuitable?"</p> + +<p>"I should not wish to black boots, for instance, sir. It is honest work, +but I ought to be suited to something better."</p> + +<p>"Of course; What education have you had? Good, I suppose?"</p> + +<p>"I am nearly ready for college."</p> + +<p>"Then you are already fairly well educated. I will put you to a test. +Sit up to the table, and take paper and pen. I will dictate to you a +paragraph from the evening paper, which I should like to have you write +down."</p> + +<p>Frank obeyed, though, in doing so, he was obliged to set Freddie down, +rather to the little fellow's dissatisfaction.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival selected a short letter, written by some public man, which +chanced to have found a place in the evening journal.</p> + +<p>Frank wrote rapidly, and when his copy was finished submitted it to Mr. +Percival.</p> + +<p>The old gentleman took it, and, running his eye over it, noticed that it +was plainly written, correctly spelled and properly punctuated. This +discovery evidently gave him satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"Very creditably written," he said. "I have known boys nearly ready for +college who could not copy such a letter without blundering. I am glad +that your English education has not been neglected while you have been +studying the classics."</p> + +<p>Frank was gratified by Mr. Percival's commendation, though he could not +see in what manner his education was likely to bring him employment. It +was desirable, however, to produce a favorable impression on Mr. +Percival, and he could not help hoping something would result to his +advantage.</p> + +<p>At this moment Freddie's mother entered the room, and greeted Frank with +a cordial smile.</p> + +<p>"Freddie," she said, "it is time for you to go to bed."</p> + +<p>"I don't want to leave Frank," said Freddie.</p> + +<p>"Frank will come and see you again."</p> + +<p>"Will you, Frank?"</p> + +<p>Frank made the promise, and Mrs. Gordon—for that was her name—left the +room, promising to return before Frank went away.</p> + +<p>He was now left alone with the old gentleman.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXIX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXIX</h2> + +<h3>FRANK IS OFFERED A POSITION</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mr. Percival engaged Frank in conversation on general topics while Mrs. +Gordon was out of the room. His young visitor had been an extensive +reader, and displayed a good deal of general information. Moreover, he +expressed himself intelligently and modestly, and deepened the favorable +impression which he had already succeeded in making.</p> + +<p>I should like to call the attention of my young readers to the fact that +Frank was now reaping the advantage of the time he had devoted to study +and the cultivation of his mind.</p> + +<p>A boy who starts in life with a fair education always stands a better +chance than one who is poorly provided in that respect.</p> + +<p>It is true that many of our prominent public men have started with a +very scanty supply of book-learning, but in most cases it has only +transferred the labor of study to their maturer years.</p> + +<p>President Andrew Johnson did not learn to read and write until after he +had attained his majority, but he made up his early deficiencies later.</p> + +<p>Abraham Lincoln, when nearly thirty, devoted his leisure hours to +mastering the problems in Euclid, and thus trained and strengthened his +mental faculties so that he was enabled to grapple with the difficult +problems of statesmanship in after years.</p> + +<p>Henry Wilson commenced attending an academy after he had reached the age +of twenty-one.</p> + +<p>The fact is, no boy or man can be too well equipped for his life-work.</p> + +<p>I hope my boy readers will not skip the paragraphs above, for they can +learn from them a useful lesson.</p> + +<p>When Mrs. Gordon returned, she placed in Frank's hands a small sum of +money, saying:</p> + +<p>"Allow me to repay my debt, with many thanks."</p> + +<p>"You are quite welcome," answered our hero.</p> + +<p>He had too much tact to refuse the money, but quietly put it into his +pocket.</p> + +<p>"Helen," said Mr. Percival, "I would like a word with you. We will leave +our young friend here alone for five minutes."</p> + +<p>"Certainly, father."</p> + +<p>The two went into an adjoining room, and Mr. Percival commenced by +asking:</p> + +<p>"How do you like this boy, Helen?"</p> + +<p>"Very much. He seems to have been brought up as a gentleman."</p> + +<p>"He has. Till a short time since he supposed himself the heir to a +fortune."</p> + +<p>"Indeed!" said Mrs. Gordon, with curiosity.</p> + +<p>Briefly, Mr. Percival rehearsed the story which Frank had told him.</p> + +<p>"What a shame!" exclaimed Mrs. Gordon, indignantly. "His stepfather +ought to be punished:"</p> + +<p>"That may come in time. Wickedness does not always prosper. But as +regards our young friend, I have a plan in view."</p> + +<p>"What is it, father?"</p> + +<p>"I find he has an excellent education, having been nearly ready for +college when the crisis in his fortunes came. I have been thinking +whether we could not find a place for him in this house. My eyes, you +know, are so weak that they are often strained by attention to my +correspondence and reading. I have an idea of engaging Frank Courtney as +a sort of private secretary, upon whom I can at any time call. Of +course, he would have his home in the house."</p> + +<p>"There will be no difficulty about that. Our family is small, and we +have plenty of vacant rooms. But, father, will he be qualified to +undertake the duties you have designed for him? He is very young."</p> + +<p>"That is true, my dear; but he is remarkably well educated. I have +tested his capacity by dictating a letter for him to copy."</p> + +<p>"Did he do the work satisfactorily?" asked Mrs. Gordon.</p> + +<p>"Without a single mistake."</p> + +<p>"Then, father, I would not hesitate to engage him. Freddie likes him, +and will be delighted to have him in the house."</p> + +<p>"Another idea, Helen. It is time Freddie began to study. Suppose we make +him Freddie's private tutor—say for an hour daily?"</p> + +<p>"That is really an excellent idea, father," said Mrs. Gordon, in a tone +of satisfaction. "It will please and benefit Freddie, and be a relief to +me. Do you think Frank will have patience enough?"</p> + +<p>"I watched him with the little fellow, and I could see that he liked +children. I am sure he will succeed in this as well as in the duties +which he will undertake for me."</p> + +<p>"I suppose he will have no objection to the plan?"</p> + +<p>"I think he will accept gladly. He has had a hard struggle thus far in +maintaining himself, and I can relieve him from all anxiety on that +score. I am indebted to him for helping me to recover my bonds, and +this will be an excuse for offering him a larger salary than the +services of so young a secretary could be expected to command."</p> + +<p>"Very well, father. Your plan pleases me very much, and I shall be glad +to have Frank commence to-morrow, if he chooses. Now let us return to +the library."</p> + +<p>While father and daughter were absent Frank had taken from the table a +volume of "Macaulay's History," and had become interested in it.</p> + +<p>He laid it down upon their return.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival resumed his easy-chair, and said, with a smile.</p> + +<p>"My daughter and I have been consulting about you."</p> + +<p>Frank bowed, and his hopes rose.</p> + +<p>"I suppose you are open to an offer of employment?"</p> + +<p>"I am not only open to it, Mr. Percival, but I shall be grateful for +it."</p> + +<p>He could not help wondering what sort of employment Mr. Percival was +about to offer him. He concluded that it might be a place in some +business house.</p> + +<p>"The fact is," said the old gentleman, "I have a great mind to offer you +the situation of my private secretary."</p> + +<p>Frank was astonished. This was something he had not thought of.</p> + +<p>"Do you think I am qualified to fill such a position, Mr. Percival?" he +asked, hesitatingly.</p> + +<p>"The duties would not be difficult," returned the old gentleman. "Though +not in active business, the care of my property, and looking after my +scattered investments, involves me in considerable correspondence. My +eyes are not as strong as they once were, and I find them at times taxed +by letter-writing, not to mention reading. You can relieve me very +materially."</p> + +<p>"I shall be very glad to do so, sir. The duties will be very agreeable +to me."</p> + +<p>"But that is not all. My daughter proposes to employ you as private +tutor for Freddie."</p> + +<p>Frank smiled.</p> + +<p>"I think my scholarship will be sufficient for that," he said.</p> + +<p>Frank was to receive $50 a month and board. This was wonderful news to +him. Mr. Percival with great forethought paid him a month's salary in +advance. Frank went home happy.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXX</h2> + +<h3>FRANK AS PRIVATE SECRETARY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next day Frank transferred his residence to Madison Avenue. He was +assigned to a pleasant room, decidedly superior, it need hardly be said, +to his room at Clinton Place. It seemed agreeable to him once more to +enjoy the comforts of a liberal home.</p> + +<p>Frank had had some doubts as to how he would satisfy Mr. Percival in his +capacity of private secretary.</p> + +<p>He was determined to do his best, but thought it possible that the old +gentleman might require more than he could do well. He looked forward, +therefore, with some apprehension to his first morning's work.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival, though not engaged in active business, was a wealthy man, +and his capital was invested in a great variety of enterprises. +Naturally, therefore, he received a large number of business letters, +which required to be answered.</p> + +<p>The first day he dictated several replies, which Frank put upon paper. +He wished, however, to put Frank's ability to a severe test.</p> + +<p>"Here are two letters," he said, "which you may answer. I have noted on +each instructions which you will follow. The wording of the letters I +leave to you."</p> + +<p>"I will try to satisfy you sir," said Frank.</p> + +<p>Our hero was a good writer for his age. Moreover, he had been well +trained at school and did not shrink from the task assigned him.</p> + +<p>He read carefully the instruction of his employer, and composed the +letters in strict accordance with them.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival awaited with some interest the result of his experiment. If +Frank proved competent to the task assigned him, his own daily labor +would be considerably abridged.</p> + +<p>"Here are the letters, sir," said our hero, passing the drafts to Mr. +Percival.</p> + +<p>The old gentleman examined them carefully. As he did so, his face +expressed his satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"Upon my word, Frank," he said, familiarly, "you have done your work +exceedingly well. They are brief, concise and yet comprehensive. I +feared that you would use too many words."</p> + +<p>"I am glad you are pleased, sir. Dr. Brush trained us to write letters, +and he cut down our essays when they were too diffuse."</p> + +<p>"Then I feel indebted to Dr. Brush for providing me with so competent a +young secretary. You will be able to assist me even more than I +anticipated. I shall, of course, read over your letters before they are +sent, to make sure that you have fully comprehended and carried out my +instructions, but I don't expect they will need much correction."</p> + +<p>Frank was much gratified by these words. This was the only point on +which he had felt at all doubtful as to his ability to please his +employer.</p> + +<p>Sometimes, when his eyes pained him more than usual, Mr. Percival also +employed him to read to him from the daily papers, or from some book in +which he was interested, but this did not occur regularly.</p> + +<p>Every day, however, Frank was occupied with Freddie. The little boy knew +his alphabet, but nothing more, so that his young teacher had to begin +with him at the beginning of the primer.</p> + +<p>He succeeded in interesting his little pupil, and did not protract his +term of study so as to weary him.</p> + +<p>Finding that the little fellow was fond of hearing stories, he read to +him every day a story or two from Hans Christian Andersen, or from a +collection of German fairy stories, and sometimes went out to walk with +him.</p> + +<p>Freddie was delighted with his teacher, and freely expressed his +approval to his mother and grandfather.</p> + +<p>"Really, Frank," said Mrs. Gordon, "I shall begin to be jealous of your +hold upon Freddie. I am not sure but he likes your company better than +mine."</p> + +<p>"I don't think Freddie will prefer anyone to his mother," said Frank; +"but I am glad he likes to be with me."</p> + +<p>"You have certainly proved very successful as a private tutor, Frank," +said Mrs. Gordon, "and my father tells me you succeeded equally well as +a secretary."</p> + +<p>"It is partly because you both treat me so indulgently," answered Frank, +gracefully.</p> + +<p>This answer pleased Mr. Percival and Mrs. Gordon, who more than ever +congratulated themselves upon the lucky chance that had thrown Frank in +their way.</p> + +<p>Assuredly he made himself very useful in the small household, +contributing to the comfort and pleasure of Freddie, his mother and +grandfather in nearly equal measure.</p> + +<p>While Frank's monthly salary was of great value and importance to him, +it was nothing to Mr. Percival in comparison with the pleasure and +relief afforded by his presence in the house.</p> + +<p>It must not be supposed, however, that Frank's time was wholly occupied +by the duties of his two positions. Usually he had several hours daily +at his disposal, and these he was allowed to spend as he pleased.</p> + +<p>Part of this he occupied in visiting different localities of the city +and points of interest in the neighborhood, and part in reading and +study.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival had a large and well-selected library, which, to a boy of +Frank's studious tastes, was a great attraction.</p> + +<p>He entered upon a course of solid reading, embracing some of the +standard histories, and devoted some hours every week to keeping up his +acquaintance with the Greek and Latin authors which he had read at +school.</p> + +<p>In this way his time was well and usefully employed, and the weeks +slipped by till almost before he was aware six months had passed.</p> + +<p>One afternoon Frank walked down Broadway enjoying the bright sunshine. +Just in front of the St. Nicholas Hotel he heard his name called and +looking up he recognized with some surprise, Pliny Tarbox, his cousin +from Newark.</p> + +<p>Pliny asked many questions as to what Frank was doing and how much money +he was making. Frank told him of his good fortune in obtaining the +position he held with Mr. Percival and the two parted—Frank the much +happier of the two.</p> + +<p>Pliny urgently invited Frank to visit them but Frank would rather remain +in New York.</p> + +<p>"I hope I shall never think so much of money as Pliny and his father," +thought Frank. "Money is a good thing to have but there are some things +that are better."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXI</h2> + +<h3>A LETTER FROM MR. TARBOX</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank did not speak to Mr. Percival's family of his meeting with Pliny. +It was not pleasant to him to think that he was valued only for his good +fortune. He had seen but little of the Tarbox family, but he understood +very well what their professions of friendship amounted to, and that +they were not to be relied upon in an emergency.</p> + +<p>He was not much surprised on Monday afternoon to receive the following +letter from Erastus Tarbox:</p> + +<p>"My Dear Young Cousin:—We have been wondering what has become of you, +and Mrs. T. and myself have often wished to invite you to pass a Sabbath +at our humble home. Not knowing your address, I could not write to you, +or I should have done so. You can imagine, therefore, the pleasure we +felt when Pliny told us that he had met you, and gave us tidings of your +remarkable success, which I am sure does you great credit.</p> + +<p>"He tells me that you fill a very responsible position, and receive a +very liberal salary. I could wish that Pliny might be equally fortunate, +and shall esteem it a great favor if you will mention him to your +respected employer, and recommend him for any lucrative position which +he may bestow upon him. Pliny is a very capable boy, and has been +carefully trained to habits of frugality and industry.</p> + +<p>"Can you not soon come out and pass a Sabbath with us? The esteem which +we have for your late lamented mother alone would secure you a cordial +welcome, not to speak of the friendship for yourself. Pliny often says +that you seem to him like a brother, and he would truly enjoy your +companionship.</p> + +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"Your sincere friend and cousin,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Erastus Tarbox."</span><br /> + +<p>The time was when Frank would have put confidence in the friendly +expressions used by Mr. Tarbox, but his eyes had been opened, and he +understood that if misfortune should come to him, it would not do to +lean upon his cousins at Newark.</p> + +<p>Frank wrote a civil reply to Mr. Tarbox, thanking him for his +invitation, but saying that at present it would not be convenient for +him to accept it. He added that should an opportunity offer he would be +glad to assist Pliny to a better position than he now held.</p> + +<p>In spite of his wish to be cordial, his letter was felt by the Tarbox +family to be cold, and they regretted that they had not treated him +better during his brief visit to them.</p> + +<p>But then how could they suppose he would be so successful? If the time +should ever come when he recovered his property, they would be prepared +to make a determined effort to convince him that they had always been +his affectionate friends.</p> + +<p>About this time Frank received another letter, which afforded him +greater satisfaction than the one from Newark.</p> + +<p>This letter was from Col. Vincent, who, it will be remembered, had +purchased Ajax when Mr. Manning persisted in selling him. It was as +follows:</p> + +<p>"My Dear Frank: I learned incidentally from one of our townsmen, who +recently met you in New York, that you have been very successful in +obtaining employment, and that of an honorable and responsible +character. It relieved my mind, for, knowing how hard it is for a boy to +make his own way in a large city, I feared that you might be suffering +privation, or living poorly. I hope, however, you would in that case +have applied to me for such help as your father's old friend would have +been glad to offer.</p> + +<p>"Your stepfather has not been heard from directly. I learn, however, +from some friends who have met him abroad that he is having trouble with +Mark, who is proving difficult to manage, and has contracted a dangerous +taste for gaming. Mr. Manning was obliged to leave Baden-Baden on +account of this unfortunate tendency, and is even thinking of returning +to the Cedars, where his son will be removed from temptation. To this, +however, Mark will be likely to make strenuous opposition. He will find +it dull to settle down here after having tasted the gayety of Europe."</p> + +<p>Here followed a little local gossip, which the writer thought might +prove interesting to Frank, and the letter concluded with a cordial +invitation to our hero to spend a Sunday with him, or a longer time, if +he could be spared from his duties.</p> + +<p>Frank was disposed to accept the invitation, but his acceptance was +postponed by an unusual service which he was called upon to render to +Mr. Percival.</p> + +<p>Of this the reader will hear everything in the next chapter.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXII</h2> + +<h3>MR. PERCIVAL'S PROPOSAL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>One morning, after writing several letters for his employer, the young +secretary asked Mr. Percival if he had any further commands.</p> + +<p>The old gentleman answered thoughtfully:</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking of asking you to do me an unusual service."</p> + +<p>"I shall be very glad to serve you in any way, Mr. Percival," said +Frank, promptly.</p> + +<p>"I have no doubt of it," said the old gentleman, kindly. "I have +observed your willingness to undertake any duty, and, still more, your +disposition to perform it thoroughly. In this particular case, however, +I have been considering whether a boy of your age would be competent to +do what I desire."</p> + +<p>Frank was not self-distrustful, neither was he over-confident. He was +naturally energetic and ambitious to distinguish himself, and not +afraid to undertake any difficult task.</p> + +<p>"Will you try me, Mr. Percival?" he said. "I will do my best to +succeed."</p> + +<p>"I am quite inclined to try you, Frank," said Mr. Percival; "the more so +because I know of no one else in whom I could confide. But I must give +you an idea of what I have in view. It would require you to make a +journey."</p> + +<p>Frank listened to this gladly. To a boy of his age, who had seen but +little of the world, a journey offered attractions.</p> + +<p>"I should like to travel," he said.</p> + +<p>"I have no doubt about that," said Mr. Percival, smiling. "At your age I +am sure I should have been equally willing to see something of the +world, though traveling involved at that time far more hardships than at +present. Now, however, I like best to stay by the fireside, and should +dread very much a journey to Minnesota."</p> + +<p>"To Minnesota!" exclaimed Frank, with sparkling eyes.</p> + +<p>He had not thought of a journey so extended.</p> + +<p>"Yes; it would be necessary for you to go out to Minnesota. Ordinarily, +a man can best look after his own affairs; but in the present instance, +I suspect that you could do better than myself. I don't mean this as a +compliment, but a boy like you would not be suspected, and so could +discover more than I, from whom facts would be studiously concealed. +But, of course, you don't understand my meaning. I will explain, and +then you can comprehend me."</p> + +<p>Frank was all attention.</p> + +<p>"You must know that I own a good deal of property in a certain township +in Southern Minnesota. When a young man, I bought three hundred and +twenty acres of land in the township of Jackson, obtaining it at a +slight advance on government rates.</p> + +<p>"Some improvements had been made, and I was induced to visit the place. +I found but three families in residence, but I saw also that the place +had large natural advantages, water-power, etc., and presented an +unusually favorable site for a village. I had considerable means, and +started the village by erecting a dozen houses, a store, a sawmill, +gristmill, and so on.</p> + +<p>"This formed a nucleus, and soon quite a village sprang up. The sawmill +and gristmill proved profitable, all my houses were tenanted, and I +erected more, securing also additional land. In course of time I was +induced to sell some of my houses, but I still own two stores, a dozen +houses, the saw and gristmills, besides two outlying farms.</p> + +<p>"Living so far away, I could not attend personally to the business +connected with my investment, and was compelled to appoint an agent. Up +to four years since, I was fortunate enough to possess the services of a +capable and trustworthy man, named Sampson. He died after a few weeks' +illness, and I was compelled to look out for a successor.</p> + +<p>"Now, I had a distant cousin, who had never succeeded very well in life, +and was at that time seeking for employment of some kind. He heard of +the vacancy, and importuned me to appoint him as my agent in Jackson. I +had no reason to doubt his honesty, though his repeated failures might +well have led me to suspect his capacity. I was weak enough, as I now +consider it, to yield to his importunities and give him the post he +sought.</p> + +<p>"The result was that during the first year of his incumbency the amount +turned over to me was only three-fourths as much as in the last year of +his predecessor. The second year there was a further falling off. The +same happened the third year, until at the present time my rents amount +to less than half what they were in Mr. Sampson's time.</p> + +<p>"Of course, my suspicions that my cousin was at least inefficient were +aroused long since. I have repeatedly asked an explanation of the +diminished revenues, and plenty of excuses have been made, but they do +not seem to me satisfactory.</p> + +<p>"Moreover, I have heard a rumor that Mr. Fairfield is intemperate in his +habits, and I have considerable reason to believe that the story is +correct. I have made up my mind that something must be done. A regard +for my own interests requires that if my agent is unfaithful he should +be displaced, and I wish to find out from some reliable source the true +state of the case.</p> + +<p>"Now I will tell you what I have in view. I propose to send you out to +Jackson to investigate and report to me your impressions of the manner +in which Mr. Fairfield discharges his duties, and whether you think a +change should be made in the agency."</p> + +<p>Frank listened to Mr. Percival with a flushed face and a feeling of +gratification and pride that he should be thought of in connection with +a responsible duty.</p> + +<p>"I am very much obliged to you, Mr. Percival," he said, "for thinking of +me in such a connection. You may feel that I am presumptuous for +thinking I have any chance of successfully accomplishing what you +desire, but if you are willing to trust me, I am willing to undertake +it, and by following your instructions closely, and doing my best, I +think I can succeed."</p> + +<p>"I am willing to trust you, Frank," said Mr. Percival. "You are a boy, +to be sure, but you have unusually good judgment, and I know you will be +faithful to my interests. I understand, then, that you are willing to go +out as my accredited representative?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. When do you want me to start?" said Frank, promptly.</p> + +<p>"As soon as you can get ready."</p> + +<p>"I will start to-morrow, if you desire it, sir."</p> + +<p>"Let it be to-morrow, then. We will now discuss some of the details +connected with the mission."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXIII</h2> + +<h3>PREPARING FOR A JOURNEY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>After receiving certain instructions from Mr. Percival in regard to the +manner of carrying on his inquiries, Frank said:</p> + +<p>"There is one thing I have thought of, Mr. Percival, that may interfere +with my success."</p> + +<p>"What is it, Frank? I shall be glad to receive any suggestion from you."</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking, sir, that it may excite surprise that I should +come to Jackson, and remain there without any apparent motive. Perhaps +Mr. Fairfield might suspect that I came from you."</p> + +<p>"I hardly think so, Frank. He would not suppose that I would select so +young a messenger. Still, it will be well to think of some pretext for +your stay. Can you help me?"</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking, sir, that I might fit myself out as an agent, or +peddler, or something of the kind. It would not only give me an excuse +for my journey, but enable me to call from house to house and pick up +information about Mr. Fairfield."</p> + +<p>"A capital idea, Frank. I see that you are better fitted for the task +than I supposed. I give you authority to fit yourself out in any way you +choose. I shall have to leave a great deal to your own judgment."</p> + +<p>"Then, sir, I think I might lay in a stock of stationery, pens and +articles of that nature. Probably this is so common that I would be +thought to be nothing more than I seemed."</p> + +<p>"That strikes me rather favorably, Frank."</p> + +<p>"I could fit myself out in the city, and take the articles along with me +in an extra valise or carpetbag."</p> + +<p>"Let me suggest an amendment to your plan," said Mr. Percival. "Wait +till you get to Chicago, and lay in your stock there. The advantage of +that arrangement will be that you will be saved the care of your +merchandise up to that point, and, as you may be asked where you +obtained your stock, it will create less surprise if you mention Chicago +than New York. It would be considered hardly worth while for a New York +boy to go so far on such a business—"</p> + +<p>This seemed to Frank an excellent suggestion and he instantly adopted +it.</p> + +<p>The next day Frank started on his long journey. He carried with him a +supply of money provided by Mr. Percival, and he was authorized to draw +for more if he should require it.</p> + +<p>He divided this money into two portions, keeping a small sum in his +pocketbook, but the greater part of it in an inside vest pocket, where +it would not be likely to be looked for by pickpockets.</p> + +<p>This arrangement was suggested by Mr. Percival.</p> + +<p>"I once experienced," he said, "the disadvantage of carrying all my +money in one pocket. I was in a Southern city, or, rather, on my way to +it, when an adroit pickpocket on the car relieved me of my wallet +containing all my available funds. I did not find out my loss till I had +arrived at the hotel and registered my name. You can imagine my +embarrassment. It was my first visit to that particular city, and I had +no acquaintances there, so far as I was aware. Had I mentioned my +position to the landlord, he might very probably have taken me for an +adventurer, traveling on false pretenses."</p> + +<p>"What did you do, sir?" asked Frank, interested.</p> + +<p>"I took a walk about the city, my thoughts occupied in devising a way +out of my trouble. To my great relief, I had the good fortune, during +the walk, to meet a New York acquaintance, who knew very well my +financial standing. I told him of my difficulty, and he immediately +introduced me at a bank, where I raised money on a New York draft. I +resolved, however, at that time, never again to carry all my money in +one pocketbook, as boats and railroad trains on the long routes are +generally infested by pickpockets and sharpers."</p> + +<p>Frank at once set about preparing for his journey.</p> + +<p>He bought a ready-made suit of blue cloth, not unlike that worn by the +district telegraph boys of to-day, which he judged would look more +suitable than his ordinary attire for the character he was about to +assume of a traveling peddler.</p> + +<p>He bought a through ticket to the railroad point nearest Jackson, and +then, bidding good-bye to Mr. Percival and his family, started on his +trip.</p> + +<p>Little Freddie made strenuous opposition to parting with his favorite, +but Frank promised to bring him home a present, and this diverted the +little fellow's thoughts.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXIV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXIV</h2> + +<h3>FRANK REACHES JACKSON</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It was four o'clock in the afternoon when Frank Courtney left the cars +and set foot on the platform before the station at Prescott, five miles +distant from the town of Jackson, in Southern Minnesota.</p> + +<p>He looked about him, but could see no village.</p> + +<p>Prescott was a stopping place for the cars, but there was no settlement +of any account there, as he afterward found.</p> + +<p>He had supposed he would find a stage in waiting to convey him to +Jackson, but it was clear that the business was not large enough to +warrant such a conveyance.</p> + +<p>Looking about him, Frank saw a farm wagon, the driver of which had +evidently come to receive some freight which had come by rail.</p> + +<p>Approaching the driver, who seemed to be—though roughly dressed—an +intelligent man, Frank inquired:</p> + +<p>"How far is Jackson from here, sir?"</p> + +<p>"Five miles," was the answer.</p> + +<p>"Is there any stage running there from this depot?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, no! If there were, it wouldn't average two passengers a day."</p> + +<p>"Then I suppose I must walk," said Frank, looking rather doubtfully at +the two heavy valises which constituted his baggage.</p> + +<p>"Then you are going to Jackson?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"I come from Jackson myself, and in fifteen minutes shall start on my +way back. You may ride and welcome."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir!" said our hero, quite relieved. "I hope you will allow +me to pay you as much as I should have to pay in a stage."</p> + +<p>"No, no, my lad," said the farmer, heartily. "The horse can draw you as +well as not, and I shall be glad to have your company."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir!"</p> + +<p>"Just climb up here, then. I'll take your baggage and put it on the +wagon behind."</p> + +<p>When the farmer had loaded up, he started up the team. Then, finding +himself at leisure, he proceeded to satisfy his curiosity by +cross-examining his young passenger.</p> + +<p>"Do you come from the East?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"I am last from Chicago," answered Frank, cautiously.</p> + +<p>"I suppose you've got some friend in Jackson?" ventured the farmer, +interrogatively.</p> + +<p>Frank smiled.</p> + +<p>"You are the only man living in Jackson that I ever met," he said.</p> + +<p>"Indeed!" said the driver, puzzled. "Are you calculating to make a long +stay in our village?" he asked again, after a minute's pause.</p> + +<p>"That depends on business," answered the young traveler.</p> + +<p>"Are you in business?"</p> + +<p>"I have a stock of stationery which I shall offer for sale in Jackson," +answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"I am afraid you'll find it rather a poor market. If that's all you have +to depend upon, I am afraid you'll get discouraged."</p> + +<p>"I am also agent for an illustrated book," said Frank. "I may be able to +dispose of a few."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps so," answered the farmer, dubiously. "But our people haven't +much money to spend on articles of luxury, and books are a luxury with +us."</p> + +<p>"I always heard that Jackson was a flourishing place," said Frank, who +felt that now was his time to obtain a little information.</p> + +<p>"It ought to be," said the farmer; "but there's one thing prevents."</p> + +<p>"What is that?"</p> + +<p>"A good deal of our village is owned by a New York man, to whom we have +to pay rent. He has a rascally agent—a Mr. Fairfield—who grinds us +down by his exactions, and does what he can to keep, us in debt."</p> + +<p>"Has he always been agent?"</p> + +<p>"No. Before he came there was an excellent man—a Mr. Sampson—who +treated us fairly, contented himself with exacting rents which we could +pay, and if a man were unlucky, would wait a reasonable time for him to +pay. Then we got along comfortably. But he died, and this man was sent +out in his place. Then commenced a new state of things. He immediately +raised the rents; demanded that they should be paid on the day they were +due, and made himself harsh and tyrannical."</p> + +<p>"Do you think the man who employs him knows how he is conducting his +agency?" Frank inquired.</p> + +<p>"No; there is no one to tell him. I suppose Mr. Fairfield tells him a +smooth story, and he believes it. I am afraid we can hope for no +relief."</p> + +<p>"What would he say," thought Frank, "if he knew I were a messenger from +Mr. Percival?"</p> + +<p>"What sort of a man is this Mr. Fairfield in private life?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"He drinks like a fish," was the unexpected reply. "Frequently he +appears on the street under the influence of liquor. He spends a good +deal of money, lives in a large house, and his wife dresses expensively. +He must get a much larger salary than Mr. Sampson did, or he could not +spend money as he does."</p> + +<p>Though Frank had not much worldly experience, he could not help coming +to the conclusion that Mr. Fairfield was acting dishonestly. He put +together the two circumstances that this new agent had increased the +rents, and yet that he had returned to Mr. Percival only about half as +much as his predecessor had done. Clearly, he must retain in his own +hands much more than he had a right to do.</p> + +<p>"I shall have to report unfavorably on this man," he thought.</p> + +<p>One point must be considered—where he was to find a boarding place on +his arrival in Jackson.</p> + +<p>"Is there a hotel in Jackson?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"There is a tavern, but it's a low place," answered the farmer. "A good +deal of liquor is sold there, and Mr. Fairfield, our agent, is one of +the most constant patrons of the bar."</p> + +<p>"I don't think I should like to stop there," said Frank. "Isn't there +any private family where I can get board for a week or two?"</p> + +<p>"If you don't object to plain fare," said the farmer, "I might agree to +board you myself."</p> + +<p>This was precisely what Frank wanted, and he replied that nothing would +suit him better.</p> + +<p>"We live humbly," continued Mr. Hamlin—for this, Frank learned, was his +driver's name—"but we will try to make you comfortable."</p> + +<p>"I feel sure of that, sir, and I am much obliged to you for receiving +me."</p> + +<p>"As to terms, you can pay whatever you can afford. My wife and children +will be glad to see you. It's pretty quiet out here, and it breaks the +monotony to meet any person from the East."</p> + +<p>"How long have you lived in Jackson, Mr. Hamlin?"</p> + +<p>"About eight years. I was not brought up as a farmer, but became one +from necessity. I was a bookkeeper in Chicago for a good many years, +until I found the confinement and close work were injuring my health. +Then I came here and set up as a farmer. I got along pretty well, at +first; at any rate, I made a living for my family; but when Mr. +Fairfield became agent, he raised my rent, and, in other ways, made it +hard for me. Now I have a hard struggle."</p> + +<p>"I thought you were not always a farmer," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"What made you think so?"</p> + +<p>"You don't talk like a farmer. You have the appearance of a man who has +lived in cities."</p> + +<p>"Seems to me you are a close observer, for a boy of your years," said +Mr. Hamlin, shrewdly.</p> + +<p>Frank smiled.</p> + +<p>"I should be glad if your compliment were deserved," he answered. "It's +a pity you were not agent, instead of Mr. Fairfield," suggested Frank, +pointedly.</p> + +<p>"I wish I were," answered Hamlin. "I believe I should make a good one, +though I might not turn over as much money to my employer. I should, +first of all, lower the rents and make it as easy for the tenants as I +could in justice to my New York principal."</p> + +<p>"Do you know how much Mr. Fairfield receives—how large a salary, I +mean?"</p> + +<p>"I know what Mr. Sampson got—twelve hundred dollars a year; but Mr. +Fairfield lives at the rate of more than twice that sum, if I can judge +from appearances."</p> + +<p>"I suppose you would be contented with the salary which Mr. Sampson +received?"</p> + +<p>"Contented! I should feel like a rich man. It would not interfere with +my carrying on my farm, and I should be able to make something from +that. Why, it is as much as I received as a bookkeeper, and here the +expenses of living are small, compared with what they were in Chicago. I +could save money and educate my children, as I cannot do now. I have a +boy who wants a classical education, but of course there are no schools +here which can afford it, and I am too poor to send him away from home. +I suppose I shall have to bring him up as a farmer, though it is a great +pity, for he is not fitted for it."</p> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin sighed, but Frank felt in unusually good spirits. He saw his +way clear already, not only to recommend Mr. Fairfield's displacement, +but to urge Mr. Hamlin's appointment in his stead; that is, if his +favorable impressions were confirmed on further acquaintance.</p> + +<p>"It seems to me," said the driver, changing the subject, "you might find +something better to do than to peddle stationery."</p> + +<p>"I don't mean to follow the business long," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"It can't pay much."</p> + +<p>"I am not wholly dependent upon it," said our hero. "There is one +advantage about it. It enables me to travel about and pay my expenses, +and you know traveling is agreeable to a boy of my age."</p> + +<p>"That is true. Well, your expenses won't amount to much while you are in +Jackson. I shall only charge you just enough to cover expenses—say +three dollars a week."</p> + +<p>Frank was about to insist on paying a larger sum, but it occurred to him +that he must keep up appearances, and he therefore only thanked his kind +acquaintance.</p> + +<p>By this time they had entered the village of Jackson.</p> + +<p>"There's Mr. Fairfield now!" said Mr. Hamlin, suddenly, pointing with +his whip to a rather tall, stout man, with a red nose and inflamed +countenance, who was walking unsteadily along the sidewalk.</p> + +<p>Frank carefully scrutinized the agent, and mentally decided that such a +man was unfit for the responsible position he held.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXV</h2> + +<h3>DICK HAMLIN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin stopped his horse a quarter of a mile from the village in +front of a plain farmhouse.</p> + +<p>An intelligent-looking boy, of perhaps fifteen, coarsely but neatly +dressed, approached and greeted his father, not without a glance of +surprise and curiosity at Frank.</p> + +<p>"You may unharness the horses, Dick," said Mr. Hamlin. "When you come +back, I will introduce you to a boy friend who will stay with us a +while."</p> + +<p>Dick obeyed, and Frank followed his host into the house.</p> + +<p>Here he was introduced to Mrs. Hamlin, a motherly-looking woman, and +Annie and Grace, younger sisters of Dick.</p> + +<p>"I am glad to see you," said Mrs. Hamlin, to our hero, after a brief +explanation from her husband. "We will try to make you comfortable."</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said Frank. "I am sure I shall feel at home."</p> + +<p>The house was better furnished than might have been anticipated. When +Mr. Hamlin left Chicago, he had some money saved up, and he furnished +his house in a comfortable manner.</p> + +<p>It was not, however, the furniture that attracted Frank's attention so +much as the books, papers and pictures that gave the rooms a homelike +appearance.</p> + +<p>"I shall be much better off here than I would have been at the tavern," +he thought. "This seems like home."</p> + +<p>"I see," said Mr. Hamlin, "that you are surprised to see so many books +and pictures. I admit that my house does not look like the house of a +poor man, who has to struggle for the mere necessaries of life. But +books and periodicals we have always classed among the necessities, and +I am sure we would all rather limit ourselves to dry bread for two out +of the three meals than to give up this food for the mind."</p> + +<p>"I think you are a very sensible man, Mr. Hamlin," said Frank. "I +couldn't get along without something to read."</p> + +<p>"Not in this out-of-the-way place, at any rate," said Mr. Hamlin. +"Nothing can be more dismal than the homes of some of my neighbors, who +spend as much, or more, than I do every year. Yet, they consider me +extravagant because I buy books and subscribe for periodicals."</p> + +<p>By this time, Dick came in from the barn.</p> + +<p>"Dick," said his father, "this is Frank Courtney, who comes from Chicago +on a business errand. He is a traveling merchant—"</p> + +<p>"In other words, a peddler," said Frank, with a smile, "ready to give +the good people in Jackson a chance to buy stationery at reasonable +prices."</p> + +<p>"He will board with us while he is canvassing the neighborhood, and I +expect you and he will become great friends."</p> + +<p>"I think we shall," said Frank.</p> + +<p>Dick was a little shy, but a few minutes set him quite at ease with his +new acquaintance.</p> + +<p>After supper, Frank said:</p> + +<p>"Dick, if you are at leisure, I wish you would take a walk about the +village with me. I want to see how it looks."</p> + +<p>"All right," said Dick.</p> + +<p>When the two left the house, the country boy began to ask questions.</p> + +<p>"How do you like your business?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Not very well," answered Frank. "I do not think I shall stay in it very +long."</p> + +<p>"Do you sell enough to make your expenses?" asked Dick.</p> + +<p>"No; but I am not wholly dependent on my sales. I have a little +income—a hundred dollars a year—paid me by my stepfather."</p> + +<p>"I wish I had as much. It seems a good deal to me."</p> + +<p>"It doesn't go very far. What are you intending to be, Dick?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose I shall have to be a farmer, though I don't like it."</p> + +<p>"What would you like to be?"</p> + +<p>"I should like to get an education," said Dick, his eyes lighting up. "I +should like to study Latin and Greek, and go to college. Then I could be +a teacher or a lawyer. But there is no chance of that," he added, his +voice falling.</p> + +<p>"Don't be too sure of that, Dick," said Frank Frank, hopefully. +"Something may turn up in your favor."</p> + +<p>"Nothing ever does turn up in Jackson," said the boy, in a tone of +discouragement. "Father is a poor man, and has hard work to get along. +He can give me no help."</p> + +<p>"Isn't the farm productive?"</p> + +<p>"There is no trouble about that, but he has to pay too high a rent. It's +all the fault of Fairfield."</p> + +<p>"The agent?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Your father was telling me about him. Now, if your father were in his +place, I suppose he could give you the advantages you wish."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes! There would be no trouble then. I am sure he would make a +better and more popular agent than Mr. Fairfield; but there is no use +thinking about that."</p> + +<p>"I expected myself to go to college," said Frank. "In fact, I have +studied Latin and Greek, and in less than a year I could be ready to +enter."</p> + +<p>"Why don't you?" asked Dick.</p> + +<p>"You forget that I am a poor peddler."</p> + +<p>"Then how were you able to get so good an education?" asked Dick, in +surprise.</p> + +<p>"Because I was once better off than I am now. The fact is, Dick," he +added, "I have seen better days. But when I was reduced to poverty, I +gave up hopes of college education and became what I am."</p> + +<p>"Wasn't it hard?"</p> + +<p>"Not so much as you might suppose. My home was not happy. I have a +stepfather and stepbrother, neither of whom I like. In fact, there is no +love lost between us. I was not obliged to leave home, but under the +circumstances I preferred to."</p> + +<p>"Where are your stepfather and your stepbrother now?"</p> + +<p>"They are traveling in Europe."</p> + +<p>"While you are working hard for a living! That does not seem to be +just."</p> + +<p>"We must make the best of circumstances, Dick. Whose is that large house +on the left?"</p> + +<p>"That belongs to Mr. Fairfield.</p> + +<p>"He seems to live nicely."</p> + +<p>"Yes, he has improved and enlarged the house a good deal since he moved +into it—at Mrs. Percival's expense, I suppose."</p> + +<p>"He seems to have pretty much his own way here," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes. Mr. Percival never comes to Jackson, and I suppose he believes all +that the agent tells him."</p> + +<p>"He may get found out some time."</p> + +<p>"I wish he might. It would be a great blessing to Jackson if he were +removed and a good man were put in his place."</p> + +<p>"That may happen some day."</p> + +<p>"Not very likely, I am afraid."</p> + +<p>At this moment Mr. Fairfield himself came out of his front gate.</p> + +<p>"Hello, Hamlin!" he said, roughly, to Dick. "Is your father at home?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"I have something to say to him. I think I will call round."</p> + +<p>"You will find him at home, sir."</p> + +<p>"Dick," said Frank, when the agent had passed on, "do you mind going +back? What you tell me makes me rather curious about Mr. Fairfield. At +your house I may get a chance to see something of him."</p> + +<p>"Let us go back, then," said Dick; "but I don't think, Frank, that you +will care much about keeping up the acquaintance."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps not; but I shall gratify my curiosity."</p> + +<p>The two boys turned and followed the agent closely. They reached the +house about five minutes after Mr. Fairfield.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXVI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXVI</h2> + +<h3>MR. FAIRFIELD, THE AGENT</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The two boys found Mr. Fairfield already seated in the most comfortable +chair in the sitting room.</p> + +<p>He looked inquiringly at Frank when he entered with Dick.</p> + +<p>"Who is that boy, Hamlin?" inquired the agent. "Nephew of yours?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir. It is a young man who has come to Jackson on business."</p> + +<p>"What kind of business?'</p> + +<p>"I sell stationery," Frank answered for himself.</p> + +<p>"Oh, a peddler!" said the agent, contemptuously.</p> + +<p>"Many of our most successful men began in that way," said Mr. Hamlin, +fearing lest Frank's feelings might be hurt.</p> + +<p>"I never encourage peddlers myself," said Mr. Fairfield, pompously.</p> + +<p>"Then I suppose it will be of no use for me to call at your door," said +Frank, who, in place of being mortified, was amused by the agent's +arrogance.</p> + +<p>"I should say not, unless your back is proof against a broomstick," +answered Fairfield, coarsely. "I tell my servant to treat all who call +in that way."</p> + +<p>"I won't put her to the trouble of using it," said Frank, disgusted at +the man's ill manners.</p> + +<p>"That's where you are wise—yes, wise and prudent—young man."</p> + +<p>"And now, Hamlin," said the agent, "I may as well come to business."</p> + +<p>"To business!" repeated the farmer, rather surprised, for there was no +rent due for a month.</p> + +<p>"Yes, to business," said Fairfield. "I came to give you notice that +after the next payment I shall feel obliged to raise your rent."</p> + +<p>"Raise my rent!" exclaimed the farmer, in genuine dismay. "I am already +paying a considerably higher rent than I paid to your predecessor."</p> + +<p>"Can't help it. Old Sampson was a slow-going old fogy. He didn't do his +duty by his employer. When I came in, I turned over a new leaf."</p> + +<p>"I certainly got along better in his time."</p> + +<p>"No doubt. He was a great deal too easy with you. Didn't do his duty, +sir. Wasn't sharp enough. That's all."</p> + +<p>"You certainly cannot be in earnest in raising my rent, Mr. Fairfield," +said the farmer, uneasily.</p> + +<p>"I certainly am."</p> + +<p>"I can't live at all if you increase my rent, which is already larger +than I can afford to pay, Mr. Fairfield."</p> + +<p>"Then I must find a tenant who can and will," said the agent, +emphatically.</p> + +<p>"I am sure Mr. Percival can't understand the true state of the case, or +the circumstances of his tenants. Will you give me his address, and I +will take the liberty of writing to him and respectfully remonstrate +against any increase?"</p> + +<p>Mr. Fairfield looked uneasy.</p> + +<p>This appeal would not at all suit him. Yet how could he object without +leading to the suspicion that he was acting in this matter wholly on his +own responsibility, and not by the express orders of his principal? How +could he refuse to furnish Mr. Percival's address?</p> + +<p>A middle course occurred to him.</p> + +<p>"You may write your appeal, if you like, Hamlin," he said, "and hand it +to me. I will forward it; though I don't believe it will do any good. +The fact is that Mr. Percival has made up his mind to have more income +from his property in Jackson."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXVII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXVII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK RECEIVES A LETTER FROM MR. PERCIVAL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>While Frank was waiting for an answer to a letter to Mr. Percival he +devoted part of his time to the business which was supposed to be his +only reason for remaining in Jackson.</p> + +<p>I am bound to say that as regards this business his trip might be +pronounced a failure. There was little ready money in Jackson. Many of +the people were tenants of Mr. Percival, and found it difficult to pay +the excessive rents demanded by his agent. Of course, they had no money +to spare for extras. Even if they had been better off, there was little +demand for stationery in the village. The people were chiefly farmers, +and did not indulge in much correspondence.</p> + +<p>When Frank returned to his boarding place on the afternoon of the first +day, Mr. Hamlin asked him, not without solicitude, with what luck he had +met.</p> + +<p>"I have sold twenty-five cents' worth of note paper," answered Frank, +with a smile.</p> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin looked troubled.</p> + +<p>"How many places did you call at?" he inquired.</p> + +<p>"About a dozen."</p> + +<p>"I am afraid you will get discouraged."</p> + +<p>"If you don't do better, you won't begin to pay expenses."</p> + +<p>"That is true."</p> + +<p>"But perhaps you may do better to-morrow."</p> + +<p>"I hope so."</p> + +<p>"I wish you could find something in Jackson that would induce you to +remain here permanently, and make your home with us. I would charge you +only the bare cost of board."</p> + +<p>"Thank you very much, Mr. Hamlin. I should enjoy being with you, but I +don't believe I shall find any opening here. Besides, I like a more +stirring life."</p> + +<p>"No doubt—no doubt! Boys like a lively place. Well, I am glad you feel +independent of your business."</p> + +<p>"For a little time. I am afraid it wouldn't do for me to earn so little +for any length of time."</p> + +<p>Frank enjoyed the society of Dick Hamlin. Together they went fishing and +hunting, and a mutual liking sprang up between them.</p> + +<p>"I wish you were going to stay longer, Frank," said Dick. "I shall feel +very lonely when you are gone."</p> + +<p>"We may meet again under different circumstances," said Frank. "While I +am here, we will enjoy ourselves as well as we can."</p> + +<p>So the days passed, and at length a letter came from Mr. Percival. I +append the most important passages:</p> + +<p>"Your report is clear, and I have perfect confidence in your statement. +Mr. Fairfield has abused my confidence and oppressed my tenants, and I +shall dismiss him. I am glad you have found in Jackson a man who is +capable of succeeding him. Solely upon your recommendation, I shall +appoint Mr. Hamlin my resident agent and representative for the term of +six months. Should he acquit himself to my satisfaction, he will be +continued in the position. I am prepared to offer him one hundred +dollars a month, if that will content him.</p> + +<p>"Upon receipt of this letter, and the accompanying legal authority, you +may call upon Mr. Fairfield and require him to transfer his office, and +the papers and accounts connected with it, to Mr. Hamlin. I inclose a +check for three hundred dollars, payable to your order, which you may +make payable to him, in lieu of three months' notice, provided he +immediately surrenders his office. Should he not, I shall dismiss him +summarily, and proceed against him for the moneys he has misappropriated +to his own use, and you may so inform him."</p> + +<p>With this letter was a letter to Mr. Fairfield, of the same purport, and +a paper appointing Mr. Hamlin agent.</p> + +<p>When this letter was received, Frank was overjoyed, knowing how much +pleasure he was about to give his new friends.</p> + +<p>With this appointment and salary, Mr. Hamlin would consider himself a +rich man, and Dick's hope for a liberal education might be realized.</p> + +<p>The letter came just before supper, and, at the close of the evening +meal, Frank determined to inform his friends of their good fortune.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Hamlin," said he, "I have some good news for you."</p> + +<p>"Indeed!" said the farmer, surprised.</p> + +<p>"Your rent will not be increased."</p> + +<p>"But how do you know this! Has Mr. Fairfield told you so?"</p> + +<p>"No," answered Frank. "I have a question to ask. Would you be willing to +take Mr. Fairfield's place at a hundred dollars a month?"</p> + +<p>"Willing? I should be delighted to do so. But why do you say this?"</p> + +<p>"Because," answered Frank, quietly, "I am authorized to offer it to you +at that salary."</p> + +<p>The whole family looked at Frank in bewildered surprise. It occurred to +them that he might have become crazy.</p> + +<p>"You!" exclaimed the farmer. "What can you have to do with the agency?"</p> + +<p>Frank explained to a very happy family group and then he and Mr. Hamlin +set out for the house of the agent.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXVIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXVIII</h2> + +<h3>THE AGENT IS NOTIFIED</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It was still early in the evening when Frank and Mr. Hamlin reached the +house of the agent. Had they come five minutes later, they would have +found him absent. Usually, soon after supper, he made his way to the +tavern, where he spent his time and money in a very unprofitable way.</p> + +<p>The agent was surprised when his two visitors made their appearance.</p> + +<p>"What brings you here, Hamlin?" he asked, with scant ceremony.</p> + +<p>"I come on a little matter of business," answered Mr. Hamlin, gravely.</p> + +<p>Mr. Fairfield concluded that the farmer had come to make an appeal to +have his rent continued at the old rates, and answered, impatiently:</p> + +<p>"I don't think it will be of much use. My mind is made up. Have you come +on business, also?" he asked, turning to Frank, with a sneer.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," answered our hero, quietly.</p> + +<p>"That will be of no use, either," said the agent. "I am not in want of +stationery, and, if I were, I should not buy of a peddler."</p> + +<p>"I have not come here to sell stationery, Mr. Fairfield," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Then, may I take the liberty of asking what is your business here?"</p> + +<p>"I come on the same business as Mr. Hamlin," answered Frank, who +preferred that his companion should introduce the subject.</p> + +<p>"Look here, I have no time for trifling," said Mr. Fairfield, angrily. +"I am going out and can only spare you five minutes."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Fairfield, I would advise you not to go out till you have heard +what I have to say," said the farmer in a meaning tone.</p> + +<p>"I certainly shall. You can call some other time."</p> + +<p>"Another time will not do."</p> + +<p>"Look here, sir! Do you know to whom you are talking? How dare you use +such a tone to Mr. Percival's representative?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose you don't always expect to be Mr. Percival's representative?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose I shall die sometime, if that's what you mean; but I am not +dead yet, as you will find. To pay you for your impertinence, I shall +increase your rent more than I intended. I'll drive you out of +town—that's what I'll do."</p> + +<p>This was accompanied by an angry stamp of the foot, which, however, did +not frighten Mr. Hamlin much.</p> + +<p>"I shall not pay a dollar more rent, nor shall I leave the farm I +occupy," returned Mr. Hamlin, whose patience was exhausted by the rough +insolence of the man before him.</p> + +<p>"So you defy me, do you?" demanded Fairfield, furiously.</p> + +<p>"I shall resist your injustice, sir, or rather I would do so if you were +able to carry out your threat. Luckily you have not the power."</p> + +<p>"Have not the power? You will see if I have not the power!" roared the +angry agent. "I give you notice that at the end of the quarter you must +go, at any rate. After your insolence, I won't let you stay on any +terms. I wouldn't let you stay if you would pay double the rent. Do you +hear me, Hamlin?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I hear you."</p> + +<p>Mr. Fairfield looked at the farmer in surprise. The latter seemed +perfectly calm and undisturbed by his threat, though it was of the most +serious nature. He had expected to see him humbled, and to hear him +entreat a reversal of the sentence; but his tenant was thoroughly +self-possessed, and appeared to care nothing for the agent's threats.</p> + +<p>"You need not expect that I will change my mind," he added. "Out of +Jackson you must go. I know there is no other farm which you can hire, +and while I am Mr. Percival's agent, you need expect no favors from me."</p> + +<p>"I don't expect any while you are Mr. Percival's agent," said Mr. +Hamlin.</p> + +<p>There was something in the farmer's tone that arrested the agent's +attention and excited his curiosity, though it did not awaken his alarm, +and he could not help saying:</p> + +<p>"Then what do you expect? Do you think I am going to die?"</p> + +<p>"I don't expect that you will die or resign, Mr. Fairfield. You may be +removed."</p> + +<p>"Have you been writing to Mr. Percival?" exclaimed Fairfield, in mingled +anger and apprehension.</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I have not communicated with him in any way. You would not +give me his address."</p> + +<p>"Of course I would not," said the agent, feeling relieved. "It would be +mere impertinence for you to write to him."</p> + +<p>"Fortunately there is no immediate occasion for me to do so, as he has +sent a representative here to investigate your official conduct."</p> + +<p>"A representative!" exclaimed Fairfield, now thoroughly startled. "Where +is he? I have not seen him."</p> + +<p>"He is present," said Mr. Hamlin, indicating Frank.</p> + +<p>The agent broke into a scornful laugh.</p> + +<p>"You? Why, you are a peddler!"</p> + +<p>"Only in appearance, Mr. Fairfield. I assumed that business in order not +to attract attention or excite suspicion. I am really Mr. Percival's +private secretary, as I can prove to your satisfaction."</p> + +<p>"Is this true?" he asked, in a changed voice.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; quite true."</p> + +<p>"Have you written to Mr. Percival?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; and this afternoon I received a letter from him."</p> + +<p>"What did he write?" asked Fairfield, in a husky voice; for he was +convinced now that Frank spoke the truth.</p> + +<p>"He removes you, inclosing a check of three hundred dollars in place of +notice, and appoints Mr. Hamlin in your place."</p> + +<p>"Will you read this letter, sir?"</p> + +<p>It was enough. Fairfield knew that his management would not stand +investigation, and he yielded with a bad grace.</p> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin, the next day, to the great joy of the villagers, made known +his appointment.</p> + +<p>Fairfield left town and drifted to California, where he became an +adventurer, living in a miserable and precarious manner. Mr. Hamlin +moved into his fine house, and Dick was sent to a school to prepare for +college.</p> + +<p>The next day Frank started on his return to New York.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXIX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXIX</h2> + +<h3>AN IMPORTANT DISCOVERY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>On his return to New York, Frank had no reason to be dissatisfied with +his reception. From Mr. Percival to Freddie, all the family seemed +delighted to see him.</p> + +<p>"You mustn't go away again, Frank," said little Freddie. "I wanted to +see you ever so much."</p> + +<p>"And I wanted to see you, Freddie," said our hero, his heart warming to +the little boy.</p> + +<p>"You won't go away again, will you, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Not if I can help it, Freddie."</p> + +<p>"We are all glad to see you back Frank," said his employer. "But you +have justified my opinion of you by your success. Some of my friends +ridiculed me for sending a boy on such an important mission, but I don't +believe any of them would have succeeded any better than you, if as +well."</p> + +<p>"I am glad you are satisfied with me, sir," said Frank, very much +gratified by the commendation of his employer.</p> + +<p>"I feel that you have done a great service, and indeed I don't know whom +I could have sent in your place. However, I am glad to see you back +again. I have missed you about my letters, and have postponed answering +some till my young secretary returned."</p> + +<p>Frank resumed his regular employment, and three months passed without +anything that needs to be recorded.</p> + +<p>At the end of that time, Frank received an important letter from Col. +Vincent, which gave him much food for thought.</p> + +<p>The letter was as follows:</p> + +<p>"Dear Frank: For some time past I have been intending to write to you, +but I have delayed for no good reason. Now, however, I am led to write +by a surprising discovery which has just been made in your old home, +which may be of material importance to you.</p> + +<p>"When your stepfather went away, he requested me to have an eye to the +estate, and order whatever I might think necessary to be done. I am not, +as you know, a very cordial friend of Mr. Manning's, but I have always +regarded the property as of right belonging to you—that is, since your +mother's death—and so accepted the commission.</p> + +<p>"A few days since I went over the house and found that it was quite +dirty. Where the dirt could come from in an unoccupied house I can't +tell, but, at all events, I felt justified in engaging a woman to clean +the paint, so, if any of you should return unexpectedly, you would find +the house fit to receive you. This was a very simple matter, you will +think, and scarcely needs mentioning. But, my dear Frank, events of +importance often hinge on trifles, and so it has proved in the present +instance.</p> + +<p>"On the evening of the second day I received a call from Mrs. Noonan, +whom I had employed to scrub the house. She had in her hand a folded +paper, which she gave to me.</p> + +<p>"'Here is something I found, sir, while I was scrubbing,' she said.</p> + +<p>"I opened it indifferently, but conceive of my amazement when I found it +to be your mother's will, properly signed, sealed and witnessed.</p> + +<p>"Of course it was not the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. +This will gave Mr. Manning ten thousand dollars, and the residue of the +property to you, except a small amount bestowed upon Richard Green, the +coachman, and Deborah—sums larger, by the way, than those mentioned in +the will which was read after your mother's death."</p> + +<p>There was more to Colonel Vincent's letter.</p> + +<p>Frank showed it to Mr. Percival, and readily obtained permission to take +a few days vacation.</p> + +<p>"I hope you will get back the estate, Frank," said Mr. Percival, "though +I don't know what I shall do without my secretary."</p> + +<p>"That need not separate us, Mr. Percival," said our hero. "I have no +home but this."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XL"></a><h2>CHAPTER XL</h2> + +<h3>JONAS BARTON</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank started for his old home on Saturday afternoon. He would arrive in +time for supper, at the house of his father's friend. The train was well +filled, and he was obliged to share his seat with a shabbily dressed +young man with whom, a single glance showed him, he was not likely to +sympathize.</p> + +<p>The shabby suit did not repel him at all—he was too sensible for that; +but there was a furtive look in the man's face, which seemed to indicate +that he was not frank and straightforward, but had something to conceal.</p> + +<p>Half the journey passed without a word between the two. Then his +companion, glancing at Frank, opened a conversation by remarking that it +was a fine day.</p> + +<p>"Very," answered Frank, laconically.</p> + +<p>"A pleasant day to travel."</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Do you go far?"</p> + +<p>Frank mentioned his destination. His companion seemed to have his +interest awakened.</p> + +<p>"Do you know a Mr. Manning, living in your town?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"He is my stepfather," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Then you are Frank Courtney?" said his new acquaintance, quickly.</p> + +<p>"I am."</p> + +<p>"Pardon me, but I think your mother died recently?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"And the property was left chiefly to Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Of course, you were surprised, and probably very disappointed?"</p> + +<p>"Excuse me," said Frank, coldly; "but I am not in the habit of +discussing my affairs with strangers."</p> + +<p>"Quite right, but I think you will find it for your interest to discuss +them with me. Not in a public car, of course; but I have something of +importance to communicate. Where can I have a private interview with +you?"</p> + +<p>It at once occurred to Frank that there was an opportunity, perhaps, to +solve the mystery concerning the will. This man might know nothing about +it; but, on the other hand, he might know everything. It would be +foolish to repulse him.</p> + +<p>"If you have anything important to tell me, I shall be glad to hear it," +he said. "I am going to the house of my friend, Col. Vincent, to pass a +few days. Do you know where he lives?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I know."</p> + +<p>"If you will call this evening, after supper, I shall be glad to see +you."</p> + +<p>"I will do so. I will be there at eight o'clock, sharp."</p> + +<p>On arriving at his destination, Frank found the colonel's carriage +waiting for him at the station.</p> + +<p>Col. Vincent was inside.</p> + +<p>"Welcome, Frank!" he said, grasping heartily the hand of our young hero. +"I am delighted to see you. You are looking well, and, bless me, how you +have grown!"</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Col. Vincent. Do you expect me to return the compliment?"</p> + +<p>"About having grown? No, Frank, I hope not. I am six feet one, and don't +care to grow any taller. Well, what do you think of the news?"</p> + +<p>"I have some for you, colonel;" and Frank mentioned what his new +acquaintance had told him.</p> + +<p>"The missing link!" exclaimed the colonel, excited. "Do you know what I +think?"</p> + +<p>"What?"</p> + +<p>"That this man either forged the will which gives the property to your +stepfather, or is cognizant of it!"</p> + +<p>"I thought of that."</p> + +<p>"I shall be impatient to see him."</p> + +<p>At eight o'clock the man called and gave his name as Jonas Barton. +Whether it was the right name might be a question; but this did not +matter.</p> + +<p>"I understand," said Col. Vincent, "that you have some information to +give us."</p> + +<p>"I have; and that of a very important nature."</p> + +<p>"Is it of a nature to restore to my young friend here his property now +in the possession of Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"If it were," said Jonas Barton with a cunning glance of his left eye +"how much would it be worth?"</p> + +<p>"I supposed it was for sale," said the colonel, quietly. "What is your +own idea?"</p> + +<p>"I will take two thousand dollars."</p> + +<p>"Suppose we say one thousand?"</p> + +<p>"It is not enough."</p> + +<p>"Were you aware that the genuine will had been found?" asked the +colonel, quietly.</p> + +<p>Jonas Barton started.</p> + +<p>"I thought Mr. Manning destroyed it," he said, hastily.</p> + +<p>"No; he concealed it."</p> + +<p>"Is this true?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. You see that a part of your information has been forestalled."</p> + +<p>"He was a fool, then, and still more a fool to refuse my last demand for +money. I accept your offer of a thousand dollars, and will tell all."</p> + +<p>"Go on."</p> + +<p>"I wrote the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. It was copied +in part from the genuine will."</p> + +<p>"Good! And you betray him because he will not pay what you consider the +service worth?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>Jonas Barton here gave a full account of Mr. Manning, whom he had +formerly known in New York, seeking him out and proposing to him a job +for which he was willing to pay five hundred dollars. Barton was not +scrupulous, and readily agreed to do the work. He was skillful with the +pen, and did his work so well that all were deceived.</p> + +<p>"You will be willing to swear to this in court?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir, if you will guarantee the sum you proposed."</p> + +<p>"I will. I shall wish you to find a boarding place in the village, and +remain here for the present, so as to be ready when needed. I will be +responsible for your board."</p> + +<p>As Jonas Barton was leaving the house, one of the servants came in with +important news, in which Frank was strongly interested.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XLI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XLI</h2> + +<h3>CONCLUSION</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The news was that Mr. Manning and Mark had just arrived at the Cedars. +They had come by the last evening train. Why they had come back so +unexpectedly no one knew, but the servant had heard that Mark was in +poor health. This was true.</p> + +<p>Mark, in Europe, had proved uncontrollable. He had given way to his +natural love of drink, had kept late hours, and had seriously injured +his constitution. In consequence of these excesses, he had contracted a +fever, which alarmed him father and induced him to take the first +steamer home.</p> + +<p>"We won't call upon your stepfather this evening, Frank," said Col. +Vincent; "but early Monday morning we will bring matters to a crisis."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning did not hear of Frank's presence in the village. He was +fatigued with his rapid travel and kept at home. Besides, Mark was +prostrated by his journey and didn't wish to be left alone.</p> + +<p>It was, therefore, a surprise to Mr. Manning when on Monday morning, +Col. Vincent was ushered into his presence, accompanied by Frank.</p> + +<p>"Really, colonel," he said, recovering his composure, "you are very kind +to call so soon. I hope you are well, Frank? Are you staying with the +colonel? You must come back to your old home."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Mr. Manning, but I am living in New York. I am only passing +a day or two with the colonel."</p> + +<p>"It is very friendly in you to call, Col. Vincent."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning," said Col. Vincent, gravely, "I am not willing to receive +undeserved credit. Let me say, therefore, that this is a business, not a +friendly, call."</p> + +<p>"Indeed," said Manning, uneasily.</p> + +<p>"The business is connected with my young friend Frank."</p> + +<p>"I am ready to listen," said Mr. Manning. "If Frank wants a larger +allowance, I am ready to give it."</p> + +<p>"I venture to say for him that he will not be satisfied with that. Let +me come to the point at once, Mr. Manning. Mrs. Manning's will has been +found."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning started perceptibly, and his glance involuntarily wandered +to that part of the wall behind which the will was discovered, for they +were sitting in the very apartment where Mrs. Noonan had stumbled upon +it.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, sir?"</p> + +<p>"A will has been found, leaving the bulk of the property to Frank."</p> + +<p>"Indeed! I am surprised. Is it a later will than the one which +bequeathed the estate to me?" asked Mr. Manning, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"It is Mrs. Manning's latest genuine will," said Col. Vincent, +emphatically.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning started to his feet. He could not help understanding the +colonel's meaning. It would have been idle to pretend it.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, Col. Vincent?" he asked, in a tone which he tried to +make one of dignified resentment.</p> + +<p>"I mean that Mrs. Manning made but one will, and that this bequeaths the +property to Frank."</p> + +<p>"How, then, do you account for the later will which was admitted to +probate?"</p> + +<p>"In this way. It was not what it purported to be."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning's sallow face flushed.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean to insinuate?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"That the last will was forged!" said Col. Vincent, bluntly.</p> + +<p>"This is a very serious charge," said Mr. Manning, unable to repress his +agitation. "You must allow me to say that I shall pay no attention to +it. When you furnish proof of what you assert, it will be time enough to +meet it. And now, gentlemen, if you have nothing further to say, I will +bid you good-morning."</p> + +<p>"I think you will find it best not to be in a hurry, Mr. Manning," said +Col. Vincent. "The charge must be met here and now. I charge you with +instigating and being cognizant of the fraud that has been perpetrated!"</p> + +<p>"On what grounds, sir? Do you know I can sue you for libel?"</p> + +<p>"You are welcome to do so, Mr. Manning. I have a witness who will clear +me."</p> + +<p>"Who is he?"</p> + +<p>"Jonas Barton!"</p> + +<p>If a bombshell had exploded in the room, Mr. Manning could not have +looked paler or more thoroughly dismayed. Yet he tried to keep up a +little longer.</p> + +<p>"I don't know any man of that name," he answered, faintly.</p> + +<p>"Your looks show that you do. I may as well tell you, Mr. Manning, that +resistance is useless. We can overwhelm you with proof if we take the +matter before the courts. But we do not care to do so. We have something +to propose."</p> + +<p>"What is it?" said Mr. Manning, faintly.</p> + +<p>"The genuine will must be substituted for the fraudulent one. By it you +will receive ten thousand dollars, and Frank will consent that you shall +receive it. He will not ask you to account for the sums you have +wrongfully spent during the last year, and will promise not to prosecute +you, provided you leave this neighborhood and never return to it, or in +any way interfere with him. To insure this, we shall have Jonas Barton's +written confession, attested before a justice of the peace, ready for +use, if needful. Do you accept?"</p> + +<p>"I must," said Mr. Manning, despondently. "But I shall be a poor man."</p> + +<p>"No man who has health and the use of his facilities is poor with ten +thousand dollars," answered the colonel.</p> + +<p>"Mark alone will spend more than the interest of this sum."</p> + +<p>"Then you must prevent him. He will be better off if he has to earn his +living, as Frank has done for the last year."</p> + +<p>In less than a week the transfer was made, and Frank recovered his +patrimony.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning and Mark went to Chicago, and perhaps further West; but +nothing has been heard from them for years.</p> + +<p>Frank didn't return to the Cedars. The place was let until he should +wish to return to it.</p> + +<p>By the advice of Col. Vincent, he resumed his preparation for college, +and, graduating in due time, commenced the study of law.</p> + +<p>Though rich enough to do without a profession, he felt that he should +not be content to lead an aimless life.</p> + +<p>He obtained for his school friend, Herbert Grant, the post of private +secretary to Mr. Percival, and Herbert became nearly as great a favorite +as himself.</p> + +<p>Through Mr. Percival's kindness, Herbert was enabled, while still living +at his house and attending to his duties as secretary, to enter Columbia +College, and complete his course there, graduating with honor.</p> + +<p>Herbert selected the medical profession, and, when he has completed his +studies, will go abroad for a year with Frank, at the latter's expense, +and, returning, open an office in New York.</p> + +<p>While he is waiting for the patients and Frank for clients, the two +will live together, and their common expenses will be defrayed by Frank.</p> + +<p>"If I didn't like you so well, Frank," said Herbert, "I would not accept +this great favor at your hands—"</p> + +<p>"But since we are dear friends," interrupts Frank, with a smile.</p> + +<p>"I know that you enjoy giving even more than I do the receiving."</p> + +<p>"Enough, Herbert. We understand each other. I have no brother, Herbert, +and if I had, I could not care more for him than I do for you. Without +you, I should feel alone in the world."</p> + +<p>Frank does not regret the year in which he was thrown upon his own +resources. It gave him strength and self-reliance; and however long he +may live, he will not cease to remember with pleasure the year in which +he was "Making His Way."</p> +<br /> + +<h4>THE END</h4> + +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13803 ***</div> +</body> +</html> + + + diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b09d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #13803 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/13803) diff --git a/old/13803-h.zip b/old/13803-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..63f4351 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13803-h.zip diff --git a/old/13803-h/13803-h.htm b/old/13803-h/13803-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15c24ae --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13803-h/13803-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7538 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= + "text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Making His Way, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + } + HR { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} /* footnote */ + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller; text-align: right;} /* page numbers */ + .sidenote {width: 20%; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; padding-left: 1em; font-size: smaller; float: right; clear: right;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span {display: block; margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em;} + .poem .caesura {vertical-align: -200%;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Making His Way, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Making His Way + Frank Courtney's Struggle Upward + +Author: Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Release Date: October 20, 2004 [EBook #13803] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MAKING HIS WAY *** + + + + +Produced by Steven desJardins and PG Distributed Proofreaders. + + + + + +</pre> + +<h1>MAKING HIS WAY</h1> + +<h4><i>or</i></h4> + +<h2>Frank Courtney's Struggle Upward</h2> + +<h2>By HORATIO ALGER, Jr.</h2> +<br /> + +<h4>Whitman Publishing Co.</h4> +<h4>RACINE, WISCONSIN</h4> +<h4>PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA</h4> + +<br /> + +<a name="TABLE_OF_CONTENTS"></a><h2>TABLE OF CONTENTS</h2> + +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_I">I. Two School Friends</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_II">II. The Telegram</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_III">III. Frank's Bereavement</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">IV. Mrs. Manning's Will</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_V">V. Disinherited</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">VI. An Unsatisfactory Interview</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">VII. A School Friend</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">VIII. A New Plan</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">IX. The New Owner of Ajax</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_X">X. Mark Yields to Temptation</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">XI. Mark Gets into Trouble</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">XII. Suspended</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">XIII. Mr. Manning's New Plan</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">XIV. Good-bye</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">XV. Erastus Tarbox of Newark</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">XVI. An Unpleasant Discovery</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">XVII. The Way of the World</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">XVIII. Frank Arrives in New York</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">XIX. Frank Seeks Employment in Vain</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">XX. An Adventure in Wall Street</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">XXI. The Capture</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">XXII. The Young Tea Merchant</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIII">XXIII. Frank Meets Mr. Manning and Mark</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIV">XXIV. A Discouraging Day</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXV">XXV. Perplexity</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVI">XXVI. Frank Hears Something to His Advantage</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVII">XXVII. An Incident in a Street Car</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVIII">XXVIII. Frank Makes an Evening Call</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIX">XXIX. Frank Is Offered a Position</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXX">XXX. Frank as Private Secretary</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXI">XXXI. A Letter from Mr. Tarbox</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXII">XXXII. Mr. Percival's Proposal</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIII">XXXIII. Preparing for a Journey</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIV">XXXIV. Frank Reaches Jackson</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXV">XXXV. Dick Hamlin</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVI">XXXVI. Mr. Fairfield, the Agent</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVII">XXXVII. Frank Receives a Letter from Mr. Percival</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVIII">XXXVIII. The Agent Is Notified</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIX">XXXIX. An Important Discovery</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XL">XL. Jonas Barton</a></center> +<center><a href="#CHAPTER_XLI">XLI. Conclusion</a></center> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="MAKING_HIS_WAY"></a><h2>MAKING HIS WAY</h2> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_I"></a><h2>CHAPTER I</h2> + +<h3>TWO SCHOOL FRIENDS</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Two boys were walking in the campus of the Bridgeville Academy. They +were apparently of about the same age—somewhere from fifteen to +sixteen—but there was a considerable difference in their attire.</p> + +<p>Herbert Grant was neatly but coarsely dressed, and his shoes were of +cowhide, but his face indicated a frank, sincere nature, and was +expressive of intelligence.</p> + +<p>His companion was dressed in a suit of fine cloth, his linen was of the +finest, his shoes were calfskin, and he had the indefinable air of a boy +who had been reared in luxury.</p> + +<p>He had not the broad, open face of his friend—for the two boys were +close friends—but his features were finely chiseled, indicating a share +of pride, and a bold, self-reliant nature.</p> + +<p>He, too, was an attractive boy, and in spite of his pride possessed a +warm, affectionate heart and sterling qualities, likely to endear him to +those who could read and understand him.</p> + +<p>His name was Frank Courtney, and he is the hero of my story.</p> + +<p>"Have you written your Latin exercises, Frank?" asked Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Yes; I finished them an hour ago."</p> + +<p>"I was going to ask you to write them with me. It is pleasanter to +study in company."</p> + +<p>"Provided you have the right sort of company," rejoined Frank.</p> + +<p>"Am I the right sort of company?" inquired Herbert, with a smile.</p> + +<p>"You hardly need to ask that, Herbert. Are we not always together? If I +did not like your company, I should not seek it so persistently. I don't +care to boast, but I have plenty of offers of companionship which I +don't care to accept. There is Bob Stickney, for instance, who is always +inviting me to his room; but you know what he is—a lazy fellow, who +cares more to have a good time than to study. Then there is James +Cameron, a conceited, empty-headed fellow, who is very disagreeable to +me."</p> + +<p>"You don't mention your stepbrother, Mark Manning."</p> + +<p>"For two reasons—he doesn't care for my company, and of all the boys I +dislike him the most."</p> + +<p>"I don't like him myself. But why do you dislike him so much?"</p> + +<p>"Because he is a sneak—a crafty, deceitful fellow, always scheming for +his own interest. He hates me, but he doesn't dare to show it. His +father is my mother's husband, but the property is hers, and will be +mine. He thinks he may some day be dependent on me, and he conceals his +dislike in order to stand the better chance by and by. Heaven grant that +it may be long before my dear mother is called away!"</p> + +<p>"How did she happen to marry again, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I can hardly tell. It was a great grief to me. Mr. Manning was a +penniless lawyer, who ingratiated himself with my mother, and +persecuted her till she consented to marry him. He is very soft-spoken, +and very plausible, and he managed to make mother—who has been an +invalid for years—think that it would be the best thing for her to +delegate her cares to him, and provide me with a second father."</p> + +<p>Frank did not like his stepfather, he did not trust him.</p> + +<p>"Your stepbrother, Mark Manning, enjoys the same advantages as yourself, +does he not?" inquired Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Then his father's marriage proved a good thing for him."</p> + +<p>"That is true. When he first came to the house he was poorly dressed, +and had evidently been used to living in a poor way. He was at once +provided with a complete outfit as good as my own, and from that time as +much has been spent on him as on me. Don't think that I am mean enough +to grudge him any part of the money expended upon him. If he were like +you, I could like him, and enjoy his society; but he is just another as +his father."</p> + +<p>Here Herbert's attention was drawn to a boy who was approaching with a +yellow envelope in his hand.</p> + +<p>"Frank," he said, suddenly, "there's Mark Manning. He looks as if he had +something to say to you. He has either a letter or a telegram in his +hand."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_II"></a><h2>CHAPTER II</h2> + +<h3>THE TELEGRAM</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank's heart gave a great bound at the suggestion of a telegram. A +telegram could mean but one thing—that his mother had become suddenly +worse.</p> + +<p>He hurried to meet his stepbrother.</p> + +<p>"Is that a telegram, Mark?" he asked, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Is it anything about mother? Tell me quick!"</p> + +<p>"Read it for yourself, Frank."</p> + +<p>Frank drew the telegram from the envelope, and read it hastily:</p> + +<p>"My wife is very sick. I wish you and Frank to come home at once."</p> + +<p>"When does the next train start, Herbert?" asked Frank, pale with +apprehension.</p> + +<p>"In an hour."</p> + +<p>"I shall go by that train."</p> + +<p>"I don't think I can get ready so soon," said Mark, deliberately.</p> + +<p>"Then you can come by yourself," replied Frank, impetuously. "I beg your +pardon, Mark," he added. "I cannot expect you to feel as I do. It is not +your mother."</p> + +<p>"It is my stepmother," said Mark.</p> + +<p>"That is quite different. But I must not linger here. I will go at once +to Dr. Brush, and tell him of my summons home. Good-bye, Herbert, till +we meet again."</p> + +<p>"I will go with you to the depot, Frank," said his friend, +sympathizingly. "Don't wait for me. Go ahead, and make your preparation +for the journey. I will be at your room in a quarter of an hour."</p> + +<p>"You won't go by the next train, Mark?" said Herbert.</p> + +<p>"No. I don't care to rush about as Frank is doing."</p> + +<p>"You would if it were your own mother who was so ill."</p> + +<p>"I am not sure. It wouldn't do any good, would it?"</p> + +<p>"You would naturally feel anxious," said Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, I suppose so!" answered Mark, indifferently.</p> + +<p>Mark Manning was slender and dark, with a soft voice and rather +effeminate ways. He didn't care for the rough sports in which most boys +delight; never played baseball or took part in athletic exercises, but +liked to walk about, sprucely dressed, and had even been seen on the +campus on a Saturday afternoon with his hands incased in kid gloves.</p> + +<p>For this, however, he was so ridiculed and laughed at that he had to +draw them off and replace them in his pocket.</p> + +<p>As Frank and Herbert walked together to the railway station, the latter +said:</p> + +<p>"It seems to me, Frank, that the telegram should have been sent to you, +rather than to Mark Manning. You are the one who is most interested in +the contents."</p> + +<p>"I thought of that, Herbert, but I was too much affected by the contents +to speak of it. I am not surprised, however. It is like Mr. Manning. It +jarred upon me to have him speak of mother as his wife. She is so, but I +never could reconcile myself to the fact."</p> + +<p>"Do you remember your father—your own father, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"You need not have said 'your own father.' I don't recognize Mr. +Manning as a father, at all. Yes, I remember him. I was eight years old +when he died. He was a fine-looking man, always kind—a man to be loved +and respected. There was not a particle of similarity between him and +Mr. Manning. He was strong and manly."</p> + +<p>"How did it happen that he died so young?"</p> + +<p>"He was the victim of a railway accident. He had gone to New York on +business, and was expected back on a certain day. The train on which he +was a passenger collided with a freight train, and my poor father was +among the passengers who were killed. The news was almost too much for +my poor mother, although she had not yet become an invalid. It brought +on a fit of sickness lasting for three months. She has never been +altogether well since."</p> + +<p>"After all, Frank, the gifts of fortune, or rather Providence, are not +so unequally distributed as at first appears. You are rich, but +fatherless. I am poor enough but my father and mother are both spared to +me."</p> + +<p>"I would gladly accept poverty if my father could be restored to life, +and my mother be spared to me for twenty years to come."</p> + +<p>"I am sure you would, Frank," said Herbert. "Money is valuable, but +there are some things far more so."</p> + +<p>They had reached the station by this time, and it was nearly the time +for the train to start. Frank bought his ticket, and the two friends +shook hands and bade each other good-bye.</p> + +<p>In an hour Frank was walking up the long avenue leading to the front +door of the mansion.</p> + +<p>The door was opened by his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"How is mother?" asked Frank, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"I am grieved to say that she is very sick," said Mr. Manning, in a soft +voice. "She had a copious hemorrhage this morning, which has weakened +her very much."</p> + +<p>"Is she in danger?" asked Frank, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"I fear she is," said Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"I suppose I can see her?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; but it will be better not to make her talk much."</p> + +<p>"I will be careful, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank waited no longer, but hurried to his mother's chamber. As he +entered, and his glance fell on the bed and its occupant, he was shocked +by the pale and ghastly appearance of the mother whom he so dearly +loved. The thought came to him at once:</p> + +<p>"She cannot live."</p> + +<p>He found it difficult to repress a rising sob, but he did so for his +mother's sake. He thought that it might affect her injuriously if he +should display emotion.</p> + +<p>His mother smiled faintly as he approached the bed.</p> + +<p>"Mother," said Frank, kneeling by the bedside, "are you very weak?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, Frank," she answered, almost in a whisper. "I think I am going to +leave you."</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't say that, mother!" burst forth in anguish from Frank's lips. +"Try to live for my sake."</p> + +<p>"I should like to live, my dear boy," whispered his mother; "but if it +is God's will that I should die, I must be reconciled. I leave you in +his care."</p> + +<p>Here Mr. Manning entered the room.</p> + +<p>"You will be kind to my boy?" said the dying mother.</p> + +<p>"Can you doubt it, my dear?" replied her husband, in the soft tones +Frank so much disliked. "I will care for him as if he were my own."</p> + +<p>"Thank you. Then I shall die easy."</p> + +<p>"Don't speak any more, mother. It will tire you, and perhaps bring on +another hemorrhage."</p> + +<p>"Frank is right, my dear. You had better not exert yourself any more at +present."</p> + +<p>"Didn't Mark come with you?" asked Mr. Manning of Frank.</p> + +<p>"No, sir."</p> + +<p>"I am surprised that he should not have done so. I sent for him as well +as you."</p> + +<p>"I believe he is coming by the next train," said Frank, indifferently. +"He thought he could not get ready in time for my train."</p> + +<p>"He should not have left you to come at such a time."</p> + +<p>"I didn't wish him to inconvenience himself, Mr. Manning. If it had been +his mother, it would have been different."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning did not reply. He understood very well that there was no +love lost between Mark and his stepson.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_III"></a><h2>CHAPTER III</h2> + +<h3>FRANK'S BEREAVEMENT</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Early in the evening Mark made his appearance. Supper had been over for +an hour, and everything was cold. In a house where there is sickness, +the regular course of things is necessarily interrupted, and, because he +could not have his wants attended to immediately, Mark saw fit to +grumble and scold the servants. He was not a favorite with them, and +they did not choose to be bullied.</p> + +<p>Deborah, who had been in the house for ten years, and so assumed the +independence of an old servant, sharply reprimanded the spoiled boy.</p> + +<p>"You ought to be ashamed, Mr. Mark," she said, "of making such a fuss +when my poor mistress lies upstairs at the point of death."</p> + +<p>"Do you know who you are talking to?" demanded Mark, imperiously, for he +could, when speaking with those whom he regarded as inferiors, exchange +his soft tones for a voice of authority.</p> + +<p>"I ought to know by this time," answered Deborah, contemptuously. "There +is no other in the house like you, I am glad to say."</p> + +<p>"You are very impertinent. You forget that you are nothing but a +servant."</p> + +<p>"A servant has the right to be decently treated, Mr. Mark."</p> + +<p>"If you don't look out," said Mark, in a blustering tone, "I will report +you to my father, and have you kicked out of the house."</p> + +<p>Deborah was naturally incensed at this rude speech, but she was spared +the trouble of replying. Frank entered the room at this moment in time +to hear Mark's last speech.</p> + +<p>"What is this about being kicked out of the house?" he asked, looking +from Mark to Deborah, in a tone of unconscious authority, which +displeased his stepbrother.</p> + +<p>"That is my business," replied Mark, shortly.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Mark has threatened to have me kicked out of the house because he +has to wait for his supper," said Deborah.</p> + +<p>"It wasn't for that. It was because you were impertinent. All the same, +I think it is shameful that I can't get anything to eat."</p> + +<p>"I regret, Mark," said Frank, with cool sarcasm, "that you should be +inconvenienced about your meals. Perhaps you will excuse it, as my poor +mother is so sick that she requires extra attention from the servants. +Deborah, if possible, don't let Mark wait much longer. It seems to be +very important that he should have his supper."</p> + +<p>"He shall have it," assured Deborah, rather enjoying the way in which +Mark was put down; "that is, if he don't get me kicked out of the +house."</p> + +<p>"You had better not make any such threats in the future, Mark," said +Frank, significantly.</p> + +<p>"Who's to hinder?" blustered Mark.</p> + +<p>"I am," answered Frank, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"You are nothing but a boy like me," retorted Mark.</p> + +<p>"My mother is mistress here, and I represent her."</p> + +<p>"Things may change soon," muttered Mark; but Frank had left the room and +did not hear him.</p> + +<p>Mark did not trouble himself even to inquire for his stepmother, but +went out to the stable and lounged about until bedtime. He seemed very +much bored, and so expressed himself.</p> + +<p>Frank wished to sit up all night with his mother, but, as she had a +professional nurse, it was thought best that he should obtain his +regular rest, the nurse promising to call the family if any change +should be apparent in her patient's condition.</p> + +<p>About half-past four in the morning there was a summons.</p> + +<p>"Mrs. Manning is worse," said the nurse. "I don't think she can last +long."</p> + +<p>One last glance of love—though she could no longer speak—assured Frank +that she knew him and loved him to the last.</p> + +<p>The memory of that look often came back to him in the years that +followed, and he would not have parted with it for anything that earth +could give.</p> + +<p>Just as the clock struck five, his mother breathed her last. The boy +gazed upon the inanimate form, but he was dazed, and could not realize +that his mother had left him, never to return.</p> + +<p>"She is gone," said Mr. Manning, softly.</p> + +<p>"Dead!" ejaculated Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes, her sufferings are over. Let us hope she is better off. My boy, I +think you had better return to your bed. You can do nothing for your +mother now."</p> + +<p>"I would rather stay here," said Frank, sadly. "I can at least look at +her, and soon I shall lose even that comfort."</p> + +<p>The thought was too much for the poor boy, and he burst into tears.</p> + +<p>"Do as you please, Frank," assented Mr. Manning. "I feel for you, and I +share in your grief. I will go and tell Mark of our sad loss."</p> + +<p>He made his way to Mark's chamber and entered. He touched Mark, who was +in a doze, and he started up.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" he asked, crossly.</p> + +<p>"Your poor mother is dead, Mark."</p> + +<p>"Well, there was no need to wake me for that," said the boy, irritably. +"I can't help it, can I?"</p> + +<p>"I think, my son, you might speak with more feeling. Death is a solemn +thing."</p> + +<p>"There's nobody here but me," said Mark, sneering.</p> + +<p>"I don't catch your meaning," said his father, showing some annoyance, +for it is not pleasant to be seen through.</p> + +<p>"Why should you care so much?" continued Mark. "I suppose you will be +well provided for. Do you know how she has left the property? How much +of it goes to Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I can't say," said Mr. Manning. "I never asked my wife."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to say, father, that you don't know how the property is +left?" asked Mark, with a sharp glance at his father.</p> + +<p>"I may have my conjectures," said Mr. Manning, softly. "I don't think my +dear wife would leave me without some evidences of her affection. +Probably the bulk of the estate goes to your brother, and something to +me. Doubtless we shall continue to live here, as I shall naturally be +your brother's guardian."</p> + +<p>"Don't call him my brother," said Mark.</p> + +<p>"Why not? True, he is only your stepbrother; but you have lived under +the same roof, and been to school together, and this ought to strengthen +the tie between you."</p> + +<p>"I don't like Frank," said Mark. "He puts on altogether too many airs."</p> + +<p>"I had not observed that," said his father.</p> + +<p>"Well, I have. Only this evening he saw fit to speak impudently to me."</p> + +<p>"Indeed! I am really amazed to hear it," said Mr. Manning, softly.</p> + +<p>"Oh, he thinks he is the master of the house, or will be," said Mark, +"and he presumes on that."</p> + +<p>"He is unwise," said Mr. Manning. "Even if the whole property descends +to him, which I can hardly believe possible, I, as his guardian, will +have the right to control him."</p> + +<p>"I hope you'll do it, father. At any rate, don't let him boss over me, +for I won't stand it."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he will boss over you," answered his father, in a slow, +measured voice, betraying, however, neither anger nor excitement. "Of +course, I should not permit that."</p> + +<p>Mark regarded his father fixedly.</p> + +<p>"I guess the old man knows what's in the will," he said to himself. "He +knows how to feather his own nest. I hope he's feathered mine, too."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning passed from his son's chamber and went softly upstairs, +looking thoughtful.</p> + +<p>Anyone who could read the impassive face would have read trouble in +store for Frank.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_IV"></a><h2>CHAPTER IV</h2> + +<h3>MRS. MANNING'S WILL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>During the preparations for the funeral Frank was left pretty much to +himself.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning's manner was so soft, and to him had been so deferential, +that he did not understand the man. It didn't occur to him that it was +assumed for a purpose.</p> + +<p>That manner was not yet laid aside. His stepfather offered to comfort +him, but Frank listened in silence. Nothing that Mr. Manning could say +had the power to lighten his load of grief. So far as words could +console him, the sympathy of Deborah and the coachman, both old +servants, whom his mother trusted, had more effect, for he knew that it +was sincere, and that they were really attached to his mother.</p> + +<p>Of Mr. Manning he felt a profound distrust, which no words of his could +remove.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile, Mr. Manning was looking from an upper window down the fine +avenue, and his eye ranged from left to right over the ample estate with +a glance of self-complacent triumph.</p> + +<p>"All mine at last!" he said to himself, exultingly. "What I have been +working for has come to pass. Three years ago I was well-nigh penniless, +and now I am a rich man. I shall leave Mark the master of a great +fortune. I have played my cards well. No one will suspect anything +wrong. My wife and I have lived in harmony. There will be little wonder +that she has left all to me. There would be, perhaps, but for the manner +in which I have taken care he shall be mentioned in the will—I mean, of +course, in the will I have made for her."</p> + +<p>He paused, and, touching a spring in the wall, a small door flew open, +revealing a shallow recess.</p> + +<p>In this recess was a folded paper, tied with a red ribbon.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning opened it, and his eyes glanced rapidly down the page.</p> + +<p>"This is the true will," he said to himself. "I wish I could summon +courage to burn it. It would be best out of the way. That, if found +out, would make me amenable to the law, and I must run no risk. In this +secret recess it will never be found. I will replace it, and the +document which I have had prepared will take its place, and no one will +be the wiser."</p> + +<p>On the day after the funeral, the family solicitor and a few intimate +friends, who had been invited by Mr. Manning, assembled in the drawing +room of the mansion to hear the will read.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning himself notified Frank of the gathering and its object.</p> + +<p>He found our hero lying on the bed in his chamber, sad and depressed.</p> + +<p>"I don't like to intrude upon your grief, my dear boy," said his +stepfather, softly, "but it is necessary. The last will of your dear +mother and my beloved wife is about to be read, and your presence is +necessary."</p> + +<p>"Couldn't it be put off?" asked Frank, sadly. "It seems too soon to +think of such things."</p> + +<p>"Pardon me, my dear Frank, but it is quite needful that there should be +an immediate knowledge of the contents of the will, in order that the +right person may look after the business interests of the estate. I +assure you that it is the invariable custom to read the will immediately +after the funeral."</p> + +<p>"If that is the custom, and it is necessary, I have nothing to say. When +is the will to be read?"</p> + +<p>"At three o'clock, and it is now two."</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir; I will come down in time."</p> + +<p>"Of course there can't be much doubt as to the contents of the will," +pursued Mr. Manning. "You are doubtless the heir, and as you are a +minor, I am probably your guardian. Should such be the case, I hope +that the relations between us may be altogether friendly."</p> + +<p>"I hope so," said Frank, gravely.</p> + +<p>At three o'clock the members of the family, with a few outside friends, +gathered in the drawing room. The family solicitor, Mr, Ferret, held in +his hand what purported to be the last will of Mrs. Manning.</p> + +<p>The widowed husband had directed the lawyer to the bureau of the +deceased lady as likely to contain her will. It was found without +trouble in the topmost drawer.</p> + +<p>Deborah and the coachman had speculated as to whether they would be +invited to attend at the reading of the will.</p> + +<p>Their doubts were set at rest by an invitation from Mr. Manning himself.</p> + +<p>"You were so long in the service of my dear wife," he said, "that it is +fitting that you be present at the reading of her will, in which it is +quite probable that you may be personally interested."</p> + +<p>"He is uncommonly polite, I am sure," thought Deborah, disposed for the +moment to think more favorably of the man whom she had never been able +to like.</p> + +<p>"My friends," said the lawyer, after a preliminary cough, "you are +assembled to listen to the will of Mrs. Manning, just deceased. The +document which I hold in my hand I believe to be such an instrument. I +will now open if for the first time."</p> + +<p>He untied the ribbon, and began reading the will.</p> + +<p>It commenced with the usual formula, and proceeded to a few bequests of +trifling amount.</p> + +<p>Deborah and Richard Green were each left two hundred dollars, "as a +slight acknowledgment of their faithful service."</p> + +<p>One or two friends of the family were remembered, but to an +inconsiderable extent. Then came the important clause:</p> + +<p>"All the rest and residue of the property of which I may die possessed I +leave to my beloved husband, James Manning, whose devoted affection has +made happy the last years of my life. Having implicit confidence in his +good judgment and kindness of heart, I request him to make proper +provision for my dear son Frank, whose happiness I earnestly desire. I +hope that he will consent to be guided by the wisdom and experience of +his stepfather, who, I am sure, will study his interests and counsel him +wisely. In my sorrow at parting with my dear son, it is an unspeakable +comfort to me to feel that he will have such a guardian and protector."</p> + +<p>Frank listened with amazement, which was shared by all present.</p> + +<p>Practically, he was disinherited, and left wholly dependent upon his +stepfather.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_V"></a><h2>CHAPTER V</h2> + +<h3>DISINHERITED</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The contents of the will created general astonishment. There was not one +in the room who didn't know the devotion of Mrs. Manning to her son +Frank, yet, while speaking of him affectionately, she had treated him, +as they considered, most cruelly. Why should she have left such a +dangerous power in her husband's hands?</p> + +<p>And how was Mr. Manning affected?</p> + +<p>He summoned to his face an expression of bewilderment and surprise, +and, feeling that all eyes were fixed upon, him, he turned toward the +lawyer.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Ferret," he said, "I need hardly say that this will surprises me +very much, as I see that it does the friends who are present. Are you +sure that there is no codicil?"</p> + +<p>"I have been unable to discover any, Mr. Manning," said the lawyer, +gravely, as he scanned the face of the widower keenly.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning applied his handkerchief to his eyes, and seemed overcome by +emotion.</p> + +<p>"I knew my dear wife's confidence in me," he said, in a tremulous voice, +"but I was not prepared for such a striking manifestation of it."</p> + +<p>"Nor I," said Mr. Ferret, dryly.</p> + +<p>"Knowing her strong attachment to Frank," paused Mr. Manning, "I feel +the full extent and significance of that confidence when she leaves him +so unreservedly to my care and guidance. I hope that I may be found +worthy of the trust."</p> + +<p>"I hope so, sir," said Mr. Ferret, who, sharp lawyer as he was, doubted +whether all was right, and was willing that Mr. Manning should be made +aware of his feeling. "It is certainly a remarkable proviso, considering +the affection which your wife entertained for her son."</p> + +<p>"Precisely, Mr. Ferret. It shows how much confidence the dear departed +felt in me."</p> + +<p>"So far as I can see, the boy is left wholly dependent upon you."</p> + +<p>"He shall not regret it!" said Mr. Manning, fervently. "I consecrate my +life to this sacred trust."</p> + +<p>"You acquiesce in the arrangement, then, Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"I cannot do otherwise, can I?"</p> + +<p>"There is nothing to prevent your settling the property, or any part of +it, on the natural heir, Mr. Manning. You must pardon me for saying that +it would have been wiser had your wife so stipulated by will."</p> + +<p>"I cannot consent to reverse, or in any way annul, the last wishes of my +dear wife," said Mr. Manning, hastily. "It was her arrangement solely, +and I hold it sacred. She has put upon me a serious responsibility, from +which I shrink, indeed, but which I cannot decline. I will do all in my +power to carry out the wishes of my late wife."</p> + +<p>Mr. Ferret shrugged his shoulders.</p> + +<p>"I am not surprised at your decision, sir," he said, coldly. "Few men +would resist the temptation. My duty is discharged with the reading of +the will, and I will bid you good-afternoon!"</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning was a crafty man. He knew that the strange will would be +discussed, and he thought it best that the discussion should come at +once, that it might be the sooner finished.</p> + +<p>Deborah, faithful old servant, was in a blaze of indignation.</p> + +<p>She went up quickly to Frank, and said:</p> + +<p>"It's a shame, Mr. Frank, so it is!"</p> + +<p>"If my mother made that will, it is all right," said Frank, gravely.</p> + +<p>"But she didn't, Mr. Frank! I know she would never do such a thing. She +loved you as the apple of her eye, and she would not cheat you out of +your rightful inheritance."</p> + +<p>"No more she would, Mr. Frank," said the coachman, chiming in.</p> + +<p>"I don't know what to think," said Frank. "It has surprised me very +much."</p> + +<p>"Surprised you!" exclaimed Deborah. "You may well say that. You might +have knocked me down with a feather when I heard the property left away +from you. Depend upon it, that man knows all about it."</p> + +<p>"You mean Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"To be sure I mean him! Oh, he's managed artfully! I say that for him. +He's got it all into his own hands, and you haven't a cent."</p> + +<p>"If it was my mother's will I wouldn't complain of that, Deborah. It was +hers to do with as she liked, and I know, at any rate, that she loved +me."</p> + +<p>"There's one thing surprises me," said Richard Green. "If so be as the +will isn't genuine, how does it happen that you and I come in for a +legacy, Deborah?"</p> + +<p>"It's meant for a blind," answered Deborah. "Oh, he's the artfulest +man!"</p> + +<p>"You may be right, Deborah. I must say the will sounded all right."</p> + +<p>"Maybe it was copied from the mistress' will."</p> + +<p>This conversation took place in one corner of the room.</p> + +<p>It ceased as Mr. Ferret advanced toward the disinherited boy.</p> + +<p>"Frank," said he, in a tone of sympathy, "I am very sorry for the +provisions of the will."</p> + +<p>"So am I, sir," answered our hero. "It isn't pleasant to be dependent on +Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"Particularly when the whole estate should be yours."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't have minded if half had been left to him, provided I had +been left independent of him."</p> + +<p>"I appreciate your feelings, Frank. I knew your father, and I am proud +to say that he was my friend. I knew your mother well, and I esteemed +her highly. I hope you will let me regard myself as your friend also."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Mr. Ferret!" said Frank. "I am likely to need a friend. I +shall remember your kind proposal. I want to ask you one question."</p> + +<p>"Ask, and I shall answer."</p> + +<p>"Did my mother consult with you about making this will?"</p> + +<p>"No, Frank."</p> + +<p>"Did she ever say anything that would lead you to think she would leave +the property as it is left in this will?"</p> + +<p>"Not a word."</p> + +<p>"Was there another will?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. I wrote her will at her direction more than a year ago. This will +is dated only three months since, and, of course, takes precedence of +it, even if the other is in existence."</p> + +<p>"Can you tell me what were the provisions of the other will?"</p> + +<p>"A legacy of ten thousand dollars was left to Mr. Manning, and the rest +of the estate to you, except the small legacies, which were all larger +than in the will I have read. For instance, Deborah and Richard Green +were each put down for five hundred dollars."</p> + +<p>"So they suffer as well as I?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Have you any idea, Mr. Ferret, of the value of the estate which falls +into Mr. Manning's hands?"</p> + +<p>"I have some idea, because I have talked with your mother on the +subject. This estate is worth fifty thousand dollars at least, and there +are fully fifty thousand dollars in money and bonds. The legacies do not +altogether exceed one thousand dollars, and therefore it may be said +that your stepfather has fallen heir to one hundred thousand dollars."</p> + +<p>"I suppose there is nothing I can do, Mr. Ferret?"</p> + +<p>"Not unless you can show that this will which I have read is not a +genuine document. That would be difficult."</p> + +<p>"Did you notice my mother's signature?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. I am not an expert, but I cannot detect any difference greater +than maybe existed between two signatures of the same person."</p> + +<p>"Then I suppose there is nothing to be done at present. I expect to have +a hard time with Mr. Manning, Mr. Ferret."</p> + +<p>"How has he treated you in the past, Frank?" asked the lawyer.</p> + +<p>"I have had nothing to complain of; but then he was not master of the +estate. Now it is difficult, and I think his treatment of me will be +different."</p> + +<p>"You may be right. You remember what I said, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"That I should regard you as a friend? I won't forget it, Mr. Ferret."</p> + +<p>One by one the company left the house, and Frank was alone.</p> + +<p>Left alone and unsustained by sympathy, he felt more bitterly than +before the totally unexpected change in his circumstances.</p> + +<p>Up to the last hour he had regarded himself as the heir of the estate. +Now he was only a dependent of a man whom he heartily disliked.</p> + +<p>Could it be that this misfortune had come to him through the agency of +his mother?</p> + +<p>"I will not believe it!" he exclaimed, energetically.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_VI"></a><h2>CHAPTER VI</h2> + +<h3>AN UNSATISFACTORY INTERVIEW</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank came to a decision the next morning. A long deferred interview +with his stepfather was necessary. Having made up his mind, he entered +the room in which his stepfather sat. His air was manly and his bearing +that of a boy who respects himself, but there was none of the swagger +which some boys think it necessary to exhibit when they wish to assert +their rights.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning, in a flowered dressing gown, sat at a table, with a sheet +of paper before him and a lead pencil in his hand. Short as had been the +interval since his accession to the property, he was figuring up the +probable income he would derive from the estate.</p> + +<p>He looked up as Frank entered the room, and surveyed him with cold and +sarcastic eyes. His soft tones were dropped.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning," said Frank, "I wish to talk to you."</p> + +<p>"You may, of course," his stepfather replied mildly. "It is about the +will," Frank advised him.</p> + +<p>"So you would complain of your poor mother, would you?" said his +stepfather, in a tone of virtuous indignation.</p> + +<p>"I cannot believe that my mother made that will."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning colored. He scented danger. Should Frank drop such hints +elsewhere, he might make trouble, and lead to a legal investigation, +which Mr. Manning had every reason to dread.</p> + +<p>"This is very foolish," he said, more mildly. "No doubt you are +disappointed, but probably your mother has provided wisely. You will +want for nothing, and you will be prepared for the responsibilities of +manhood under my auspices."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning's face assumed a look of self-complacence as he uttered +these last words.</p> + +<p>"I have no blame to cast upon my dear mother," said Frank. "If she made +that will, she acted under a great mistake."</p> + +<p>"What mistake, sir?"</p> + +<p>"She failed to understand you."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to imply that I shall be false to my trust?"</p> + +<p>"Not at present, sir. I don't wish to judge of you too hastily."</p> + +<p>As the boy turned to go, he said. "I have nothing further to say, sir."</p> + +<p>"But I have," said Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir."</p> + +<p>"I demand that you treat my son Mark with suitable respect, and forbear +to infringe upon his rights."</p> + +<p>Frank looked up, and answered, with spirit: "I shall treat Mark as well +as he treats me, sir. Is that satisfactory?"</p> + +<p>"I apprehend," said Mr. Manning, "that you may make some mistakes upon +that point."</p> + +<p>"I will try not to do so, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank left the room, and this time was not called back.</p> + +<p>His stepfather looked after him, but his face expressed neither +friendliness nor satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"That boy requires taming," he said to himself. "He is going to make +trouble. I must consider what I will do with him."</p> + +<p>As Mr. Manning reviewed Frank's words, there was one thing which +especially disturbed him—the doubt expressed by his stepson as to his +mother's having actually made the will.</p> + +<p>He saw that it would not do for him to go too far in his persecution of +Frank as it might drive the latter to consult a lawyer in regard to the +validity of the will by which he had been disinherited.</p> + +<p>Frank rather gloomily made his way to the stable. As he reached it, +Richard Green came out.</p> + +<p>"I'm sorry for you, Mr. Frank. But your mother was a saint. She was too +good to suspect the badness of others, Mr. Frank. She thought old +Manning was really all that he pretended to be, and that he would be as +kind to you as she was herself. When she was alive, he was always as +soft as—as silk."</p> + +<p>"His manner has changed now," said Frank, gravely. "Excuse me, Richard, +for finding fault with you, but don't call him old Manning."</p> + +<p>"Why not, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I have no liking for Mr. Manning—in fact, I dislike him—but he was +the husband of my mother, and I prefer to speak of him respectfully."</p> + +<p>"I dare say you are right, Mr. Frank, but, all the same, he don't +deserve it. Is Mr. Mark to ride Ajax then?"</p> + +<p>"If he asks for it, you are to saddle Ajax for him. I don't want you to +get into any trouble with Mr. Manning on my account."</p> + +<p>"I don't care for that, Mr. Frank. I can get another place, and I don't +much care to serve Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"I would rather you would stay, if you can, Richard. I don't want to see +a new face in the stable."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he means to keep me long, Mr. Frank. Deborah and I will +have to go, I expect, and he'll get some servants of his own here."</p> + +<p>"Has he hinted anything of this, Richard?" asked Frank, quickly.</p> + +<p>"No; but he will soon, you may depend on it. I won't lose sight of you, +though. I've known you since you were four years old, and I won't desert +you, if I can do any good—nor Deborah, either."</p> + +<p>"I have two friends, then, at any rate," said Frank to himself. "That is +something."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_VII"></a><h2>CHAPTER VII</h2> + +<h3>A SCHOOL FRIEND</h3> + +<br /> + +<p>Early Monday morning it had been the custom for Frank and Mark to take +the train for Bridgeville, to enter upon a new week at the academy.</p> + +<p>Frank felt that it would be better for him to go back without any +further vacation, as occupation would serve to keep him from brooding +over his loss.</p> + +<p>"Are you ready, Mark?" he asked, as he rose from the breakfast table.</p> + +<p>"Ready for what?"</p> + +<p>"To go back to school, of course."</p> + +<p>"I am not going back this morning," answered Mark.</p> + +<p>"Why not?" asked Frank, in some surprise.</p> + +<p>"I am going to stay at home to help father," said Mark, with a glance at +Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"If I can be of any service to you, sir, I will stay, too," said Frank, +politely.</p> + +<p>"Thank you, but Mark will do all I require," replied his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank appeared at the academy with a grave face and subdued manner, +suggestive of the great loss he had sustained. From his schoolfellows, +with whom he was a favorite, he received many words of sympathy—from +none more earnest or sincere than from Herbert Grant.</p> + +<p>"I know how you feel, Frank," he said, pressing the hand of his friend. +"If I could comfort you I would, but I don't know how to do it."</p> + +<p>"I find comfort in your sympathy," said Frank. "I look upon you as my +warmest friend here."</p> + +<p>"I am glad of that, Frank."</p> + +<p>To Herbert alone Frank spoke of his mother and her devoted affection; +but even to him he did not like to mention the will and his +disinheritance. He did not so much lament the loss of the property as +that he had lost it by the direction of his mother, or, rather, because +it would generally be supposed so.</p> + +<p>For himself, he doubted the genuineness of the will, but he felt that it +was useless to speak of it, as he was unprepared with any proofs.</p> + +<p>So it happened that when, on Wednesday afternoon Mark Manning made his +appearance, Frank's change of position, as respected the property, was +neither known nor suspected by his schoolfellows. It was soon known, +however, and of course, through Mark.</p> + +<p>The boys immediately noticed a change in Mark. He assumed an air of +consequence, and actually strutted across the campus. Instead of being +polite and attentive to Frank, he passed him with a careless nod, such +as a superior might bestow on an inferior.</p> + +<p>"What has come over Mark?" asked Herbert of Frank, as the two were +walking together from recitation.</p> + +<p>"How do you mean?"</p> + +<p>"He holds his head higher than he used to do. He looks as if he had been +elected to some important office."</p> + +<p>"You will soon learn, Herbert," said Frank. "Make a pretext to join him, +and let the news come from him."</p> + +<p>Herbert looked puzzled.</p> + +<p>"Do you wish me to do this?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I have a reason for it."</p> + +<p>"Very well. I am always ready to oblige you, Frank, but I hope Mark +won't think I have suddenly formed a liking for his society."</p> + +<p>"If he does, you can soon undeceive him."</p> + +<p>"That is true."</p> + +<p>Herbert left the side of his friend, and sauntered toward Mark.</p> + +<p>As Herbert was known as Frank's especial friend, Mark was at first +surprised, but quickly decided that his improved position had been +communicated by Frank, and that Herbert was influenced by it. That is to +say, he judged Herbert to be as mean and mercenary as himself.</p> + +<p>Herbert's position was too humble to entitle him to much notice from +Mark, but the latter was pleased with the prospect of detaching from +Frank his favorite friend.</p> + +<p>"You came back rather late, Mark," said Herbert.</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Mark, with an air of importance. "I remained at home a +short time, to help my father in his accounts. You know the property is +large, and there is a good deal to do."</p> + +<p>"I should think that was Frank's place, to help about the accounts."</p> + +<p>"Why?"</p> + +<p>"The property is his, of course!"</p> + +<p>"Did he tell you that?" asked Mark, sharply.</p> + +<p>"He has not said a word about the property."</p> + +<p>"No, I suppose not," said Mark, with a sneering laugh.</p> + +<p>"Has anything happened? Didn't his mother leave as much as was +expected?" went on Herbert, quite in the dark.</p> + +<p>"Yes, she left a large estate, but she didn't leave it to him."</p> + +<p>"To whom, then?"</p> + +<p>"To my father!" replied Mark, with conscious pride. "Frank has nothing. +He is entirely dependent upon father."</p> + +<p>"Did his mother leave him nothing, then?" asked Herbert, in pained +surprise.</p> + +<p>"Nothing at all," assured Mark, complacently.</p> + +<p>"That is very strange and unjust."</p> + +<p>"I don't look upon it in that light," said Mark, nettled. "My father +knows what is best for him. He will provide for him just as his mother +did before."</p> + +<p>"But when Frank is of age, doesn't he come into possession of the estate +then?"</p> + +<p>"No, of course not. Didn't I tell you it belongs to father? Frank is a +poor boy—as poor as you," said Mark, in a tone of evident satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"Or you," added Herbert, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"You are mistaken," said Mark, quickly. "I am father's heir."</p> + +<p>"Suppose your father dies—how will the property go?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose something will be left to Frank, unless my father leaves me +the property, with directions to provide for him."</p> + +<p>"Would you think that right and just?" demanded Herbert, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"Of course I would. My stepmother knew what she was about when she made +her will. I see you are surprised. You won't be quite to thick with +Frank, now, I expect."</p> + +<p>"Why shouldn't I be?"</p> + +<p>"Because he is just as poor as you are. He never can help you."</p> + +<p>"Mark Manning, I believe you are about the meanest boy I ever +encountered, and you judge me by yourself!"</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to insult me? Mind what you say!" blustered Mark, +unpleasantly surprised at this outburst from a boy whom he expected +would now transfer his allegiance from Frank to himself.</p> + +<p>"I mean that you and your father have robbed Frank of his inheritance, +and glory in it, and you think that I am mean enough to desert him +because he is no longer rich. It makes no difference to me whether he is +rich or poor. I think I like him all the better because he has been so +badly treated. As for you, I despise you, and shall continue to, even if +you get the whole of Frank's money."</p> + +<p>"You forget that you are talking to a gentleman, you low-born mechanic!" +said Mark, angrily.</p> + +<p>"You a gentleman!" replied Herbert, contemptuously. "Then I never want +to be one!"</p> + +<p>He walked away, leaving Mark very much incensed.</p> + +<p>"He is a fool!" muttered Mark. "When I am a rich man, he may repent +having insulted me."</p> + +<p>Herbert went back to Frank.</p> + +<p>"Did he tell you?" asked Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>"Yes; and he actually appeared to think I would be ready to desert you +because you were poor, and follow him about."</p> + +<p>"I am not afraid of that, Herbert."</p> + +<p>"I don't think Mark will have that idea any more. I gave him a piece of +my mind, and left him very angry. But what does it all mean, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"I know no more than you do, Herbert. I cannot understand it."</p> + +<p>"What could have induced your mother to make such a will?"</p> + +<p>"I cannot believe my poor mother ever made such a will; but, if she +did, I am very sure that she was over-persuaded by my stepfather, who is +one of the most plausible of men."</p> + +<p>"What shall you do about it?"</p> + +<p>"What can I do? I am only a boy. I have no proof, you know."</p> + +<p>"How are you likely to be treated?"</p> + +<p>"I have had a little foretaste of that."</p> + +<p>"It looks very bad for you, Frank," admitted Herbert, in a tone of +sympathy.</p> + +<p>"I don't so much care for the loss of the property, Herbert," said +Frank, "but I am afraid I shall have sorts of annoyances to endure from +Mark and his father. But I won't anticipate trouble. I will do my duty, +and trust that things will turn out better than I fear."</p> + +<p>The next afternoon a letter was placed in Frank's hands. It was in a +brown envelope, and directed in a cramped and evidently unpracticed +hand, with which Frank was not familiar.</p> + +<p>On opening it, a glance at the signature showed that it was from Richard +Green, the coachman. It commenced:</p> + +<p>"Dear Mr. Frank: This comes hoping you are well. I have no good news to +tell. Mr. Manning has sold your horse, Ajax, and he is to be taken away +to-night. I thought you ought to know it, and that is why I take my pen +in hand to write."</p> + +<p>There was more, but this is all that was important.</p> + +<p>Frank's face flushed with anger. He immediately went in search of Mark, +who, he felt assured, knew of the sale.</p> + +<p>It may be said here that Ajax was one of Frank's dearest trophies, a +gift from his mother.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_VIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2> + +<h3>A NEW PLAN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mark was in his room, where Frank found him trying on a new necktie. +Though decidedly plain, Mark fancied himself very good-looking, and +spent no little time on personal adornment. In particular, he had a +weakness for new neckties, in which he indulged himself freely.</p> + +<p>When the boys came to the academy, the principal proposed that they +should room together; but both objected, and Mark had a room to +himself—no one caring to room with him.</p> + +<p>"Take a seat, Frank," said Mark, condescendingly. "Is there anything I +can do for you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Frank. "I hear your father has sold Ajax, or is +intending to do so. Will you tell me if it is true?"</p> + +<p>"I believe it is," answered Mark, indifferently.</p> + +<p>"And what right has he to sell my horse?" demanded Frank, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"You'd better ask him," said Mark, with provoking coolness.</p> + +<p>"It is an outrage," said Frank, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"As to that," said his stepbrother, "you can't expect father to be at +the expense of feeding your horse."</p> + +<p>"With my money?"</p> + +<p>"The money is legally his," replied Mark.</p> + +<p>"Do you know to whom your father has sold Ajax?"</p> + +<p>"To Col. Vincent, I believe."</p> + +<p>"I am glad, at any rate, that he will have a good master."</p> + +<p>Frank felt that there would be no advantage in prolonging the interview, +or carrying on further a war of words.</p> + +<p>He sought out his friend Herbert, and communicated to him this last +infraction of his rights.</p> + +<p>"It is too bad, Frank!" said his sympathizing friend.</p> + +<p>"Yes, it is," said Frank, gravely; "but I fear it is only the beginning +of annoyances. I don't believe I can ever live in any place with Mr. +Manning or Mark."</p> + +<p>"Will it be necessary?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose so. I have no money, as you know. All has gone to him. +Herbert, I tell you frankly, I envy you and your position."</p> + +<p>"Though my father is a poor man?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; for, at any rate, you have a peaceful home, and a father and +mother who love you. I have a stepfather, who will do all he can to make +me miserable."</p> + +<p>"Would you be willing to work for your own support, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; far rather than remain a dependent on Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"Suppose you should run away," suggested Herbert.</p> + +<p>Frank shook his head.</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't do that except in case of extreme necessity. I know that if +my mother knows what goes on here, it would grieve her for me to take +such a step."</p> + +<p>"Suppose your stepfather should consent to your leaving home?"</p> + +<p>"Then I would do so gladly. I am willing to work and I think I could +make a living in some way."</p> + +<p>"Why not ask him?"</p> + +<p>Frank's face brightened.</p> + +<p>"Thank you for the hint, Herbert," he said. "I will think of it, and I +may act upon it."</p> + +<p>Frank was naturally self-reliant and energetic. He was not disposed to +shrink from the duties of life, but was ready to go forth to meet them. +The idea which Herbert had suggested commended itself to him the more he +thought of it.</p> + +<p>In spite, therefore, of the news which he had received about Ajax, he +resumed his cheerfulness, considerably to the surprise of Mark, whose +natural suspicion led him to conjecture that Frank had some plan in view +to circumvent his father.</p> + +<p>"If he has, he'd better give it up," reflected Mark. "The old man's as +sly as a fox. A raw boy like Frank can't get the better of him."</p> + +<p>At the close of the week, both the boys went home. They were on board +the same train and the same car, but did not sit together. When they +reached the house, Mr. Manning was not at home.</p> + +<p>Frank went out to the stable at once to see Richard Green, the coachman.</p> + +<p>He found him, indeed, but he also found another man, a stranger, who +appeared to be employed in the stable.</p> + +<p>"Who is this, Richard?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"My successor," answered the coachman.</p> + +<p>"Are you going to leave?" asked Frank, hastily.</p> + +<p>"Come out with me, Mr. Frank, and I will tell you," said Richard. "I've +had notice to leave," he said, "and so has Deborah. It came last +evening. Mr. Manning got a letter from Bridgeville—I know that, because +I brought it home from the post office—which appeared to make him +angry. He called Deborah and me and told us that he should not need our +services any longer."</p> + +<p>"Did he give you any reason?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; he said that he could have our places filled for a good deal less +money, and he had no doubt we could do as well elsewhere."</p> + +<p>"He has filled your place pretty soon."</p> + +<p>"Yes. This man came this morning. I think Mr. Manning had sent for him +already. I told you the other day we should soon be discharged."</p> + +<p>"I know it; but I can tell you what has hastened it."</p> + +<p>"What, then?"</p> + +<p>"Mark wrote his father that I had learned about the sale of Ajax, and +that the information came from you or Deborah."</p> + +<p>"I think it likely, Mr. Frank, for the old gentleman seemed mighty cool. +I hope you won't take it too much to heart that Ajax is sold."</p> + +<p>"I am not sure but I am glad of it," said Frank.</p> + +<p>The coachman looked at him in surprise.</p> + +<p>"I thought you would be very angry," he said.</p> + +<p>"So I was at first, but he has been sold to a man who will treat him +well, and I shall be glad to think of that when I'm away from home."</p> + +<p>"You don't mean to run away, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"No; but I mean to get my stepfather's permission to go, if I can."</p> + +<p>"Where do you mean to go, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Somewhere where I can earn my living, without depending upon anybody. +You know very well, Richard, how miserable I should be to stay here in +dependence upon Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"But to think that you, to whom the property rightfully belongs, should +go away and work for a living, while that man and his boy occupy your +place. I can't bear to think of it."</p> + +<p>"I have done a good deal of thinking within a few days, and I don't +shrink from the prospect. I think I should rather enjoy being actively +employed."</p> + +<p>"But you were to go to college, Mr. Frank."</p> + +<p>"I know it, Richard, but I am not sure whether it would be for the best. +My tastes are for an active business life, and I don't care for a +profession."</p> + +<p>"Do you think your stepfather will give you a start?"</p> + +<p>"In the way of money?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"I don't know. If he won't, I have still fifty dollars in the savings +bank, which I have saved from my pocket money. I will take that."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Frank, will you promise not to be offended at what I'm going to +say?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think you would say anything that ought to offend me, Richard."</p> + +<p>"Then I want you to take the money that comes to me by the will—Mr. +Manning is to pay it to me on Monday. I don't need it, and you may."</p> + +<p>Frank shook his head.</p> + +<p>"You are very kind, Richard, but I will get along with fifty dollars, +unless Mr. Manning supplies me with more. If I really need money at any +time, I will think of your offer."</p> + +<p>"That's something, at any rate," said Richard. partly reconciled. "You +won't forget it now, Mr. Frank?"</p> + +<p>"No, Richard, I promise you."</p> + +<p>Frank left the stable and went thoughtfully into the house.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_IX"></a><h2>CHAPTER IX</h2> + +<h3>THE NEW OWNER OF AJAX</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank and Mark took supper alone, Mr. Manning having left word that he +would not return till later in the evening.</p> + +<p>After supper, Frank decided to go over to call upon Col. Vincent, the +new owner of Ajax. His estate was distant about three-quarters of a mile +from the Cedars.</p> + +<p>As Frank started, Mark inquired:</p> + +<p>"Where are you going, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"To see Ajax," answered our hero.</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to make any fuss about him? I wouldn't advise you to."</p> + +<p>"Thank you for your advice."</p> + +<p>"I wonder what he is going to do?" thought Mark. "Of course he can't do +anything now."</p> + +<p>He did not venture to propose to accompany Frank, knowing that his +company would not be acceptable.</p> + +<p>"Is Col. Vincent at home?" asked Frank, at the door of a handsome house.</p> + +<p>"Yes, Mr. Courtney," replied the colored servant, pleasantly, for Frank +was a favorite among all classes in the neighborhood. "Come right in, +sir. De colonel am smoking a cigar on de back piazza."</p> + +<p>Frank followed the servant through the hall which intersected the house, +and stepped out on the back piazza.</p> + +<p>A stout, elderly gentleman was taking his ease in a large rustic +rocking chair.</p> + +<p>"Good-evening, Col. Vincent," our hero said.</p> + +<p>"Good-evening, Frank, my boy," said the colonel, heartily. "Glad to see +you. Haven't you gone back to school?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; but I came home to spend Sunday. It doesn't seem much like +home now," he added, as his lip quivered.</p> + +<p>"You have suffered a great loss, my dear boy," said the colonel, +feelingly.</p> + +<p>"The greatest, sir. My mother was all I had."</p> + +<p>"I suppose Mr. Manning will keep up the establishment?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose so, sir; but it is no longer home to me."</p> + +<p>"Don't take it too hard, Frank. I was sorry about the will."</p> + +<p>"So was I, sir; because it makes me dependent on a man whom I dislike."</p> + +<p>"Don't be too prejudiced, Frank. I never took any fancy to your +stepfather myself; but then we don't need to like everybody we associate +with."</p> + +<p>"I hear you have bought my horse, Col. Vincent," said Frank, desiring to +change the subject.</p> + +<p>"Was Ajax your horse?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. It was given to me as a birthday present by my mother."</p> + +<p>"I had some such idea, and expressly asked Mr. Manning whether the horse +was not yours."</p> + +<p>"What did he answer?"</p> + +<p>"That it was only nominally yours, and that he thought it best to sell +it, as both you and Mark were absent at school, and had no time to use +it."</p> + +<p>"I am not surprised at anything Mr. Manning may say," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"It's too bad! I'll tell you what I will do, Frank. I haven't paid for +the horse yet. I will return it to Mr. Manning, and tell him that I +bought it under a misapprehension of the ownership. I don't think he +will make any fuss."</p> + +<p>"I would rather have you keep it, sir."</p> + +<p>"You would!" exclaimed the colonel, in surprise.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. If you should return Ajax, Mr. Manning would sell him to some +one else, and you, I know, will treat him well."</p> + +<p>"But you will lose the use of him. No, you won't, though. Come over to +my stable when you like, and, if he is not in use, you can take him +out."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir! You are very kind. While I am in the neighborhood, I +won't forget your kind offer. But I mean to go away."</p> + +<p>"You mean to go away! Where?"</p> + +<p>"Out into the world. Anywhere, where I can find work and make a living."</p> + +<p>"But surely this is not necessary. Your stepfather will provide for you +without your working."</p> + +<p>"I have no reason to doubt it, Col. Vincent; but I shall be happier in +the world outside."</p> + +<p>"Of course you will let Mr. Manning know of your intention to leave +home?"</p> + +<p>"I shall ask his permission to go at the end of my school term. That +comes in a couple of weeks."</p> + +<p>"Where will you go?"</p> + +<p>"A cousin of my father is at Newark, New Jersey. I think I shall go to +him first, and ask his advice about getting a place either there or in +New York."</p> + +<p>"You will need some money to start with. Do you think Mr. Manning will +give you any?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know, sir! That won't prevent my going. I have fifty dollars in +a savings bank, saved up from my allowance, and that will be all I shall +need."</p> + +<p>"If you have any difficulty on that score, Frank, remember that I was +your father's friend, and mean to be yours. Apply to me at any time when +you are in a strait."</p> + +<p>"I will, sir, and thank you heartily."</p> + +<p>"That was a strange will, Frank. I don't want to put any ideas into your +head to disturb you, but had your mother ever led you to suspect that +she intended to leave you dependent on your stepfather?"</p> + +<p>"Never, sir!"</p> + +<p>"Don't you think she would have done so, had she had such a plan in +view?"</p> + +<p>"I do," said Frank, quickly.</p> + +<p>The colonel's eye met his, and each knew what the other suspected.</p> + +<p>"There is nothing for me to do at present, sir," said Frank. "If Mr. +Manning does not interfere with my plans, I shall not trouble him."</p> + +<p>"I will hint as much when I see him. It may clear the way for you."</p> + +<p>"I wish you would, sir."</p> + +<p>"Come and see me again, Frank," said the colonel, as Frank rose to go.</p> + +<p>"I certainly will, sir."</p> + +<p>"Your father's son will always be welcome at my house. When did you say +your school term closes?"</p> + +<p>"In a fortnight."</p> + +<p>"I will see your stepfather within a few days. By the way, Frank, +wouldn't you like a gallop on Ajax to-night?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; I should enjoy it."</p> + +<p>"Come out to the stable with me, then."</p> + +<p>Ajax whinnied with delight when he saw his old, or rather his young +master, and evinced satisfaction when Frank stroked him caressingly.</p> + +<p>"Sam," said Col. Vincent, "Frank is to ride Ajax whenever he pleases. +Saddle him for his use whenever he asks you."</p> + +<p>"That I will, sir" answered Sam. "Often and often I've seen Mr. Frank on +his back. Doesn't he ride well, though?"</p> + +<p>"Don't flatter me, Sam," said Frank, laughing.</p> + +<p>Five minutes later he was on the back of his favorite horse, galloping +down the road.</p> + +<p>"I hope I shall meet Mark," thought Frank. "I would like to give him a +sensation."</p> + +<p>Considering the manner in which Mark had treated his stepbrother, Frank +may be excused for the wish to puzzle him a little.</p> + +<p>Finding himself lonely, Mark decided to take a walk not long after +Frank's departure. He was sauntering along the road, when he heard the +sound of hoofs, and, to his surprise, saw his stepbrother on the back of +Ajax.</p> + +<p>His first thought was that Frank had gone to Col. Vincent's stable and +brought away Ajax without permission, in defiance of Mr. Manning's will. +He resolved to take him to task for it immediately. Frank purposely +slackened the speed of his horse in order to give Mark the chance he +sought.</p> + +<p>"Why are you riding Ajax?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"It is a pleasant evening," answered Frank, "and I thought I should +enjoy it."</p> + +<p>"Where did you get him?"</p> + +<p>"From Col. Vincent's stable, where he never ought to have been carried," +answered Frank, with spirit.</p> + +<p>"You seem to think you can do anything you like, Frank Courtney," said +Mark, provoked, deciding that his suspicions were well founded.</p> + +<p>"Is there any particular reason why I should not ride Ajax?" demanded +Frank.</p> + +<p>"You have made yourself liable to arrest for horse stealing," said Mark. +"It would serve you right if Col. Vincent should have you arrested and +tried."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he will gratify your kind wishes, Mark."</p> + +<p>"Just wait and see what my father has to say to you."</p> + +<p>"I have only done what I had a perfect right to do; but I can't stop to +dispute with you. I must finish my ride. Hey, Ajax!"</p> + +<p>As he spoke the horse dashed into a gallop, and Mark was left looking +after him in a disturbed frame of mind.</p> + +<p>"I'll tell my father as soon as he gets home," he decided; and he kept +his word.</p> + +<p>In consequence, Frank, by that time returned, was summoned into Mr. +Manning's presence.</p> + +<p>"What is this I hear?" he began. "Did you ride Ajax this evening?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"Where did you find him?"</p> + +<p>"In Col. Vincent's stable."</p> + +<p>"This is a high-handed proceeding, Frank Courtney. Have you any excuse +to offer?"</p> + +<p>"None is needed sir. Col. Vincent has given me permission to ride him +whenever I please."</p> + +<p>"It appears to me, Mark," said Mr. Manning, sharply, "that you have made +a fool of yourself."</p> + +<p>"How should I know?" replied Mark, mortified by the collapse of his +sensation. "Frank didn't tell me he had leave to use the horse."</p> + +<p>And he left the room, looking foolish.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_X"></a><h2>CHAPTER X</h2> + +<h3>MARK YIELDS TO TEMPTATION</h3> +<br /> + +<p>There are some boys, as well as men, who cannot stand prosperity.</p> + +<p>It appeared that Mark Manning was one of these.</p> + +<p>While his stepmother was living and his father's prospects—and +consequently his own—were uncertain, he had been circumspect in his +behavior and indulged in nothing that could be considered seriously +wrong.</p> + +<p>When his father came into possession of a large fortune, and his pocket +money was doubled, Mark began to throw off some of the restraint which, +from motives of prudence, he had put upon himself.</p> + +<p>About the middle of the week, as Frank was taking a walk after school +hours, he was considerably surprised to see Mark come out of a +well-known liquor saloon frequented by men and boys of intemperate +habits.</p> + +<p>The students of Bridgeville Academy were strictly forbidden this or any +other saloon, and I am sure that my boy readers will agree with mo that +this rule was a very proper one.</p> + +<p>Mark Manning appeared to have been drinking. His face was flushed, and +his breath, if one came near enough to him, was redolent of the fumes of +alcohol. With him was James Carson, one of the poorest scholars and most +unprincipled boys in the academy. It was rather surprising that he had +managed for so long to retain his position in the institution, but he +was crafty and took good care not to be caught.</p> + +<p>To go back a little, it was chiefly owing to James Carson's influence +that Mark had entered the saloon.</p> + +<p>When he learned that Mark's worldly prospects had improved, and that he +had a large supply of pocket money, he determined to cultivate his +acquaintance—though privately he thought Mark a disagreeable boy—with +the intention of obtaining for himself a portion of Mark's surplus +means.</p> + +<p>At the first of the term he had made similar advances to Frank, but they +were coldly received, so much so that he did not think it worth while to +persevere in courting our hero's intimacy.</p> + +<p>He succeeded better with Mark, his crafty nature teaching him how to +approach him.</p> + +<p>"Mark," he said, with a great show of cordiality, "I am delighted to +hear of your good fortune. I always liked you, and I think you deserve +to be rich."</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said Mark, much gratified, for he liked flattery. "I am +sure I am very much obliged to you."</p> + +<p>"Oh, not at all! I only say what I think. Shall I tell you why I am +particularly glad?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, if you like," returned Mark, in some curiosity.</p> + +<p>"Because I like you better than that young muff, your stepbrother. I +hope you won't be offended at my plain speaking," he added, artfully.</p> + +<p>"Certainly not!" said Mark.</p> + +<p>"I suppose," said James, "you will see a little life now that you are +your own master and have plenty of money."</p> + +<p>"I don't know exactly what you mean, James. There isn't much life to be +seen in Bridgeville."</p> + +<p>"That is true; but still there is some. Suppose now"—by this time they +were in front of the saloon, which, besides a bar, contained a billiard +and pool table—"suppose now we go in and have a game of billiards."</p> + +<p>"It's against the rules, isn't it?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"What do you care for the rules?" said James, contemptuously.</p> + +<p>"If the old man hears of it, we shall get into hot water."</p> + +<p>By the "old man" Mark meant the Rev. Dr. Brush, the venerable and +respected principal of the Bridgeville Academy, but such boys as he have +very little respect for the constituted authorities.</p> + +<p>"Why need he know it? We will slip in when no one is looking. Did you +ever play a game of billiards?"</p> + +<p>"I never played over half a dozen games in my life."</p> + +<p>"Yon ought to know how to play. It is a splendid game. Come in."</p> + +<p>Mark did not make very strong opposition, and the two boys, first +looking cautiously in different directions, entered the saloon.</p> + +<p>Toward the entrance was a bar, and in the roar of the saloon were two +tables.</p> + +<p>"Won't you have a drink, Mark?" asked James.</p> + +<p>Mark hesitated.</p> + +<p>"Oh, come now, it won't hurt. Two glasses of whisky, John."</p> + +<p>"All right, Mr. Carson," said the barkeeper, to whom James was well +known.</p> + +<p>James tossed off his glass with the air of an old drinker, but Mark +drank his more slowly.</p> + +<p>"There, I know you feel better, Mark."</p> + +<p>"Now, John, give me the balls. We'll play a game of billiards."</p> + +<p>"All right, sir."</p> + +<p>"I'll discount you, Mark," said James, "to give you a fair chance. It is +about the same thing as giving you half the game. Or, if you like, I +will give you seventeen points to start with, and then you will only +have seventeen to make, while I am making thirty-four."</p> + +<p>"I like that best."</p> + +<p>"Now shall we play for the drinks?"</p> + +<p>"We have just had a drink?"</p> + +<p>"We'll have another."</p> + +<p>"Won't that be too much? I don't want to get drunk."</p> + +<p>"Two drinks won't do you any harm. Very well. Now let us string for the +lead."</p> + +<p>There is no need of describing the game in detail. Mark was only a +novice, while James could really make three or four points to his one. +He restrained himself, however, so that he only beat Mark by two points.</p> + +<p>"You did splendidly, Mark," he said. "Considering how little you have +played, you did remarkably well. Why, you made a run of three."</p> + +<p>"Yes, I did pretty well," said Mark, flattered by his companion's +praises.</p> + +<p>"I had hard work to beat you, I can tell you that. As it was, you came +within two points of beating. Don't you like the game?"</p> + +<p>"Very much."</p> + +<p>"I thought you would. Shall we have another game?"</p> + +<p>"I don't mind," answered Mark.</p> + +<p>He knew that he ought to be in his room writing a composition to be +delivered the next day, but such obligations sat easily upon Mark, and +he did not hesitate long.</p> + +<p>That time James allowed him to score sixteen, so that Mark was only +beaten by one point.</p> + +<p>"You see, you are improving," said James. "I played a better game that +time than before, and still you came within one of beating me."</p> + +<p>"I think I shall become a good player in time," said Mark, complacently.</p> + +<p>"Yes, and in a very short time. Now," said James, "I have a proposal to +make to you."</p> + +<p>"What is it?"</p> + +<p>"We'll bet twenty-five cents on the next game, to give a little interest +to it."</p> + +<p>Mark had no special scruples against betting, which is only one form of +gambling, but he decidedly objected to losing money, so he answered, +cautiously:</p> + +<p>"I don't know about that. You beat me both of the other games."</p> + +<p>"That's true; but you play better now than you did at first."</p> + +<p>"That may be so."</p> + +<p>"What are twenty-five cents, anyway? I expect to lose it, but it will +increase the interest of the game."</p> + +<p>So Mark was persuaded, and the game was played.</p> + +<p>James Carson managed to let Mark beat him by five shots, and the latter +was correspondingly elated.</p> + +<p>"You beat me after all," said James, pretending to be much disappointed, +"and by five points. I'll tell you what I'll do—I'll give you the same +odds, and bet a dollar on the game. I suppose it's foolish, but I'll +risk it!"</p> + +<p>"Done!" said Mark, eagerly.</p> + +<p>His cupidity was excited, and he felt sure of winning the dollar, as he +had the twenty-five cents. But James had no idea of playing off now, and +he played a better game, as he was well able to do. The result was that +Mark was beaten by three points.</p> + +<p>He looked quite crestfallen.</p> + +<p>"I had better shows than you," said James. "I couldn't do it once in +five times. Will you play again?"</p> + +<p>Mark agreed to it with some hesitation, and he was again beaten.</p> + +<p>"You had luck against you. Another day you will succeed better. Have you +played enough?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Mark, annoyed.</p> + +<p>He had four games to pay for and two dollars in bets, and it made rather +an expensive afternoon.</p> + +<p>"Have another drink? I'll treat," said James, who could afford to be +liberal.</p> + +<p>Mark accepted, and then, flushed and excited, he left the saloon, just +as Frank came up, as described in the first part of the chapter. On the +whole, he was sorry to meet his stepbrother just at this time.</p> + +<p>Frank stopped, and his attention was drawn to Mark's flushed face.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XI</h2> + +<h3>MARK GETS INTO TROUBLE</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mark nodded slightly and was about to pass without a word, when Frank +said, quietly:</p> + +<p>"I am sorry to see you coming out of such a place, Mark."</p> + +<p>"What is it to you, anyway?" returned Mark, rudely.</p> + +<p>"Not much, perhaps," replied Frank, calmly, "but I don't like to see my +acquaintances coming out of a liquor saloon."</p> + +<p>"It won't hurt you," said Mark, irritably.</p> + +<p>"No, it won't hurt me, but if tho principal should hear of it, it would +not be pleasant for you. You know students are strictly forbidden to +enter any saloon?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose you mean to tell on me," said Mark, hastily, and not +altogether without uneasiness.</p> + +<p>"You are mistaken. I am not a talebearer."</p> + +<p>"Then there is no need to say any more about it. Come along, James!"</p> + +<p>Frank's interference was well meant, but, as we shall see, it did harm +rather than good.</p> + +<p>As Mark left the saloon, he had half decided not to enter it again. He +was three dollars out of pocket, and this did not suit him at all.</p> + +<p>In fact, Mark was rather a mean boy, and it was with considerable +reluctance that he had handed over to his companion the two dollars with +which to pay for the games.</p> + +<p>Moreover, he was mortified at losing the two games of billiards, when so +great odds had been given him.</p> + +<p>James Carson was no scholar, but he was sharp enough to perceive the +state of Mark's feelings, and he also saw how he was affected by Frank's +remonstrance.</p> + +<p>He decided to take advantage of this, and strengthen his hold on Mark.</p> + +<p>"Well, Mark," he said, "I suppose you'll give up playing billiards now."</p> + +<p>"Why should I?"</p> + +<p>"Because your stepbrother doesn't approve of it. You won't dare to go +into the saloon after he has forbidden you," he continued, with a sneer.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, James? Do you suppose I care that"—snapping his +fingers—"for what Frank says, or even thinks, either?"</p> + +<p>"I didn't know but you might stand in fear of him."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to insult me?" demanded Mark, hotly.</p> + +<p>"Insult you! My dear friend, what can you be thinking of? Why, I like +you ten times as much as that muff, Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"Then what did you mean by what you said?" asked Mark, more calmly.</p> + +<p>"I will tell you. I got an idea, from what Frank said once, that he was +in charge of you—well, not exactly that, but he looked after you."</p> + +<p>This was a wicked falsehood, as Frank had never intimated any such +thing. In fact, he had generally kept quite aloof from James.</p> + +<p>Mark, however, fell into the trail, and never thought of doubting what +his companion said.</p> + +<p>"If Frank said that, I've a great mind to whip him," said Mark, angrily.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I wouldn't notice him, if I were you!" said James. "For my part, I +didn't believe what he said. I felt sure that a fine, spirited boy like +you wouldn't submit to his dictation."</p> + +<p>"I should say not—the impudent follow!"</p> + +<p>"When he spoke to you just now," continued James, "one would really have +thought he was your uncle, or guardian, and that you were a little boy."</p> + +<p>"I'll show him what I think of him and his advice. I hadn't thought of +going to the saloon to-morrow, but now I will."</p> + +<p>"Bravo! I like your spirit!" said James, admiringly. "It is just the way +to treat him. Shall I come round with you about the same hour as +to-day?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I wish you would."</p> + +<p>When the two boys parted company, James Carson smiled to himself.</p> + +<p>"What a fool Mark is!" he thought. "He thinks he is his own master, but +I am going to twist him round my little finger. He's a sweet youth, but +he's got money, and I mean to have some of it. Why, he tells me his +father allows him eight dollars a week for spending money. If I manage +well, I can get more than half away from his in bets."</p> + +<p>The next day James called for Mark, as agreed upon, and again the two +boys went to the billiard saloon. The performance of the day before was +repeated.</p> + +<p>James Carson, while flattering Mark's poor play, managed to beat in +every game but one on which money was staked, and came out the richer by +a dollar and a half.</p> + +<p>"I am very unlucky," grumbled Mark, in a tone of dissatisfaction.</p> + +<p>"So you were, Mark," admitted his sympathizing friend. "You made some +capital shots, though, and if I hadn't been so lucky, you would have +come out the victor in every game."</p> + +<p>"But I didn't."</p> + +<p>"No, you didn't; but you can't have such beastly luck all the time."</p> + +<p>"I guess I'd better give up billiards. In two days I have spent five +dollars. It doesn't pay."</p> + +<p>"No doubt Frank will be gratified when he hears that you have given up +playing. He will think it is because you are afraid of him."</p> + +<p>James had touched the right chord, and poor Mark was once more in his +toils.</p> + +<p>"It's lucky for me that Frank spoke to him," thought James. "It makes it +much easier for me to manage him."</p> + +<p>One thing, however, James had not taken into account. There were others +besides Frank who were liable to interfere with his management, and who +had the authority to make their interference effectual.</p> + +<p>On the day succeeding, as James and Mark were in the campus, Herbert +Grant approached them.</p> + +<p>Now Herbert was the janitor of the academy. He also was employed by the +principal to summon students who had incurred censure to his study, +where they received a suitable reprimand.</p> + +<p>It was not a pleasant duty, but some one must do it, and Herbert always +discharged it in a gentlemanly manner, which could not, or ought not, to +offend the schoolfellows who were unlucky enough to receive a summons.</p> + +<p>"Boys," said he, "I am sorry to be the bearer of unpleasant news, but +Dr. Brush would like to see you in his study."</p> + +<p>"Both of us?" asked James.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Are there any others summoned?"</p> + +<p>"No."</p> + +<p>Mark and his companion looked at each other with perturbed glances. No +one cared to visit the principal on such an errand. Corporal punishment +was never resorted to in the Bridgeville Academy, but the doctor's +dignified rebuke was dreaded more than blows would have been from some +men.</p> + +<p>"What do you think it is, James?" asked Mark, uneasily.</p> + +<p>"I think it's the saloon," answered James, in a low voice.</p> + +<p>"But how could he have found it out? No one saw us go in or come out."</p> + +<p>The billiard saloon was at some distance from the academy building, and +for that reason the two boys had felt more secure in visiting it.</p> + +<p>"I'll tell you how it came out," said James, suddenly.</p> + +<p>"How?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"You remember Frank saw us coming out day before yesterday."</p> + +<p>"He said he wouldn't tell."</p> + +<p>It was not very difficult for Mark to believe anything against Frank, +and he instantly adopted his companion's idea.</p> + +<p>"The mean sneak!" he said. "I'll come up with him! I'll tell my father +not to give him any money for the next month. I'll—-I'll get him to +apprentice Frank to a shoemaker! Perhaps then he won't put on so many +airs."</p> + +<p>"Good for you! I admire your pluck!" said James, slapping Mark on the +back. "You are true grit, you are! Just teach the fellow a lesson."</p> + +<p>"See if I don't!"</p> + +<p>Mark nodded his head resolutely, and went into the presence of Dr. +Brush, thirsting for vengeance against his stepbrother, who, he felt +persuaded, had informed against him.</p> + +<p>If Frank had known his suspicions he would have been very much +surprised. As it happened, however, he did not even know that his +stepbrother had been summoned to the doctor's study. Had he met Herbert, +the later would have told him; but after receiving his list, it so +chanced that he and his friend did not meet.</p> + +<p>The fact was that a young man employed as tutor in mathematics in the +academy, while taking an afternoon walk, had seen Mark and James Carson +leaving the liquor saloon, and, as in duty bound, had reported the same +to the principal.</p> + +<p>Mr. Triangle, however, had not been observed by either of the two boys, +and therefore they were led off on a false scent.</p> + +<p>"What do you think the old man will say?" asked Mark, uneasily, as they +ascended the stairs to the principal's study.</p> + +<p>"He'll give us a raking down, I suppose," said James. "He will come +down heavy on us."</p> + +<p>"I wish I were out of it."</p> + +<p>"Oh, it's not worth minding! We haven't committed murder, have we? +What's the harm in a game of billiards?"</p> + +<p>"Not much, perhaps; but the drinking and betting are certainly +objectionable."</p> + +<p>The boys knocked at the door, and the full, deep voice of Dr. Brush was +heard to say: "Come in!"</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XII</h2> + +<h3>SUSPENDED</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Dr. Brush was seated at a table covered with papers, in a large +armchair. He was an elderly man of dignified presence, not a petty +tyrant such as is sometimes found in a similar position, but a man who +commanded respect, without an effort.</p> + +<p>Mark Manning and James Carson entered his presence a little nervously.</p> + +<p>"Young gentlemen," said the doctor, gravely, "I am informed that you +have violated one of the rules of the academy by frequenting a billiard +saloon where liquor is sold."</p> + +<p>"Who told you, sir?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"That is not to the purpose," said the principal, gravely.</p> + +<p>"But I should like to know who informed on me," persisted Mark.</p> + +<p>"Whoever did so acted as your true friend, Manning; but there is no +occasion for you to know who it was. Is it true?"</p> + +<p>Mark would have been glad to deny the charge, and would not have felt +any scruples about doing so, if it would have done any good. But it was +clear, even to him, that he would not be believed, and that denial would +only make his position worse. So he made a virtue of necessity, and +answered:</p> + +<p>"I have been in once or twice, sir."</p> + +<p>"Exactly how many times have you been to the saloon?"</p> + +<p>"Three times."</p> + +<p>"What did you do there?'</p> + +<p>"We played billiards."</p> + +<p>"Did you order anything at the bar?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," said Mark, reluctantly.</p> + +<p>"Carson, you accompanied Manning, did you not?" said Dr. Brush, turning +to Mark's companion.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"And I suppose you also played billiards and drank?"</p> + +<p>"Well, yes, sir, I believe I did."</p> + +<p>"You were aware, were you not, that it was against the regulations of +the school?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose it must have slipped my mind," answered James, trying to look +as innocent as possible.</p> + +<p>Dr. Brush frowned, for he saw clearly that this was but a subterfuge.</p> + +<p>"If this were true," he continued, "it would be no excuse. As students, +it is your duty to make yourselves acquainted with the rules that govern +the institution. In point of fact, I cannot believe that either of you +is ignorant of the rule forbidding students to frequent places where +liquor is sold. It is hardly necessary for me to defend the propriety of +this rule. Intemperance is a fruitful source of vice and crime, and I +cannot allow the youth under by charge to form habits of indulgence +which may blast all their prospects, and lead to the most ruinous +consequences."</p> + +<p>"We didn't drink much," said Mark.</p> + +<p>"I shall not inquire how much you drank. In drinking a single glass, you +violated the rule of the school, and I cannot pass over it."</p> + +<p>"What is he going to do with us, I wonder?" thought Mark.</p> + +<p>He was not required to wonder long.</p> + +<p>"As this is your first offense, so far as I know," proceeded the +principal, "I will not be severe. You are both suspended from the +institution for the remainder of the term, and are required to leave +Bridgeville by the early train to-morrow morning for your respective +homes. I shall write to your parents, explaining the cause of your +suspension."</p> + +<p>But a week remained of the term, and the punishment was mild, but both +boys were mortified and left the study crestfallen.</p> + +<p>Mark was the first to recover his spirits.</p> + +<p>"It is not so bad, James," he said. "To-morrow will be Saturday, and I +should go home, anyway. I don't mind staying at home next week."</p> + +<p>"What will your father say?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'll make it all right with him! I don't mind much what he says. I +guess he got into scrapes himself when he was a boy."</p> + +<p>"My father isn't so easily managed. Just as likely as not, he'll cut off +my allowance for a month; and that'll be no joke!"</p> + +<p>"My father won't do that," said Mark. "If he did, I would raise a fuss."</p> + +<p>"Would that do any good?"</p> + +<p>"I'll bet it would!"</p> + +<p>Frank, who was quite ignorant of Mark's trouble, was surprised when the +latter approached him a little later with a frown and said, harshly:</p> + +<p>"You won't make anything by what you have done, Frank Courtney!"</p> + +<p>"Will you be kind enough to tell me what I have done?" asked Frank, +calmly.</p> + +<p>"You've been to Dr. Brush and told him about our playing billiards."</p> + +<p>"You are entirely mistaken, Mark. I did not suppose he knew."</p> + +<p>"It must have been you. He told us some one had informed him, and you +were the only one who knew. It's a mean trick, isn't it, Carson?"</p> + +<p>"Awfully mean!"</p> + +<p>"I have already told you that the information did not come from me. It +may be the best thing for you that it has been found out, for it was +doing you no good to frequent such places."</p> + +<p>"I don't want to hear any of your preaching, Frank Courtney. I guess I +can manage my own affairs without any advice from you."</p> + +<p>"I don't care to intrude any advice," said Frank. "I have not much +reason to feel interested in you."</p> + +<p>"You'd better look out how you treat me, though," said Mark, insolently. +"I know very well you dislike me, but it won't be safe for you to show +it while you are a dependent on my father."</p> + +<p>"I don't propose to be a dependent on him long," said Frank, quietly. +"The truth of it is, you and your father are dependent upon property +which of right belongs to me. The time may come when I shall be able to +show this."</p> + +<p>"What does he mean?" thought Mark, uneasily. "Will he contest the +will?"</p> + +<p>It was perhaps an evidence of Mark's shrewdness that he had some doubts +about the validity of the will under which his father inherited.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2> + +<h3>MR. MANNING'S NEW PLAN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mark so represented his school difficulty to his father that he incurred +but slight censure.</p> + +<p>Indeed, Mr. Manning was so absorbed in plans for getting the greatest +enjoyment out of the estate of which he had obtained possession by +doubtful means that he didn't care to be disturbed about such a trifle +as his son's suspension.</p> + +<p>He felt more disposed to blame Frank, whom Mark charged with betraying +him.</p> + +<p>"What does Frank say about it?" asked Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>"Of course he denies it," said Mark, "but it can't be any one else."</p> + +<p>"He is acting very unwisely," said Mr. Manning, compressing his thin +lips.</p> + +<p>"So I told him, but he said he didn't mean to be a dependent on you +long."</p> + +<p>"How is he going to avoid it?'</p> + +<p>"I don't know."</p> + +<p>"I have had some intimation from Col. Vincent, who appears to be in his +confidence. He wants to leave us."</p> + +<p>"To go away?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"But you won't let him?"</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking about that, Mark, and I may give my permission. +The fact is, he stands in the way of some plans I have formed. I am +thinking of traveling."</p> + +<p>"Not without me?" said Mark, hastily.</p> + +<p>"No; you shall go with me, but I don't care to take Frank."</p> + +<p>"You might leave him at school."</p> + +<p>"I might, but how do I know that he might not hatch some mischief while +we are gone?"</p> + +<p>"He might make some fuss about the property," suggested Mark.</p> + +<p>"Has he hinted anything of that kind to you?" asked his father, quickly.</p> + +<p>"Yes. Only yesterday he said that the property belonged by right to +him."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning looked thoughtful, and watched Mark narrowly to see if from +his manner he could divine the boy's intentions.</p> + +<p>Later that same evening, Mark having retired early in consequence of a +headache, Frank found himself alone with his stepfather, and took +advantage of the opportunity to speak of the plan he had formed.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning," he said, "if you are at leisure, I should like to speak +with you a few minutes."</p> + +<p>"Proceed," said his stepfather, waving his hand.</p> + +<p>"But a week remains of the school term. Did you propose that I should +return there at the end of the vacation?"</p> + +<p>"Humph! I had not thought much on the subject."</p> + +<p>"It has all along been intended that I should go to college when +prepared, but I don't think I care much about it."</p> + +<p>"In that case," said his stepfather, with alacrity, "you would only be +throwing away time and money by going."</p> + +<p>He was quite ready to agree to Frank's surrender of the college plan for +two reasons.</p> + +<p>A college course would be expensive. Again, should he turn his attention +to the law, he might hereafter give him trouble about the estate.</p> + +<p>"I don't think I should throw away my time, for, if I went to college, I +should go there to work faithfully; but I have a fancy for a more +stirring life."</p> + +<p>"It might be a good plan for you to learn a trade," said Mr. Manning, +reflectively.</p> + +<p>"Learn a trade!" exclaimed Frank, in surprise.</p> + +<p>"Yes; it would always enable you to earn a living."</p> + +<p>"Do you intend Mark to learn a trade?" asked Frank, quickly.</p> + +<p>"No; his case is very different from yours."</p> + +<p>"Why it is different?"</p> + +<p>"It is not necessary for me to explain," answered his stepfather, +stiffly.</p> + +<p>"If there were any need of it, Mr. Manning, I would not object to learn +a trade," said Frank. "I have no false pride on the subject. But my +tastes are more for mercantile business."</p> + +<p>"I may be able to find you a place somewhere. I have a friend in the +dry-goods business, who would receive you at my recommendation."</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said Frank, hastily. "But if you will allow me, I would +prefer to look around for myself."</p> + +<p>"What is it you want, then?"</p> + +<p>"Your permission to go out into the world, and try to make a living."</p> + +<p>"And if you don't," said Mr. Manning, "I suppose you expect me to +defray your expenses?"</p> + +<p>"If I did have such an expectation, I think I should be justified, in +view of the large property which my mother left," said Frank, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"She left it to me," said his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"So it appears, at any rate. But I shall not call upon you to pay my +board. Give me your permission to go where I please, with a small sum of +money to start me, and I shall be satisfied."</p> + +<p>"And what will the world say? That I, your stepfather, to whom you have +a right to look for maintenance, had driven you out to earn your living! +It would be unjust, of course, but the world is ever unjust."</p> + +<p>And Mr. Manning assumed a look of wronged innocence, which would have +imposed on anyone who knew him but slightly.</p> + +<p>"I shall defend you from any such charge," said Frank. "I shall say that +you were only yielding to my request."</p> + +<p>"I will think of it, my dear boy," said Mr. Manning, graciously. "I +already feel inclined to grant it, because it is your request. I shall +be sorry to be separated from you; but I am willing to sacrifice my own +feelings, if it will give you pleasure."</p> + +<p>This did not impose upon Frank, who had a correct idea of the degree of +fondness which Mr. Manning had for his society, but he was too well +satisfied with the prospect of obtaining the permission he desired to +imply any doubts.</p> + +<p>"Again," continued his stepfather, "whatever you may say to the +contrary, I know that the world will censure me; but I shall have the +approval of my own conscience, and with that I can defy the world."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning certainly did look like a righteous man when he said this, +and he beamed upon his stepson with a glance that was actually +affectionate.</p> + +<p>"Go back to school," ho said, "and when you return I shall be able to +give you a definite answer."</p> + +<p>Indeed, nothing could have suited Mr. Manning's plans better. He would +get rid of the care and nearly the whole expense of his obnoxious +stepson, while with his son Mark he would be spending the revenues of +the estate which belonged to Frank.</p> + +<p>During the coming week he arranged his plans for a prolonged absence +from the Cedars. He wrote to New York to engage passage on a steamer +bound for Liverpool, and quietly waited for the end of Frank's school +term to release him from a care which had grown burdensome.</p> + +<p>Frank returned to the Bridgeville Academy without Mark. As may be +supported, however, he did not feel the loss of his society.</p> + +<p>He at once communicated to his chosen friend, Herbert Grant, his +probable departure from school.</p> + +<p>"I am sorry to hear it, Frank," said Herbert, soberly. "Do you think you +are acting wisely?"</p> + +<p>"I am not acting as I would have done had my mother lived," answered +Frank; "but you must remember that my position in life has very much +changed. I am a poor boy."</p> + +<p>"Hardly that, when there is so much property in the family."</p> + +<p>"I know Mr. Manning too well to believe that I shall derive much +benefit from it. No, Herbert, I have my own living to make, and I want +to make it in my own way."</p> + +<p>"It is a sad change for you, Frank."</p> + +<p>"No, I can't say that. I don't know how it is, Herbert, but I am rather +glad to have all this thrown upon me. I enjoy feeling that I have got to +work."</p> + +<p>"I have a chance of enjoying the same feelings," said Herbert, with a +smile.</p> + +<p>"I wish we could start together, Herbert. Couldn't you go with me?"</p> + +<p>Herbert shook his head.</p> + +<p>"Father has a plan for me," he said. "I am to learn his trade, and shall +commence next week. I don't particularly like it, but it is well to have +a trade to fall back upon."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning wanted me to learn a trade."</p> + +<p>"There is no occasion for your doing so."</p> + +<p>"I don't know about that. If I had a particular fancy for any, I +wouldn't mind choosing it, but I am better suited for something else."</p> + +<p>"What is your plan? What will you do first?"</p> + +<p>"My father has a cousin in the city of Newark, New Jersey, only a few +miles from New York. Four years ago, he and his family made us a visit, +and he was urgent then that we should return the visit. I will, first of +all, go to him, and ask his advice. He is a business man, and he may be +able to put me in the way of obtaining a position."</p> + +<p>"I think you will succeed, Frank, but it will be harder than you think +for. You don't know what poverty is yet. I have never known anything +else."</p> + +<p>"If I do succeed, Herbert, I may be able to find something for you."</p> + +<p>"I wish you might," Herbert replied; but he was not as sanguine as +Frank.</p> + +<p>He understood, better than his friend, that for a boy to set out alone +into the great world to earn a living is a serious undertaking.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XIV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2> + +<h3>GOOD-BYE</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank had fixed upon the Tuesday morning succeeding the close of the +academic term for his departure from home. Monday was devoted to a few +necessary preparations and a few calls on old friends, among them Col. +Vincent, the owner of Ajax.</p> + +<p>"My dear Frank," said the colonel, kindly, "I feel a strong interest in +your welfare, more especially because of the wrong which I do not +scruple to say has been done you. What does Mr. Manning say to your +plan?"</p> + +<p>"He makes no objection," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Suppose he had done so?"</p> + +<p>"I would not have run away. He is my stepfather and guardian, and I +would have endured staying at home as well as I could."</p> + +<p>"There you are right, Frank. Though I have a poor opinion of Mr. +Manning, he is not likely to treat you in a manner to justify your going +away without his permission. From what I have heard within the last +week, I suspect that he feels relieved to have you go."</p> + +<p>"What have you heard, sir?"</p> + +<p>"That Mr. Manning will shortly sail for Europe, taking Mark with him."</p> + +<p>Frank was surprised, having no suspicion of this.</p> + +<p>"Now are you not sorry that you have decided to go out into the world to +earn a living when you might have seen something of the Old World?"</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning would never have taken me along," answered Frank, quietly, +"nor should I have enjoyed traveling with him and Mark."</p> + +<p>"Of the two, who would interfere the more with your enjoyment?"</p> + +<p>"Mark."</p> + +<p>"Then you prefer the father to the son?" said the colonel.</p> + +<p>"The father has much more agreeable manners. I don't think Mark could be +agreeable if he tried."</p> + +<p>Col. Vincent smiled.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps you are right, Frank," he said. "Now, as your father's old +friend, I shall exact a promise from you."</p> + +<p>"What is it, sir?"</p> + +<p>"You are going out into the world to earn your own living. Boys of your +age are apt to think it an easy thing. I have seen more of life, and I +am sure you will find it more difficult than you suppose. You may find +yourself in difficulty, possibly in want. In that case, promise to let +me know, and I will come to your assistance."</p> + +<p>"I will, sir," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>The time came for Frank to say good-bye to Mr. Manning and Mark, and the +house which had been his home from infancy.</p> + +<p>His stepfather handed him a small pocketbook.</p> + +<p>"Frank," he said, "in this pocketbook you will find twenty-five +dollars. It is not much, but—"</p> + +<p>"I am satisfied, sir," said Frank. "It won't be long before I am earning +something."</p> + +<p>"I hope your anticipations may be realized, but it is possible that you +may require help."</p> + +<p>"I think not, sir."</p> + +<p>"I will authorize my banker to pay you the same sum—twenty-five +dollars—every three months. Of course, it is not enough to support you; +but, as you say it is your intention to procure a place—"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"It will probably be enough to make up any deficiency that may exist in +your income. I am aware that you do not regard me as—as I would like to +have you; but I am resigned to be misunderstood, and I merely call your +attention to the fact that I have given you my free permission to carry +out your own plans and have given you more assistance than you asked +for."</p> + +<p>"That's true, sir."</p> + +<p>"Should anyone in your hearing condemn me for what I have done, I depend +upon your defending me."</p> + +<p>"I will state the facts, sir. I will take the entire responsibility for +anything that may result from the step I have taken."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning looked well pleased. Things were taking the course he +desired, and for the paltry sum of one hundred dollars a year, he was +getting rid of an obnoxious stepson, while appearing to confer a favor +upon him.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps you are right, Frank," said his stepfather, disguising the +satisfaction he felt. "If, however, you should find that you have made a +mistake, you will do me the justice to remember that I gave you your +choice."</p> + +<p>Knowing, as he did, that the offer was not genuine, Frank remained +silent. He could not make up his mind to express gratitude, and +therefore said nothing.</p> + +<p>Here the carriage drove up to the door to convey Frank to the railway +station. Mindful of appearance, Mr. Manning accompanied him to the cars, +and in presence of several neighbors bade him an effusively affectionate +farewell.</p> + +<p>So Frank was fairly started on his campaign.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XV</h2> + +<h3>ERASTUS TARBOX, OF NEWARK</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Erastus Tarbox kept a dry-goods store in the city of Newark, New Jersey. +He was well to do, not so much because of his enterprise and skill as a +merchant as because of his extreme poverty. Some people called it +parsimony. He only employed two clerks to assist him in his store, and +they, as well as the boy who carried out parcels and ran the errands, +were paid scarcely more than two-thirds the rates paid in neighboring +stores.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox prided himself upon his relationship to the Courtneys. They +were rich, and riches, in his eyes were a great merit. He often sighed +to think that there was no chance for him to benefit by a share of the +large property owned by his cousins. Without hope of personal advantage, +however, he had always been obsequious to them, and often took occasion +to mention them, by way of enhancing his own social credit somewhat.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox had heard of Mrs. Courtney's death, but had not heard the +particulars of the will. He took it for granted that Frank was sole +heir, and it did cross his mind more than once how very agreeable it +would be if he could be selected as guardian of the rich young heir. Of +course, he knew that there was no probability of it, since the +stepfather would undoubtedly be appointed to that position.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox had just sold a calico dress pattern to a poor woman, when +his attention was drawn to the entrance of Frank Courtney, who entered +his store, valise in hand.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox was rather short-sighted, and did not immediately recognize +the son of his rich cousin.</p> + +<p>"What can I do for you, young man?" he asked, in his business tone.</p> + +<p>"This is Mr. Tarbox, I believe?" said Frank, who did not know his +relatives very well.</p> + +<p>"Yes, that is my name."</p> + +<p>"I am Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"Bless my soul!" ejaculated Mr. Tarbox, surprised and delighted. "When +did you arrive in Newark?"</p> + +<p>"I have only just arrived."</p> + +<p>"I do hope you are going to make us a visit," said Mr. Tarbox, +cordially.</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" answered Frank, cheered by this warm reception. "If you are +sure it won't inconvenience you."</p> + +<p>"Inconvenience me! We shall be delighted to have you with us."</p> + +<p>"You must come up and see Mrs. Tarbox. She will be delighted to see +you."</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox lived over his store. There was a door from the street +adjoining the shop front. Mr. Tarbox opened it with a pass-key, and +conducted Frank upstairs, ushering him into a gloomy parlor, with stiff, +straightbacked chairs, ranged at regular intervals along the sides of +the room, and a marble-topped center table, with two or three books +lying upon it. There was a framed engraving, representing Washington +crossing the Delaware, over the mantel, and two plaster figures and +similar ornaments on the mantelpiece. The whole aspect of the room +chilled Frank.</p> + +<p>"Wait here, and I will call my wife," said Mr. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>Frank sat down on a hard sofa and awaited the entrance of Mrs. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>She came in, a tall, thin woman, about as handsome for a woman as her +husband was for a man. Indeed, they were very well matched. She was +quite as mean as he, and between them they managed to make annually a +sensible addition to their world possessions.</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox privately hinted his hopes respecting Frank to his wife, and +she instantly agreed that it would be a most eligible arrangement.</p> + +<p>"We must make him contented, my dear," said her husband. "Give him the +best bedroom, and I think it might be well to have something a little +extra for supper."</p> + +<p>"I did intend to put on the rest of that cold mutton," said Mrs. Tarbox, +doubtfully.</p> + +<p>"It won't do, Martha. There is only a little of it, you know, and the +boy has been traveling, and, of course, is hungry. What do you say, now, +to some nice beefsteak?"</p> + +<p>"Beefsteak is high now," said Mrs. Tarbox. "Still, if we buy round +steak—that is cheaper than sirloin or tenderloin."</p> + +<p>"And quite as good," said her economical partner. "We can tell Frank, +however, that no sirloin was to be had so late in the day at the +markets."</p> + +<p>Mrs. Tarbox nodded her head, approving the suggestion.</p> + +<p>This little matter being adjusted, the husband and wife entered the +parlor where our hero was waiting patiently.</p> + +<p>"This is our young cousin, Martha," said Mr. Tarbox, smiling pleasantly.</p> + +<p>"Welcome to Newark," said Mrs. Tarbox, extending her hand. "And how did +you leave your stepfather?"</p> + +<p>"He is well," said Prank, coolly.</p> + +<p>The two exchanged glances. It was clear that Frank did not like his +stepfather, and this was satisfactory to them. There was the more chance +of his leaving him and boarding with them.</p> + +<p>"The children will be so glad to see you," said Mr. Tarbox; "won't they, +Martha?"</p> + +<p>"Delighted!" assured the lady.</p> + +<p>"Pliny must be about your age. How old are you, by the way?"</p> + +<p>"Sixteen."</p> + +<p>"Just Pliny's age. Do you remember him?"</p> + +<p>Frank remembered a tall, thin stripling who had accompanied his parents +to the Cedars, and who appeared to have an inexhaustible appetite.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I remember him. Does he go to school?"</p> + +<p>"No; Pliny is in a store," answered Mr. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>"Your store?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, no! I thought it would be better for him to enter the employ of a +stranger. He is in a bookstore."</p> + +<p>There was one great advantage in Pliny's entering the employ of a +stranger. He was paid four dollars a week, whereas Mr. Tarbox paid his +boy but two. Here, then, was a clear gain of two dollars a week.</p> + +<p>"But you must be tired," said Mrs. Tarbox. "You will see the children at +supper. Martha, I think Frank would like to go to his room."</p> + +<p>The best bedroom was over the parlor. It was rather more cheerful, +because lighter.</p> + +<p>"Here," said Mr. Tarbox, "you must make yourself at home. Martha, isn't +one of the drawers in that bureau empty? I thought so. Take your clothes +out of the valise and put them away. Now, is there anything you would +like?"</p> + +<p>"Only a little water to wash in," said Frank. "You are both very kind."</p> + +<p>"We hope to make you comfortable. You are our relative, you know."</p> + +<p>The water was brought up by Mrs. Tarbox herself, and Frank was left +alone, on the whole well pleased with his reception.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XVI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XVI</h2> + +<h3>AN UNPLEASANT DISCOVERY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It never occurred to Frank that his cordial reception was wholly due to +his supposed wealth. Had he known the Tarbox family better, he would +have had no uncertainty on this point. As it was, the discovery was soon +made.</p> + +<p>"All my olive branches are for you, my dear young cousin," said Mr. +Tarbox, waving his hand. "A peaceful, happy family. Children, this is +our esteemed relative, Frank Courtney. You remember visiting his +delightful home, the Cedars."</p> + +<p>"Yes, pa," said Julia.</p> + +<p>Pliny said nothing, but stared at Frank, inwardly considering whether it +would be possible to borrow some money of him.</p> + +<p>"I am glad to meet you all. I hope we shall become better acquainted," +said Frank politely.</p> + +<p>"No doubt you will," said Mr. Tarbox. "They are rather bashful, but they +long to know you."</p> + +<p>"How are you?" said Pliny, in a sudden burst of sociability.</p> + +<p>"Pretty well, thank you!" answered Frank, finding it rather difficult to +preserve his gravity.</p> + +<p>"I am in a store," said Pliny.</p> + +<p>"In your father's store?"</p> + +<p>"No. He wouldn't pay me as much as I get where I am."</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox looked embarrassed.</p> + +<p>"A smaller boy answered my purpose," he said, in an explanatory manner. +"Pliny is suited for higher duties. But our supper is ready. It is +frugal compared with yours at the Cedars, my dear Frank, but you are +heartily welcome to it."</p> + +<p>"It looks very nice, Mr. Tarbox," said our hero, "and I have not been +accustomed to luxurious living."</p> + +<p>This answer pleased Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox. Even if Frank should become a +boarder on liberal terms, they didn't wish to spend too much on their +table.</p> + +<p>"We couldn't get sirloin steak," said Mr. Tarbox; "but I hope you will +find this good."</p> + +<p>"No doubt I shall," said Frank, politely.</p> + +<p>"Won't you have another piece of steak?" asked Mrs. Tarbox.</p> + +<p>Frank saw that there was but a small piece left, and, though his +appetite was not wholly satisfied, he answered:</p> + +<p>"No, thank you."</p> + +<p>"I will!" said Pliny, quickly.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Tarbox frowned at her son, but did not venture to refuse in the +presence of her guest. She cut off a small portion of the steak, and, +with a severe look, put it on the extended plate of Pliny.</p> + +<p>"You've got a good appetite, Pliny," said Julia.</p> + +<p>"So would you have, if you had to work like me!" grumbled Pliny.</p> + +<p>After the steak came an apple pie, which was cut into seven pieces. Mrs. +Tarbox managed to make Frank's piece a little larger than the rest.</p> + +<p>Her husband observed it with approval. He was very desirous that Frank +should be satisfied with his fare.</p> + +<p>When Pliny rose from the table, saying that he must be getting back to +the store, Frank rose also.</p> + +<p>"I will go with you," he said, "if you have no objection. I would like +to take a walk."</p> + +<p>"Come along," said Pliny. "I should like to have company."</p> + +<p>"You will be a great deal of company for Pliny," observed Mr. Tarbox, +rubbing his hands with satisfaction. "Just of an age and of congenial +tastes."</p> + +<p>Frank hardly expected to find Pliny very congenial, but he wished to +obtain some information, which he thought the latter could give him, +and he also wanted to see something of Newark.</p> + +<p>"I say, your name is Frank, isn't it?" commenced Pliny:</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"The old man's awful glad to see you."</p> + +<p>"I am glad of it. He has received me very kindly."</p> + +<p>"Got up an extra supper for you. We don't often get steak for supper."</p> + +<p>This was rather an embarrassing revelation, and surprised Frank +somewhat. The supper had not seemed to him at all extra. It would do, +but was far from luxurious.</p> + +<p>"I hope you'll stay with us a good while," continued Pliny.</p> + +<p>"Thank you."</p> + +<p>"You see we shall live better while you are with us, and the rest of us +will be gainers."</p> + +<p>"I don't want to put your father to any unusual expense."</p> + +<p>"Oh, he can afford it! But he's stingy, father is. He doesn't spend any +more than he can help."</p> + +<p>"It is best to be economical, I suppose."</p> + +<p>"When you don't carry it too far. I say, Frank," continued Pliny, +lowering his voice, "you can't lend me five dollars, can you?"</p> + +<p>Frank regarded Pliny with astonishment. The proposal was very abrupt, +especially when the shortness of their acquaintance was considered.</p> + +<p>"Are you particularly in need of money?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"Well, you see," said Pliny, "I want it for a particular purpose."</p> + +<p>"Why not ask your father for it?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, he'd never let me have it!"</p> + +<p>Now, in Frank's present circumstances, five dollars represented a good +deal of money. He was the more impressed with the necessity of economy +since he had found out how small were the wages paid in stores to boys +of his age.</p> + +<p>He did not feel at all inclined to grant Pliny's request, especially as +he had a strong suspicion that it would be a long time before the sum +would be returned.</p> + +<p>"Why do you apply to me, Pliny?" he asked, seriously.</p> + +<p>"Didn't your mother die and leave you a big property? Father says you +must be worth more than a hundred thousand dollars."</p> + +<p>"Your father probably has not heard of the will," said Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>"What was there in the will?" asked Pliny.</p> + +<p>"The whole property was left to Mr. Manning."</p> + +<p>"Who is he?"</p> + +<p>"My stepfather."</p> + +<p>"And nothing to you?"</p> + +<p>"Nothing to me."</p> + +<p>"But he's got to take care of you, hasn't he?"</p> + +<p>"It was expected, but I am going to earn my own living, if I can."</p> + +<p>Pliny stopped short in blank amazement and whistled.</p> + +<p>"Then you haven't got a lot of money?"</p> + +<p>"No."</p> + +<p>"Won't your stepfather give you a part of the property?"</p> + +<p>"I haven't asked him, but I don't think he will."</p> + +<p>"And why did you come to Newark?"</p> + +<p>"I thought your father might give me some help about getting a place."</p> + +<p>"If this isn't the richest joke!" said Pliny, laughing uproariously.</p> + +<p>"Where is the joke? I don't see it," returned Frank, inclined to be +angry.</p> + +<p>"The way you have taken in the old man. He thinks you are rich, and has +treated you accordingly—got up an extra supper and all that. Oh, it's +too good!"</p> + +<p>"I certainly didn't intend to take him in, as you call it," said Frank. +"The sooner you tell him the better."</p> + +<p>"I'll tell him," said Pliny. "I shall enjoy seeing how provoked he'll +be."</p> + +<p>"I think I will leave you," said Frank, shortly. "I will take a walk by +myself.</p> + +<p>"Well, don't lose your way. Oh, I wish the store was shut! I want to +tell the old man."</p> + +<p>And Pliny laughed again, while our hero walked off in disgust.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XVII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XVII</h2> + +<h3>THE WAY OF THE WORLD</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank felt like an impostor when he discovered that his cordial +reception was wholly owing to the belief that he was his mother's heir.</p> + +<p>The situation was unpleasant, and he was impatient to have Mr. Tarbox +undeceived. He was sure that Pliny would lose no time in revealing his +true position, and decided not to return to the house of Mr. Tarbox till +nine o'clock, when the story would have been told.</p> + +<p>He wandered about aimlessly till he heard the city clocks strike nine, +and then rang the bell at his relation's house.</p> + +<p>The family, with the exception of the two younger children, were +assembled in the common sitting room.</p> + +<p>As Frank entered, instead of the cordial welcome he had previously +received, he noticed a look of coldness and constraint on the faces of +Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox, while Pliny looked as if some stupendous joke was +being perpetrated.</p> + +<p>"Good-evening!" said Frank, politely. "I have been taking a walk."</p> + +<p>"My son Pliny tells me," said Mr. Tarbox, "that you have not inherited +your mother's property."</p> + +<p>Frank bowed.</p> + +<p>"And that it has gone to your stepfather."</p> + +<p>"It seems so."</p> + +<p>"I am amazed."</p> + +<p>"So was I, sir."</p> + +<p>"Your mother has practically disinherited you?"</p> + +<p>"It was not my mother, sir," said Frank, hastily. "I can't explain it, +but I'm sure she would not will away everything from me."</p> + +<p>"Do you suspect your stepfather of anything irregular?" asked Mr. +Tarbox, briskly.</p> + +<p>"I would rather not answer your question, sir. I don't care to make any +charges which I cannot prove."</p> + +<p>"And so Mr. Manning has sent you out into the world to earn your own +living, has he?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir. He has consented that I may do so. It was my own plan."</p> + +<p>Much as Frank was prejudiced against his stepfather, his natural sense +of justice would not allow him to accuse him unjustly.</p> + +<p>"Did he suggest that you should come to me?" asked Mr. Tarbox, in a +tone which Frank did not like.</p> + +<p>"No, sir."</p> + +<p>"So that was your idea, too," continued Mr. Tarbox, with a palpable +sneer.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," answered Frank. "You are not a very near relative, but the +nearest I know of, and I supposed you would be willing to give me some +advice about the best means of earning my living. I remembered," he +could not help adding, "that my mother received you all as guests for a +considerable time, and I thought I might take the liberty."</p> + +<p>"Oh, certainly!" returned Mr. Tarbox, rather abashed. "I am, of course, +ready to give you advice, and my first advice is to seek a lawyer and +let him institute a suit against your stepfather, on speculation. That +is, he gets nothing if he fails, but obtains a commission if he +succeeds. I could myself recommend a reliable man."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir; but I have no present thought of contesting the will."</p> + +<p>"I think you make a mistake. Do I understand that you expect to earn +your own living?"</p> + +<p>"I shall try to do so."</p> + +<p>"You will find it very difficult. You may expect me to take you into my +own store, but there is no vacancy, and—"</p> + +<p>Frank hastily assured Mr. Tarbox that he had no such expectations. He +had no wish to deprive the errand boy of the two dollars a week, which +he probably richly earned.</p> + +<p>"Situations in Newark are not easily obtained," proceeded Mr. Tarbox. "I +am willing that you should stay with us a day or two, but I don't think +you will find it worth your while to stay here."</p> + +<p>Mr. Tarbox feared that his young relative might expect to find a home +free of charge in his house, and such an arrangement did not suit his +economical ideas. There was no profit in it, but, on the contrary, a +positive loss. Frank read clearly the thoughts of his host, with the +help of what Pliny had told him, and, expressing his thanks very +briefly, announced his intention to go to New York the next morning.</p> + +<p>"It may be the best thing you can do!" said Mr. Tarbox, relieved. "New +York opens a much wider field to a boy of enterprise than Newark, and +probably you will pick up something to do."</p> + +<p>"It won't be my fault, if I don't," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"You have my best wishes," said Mr. Tarbox. "The demands of my family +forbid me offering you any pecuniary assistance, but—"</p> + +<p>"I don't stand in need of it, sir. I have money enough to keep me till I +get started in something."</p> + +<p>"Really, I am very glad to hear it!"</p> + +<p>And there is no doubt that Mr. Tarbox was sincere.</p> + +<p>"I wonder how much money he has got?" thought Pliny. "Perhaps he'd lend +me two dollars. I'll ask him, if I have a chance."</p> + +<p>Pliny proposed to borrow, not because he needed the money, but because +he liked to levy contributions upon any available party, with a very +faint idea of repaying the same. The money would go to swell his deposit +at the savings bank. It was very commendable, of course, to save his +money, but not at the expense of others, as Pliny too frequently did.</p> + +<p>"I have moved you out of the spare room," said Mrs. Tarbox, when our +hero asked permission to retire, "and put you in the same room with +Pliny. I suppose you won't mind?"</p> + +<p>"Just as you please, Mrs. Tarbox," said Frank, though he would have +preferred to have passed the night alone.</p> + +<p>"Could you make it convenient to lend me two dollars?" asked Pliny, as +they went up to bed together.</p> + +<p>"Not just now," answered Frank. "When I get something to do I shall not +need to be so careful of my money."</p> + +<p>"One dollar would answer," persisted Pliny.</p> + +<p>Without a word, Frank drew a dollar bill from his pocketbook and handed +it to Pliny.</p> + +<p>"Now," he thought, "I shall not feel under any obligations to the +family."</p> + +<p>"You're a good fellow, even if you are poor," said Pliny, in high good +humor.</p> + +<p>Frank was tired, and it was not long before all his anxieties for future +were lost sight of in a sound and refreshing slumber.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XVIII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK ARRIVES IN NEW YORK</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The breakfast the next morning was very meager. It was no longer an +object to gratify Frank's palate, now that he turned out to be a poor +relation, and the family returned to their usual plain diet.</p> + +<p>"So you are resolved to go to New York this morning," said Mr. Tarbox. +"Of course it would gratify us to have you remain longer, but I +appreciate your anxiety to go to work."</p> + +<p>Frank was by no means deceived by this statement. He knew very well +that Mr. Tarbox would be relieved by his departure, but of this +knowledge he made no sign. He merely said that he thought it best to go.</p> + +<p>He took leave of his hosts, and, purchasing a ticket at the railway +station, found himself within an hour in New York. He had been there +before, but it was not for a long time, and he had but a vague general +idea of the city.</p> + +<p>Frank made inquiries of a kindly man who owned a clean little store on +one of the streets. The latter knew of places where Frank could board +and lodge for five dollars a week or about that and directed Frank to +them. They were all near University Place. He found the place without +difficulty.</p> + +<p>A slipshod servant answered the bell.</p> + +<p>"Have you got any small rooms?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered the girl. "Missus is out, but I'll show you a hall +bedroom, if you like."</p> + +<p>"I should like to see it."</p> + +<p>Frank followed the girl upstairs.</p> + +<p>He was not favorably impressed by the appearance of the interior. He did +not so much mind its being shabby, but he was repelled by the evident +lack of neatness.</p> + +<p>The girl threw open the door of a small hall bedroom at the head of the +stairs, but it looked so comfortless that he felt sure he should not +like it. He thought it best, however, to inquire the price.</p> + +<p>"Five dollars a week with board," answered the girl.</p> + +<p>"I don't think it will suit me," said our hero.</p> + +<p>"There's a larger room for seven dollars," said the servant.</p> + +<p>"No. I think I will look elsewhere."</p> + +<p>The next house was not much better, but the third was much neater and +more attractive, and Frank agreed to take a room at five dollars per +week.</p> + +<p>It was a small hall bedroom, but it looked clean, and the lady who +showed him about the house was very neat in her dress.</p> + +<p>"When will you come?" asked the lady.</p> + +<p>"Now," replied Frank, promptly.</p> + +<p>"Would you mind paying the first week in advance?"</p> + +<p>"Not at all. Here is the money."</p> + +<p>And Frank drew a five-dollar bill from his portemonnaie.</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said the boarding-house keeper. "I have lost so much by +boarders going away owing me money that I am obliged to ask gentlemen to +pay in advance till I am well acquainted with them."</p> + +<p>"That is quite right," said Frank. "What is your dinner hour?"</p> + +<p>"Six o'clock. We have lunch at half-past twelve for the ladies, but if +any gentleman happens to be at home at that time, he can go in."</p> + +<p>Frank looked at his watch. It was only eleven o'clock and as so much of +the day remained, he decided, as soon as he had unpacked his valise, to +go downtown and look for a place without delay.</p> + +<p>"I shall not be here at lunch to-day," he said. "You may expect me at +dinner."</p> + +<p>There was a small bureau in the room—a piece of furniture not often +found in hall bedrooms.</p> + +<p>Frank deposited the contents of the valise in the bureau drawers, and +then went downstairs and out into the street.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XIX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XIX</h2> + +<h3>FRANK SEEKS EMPLOYMENT IN VAIN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It was a bright, pleasant day, and Broadway looked very lively. In spite +of his being alone in a strange city, with uncertain prospects, Frank +felt in good spirits.</p> + +<p>Boys of his age usually like excitement and bustle, and Frank was quick +to notice the shifting scenes of the great panorama.</p> + +<p>"Here are thousands of people," he reflected, "all of whom make a living +in some way. I don't see why I can't succeed as well as they."</p> + +<p>Some of the objects he saw amused him.</p> + +<p>In front of him walked an elderly man with a large placard strapped to +his back, on which was the advertisement of a "Great Clothing Emporium."</p> + +<p>"I don't think I should fancy that kind of employment," thought our +hero.</p> + +<p>As he was looking in at a shop window, a boy about his own age hailed +him.</p> + +<p>"I say, Johnny, what's the price of turnips?"</p> + +<p>"Do you want to buy any?" asked Frank quietly.</p> + +<p>"Well, I might. Have you got any with you?"</p> + +<p>"I am sorry I can't supply you," said Frank, coolly. "Up our way we keep +our cattle on turnips."</p> + +<p>"You ain't so green, after all," said the boy, laughing good-naturedly.</p> + +<p>"Thank you for the compliment!"</p> + +<p>"I suppose I look countrylike," thought Frank, "but it won't last long. +I shall get used to city ways."</p> + +<p>Close by he saw in a window the sign:</p> + +<center>"CASH BOY WANTED."</center> + +<p>Frank as not altogether certain about the duties of cash boys nor their +rate of compensation, but he made up his mind not to lose sight of any +chances, and accordingly stepped into the store.</p> + +<p>It proved to be a large dry-goods store.</p> + +<p>Near the entrance he met a tall man, with black whiskers.</p> + +<p>"Do you want any cash boys?" inquired Frank.</p> + +<p>"Are you inquiring for yourself?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"You are too large. Besides, you would not be satisfied with the wages?"</p> + +<p>"How much do you pay, sir?"</p> + +<p>"Two dollars a week."</p> + +<p>"No; I don't think I should like to work for that," said Frank. "Are +those cash boys?" he asked, pointing out some boys of apparently ten to +twelve years, old, who were flitting about from desk to counter.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"I see they are much younger than I. Excuse the trouble I have given +you!"</p> + +<p>"None whatever," said the man, politely.</p> + +<p>Frank left the store, and continued his walk down Broadway.</p> + +<p>He began to feel a little serious. It was evident that the boys did not +receive as large compensation for their services as he had supposed.</p> + +<p>The problem promised to be a perplexing one, but Frank was by no means +discouraged. In fact, if he had been, he would hardly have deserved to +be the hero of my story.</p> + +<p>Though Clinton Place is not very far uptown, it is a considerable walk +from this point to the Astor House.</p> + +<p>There was so much to see, however, that Frank did not become tired, nor +was he sensible of the distance. He walked a little beyond the Astor +House, and, crossing Broadway, turned down Fulton Street.</p> + +<p>On the left side of the street his attention was drawn to a restaurant, +and he was led by the prompting of appetite to enter.</p> + +<p>The prices he found to be reasonable, and the tables were already pretty +well filled with clerks and business men, who were partaking of their +midday lunch.</p> + +<p>Frank found that a plate of meat, with potato and a small supply of +bread and butter, could be obtained for fifteen cents.</p> + +<p>He afterward found restaurants where the same could be gotten for ten +cents, but generally there was a deficiency in quality or quantity, and +there was less neatness in serving the articles.</p> + +<p>Seated at the same table with Frank were two young men, neither probably +much over twenty. One appeared to be filling a regular clerkship.</p> + +<p>"What are you doing now, Jack?" he asked of the other.</p> + +<p>"I am in the tea business."</p> + +<p>"How is that?"</p> + +<p>"You know the Great Pekin Tea Company, of course?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Well, until I can get a place, I am selling for them."</p> + +<p>"How do you make out?"</p> + +<p>"I can't tell you, for I have only just commenced," said his friend.</p> + +<p>"How do they pay—salary or commission?"</p> + +<p>"They are to pay me a commission—twenty per cent on what I sell."</p> + +<p>"That is a good commission."</p> + +<p>"Yes; it is good enough, if I can make a fair amount of sales. There is +a good deal of uncertainty about it of course. I would much rather have +a place like yours."</p> + +<p>Frank listened with interest. He wondered whether the Great Pekin Tea +Company would employ him. If so, he would have a field for his energy, +and every inducement to work hard, since his pay would depend on the +amount of his sales. Besides, as an agent, he would occupy a +comparatively independent position, and Frank was ambitious enough to +enjoy this.</p> + + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XX</h2> + +<h3>AN ADVENTURE IN WALL STREET</h3> +<br /> + +<p>When the two men at his table left the restaurant, Frank followed them. +At the door the two parted, the clerk going toward Broadway, while the +agent walked in the direction of Nassau Street.</p> + +<p>"I beg your pardon," said Frank, overtaking him; "but may I ask you a +question?"</p> + +<p>"Half a dozen, if you like," said the other, good-naturedly.</p> + +<p>"I overheard what you said about the Great Pekin Tea Company. Do you +think I could get a chance to sell for them?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes; there'll be no trouble about that!"</p> + +<p>"I am looking for something to do," continued Frank, "and I think I +should like to try that."</p> + +<p>"You'll find it uphill work," said the agent; "hard work and poor pay. I +shall leave it as soon as I can get a regular position. Can't you get a +place?"</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I can. I haven't tried very hard yet," answered Frank; "but I +find boys are paid so little that I can't make enough to live on. If I +were a man it would be different."</p> + +<p>"I don't believe you can make more than a boy's wages at selling tea," +said Frank's new acquaintance, "but you might try it."</p> + +<p>"Would you mind giving me a note to the company?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"I will write a line on one of my business cards," said the agent. "That +will be all you will need."</p> + +<p>He drew out a card and wrote a line commending Frank to the attention of +the company.</p> + +<p>Frank thanked him, and sought the direction given.</p> + +<p>Entering a large shop, not far from the Astor House, he looked about his +inquiringly. Around him were chests of tea, inscribed with Chinese +characters. A portly man addressed him.</p> + +<p>"Well, my boy, what can I do for you?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Mason, one of your agents, has given me this card," said Frank. "He +thinks you might be willing to employ me."</p> + +<p>"We are ready to employ any competent person," said the gentleman; "but +you seem very young."</p> + +<p>"I am sixteen, sir."</p> + +<p>"That is young. Have you had any experience as an agent?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir?"</p> + +<p>The man questioned him further and finally accepted him.</p> + +<p>Frank was told that it would be well to take samples of different kinds +of teas with their respective prices attached, and seek orders for them +at private houses and groceries, noting down in a little book orders +obtained. Small quantities he could himself deliver, and large +quantities, should he be fortunate enough to obtain any, could be sent +out from the store by their general delivery.</p> + +<p>"What commission am I to get, sir?" inquired Frank.</p> + +<p>"Twenty per cent on parcels sold to private houses and ten per cent when +you sell to retail dealers. To the first you can charge a full price, +but it is necessary to sell at lower rates to dealers."</p> + +<p>"I understand, sir," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"When do you want to begin?"</p> + +<p>"To-morrow morning, sir. Where do you advise me to go?"</p> + +<p>"New York has been pretty well canvassed, except perhaps the upper part, +Harlem. It might be well to make a start in Brooklyn."</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir. I will call to-morrow and get samples."</p> + +<p>As Frank left the store, he reflected, with satisfaction:</p> + +<p>"I have only been a few hours in New York, and I have gotten employment +already."</p> + +<p>This reflection raised his spirits, and disposed him to regard the +future with a degree of confidence. He resolved to spend the rest of the +afternoon in walking about in the lower part of the city, and acquiring +a little familiarity with the streets, as this was a kind of knowledge +he was likely to need.</p> + +<p>He strolled down Broadway, admiring the massive and stately structures +that lined the streets on either side. Very soon he came to Trinity +Church, and, standing in front it, looked down Wall Street. He had heard +so much of this street that he felt inclined to turn from Broadway and +walk down its entire length.</p> + +<p>As he sauntered along a man whom he met scrutinized him sharply, as if +considering some plan. Apparently making up his mind, he stepped up to +Frank, and, touching him on the shoulder, said:</p> + +<p>"Boy, would you like a job?"</p> + +<p>Now Frank, though he had engaged to work for the Great Pekin Tea Company +was ready to accept any other proposal, and answered promptly:</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"That is right," said the man. "It is a mere trifle, but I am willing to +pay you a dollar."</p> + +<p>"What is it, sir?"</p> + +<p>"Do you see that window?"</p> + +<p>He pointed to a basement window, in which were exposed rolls of gold, +currency and greenbacks of different denominations, and English +sovereigns and French gold coins.</p> + +<p>"I want you to do me a little errand in there," he said.</p> + +<p>Frank was rather surprised that the man did not do his own errand, when +the broker's office was so near, but he had no objection to earning a +dollar and signified his willingness.</p> + +<p>"What I want you to do," said his new acquaintance, "is to sell some +government bonds for me."</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir."</p> + +<p>The man produced a large yellow envelope, already open.</p> + +<p>"In this envelope," he said, "are two five-twenty governments for a +hundred dollars each. Take them in and sell them, and bring the proceeds +to me."</p> + +<p>"All right, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank took the envelope, and entered the office of Jones & Robinson, +that being the style of the firm.</p> + +<p>He advanced to the counter, and singling out a clerk, said:</p> + +<p>"I want to sell these bonds."</p> + +<p>The clerk took them and drew them out of the envelope. Then he figured a +little on a slip of paper, and said:</p> + +<p>"They are worth two hundred and twenty-five dollars and twenty-five +cents."</p> + +<p>"All right, sir."</p> + +<p>"Will you take a check or currency?"</p> + +<p>Frank hesitated.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I'd better ask the man I am getting them for."</p> + +<p>"Very well. You can bring them here to-morrow."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I will let you know in a minute! The man is just outside."</p> + +<p>This answer immediately excited suspicion. Frank was too little versed +in business ways to understand how singular it was for his principal not +to transact his own business under the circumstances, but the brokers +were necessarily keen, shrewd men.</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute," said the clerk; "I will speak to Mr. Jones."</p> + +<p>Mr. Jones came forward and addressed Frank.</p> + +<p>"Are you acquainted with the man who gave you these bonds to sell?" he +asked.</p> + +<p>"No, sir. I met him in the street."</p> + +<p>"Did he offer you any pay for selling them?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. He is going to give me a dollar."</p> + +<p>"Will you go out and ask him to come in here a moment?"</p> + +<p>Frank obeyed.</p> + +<p>When his employer saw him coming, he asked, eagerly:</p> + +<p>"Have you got the money?"</p> + +<p>"No," answered Frank. "They asked me if I wanted a check or currency."</p> + +<p>"Either currency or gold," answered the man, hastily. "Go back at once, +and don't keep me waiting."</p> + +<p>"They want to see you, sir."</p> + +<p>"What for?" inquired the man, looking disturbed.</p> + +<p>"I don't know."</p> + +<p>"There is no need of my going in," said the man, angrily. "I paid you to +sell the bonds. Now go back."</p> + +<p>"He won't come," reported Frank. "He says I can attend to the business. +He will take either gold or currency."</p> + +<p>"No doubt," said Mr. Jones, significantly. "Thomas, go out with this +boy, and tell the man that employed him that we do not purchase bonds +unless we have a reasonable assurance that they belong to the person +offering them. We will take the liberty of retaining them, giving him a +receipt for them, and if we are satisfied, he can have his money +to-morrow."</p> + +<p>Robinson, who had been examining some newspaper slips, here came +forward, and said:</p> + +<p>"That is unnecessary. I find that these bonds are among those stolen +from the house of Henry Percival, Madison Avenue, a week since. We must +manage to delay the man while we notify the police."</p> + +<p>Frank was very much surprised to learn that he was acting as agent for a +bond robber, and was fearful that he might himself be regarded with +suspicion; but he need not have troubled himself on this score. Wall +Street men are good judges of human nature, and it was at once concluded +in the office that Frank was the dupe of a designing knave.</p> + +<p>A boy was dispatched to the nearest police office, and Frank was +directed to tell his principal that he would not long be delayed.</p> + +<p>Naturally, however, the man outside had become suspicious.</p> + +<p>"I can't wait," he said. "Meet me on the steps of the Astor House at +five o'clock with the money. I am obliged to hurry away now to a +business appointment."</p> + +<p>Frank could think of no other pretext for delaying him, and was forced +to see him hurry away.</p> + +<p>He hastened back to the office and gave the alarm.</p> + +<p>"He has taken fright," said Robinson. "I fear we have lost him. Where +did he go?"</p> + +<p>Frank, however, was too ignorant of city streets to give any accurate +information.</p> + +<p>The consequence was that when the policeman appeared on the scene, there +was no occasion for his services.</p> + +<p>"At any rate," said the broker, "we have secured a little of the +plunder. What is your name and address my boy? We may wish to +communicate with you."</p> + +<p>Frank gave his name, and added the directions of his boarding house.</p> + +<p>"Shall I meet the man at the Astor House?" he inquired, as he was +leaving the office.</p> + +<p>"To be sure!" said Mr. Jones. "I came near forgetting that. Officer, +will you be on hand at the time?"</p> + +<p>"Better employ a detective, sir, as my uniform would keep the thief at a +distance. I don't think he'll appear, at any rate."</p> + +<p>"I do," said the broker. "He won't give up the money while he thinks +there is a chance of securing it."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXI</h2> + +<h3>THE CAPTURE</h3> + +<br /> + +<p>At the hour named, Frank repaired to the Astor House, and took a +position on the steps.</p> + +<p>He looked about him for his street acquaintance, but could see no one +who bore any resemblance to him.</p> + +<p>Finally, a man dressed in a gray suit with a pair of green glasses, +walked carelessly up to our hero and said, in a low voice:</p> + +<p>"Have you got the money?"</p> + +<p>Frank looked at him in surprise.</p> + +<p>This man had thick, black whiskers, while the man who had employed him +had none at all, so far as he could remember. Besides, the green glasses +altered him considerably.</p> + +<p>To make sure that he was not deceived he inquired:</p> + +<p>"What money?"</p> + +<p>"You know very well," said the man, impatiently. "You are the boy whom I +employed to sell some bonds this morning."</p> + +<p>"You don't look like the same man," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Because of my glasses. I have to wear them at times on account of the +weakness of my eyes."</p> + +<p>While he was speaking, a quiet-looking man approached and listened to +the conversation.</p> + +<p>"Then," said Frank, "you can tell me how many bonds you handed me."</p> + +<p>"They were two five-twenty government bonds of a hundred dollars each."</p> + +<p>"Correct, sir."</p> + +<p>"Then hand me the money and be quick about it, for I have no time to +waste! You shall have the dollar I promised you."</p> + +<p>But here the quiet-looking man took a part in the conversation. Passing +his arm through that of the man with the green glasses, he said:</p> + +<p>"I will trouble you to come with me."</p> + +<p>"How dare you touch me? Do you mean to insult me?" demanded the other, +struggling with captor.</p> + +<p>"I will make all clear in due time. You must come with me and explain +how you came in possession of the bonds you gave this boy."</p> + +<p>"They were put in my hands by an acquaintance. If there is anything +wrong, I am not to blame."</p> + +<p>"In that case no harm will come to you; but now you must come along."</p> + +<p>After his experience, Frank walked to his boarding place. He was quite +ready for six o'clock.</p> + +<p>When he entered the dining room, his hostess introduced him to all.</p> + +<p>A young man sat next to him and entered into conversation.</p> + +<p>"What do you do, Mr. Courtney?"</p> + +<p>"I have taken an agency to sell tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company. I +am to begin to-morrow."</p> + +<p>"I am afraid you won't like it. A friend of mine tried it once and came +near starving."</p> + +<p>This was not encouraging, but Frank was not going to despair before he +had fairly begun his work.</p> + +<p>"I find that boys receive such small wages," Frank continued, "that I +preferred to try an agency."</p> + +<p>"Quite true," said Mr. Preston, condescendingly. "When I started I was +paid a paltry sum; now I am not paid what I am worth. Still, twenty-five +dollars a week is fair."</p> + +<p>"Quite fair," responded Frank, who could not, of course, know that Mr. +Preston did not receive one-half of this sum, though he chose to give +that impression.</p> + +<p>After dinner, Preston was obliged to go back to the store where he was +employed. By invitation, Frank walked with him.</p> + +<p>Turning into Sixth Avenue they passed a saloon.</p> + +<p>"Won't you have something to drink, Courtney?" said Preston.</p> + +<p>"No, thank you, I never drink," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"It will brace you up, and make you feel jolly. Better come in!"</p> + +<p>"I don't need bracing up," answered Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>"Well, perhaps you are right," said Mr. Peter Preston. "I don't indulge +very often, but sometimes I feel like it."</p> + +<p>Some boys might have yielded to the temptation, but Frank had determined +that he would abstain from liquor, and kept his resolution. A boy who +comes to the city is exposed at every step to this peril, and needs a +firm will to withstand it. It is the fruitful source of crime and +misery, and does more to fill our prisons than any other cause.</p> + +<p>"This is my store," said Preston, as he pointed to a modest-looking shop +on the west side of the avenue. "I wish I could keep you company longer, +but business before pleasure, you know."</p> + +<p>Before returning to his boarding house, Frank sat down for a short time +in Washington Park, and reviewed his plans and prospects. He could not +tell how he would succeed in his tea agency; but if that failed, he was +resolved to try something else.</p> + +<p>He didn't feel homesick, for since his mother's death he had no longer +any home ties. Young as he was, he felt that one part of his life was +at an end, and that a new life and a new career were before him.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXII</h2> + +<h3>THE YOUNG TEA MERCHANT</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next morning, at breakfast, one of the gentlemen, who had been +running his eyes over the morning paper, said, suddenly:</p> + +<p>"Ah! I see they have caught one of the gang who robbed the house of Mr. +Percival, on Madison Avenue, a week ago."</p> + +<p>"Read the paragraph, Mr. Smith," said one of the boarders.</p> + +<p>Mr. Smith read as follows:</p> + +<p>"About noon yesterday a boy entered the banking house of Jones & +Robinson, in Wall Street, and offered for sale two one-hundred-dollar +government bonds. On inquiry, he said that the bonds belonged to a man +in the street, whom he had never before met, and who had offered him a +dollar to sell them. This naturally excited suspicion, and a policeman +was sent for. Before he could arrive the man had hastily departed, +requesting the boy to meet him at a specified hour in front of the Astor +House and hand him the money. He came to the rendezvous, but in +disguise, and, while talking to the boy, was arrested. It is understood +that he has agreed to turn State's evidence, and probably the entire sum +stolen, amounting to several thousand dollars, will be recovered."</p> + +<p>Frank listened to this paragraph with interest. He was glad that his +name was not mentioned in the account, as he didn't care for such +publicity. He ventured to ask a question.</p> + +<p>"Is Mr. Percival a rich man?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Very rich," answered Mr. Smith. "He is not now in the city, but is +expected home from Europe in three or four weeks. His house was left in +charge of an old servant—a coachman—and his wife; but the burglars +proved too much for them."</p> + +<p>"I am glad they are caught," said Mrs. Fletcher. "It makes my blood run +cold to think of having the houses entered at night by burglars."</p> + +<p>"Preston," said Mr. Smith, jokingly, "I hope you have your bonds locked +securely up."</p> + +<p>"I don't believe the sharpest burglar can find them," said Preston. "I +only wish I could get hold of them myself."</p> + +<p>"The boy who helped to capture the burglar ought to be well rewarded," +said one of the boarders.</p> + +<p>"Don't you wish it had been you, Courtney?" said Mr. Preston.</p> + +<p>"It was," answered Frank, quietly.</p> + +<p>There was a great sensation upon this announcement. All eyes were turned +upon our hero—most, it must be admitted, with an expression of +incredulity.</p> + +<p>"Come, now, you are joking!" said Preston. "You don't really mean it?"</p> + +<p>"I do mean it," assured Frank.</p> + +<p>"Tell us all about it," said Mrs. Fletcher, who had her share of +curiosity. "I didn't suppose we had such a hero in our house."</p> + +<p>"It didn't require much heroism," said Frank, smiling.</p> + +<p>"Tell us all about it, at any rate."</p> + +<p>Frank told the story as simply as he could, much to the satisfaction of +the company.</p> + +<p>"You'll come in for a handsome reward, when Mr. Percival gets home," +suggested Mr. Smith.</p> + +<p>"I don't expect anything," said Frank. "I shall be satisfied if I get +the dollar which was promised me. I haven't received that yet."</p> + +<p>"I wish I were in your shoes—that's all I've got to say," said Preston, +nodding vigorously. "Will you sell out for five dollars?"</p> + +<p>"Cash down?" asked Frank, smiling.</p> + +<p>"Well, I'll give you my note at thirty days," said the Sixth Avenue +salesman, who seldom kept five dollars in advance of his liabilities.</p> + +<p>"I won't sell what I haven't got," said Frank. "Probably I shall hear +nothing from Mr. Percival."</p> + +<p>After breakfast Frank went downtown and sought the store of the Great +Pekin Company.</p> + +<p>After half an hour's delay—for there were others in advance of him—he +was fitted out with samples and started for Brooklyn.</p> + +<p>It was his first visit to that city, but he had received some directions +which made his expedition less embarrassing.</p> + +<p>At the ferry he took a Flatbush Avenue car, and rode up Fulton Street, +and past the City Hall, up Fulton Avenue, for nearly a mile.</p> + +<p>Here were interesting streets, lined with comfortable houses—for Frank +had made up his mind first to try private houses. He had with him a few +pound parcels of tea, which he thought he could perhaps succeed in +disposing of at such places.</p> + +<p>He selected a house at random, and rang the bell.</p> + +<p>A servant answered the ring.</p> + +<p>Frank felt rather embarrassed, but there was no time to hesitate.</p> + +<p>"I have some samples of tea with me," he began, "of excellent quality +and at reasonable prices."</p> + +<p>"It's no use," said the girl, abruptly. "We never buy of peddlers," and +she closed the door in his face.</p> + +<p>"Not a very good beginning," thought Frank, rather mortified. "So I am a +peddler," he said to himself, and he called to mind the agents and +peddlers who in past years had called at the Cedars.</p> + +<p>With some compunction, he remembered that he had regarded them with some +contempt as traveling nuisances. Now he had entered the ranks of this +despised class, and he began to see that they might be perfectly +respectable, and were estimable persons, animated by a praiseworthy +desire to make an honest living.</p> + +<p>Thus thinking, he called at another door.</p> + +<p>It was opened, not by a servant, but by an elderly maiden lady, who had +rather a weakness for bargains.</p> + +<p>"I've got some nice tea," said Frank, "which I should like to sell you. +It is put up by the Great Pekin Company."</p> + +<p>"Are you sure it's nice?" asked the elderly lady. "We've been getting +ours at the grocery store on the avenue, and the last wasn't very good."</p> + +<p>"You'd better try a pound of ours," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"I don't know but I will," said the lady. "How much do you charge?"</p> + +<p>"I have some at fifty cents, some at sixty and some at seventy."</p> + +<p>"I guess I'll take the sixty."</p> + +<p>Frank had a pound parcel ready, which he delivered to her, and received +his money.</p> + +<p>"Seems to me you are pretty young for a peddler," said the lady, +regarding Frank with curiosity.</p> + +<p>"Yes, ma'am."</p> + +<p>"How old be you?"</p> + +<p>"Sixteen."</p> + +<p>"Been long in the business?"</p> + +<p>"No, ma'am; I've only just commenced."</p> + +<p>"You don't say so! Do you make much money at it?"</p> + +<p>"I haven't made much yet. I should be glad to supply you with some more +tea when this is gone."</p> + +<p>"Well, you can call if you are round this way. If I like it, I will try +you again."</p> + +<p>Frank's spirits rose.</p> + +<p>His profits on the pound of tea were twelve cents. This was not much, +certainly, but it was a beginning.</p> + +<p>At the next three houses he sold nothing, being rather rudely rebuffed +at one. At the fourth house, the servant called her mistress, a kind, +motherly-looking woman, who seemed to regard Frank with more interest +than his merchandise.</p> + +<p>"I hope you are succeeding well," she said, kindly.</p> + +<p>"This is my first day," said Frank, "and I have made one sale."</p> + +<p>"I have a son who is an agent like you, but he didn't begin so young. +He is now traveling in the West."</p> + +<p>"What is he selling?" asked Frank, with interest.</p> + +<p>"Dry goods. He travels for a wholesale house in New York."</p> + +<p>"I suppose he is a young man."</p> + +<p>"Yes; he is twenty-five, but he began at nineteen in a small way. He +sometimes got quite discouraged at first. That is why I feel interested +in any who are passing through the same experience."</p> + +<p>These pleasant words cheered Frank. Only at the nearest house he had +been called a tramp, but here he found that he was regarded with +consideration.</p> + +<p>"It is rather uphill work," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"And you seem very young."</p> + +<p>"I am sixteen."</p> + +<p>"Are you entirely dependent on what you earn?" asked the lady, +sympathizingly.</p> + +<p>"Not entirely," answered the young merchant, "but I hope to make a +living in this or some other way. Can I sell you any?" he asked, +hopefully.</p> + +<p>"I believe we have some on hand. Still tea will always keep, and I would +like to help you along."</p> + +<p>The kind-hearted lady took three pounds—two at sixty cents and one at +seventy. This gave Frank a profit thirty-eight cents and put him in good +spirits.</p> + +<p>He worked his way back to the avenue on the other side of the street, +and coming to a grocery store, entered.</p> + +<p>It occurred to him that he would try to sell some at wholesale.</p> + +<p>Frank was so young that the dealer did not suppose him to be an agent, +and asked what he would like to buy.</p> + +<p>"I came to sell, not to buy," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"What are you dealing in?" asked the grocer.</p> + +<p>"I have several samples of tea," said our hero. "If you will give me an +order, I will have it sent to you to-morrow."</p> + +<p>The grocer found, upon examination, that his stock was getting low, and +gave Frank an order, but he was obliged to sell below the regular price, +and only cleared three cents a pound. Still, on a sale of twenty-five +pounds, this gave him seventy-five cents, which was very encouraging.</p> + +<p>Adding up his profits, thus far, Frank found that his commission +amounted to a dollar and a quarter, which exceeded his anticipations.</p> + +<p>He continued his calls, but sold only one pound besides, at fifty cents, +netting him ten cents more.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXIII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK MEETS MR. MANNING AND MARK</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next morning Frank resumed his tea agency. As on the day previous, +he went to Brooklyn; but, though I should be glad to say that he was +more successful than on the first day, truth compels me to state that +the day was a comparative failure.</p> + +<p>It might be that he was unfortunate in the persons whom he visited, but +at all events, at the close of his labors he found that his commissions +amounted to less than fifty cents. He contented himself, therefore, with +a ten-cent lunch, and crossed Fulton Ferry between three and four +o'clock.</p> + +<p>"This will never do," thought Frank, seriously. "I shall have to be +economical to make my earnings cover my incidental expenses, while my +board and lodging must be defrayed out of the money I have with me."</p> + +<p>Frank was disappointed. It is easy to think of earning one's living, but +not quite so easy to accomplish it. A boy, besides being ignorant of the +world, is inexperienced, and so disqualified for many avenues of +employment which are open to men. It is generally foolish for a boy to +leave a good home and start out for himself, unless the chances are +unusually favorable for him. If he does it, however, he should not allow +himself to be easily discouraged.</p> + +<p>If Frank had given up the business in which he was engaged simply +because he had met with one unsuccessful day, I should not have been +willing to make him the hero of my story.</p> + +<p>"This will never do," thought Frank. "I must make a greater effort +to-morrow."</p> + +<p>The next day his commission amounted to a dollar, and the fourth day to +a dollar and twelve cents.</p> + +<p>"You are doing well," said his employer. "You are doing better than the +majority of our agents."</p> + +<p>In one way this compliment was satisfactory. In another way it was not +encouraging, for it limited his prospects. Frank began to think that he +would never be able to make his entire expenses as a tea agent.</p> + +<p>I don't propose to speak in detail of Frank's daily experiences, but +only to make mention of any incidents that play an important part in +his history.</p> + +<p>He was returning from Jersey City on the tenth day of his agency, when +in the gentleman's cabin he saw, directly opposite, two persons whom he +had reason to remember.</p> + +<p>They were Mark Manning and his father.</p> + +<p>Little reason as he had to like either, they reminded him of home, and +he felt pleased to meet them.</p> + +<p>He instantly crossed the cabin, and offered his hand to his stepfather, +who had not yet seen him.</p> + +<p>"When did you arrive, Mr. Manning?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Why, it is Frank!" exclaimed Mr. Manning, with an appearance of +cordiality. "Mark, do you see Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I see him," replied Mark, coldly.</p> + +<p>"Haven't you anything to say to him?" asked his father, who was much +more of a gentleman than his son.</p> + +<p>"How are you?" said Mark, indifferently.</p> + +<p>"Thank you for your kind inquiry," said Frank, more amused than vexed, +for he cared very little for his stepbrother's friendship. "I am in very +good health."</p> + +<p>"And how are you getting along?" asked his stepfather, with an +appearance of interest. "Are you in any business?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"What are you doing?' asked Mark, inspired a little by curiosity.</p> + +<p>"I am agent for a wholesale tea house in New York," Frank answered, +briefly.</p> + +<p>"You don't say so!" exclaimed Mark, rather impressed. "What is the name +of the firm?"</p> + +<p>"The Great Pekin Tea Company."</p> + +<p>"Does it pay well?" asked his stepbrother.</p> + +<p>"I have met with very fair success," replied Frank.</p> + +<p>"I congratulate you, Frank," said Mr. Manning. "Your energy and +enterprise are creditable—extremely creditable. I always predicted that +you would succeed—didn't I, Mark?'</p> + +<p>"I don't remember hearing you say so," said Mark.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning shrugged his shoulders.</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless," he said, "I have often made the remark."</p> + +<p>"Where do you live?" asked Mark.</p> + +<p>"I board in Clinton Place."</p> + +<p>"A very respectable street," said Mr. Manning.</p> + +<p>Frank now thought it was his turn to become questioner.</p> + +<p>"How long do you remain in the city, Mr. Manning?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Not long—only a day or two," said his stepfather.</p> + +<p>"We sail for Europe on Saturday," interposed Mark, "on the Cunard +steamer."</p> + +<p>"Indeed! I wish you a pleasant voyage."</p> + +<p>"I am sorry you won't go with us, Frank," said his stepfather, +cautiously. "You remember I gave you the chance to do so, and you +desired to devote yourself immediately to business."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. I would rather remain in New York."</p> + +<p>"It might possibly be arranged now, if you desire to go," said Mr. +Manning, hesitatingly.</p> + +<p>"No, thank you, sir."</p> + +<p>"Well, perhaps you are right," said his stepfather, considerably +relieved.</p> + +<p>"What parts of Europe do you expect to visit?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"We shall visit England, France, the Rhine, Switzerland, and perhaps +Italy."</p> + +<p>"I hope you will enjoy it."</p> + +<p>"Thank you; I think we shall."</p> + +<p>Frank checked a sigh. It was certainly tantalizing. If he could travel +with congenial friends, he felt that he would very much enjoy such a +trip; but with Mark in the party there would be little pleasure for him.</p> + +<p>"We are staying at the St. Nicholas Hotel," said Mr. Manning. "I would +invite you to come and dine with us, but I have an engagement first, and +don't know when we shall dine."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, all the same," said Frank.</p> + +<p>They had reached the New York side, and were walking toward Broadway. It +was necessary for Frank to go to the tea store, and he took leave of his +stepfather and Mark, again wishing them a pleasant voyage.</p> + +<p>"I hate that boy!" said Mark, as they walked away.</p> + +<p>"You should not indulge in any such disagreeable feelings, Mark," said +his father.</p> + +<p>"Don't you hate him?"</p> + +<p>"Certainly not."</p> + +<p>"One would think by your soft manner that you loved him," said Mark, who +was not noted for the respect with which he treated his father.</p> + +<p>"Really, Mark, I am shocked by your strange words."</p> + +<p>"What made you invite him to go to Europe with us?"</p> + +<p>"I knew he would not go."</p> + +<p>"He might have accepted, and then we should have been in a pretty +pickle."</p> + +<p>"Mark," said his father, rather irritated, "will you be kind enough to +leave me to manage my own affairs? I believe I have succeeded pretty +well so far."</p> + +<p>"Yes, you have," Mark admitted. "All the same, we'd better keep clear of +Frank till we get safely off on the steamer."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXIV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXIV</h2> + +<h3>A DISCOURAGING DAY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next day was indeed a trying one and one of many experiences for +Frank.</p> + +<p>The first lady did not buy any tea, to be sure, but seemed sorry that +she was already supplied, and questioned Frank as to what success he was +meeting with.</p> + +<p>When twelve o'clock came, Frank had not sold a single pound. Even if he +earned nothing however, he had an appetite and must buy lunch.</p> + +<p>He entered a small oyster saloon, and went up to the proprietor.</p> + +<p>"Can I sell you some tea?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"No, I guess not. I get my tea in Harlem."</p> + +<p>"Take a couple of pounds," said Frank, "and I will take part of the pay +in lunch."</p> + +<p>"That is business," said the other. "Let me look at your tea."</p> + +<p>Frank showed him his samples.</p> + +<p>"Who employs you?'</p> + +<p>"The Great Pekin Tea Company."</p> + +<p>"They have a good name. Yes, I will try a couple of pounds at fifty +cents."</p> + +<p>This, of course, came to a dollar, and Frank's profit on the sale +amounted to twenty cents. This was precisely the cost of the lunch which +he ordered, so that he felt well satisfied with the arrangement.</p> + +<p>He left the saloon in better spirits, and resumed his travels from house +to house.</p> + +<p>I am sorry to say, however, that though he certainly exerted himself to +the utmost in the interests of the Great Pekin Tea Company and his own, +he did not sell another pound of tea that day.</p> + +<p>About three o'clock he got on board a Third Avenue horse car, bound +downtown and sat quietly down in a corner.</p> + +<p>"Harlem doesn't seem to be a very promising field for an agent," he said +to himself. "Perhaps it isn't fair to judge it by the first day. Still, +I don't think I shall have courage to come here to-morrow. I would +rather go to Jersey City or Brooklyn."</p> + +<p>Frank got off the cars at the Bible House and walked to his boarding +house, where a disagreeable surprise was in store for him.</p> + +<p>The night brought perplexity to Frank, but not discouragement. He was +naturally hopeful, and, in a large city like New York, he felt that +there are always chances of obtaining employment, provided he could +maintain his position, as he would have been able to do if he had not +lost the thirty-five dollars which his fellow boarder had stolen. Now, +however, circumstances were materially changed.</p> + +<p>One thing was tolerably clear to Frank, and this was, that he must give +up his agency. He had tried it, and been unsuccessful. That is, he had +failed to earn money enough to support himself, and this was necessary.</p> + +<p>As to what he should take up next, Frank was quite in the dark. As a boy +in a counting room he would be paid not more than four dollars a week, +if he could gain such a situation, which was by no means certain.</p> + +<p>The more he thought about the matter the more perplexed he felt, and it +was in an uncomfortable frame of mind that he came down to breakfast the +next morning.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXV</h2> + +<h3>PERPLEXITY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>He went out as usual after breakfast, and then walked leisurely +downtown. He proposed to go to the shop of the Great Pekin Tea Company +and resign his agency. He was on the watch during his walk for any +opportunities to repair his unlucky loss:</p> + +<p>At one place he saw a notice:</p> + +<center>"BOY WANTED."</center> + +<p>Though he felt sure the compensation would not be sufficient to allow of +his accepting it, he thought it would do no harm to make inquiry, and +accordingly entered.</p> + +<p>It was an extensive retail store, where a large number of clerks were +employed.</p> + +<p>"Is a boy wanted here?" asked Frank of the nearest salesman.</p> + +<p>"Yes. You may inquire at the desk."</p> + +<p>He pointed to a desk some distance back, and Frank went up to it.</p> + +<p>"You advertise for a boy," he said to a tall, stout man, who chanced to +be the proprietor. "Is the place filled."</p> + +<p>"No," was the answer; "but I don't think it would suit you."</p> + +<p>"Do you think I would not be competent, sir?"</p> + +<p>"No, that is not the difficulty. It would not be worth your acceptance."</p> + +<p>"May I inquire what are the duties, sir?"</p> + +<p>"We want a boy to open the door to customers, and this would not be +worth your accepting."</p> + +<p>"No, sir. Thank you for explaining it to me."</p> + +<p>The gentleman was favorably impressed by Frank's polite and gentlemanly +manners.</p> + +<p>"I wish I had a place for you," he said. "Have you ever had any +experience in our line of business?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I have very little experience of any kind. I have acted for a +short time as agent for a tea company."</p> + +<p>"You may leave your name if you like, and I will communicate with you if +I have a vacancy which you can fill."</p> + +<p>Frank thanked the polite proprietor and walked out of the store.</p> + +<p>Though this is a story written for boys, it may be read by some business +men, who will allow me to suggest that a refusal kindly and +considerately expressed loses half its bitterness, and often inspires +hope, instead of discouragement.</p> + +<p>Frank proceeded to the office of the tea company and formally resigned +his agency. He was told that he could resume it whenever he pleased.</p> + +<p>Leaving the store, he walked down Broadway in the direction of Wall +Street.</p> + +<p>He passed an elderly man, with stooping shoulders and a gait which +showed that he was accustomed to live in the country.</p> + +<p>He was looking about him in rather an undecided way. His glance happened +to rest on Frank, and, after a little hesitation, he addressed him.</p> + +<p>"Boy," he said, "do you live around here?"</p> + +<p>"I live in the city; sir."</p> + +<p>"Then I guess you can tell me what I want to know."</p> + +<p>"I will if I can, sir," said Frank, politely.</p> + +<p>"Whereabouts is Wall Street?"</p> + +<p>"Close by, sir. I am going that way, and will be happy to show you."</p> + +<p>Frank had no idea his compliance with the stranger's request was likely +to have an important effect up his fortunes.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXVI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXVI</h2> + +<h3>FRANK HEARS SOMETHING TO HIS ADVANTAGE</h3> +<br /> + +<p>"My name," said the stranger, "is Peters—Jonathan Peters, of +Craneville, Onondaga County. I am a farmer, and don't know much about +New York. I've got a few hundred dollars that I want to put into +government bonds."</p> + +<p>"All right," said Frank, "there won't be any difficulty about it."</p> + +<p>"I've heerd there are a good many swindlers in New York," continued Mr. +Peters. "The squire—Squire Jackson, of our village—perhaps you may +have heard of him?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think I have, Mr. Peters."</p> + +<p>"Well, the squire told me I'd better take good keer of my money, as +there were plenty of rascals here who would try to cheat me out of it."</p> + +<p>"That is true, Mr. Peters. Only yesterday I was robbed of thirty-five +dollars by a man who boarded in the same house."</p> + +<p>"You don't say so?"</p> + +<p>"He opened my trunk and took out my pocketbook while I was absent on +business."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't dare to live in York!" said the farmer, whose apprehensions +were increased by Frank's story.</p> + +<p>By this time they had reached the office of Jones & Robinson, with whom, +it will be remembered, Frank had once before had dealings.</p> + +<p>"If you will come in here, Mr. Peters," said our hero, "you will be sure +of honorable treatment. I will introduce you if you like."</p> + +<p>"I should be obleeged if you would," said the farmer. "Out in Craneville +I am to home, but I ain't used to York business men, and don't know how +to talk to them."</p> + +<p>It pleased Frank to find that, in spite of his inexperience, he was able +to be of service to one more unaccustomed than himself to city scenes +and city ways.</p> + +<p>He walked up to the counter, followed by the farmer, and said:</p> + +<p>"This gentleman wishes to buy some government bonds. I told him that he +could transact his business here."</p> + +<p>"Thank you! Mr. Benton, you may attend to this gentleman."</p> + +<p>Frank was about to leave the office, when Mr. Robinson called him back.</p> + +<p>"You have been in the office before, have you not?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"Are you not the boy who assisted in the capture of the man who robbed +Mr. Henry Percival, of Madison Avenue?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"I thought so. I have been trying to find you for the last week."</p> + +<p>Naturally Frank looked surprised.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Henry Percival was at that time in Europe," said Mr. Robinson. "On +his return, a week since, he called on us, and expressed a desire to +have you call upon him. We had mislaid or lost your address, and were +unable to give him the information he desired."</p> + +<p>Frank's heart beat high with hope as the broker spoke.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps," he thought, "Mr. Percival may offer me a situation of some +kind, and I certainly am greatly in need of one."</p> + +<p>"Did Mr. Percival recover all his bonds?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Nearly all," answered Mr. Robinson. "He considered himself exceedingly +fortunate, and he certainly was so."</p> + +<p>"Do you know how much he was robbed of?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"Rather over five thousand dollars. Of this sum all has been recovered +except three bonds of a hundred dollars each. Mr. Percival is a rich +man, and he won't miss that small amount."</p> + +<p>"I wish I were rich enough not to miss three hundred dollars," thought +our hero. "If I had my rights, I could say the same."</p> + +<p>Just now, in his extremity, Frank thought regretfully of the fortune he +had lost. Had he been so situated as to be earning enough to defray all +his expenses, he would scarcely have given a thought of it.</p> + +<p>"You had better go up to see Mr. Percival this evening," said the +banker, "if you have no other engagement."</p> + +<p>"Even if I had an engagement, I would put it off," said Frank. "Will you +give me Mr. Percival's number?"</p> + +<p>"No. 265," said Mr. Robinson.</p> + +<p>Frank noted it down and left the office. By this time Mr. Peters had +completed his business, and was ready to go out, also.</p> + +<p>"I'm much obliged to you," he said to Frank. "I was afraid I'd get into +a place where they'd cheat me. I guess Mr. Jones and Robinson are pretty +good folks."</p> + +<p>"I think you can depend upon them," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"If ever you come to Craneville, I should like to have you stay a few +days with me on my farm," said Mr. Peters, hospitably. "We are plain +folks, but will treat you about right."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Mr. Peters. If I ever come to Craneville, I shall certainly +call upon you."</p> + +<p>Frank had something to look forward to in his approaching interview with +Mr. Percival. He had been able to do this gentleman a service, and it +was not unlikely that the capitalist would wish to make him some +acknowledgment. Frank did not exaggerate his own merits in the matter. +He felt that it was largely owing to a lucky chance that he had been the +means of capturing the bond robber. However, it is to precisely such +lucky chances that men are often indebted for the advancement of their +fortunes.</p> + +<p>While he was in a state of suspense, and uncertain what Mr. Percival +might be disposed to do for him, he decided not to exert himself to +obtain any employment. If he should be disappointed in his hopes, it +would be time enough to look about him the following day.</p> + +<p>What should he do in the meantime?</p> + +<p>He determined to treat himself to an excursion. From the end of the +Battery he had often looked across to Staten Island, lying six miles +away, and thought it would prove a pleasant excursion. Now, having +plenty of time on his hands, he decided to go on board one of the boats +that start hourly from the piers adjoining the Battery. The expense was +but trifling and, low as Frank's purse was, he ventured to spend the +amount for pleasure. He felt that he needed a little recreation after +the weeks of patient labor he had spent in the service of the Great +Pekin Tea Company.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXVII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXVII</h2> + +<h3>AN INCIDENT IN A STREET CAR</h3> +<br /> + +<p>When Frank returned to the city, he walked slowly up through the Battery +to the foot of Broadway. He passed the famous house, No. 1, which, a +hundred years ago, was successively the headquarters of Washington and +the British generals, who occupied New York with their forces, and soon +reached the Astor House, then the most notable structure in the lower +part of the city.</p> + +<p>With his small means, Frank felt that it was extravagant to ride uptown, +when he might have walked, but he felt some confidence in the success of +his visit to Mr. Percival, and entered a Fourth Avenue horse car. It so +chanced that he seated himself beside a pleasant-looking young married +lady, who had with her a young boy about seven years old.</p> + +<p>Soon after the car started the conductor came around to collect the +fares.</p> + +<p>Frank paid his, and the conductor held out his hand to the lady.</p> + +<p>She put her hand into her pocket to draw out her purse, but her +countenance changed as her hand failed to find it.</p> + +<p>Probably no situation is more trying than to discover that you have lost +or mislaid your purse, when you have an urgent use for it. The lady was +evidently in that predicament. Once more she searched for her purse, but +her search was unavailing.</p> + +<p>"I am afraid I have lost my purse," she said, apologetically, to the +conductor.</p> + +<p>This official was an ill-mannered person, and answered, rudely:</p> + +<p>"In that case, ma'am, you will have to get off."</p> + +<p>"I will give you my card," said the lady, "and will send double the fare +to the office."</p> + +<p>"That won't do," said the man, rudely. "I am responsible for your fare, +if you stay on the car, and I can't afford to lose the money."</p> + +<p>"You shall not lose it, sir; but I cannot walk home."</p> + +<p>"I think you will have to, madam."</p> + +<p>Here Frank interposed. He had been trained to be polite and considerate +to ladies, and he could not endure to see a lady treated with rudeness.</p> + +<p>"Take the lady's fare out of this," he said.</p> + +<p>"And the boy's, too?"</p> + +<p>"Of course."</p> + +<p>The lady smiled gratefully.</p> + +<p>"I accept your kindness, my young friend," she said. "You have saved me +much annoyance."</p> + +<p>"I am very glad to have had the opportunity," said Frank, politely.</p> + +<p>"Of course, I shall insist upon reimbursing you. Will you oblige me with +your address, that I may send you the amount when I return home?"</p> + +<p>A boy of less tact than Frank would have expostulated against repayment, +but he knew that this would only embarrass the lady, and that he had no +right, being a stranger, to force such a favor upon her. He answered, +therefore:</p> + +<p>"Certainly, I will do so, but it will be perfectly convenient for me to +call upon you."</p> + +<p>"If it will give you no trouble, I shall be glad to have you call any +evening. I live at No. —— Madison Avenue."</p> + +<p>Now it was Frank's turn to be surprised. The number mentioned by the +lady was that of the house in which Mr. Henry Percival lived.</p> + +<p>"I thought Mr. Percival lived at that number?" said Frank.</p> + +<p>"So he does. He is my father. Do you know him?"</p> + +<p>"No; but I was about to call on him. This morning Mr. Robinson, a broker +in Wall Street, told me that he wished to see me."</p> + +<p>"You are not the boy who caused the capture of the bondholder?" asked +the lady, quickly.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I am the boy, but I am afraid I had less to do with it than has +been represented."</p> + +<p>"What is your name?"</p> + +<p>"Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"My father is very desirous of meeting you, and thanking you for what +you have done. Why have you not called before?"</p> + +<p>"I did not know till to-day that your father had returned. Besides, I +did not like to go without an invitation."</p> + +<p>"I will invite you," said the lady, with a pleasant smile, "and I, as +well as my father, will be glad to see you. And now let me introduce you +to my little son. Freddie, would you like to see the boy that caught the +robber?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, mamma."</p> + +<p>"Here he is. His name is Frank."</p> + +<p>The little boy immediately began to ask questions of Frank, and by the +time they reached the Cooper Institute Frank and he were well +acquainted.</p> + +<p>"Don't get out, Frank," said Freddie.</p> + +<p>"I am going home, Freddie."</p> + +<p>"You must come and see me soon," said the little boy.</p> + +<p>"Now you have three invitations," said the lady.</p> + +<p>"I will accept them all," said Frank.</p> + +<p>And, with a bow, he left the car.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXVIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXVIII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK MAKES AN EVENING CALL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>After supper Frank walked slowly up to Mr. Percival's residence. Now +that he knew two members of the family, he looked forward with pleasure +to the call he was about to make. His prospects seemed much brighter +than when he woke up in the morning.</p> + +<p>On reaching the house of Mr. Percival, he saw at a glance that it was +the residence of a wealthy man, and the hall, into which he was first +admitted, was luxurious in its appearance. But Frank had been brought up +to the enjoyment of wealth, and he felt more at home here than in the +rather shabby boarding house in Clinton Place.</p> + +<p>A colored servant opened the door.</p> + +<p>"Is Mr. Percival at home?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Yas, sah."</p> + +<p>"I should like to see him."</p> + +<p>"What name, sah?"</p> + +<p>"Frank Courtney."</p> + +<p>"Step in, sah, and I will 'form Mr. Percival," said the colored servant, +in a consequential tone that amused Frank.</p> + +<p>Frank stepped into the hall, but he was not left long without attention. +Little Freddie ran downstairs, eagerly calling out:</p> + +<p>"Did you come to see me, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Frank, smiling; "but I came to see your grandfather, +too."</p> + +<p>"Come, and I will show you where he is," said the little boy, taking +Frank's hand.</p> + +<p>The two went up the staircase and into a handsomely furnished room, made +attractive by pictures and books.</p> + +<p>In a large armchair sat a pleasant-looking elderly man, of about sixty.</p> + +<p>"Grandpa," said the little boy, "this is Frank. He wants to see you."</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival smiled.</p> + +<p>"I am glad to see you, Frank," he said. "It seems, my boy, that you are +already acquainted with my daughter and grandson."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. I was fortunate enough to meet them to-day."</p> + +<p>"You relieved my daughter from some embarrassment."</p> + +<p>"I am glad to have had the opportunity, sir."</p> + +<p>Frank's manner was easy and self-possessed, and it was evident that Mr. +Percival was favorably impressed by him.</p> + +<p>"Take a seat," he said, "while I ask you a few questions."</p> + +<p>Frank bowed and obeyed.</p> + +<p>"Let me sit in your lap, Frank," said Freddie.</p> + +<p>Our hero took the little boy in his lap.</p> + +<p>With Freddie, it was certainly a case of friendship at first sight.</p> + +<p>"Won't he trouble you?" asked his grandfather.</p> + +<p>"No, sir. I like young children."</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival now proceeded to interrogate Frank.</p> + +<p>"Your name is Frank Courtney. Have you been long in the city?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir; only a few weeks."</p> + +<p>"What led you to come here?"</p> + +<p>"I wished to earn my living."</p> + +<p>"What that necessary? You do not look like a poor boy."</p> + +<p>"I was brought up to consider myself rich," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Indeed! Did you lose your property?"</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I had better tell you how it happened, sir."</p> + +<p>"If you don't object, I should be glad to hear."</p> + +<p>Frank gave a brief statement of his position, and the circumstances that +led him to leave his home and go out into the world.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival listened thoughtfully.</p> + +<p>"It is a singular story," he said, after a pause. "Your stepfather's in +Europe, then?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; at least he sailed for Europe."</p> + +<p>"Have you heard from him?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir."</p> + +<p>"Do you expect to hear?"</p> + +<p>"I think not."</p> + +<p>"He can't feel much interest in you."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he does," answered Frank. "Still, I can't say that he has +treated me unkindly."</p> + +<p>"Do you suspect that your stepfather has wronged you in the matter of +the property?"</p> + +<p>"I would rather not answer that question, sir. I might wrong Mr. +Manning, and I have no proof to offer."</p> + +<p>"I understand you, and I applaud your discretion. It does you credit. +Some time or other the mystery may be cleared up, and the wrong, if +there is one, may be righted. I can't understand, however, how this Mr. +Manning should be willing to leave you dependent upon your own exertions +with such a scanty provision as twenty-five dollars a quarter."</p> + +<p>"I didn't ask for any more; and, besides, Mr. Manning offered to take me +to Europe with his son Mark."</p> + +<p>"Do you think that he was sincere in the offer?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think he expected me to accept it, and I am sure that it would +have been very disagreeable to Mark to have me in the party."</p> + +<p>"Have you any objections to telling me how you have succeeded in your +efforts to make a living?" asked the old gentleman, with a keen but +kindly glance.</p> + +<p>"I have been disappointed, sir," was the candid reply.</p> + +<p>"I am not surprised to hear it. A boy brought up as you have been cannot +rough it like a farmer's son or a street boy."</p> + +<p>"I think I could, sir; but I should not like to."</p> + +<p>"Precisely. Now, I am not sure that you acted wisely in undertaking a +task so difficult, since it was not necessary, and your stepfather could +hardly have refused to support you at home. However, as you have taken +the decisive step, we must consider what is best to do under the +circumstances. What work have you been doing?"</p> + +<p>"I have been selling tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company."</p> + +<p>"How have you succeeded?"</p> + +<p>"I have not been able to pay expenses," Frank admitted.</p> + +<p>"How have you made up the difference?"</p> + +<p>"I brought about fifty dollars with me from home."</p> + +<p>"Is it all used up?"</p> + +<p>"I had thirty-five dollars left, sir, but a day or two since one of my +fellow boarders opened my trunk and borrowed it without leave."</p> + +<p>"Of course you won't recover it?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think there is much chance of it, sir."</p> + +<p>"Then probably your money is nearly exhausted?"</p> + +<p>Frank did not like to admit his poverty, but owned up that he had less +than two dollars.</p> + +<p>"And yet you paid the car fares of this little boy and his mother?"</p> + +<p>"I hope, sir, I would not refuse to assist a lady when in trouble."</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival nodded two or three times, smiling as he did so. He was +becoming more and more favorably impressed without young hero.</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to continue this tea agency?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I have already notified my employers that I do not care to +continue it."</p> + +<p>"Have you anything else in view?"</p> + +<p>Frank felt that now was the time to speak.</p> + +<p>"I came here this evening," he said, "intending to ask you if you knew +of any situation I could fill, or could recommend me to employment of +any kind by which I might make a living."</p> + +<p>"I must consider that. Have you thought of any particular employment +which you would like?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I cannot afford to be particular. I will do anything that is +honest, and at all suitable for me."</p> + +<p>"What would you consider unsuitable?"</p> + +<p>"I should not wish to black boots, for instance, sir. It is honest work, +but I ought to be suited to something better."</p> + +<p>"Of course; What education have you had? Good, I suppose?"</p> + +<p>"I am nearly ready for college."</p> + +<p>"Then you are already fairly well educated. I will put you to a test. +Sit up to the table, and take paper and pen. I will dictate to you a +paragraph from the evening paper, which I should like to have you write +down."</p> + +<p>Frank obeyed, though, in doing so, he was obliged to set Freddie down, +rather to the little fellow's dissatisfaction.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival selected a short letter, written by some public man, which +chanced to have found a place in the evening journal.</p> + +<p>Frank wrote rapidly, and when his copy was finished submitted it to Mr. +Percival.</p> + +<p>The old gentleman took it, and, running his eye over it, noticed that it +was plainly written, correctly spelled and properly punctuated. This +discovery evidently gave him satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"Very creditably written," he said. "I have known boys nearly ready for +college who could not copy such a letter without blundering. I am glad +that your English education has not been neglected while you have been +studying the classics."</p> + +<p>Frank was gratified by Mr. Percival's commendation, though he could not +see in what manner his education was likely to bring him employment. It +was desirable, however, to produce a favorable impression on Mr. +Percival, and he could not help hoping something would result to his +advantage.</p> + +<p>At this moment Freddie's mother entered the room, and greeted Frank with +a cordial smile.</p> + +<p>"Freddie," she said, "it is time for you to go to bed."</p> + +<p>"I don't want to leave Frank," said Freddie.</p> + +<p>"Frank will come and see you again."</p> + +<p>"Will you, Frank?"</p> + +<p>Frank made the promise, and Mrs. Gordon—for that was her name—left the +room, promising to return before Frank went away.</p> + +<p>He was now left alone with the old gentleman.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXIX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXIX</h2> + +<h3>FRANK IS OFFERED A POSITION</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mr. Percival engaged Frank in conversation on general topics while Mrs. +Gordon was out of the room. His young visitor had been an extensive +reader, and displayed a good deal of general information. Moreover, he +expressed himself intelligently and modestly, and deepened the favorable +impression which he had already succeeded in making.</p> + +<p>I should like to call the attention of my young readers to the fact that +Frank was now reaping the advantage of the time he had devoted to study +and the cultivation of his mind.</p> + +<p>A boy who starts in life with a fair education always stands a better +chance than one who is poorly provided in that respect.</p> + +<p>It is true that many of our prominent public men have started with a +very scanty supply of book-learning, but in most cases it has only +transferred the labor of study to their maturer years.</p> + +<p>President Andrew Johnson did not learn to read and write until after he +had attained his majority, but he made up his early deficiencies later.</p> + +<p>Abraham Lincoln, when nearly thirty, devoted his leisure hours to +mastering the problems in Euclid, and thus trained and strengthened his +mental faculties so that he was enabled to grapple with the difficult +problems of statesmanship in after years.</p> + +<p>Henry Wilson commenced attending an academy after he had reached the age +of twenty-one.</p> + +<p>The fact is, no boy or man can be too well equipped for his life-work.</p> + +<p>I hope my boy readers will not skip the paragraphs above, for they can +learn from them a useful lesson.</p> + +<p>When Mrs. Gordon returned, she placed in Frank's hands a small sum of +money, saying:</p> + +<p>"Allow me to repay my debt, with many thanks."</p> + +<p>"You are quite welcome," answered our hero.</p> + +<p>He had too much tact to refuse the money, but quietly put it into his +pocket.</p> + +<p>"Helen," said Mr. Percival, "I would like a word with you. We will leave +our young friend here alone for five minutes."</p> + +<p>"Certainly, father."</p> + +<p>The two went into an adjoining room, and Mr. Percival commenced by +asking:</p> + +<p>"How do you like this boy, Helen?"</p> + +<p>"Very much. He seems to have been brought up as a gentleman."</p> + +<p>"He has. Till a short time since he supposed himself the heir to a +fortune."</p> + +<p>"Indeed!" said Mrs. Gordon, with curiosity.</p> + +<p>Briefly, Mr. Percival rehearsed the story which Frank had told him.</p> + +<p>"What a shame!" exclaimed Mrs. Gordon, indignantly. "His stepfather +ought to be punished:"</p> + +<p>"That may come in time. Wickedness does not always prosper. But as +regards our young friend, I have a plan in view."</p> + +<p>"What is it, father?"</p> + +<p>"I find he has an excellent education, having been nearly ready for +college when the crisis in his fortunes came. I have been thinking +whether we could not find a place for him in this house. My eyes, you +know, are so weak that they are often strained by attention to my +correspondence and reading. I have an idea of engaging Frank Courtney as +a sort of private secretary, upon whom I can at any time call. Of +course, he would have his home in the house."</p> + +<p>"There will be no difficulty about that. Our family is small, and we +have plenty of vacant rooms. But, father, will he be qualified to +undertake the duties you have designed for him? He is very young."</p> + +<p>"That is true, my dear; but he is remarkably well educated. I have +tested his capacity by dictating a letter for him to copy."</p> + +<p>"Did he do the work satisfactorily?" asked Mrs. Gordon.</p> + +<p>"Without a single mistake."</p> + +<p>"Then, father, I would not hesitate to engage him. Freddie likes him, +and will be delighted to have him in the house."</p> + +<p>"Another idea, Helen. It is time Freddie began to study. Suppose we make +him Freddie's private tutor—say for an hour daily?"</p> + +<p>"That is really an excellent idea, father," said Mrs. Gordon, in a tone +of satisfaction. "It will please and benefit Freddie, and be a relief to +me. Do you think Frank will have patience enough?"</p> + +<p>"I watched him with the little fellow, and I could see that he liked +children. I am sure he will succeed in this as well as in the duties +which he will undertake for me."</p> + +<p>"I suppose he will have no objection to the plan?"</p> + +<p>"I think he will accept gladly. He has had a hard struggle thus far in +maintaining himself, and I can relieve him from all anxiety on that +score. I am indebted to him for helping me to recover my bonds, and +this will be an excuse for offering him a larger salary than the +services of so young a secretary could be expected to command."</p> + +<p>"Very well, father. Your plan pleases me very much, and I shall be glad +to have Frank commence to-morrow, if he chooses. Now let us return to +the library."</p> + +<p>While father and daughter were absent Frank had taken from the table a +volume of "Macaulay's History," and had become interested in it.</p> + +<p>He laid it down upon their return.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival resumed his easy-chair, and said, with a smile.</p> + +<p>"My daughter and I have been consulting about you."</p> + +<p>Frank bowed, and his hopes rose.</p> + +<p>"I suppose you are open to an offer of employment?"</p> + +<p>"I am not only open to it, Mr. Percival, but I shall be grateful for +it."</p> + +<p>He could not help wondering what sort of employment Mr. Percival was +about to offer him. He concluded that it might be a place in some +business house.</p> + +<p>"The fact is," said the old gentleman, "I have a great mind to offer you +the situation of my private secretary."</p> + +<p>Frank was astonished. This was something he had not thought of.</p> + +<p>"Do you think I am qualified to fill such a position, Mr. Percival?" he +asked, hesitatingly.</p> + +<p>"The duties would not be difficult," returned the old gentleman. "Though +not in active business, the care of my property, and looking after my +scattered investments, involves me in considerable correspondence. My +eyes are not as strong as they once were, and I find them at times taxed +by letter-writing, not to mention reading. You can relieve me very +materially."</p> + +<p>"I shall be very glad to do so, sir. The duties will be very agreeable +to me."</p> + +<p>"But that is not all. My daughter proposes to employ you as private +tutor for Freddie."</p> + +<p>Frank smiled.</p> + +<p>"I think my scholarship will be sufficient for that," he said.</p> + +<p>Frank was to receive $50 a month and board. This was wonderful news to +him. Mr. Percival with great forethought paid him a month's salary in +advance. Frank went home happy.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXX</h2> + +<h3>FRANK AS PRIVATE SECRETARY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The next day Frank transferred his residence to Madison Avenue. He was +assigned to a pleasant room, decidedly superior, it need hardly be said, +to his room at Clinton Place. It seemed agreeable to him once more to +enjoy the comforts of a liberal home.</p> + +<p>Frank had had some doubts as to how he would satisfy Mr. Percival in his +capacity of private secretary.</p> + +<p>He was determined to do his best, but thought it possible that the old +gentleman might require more than he could do well. He looked forward, +therefore, with some apprehension to his first morning's work.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival, though not engaged in active business, was a wealthy man, +and his capital was invested in a great variety of enterprises. +Naturally, therefore, he received a large number of business letters, +which required to be answered.</p> + +<p>The first day he dictated several replies, which Frank put upon paper. +He wished, however, to put Frank's ability to a severe test.</p> + +<p>"Here are two letters," he said, "which you may answer. I have noted on +each instructions which you will follow. The wording of the letters I +leave to you."</p> + +<p>"I will try to satisfy you sir," said Frank.</p> + +<p>Our hero was a good writer for his age. Moreover, he had been well +trained at school and did not shrink from the task assigned him.</p> + +<p>He read carefully the instruction of his employer, and composed the +letters in strict accordance with them.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival awaited with some interest the result of his experiment. If +Frank proved competent to the task assigned him, his own daily labor +would be considerably abridged.</p> + +<p>"Here are the letters, sir," said our hero, passing the drafts to Mr. +Percival.</p> + +<p>The old gentleman examined them carefully. As he did so, his face +expressed his satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"Upon my word, Frank," he said, familiarly, "you have done your work +exceedingly well. They are brief, concise and yet comprehensive. I +feared that you would use too many words."</p> + +<p>"I am glad you are pleased, sir. Dr. Brush trained us to write letters, +and he cut down our essays when they were too diffuse."</p> + +<p>"Then I feel indebted to Dr. Brush for providing me with so competent a +young secretary. You will be able to assist me even more than I +anticipated. I shall, of course, read over your letters before they are +sent, to make sure that you have fully comprehended and carried out my +instructions, but I don't expect they will need much correction."</p> + +<p>Frank was much gratified by these words. This was the only point on +which he had felt at all doubtful as to his ability to please his +employer.</p> + +<p>Sometimes, when his eyes pained him more than usual, Mr. Percival also +employed him to read to him from the daily papers, or from some book in +which he was interested, but this did not occur regularly.</p> + +<p>Every day, however, Frank was occupied with Freddie. The little boy knew +his alphabet, but nothing more, so that his young teacher had to begin +with him at the beginning of the primer.</p> + +<p>He succeeded in interesting his little pupil, and did not protract his +term of study so as to weary him.</p> + +<p>Finding that the little fellow was fond of hearing stories, he read to +him every day a story or two from Hans Christian Andersen, or from a +collection of German fairy stories, and sometimes went out to walk with +him.</p> + +<p>Freddie was delighted with his teacher, and freely expressed his +approval to his mother and grandfather.</p> + +<p>"Really, Frank," said Mrs. Gordon, "I shall begin to be jealous of your +hold upon Freddie. I am not sure but he likes your company better than +mine."</p> + +<p>"I don't think Freddie will prefer anyone to his mother," said Frank; +"but I am glad he likes to be with me."</p> + +<p>"You have certainly proved very successful as a private tutor, Frank," +said Mrs. Gordon, "and my father tells me you succeeded equally well as +a secretary."</p> + +<p>"It is partly because you both treat me so indulgently," answered Frank, +gracefully.</p> + +<p>This answer pleased Mr. Percival and Mrs. Gordon, who more than ever +congratulated themselves upon the lucky chance that had thrown Frank in +their way.</p> + +<p>Assuredly he made himself very useful in the small household, +contributing to the comfort and pleasure of Freddie, his mother and +grandfather in nearly equal measure.</p> + +<p>While Frank's monthly salary was of great value and importance to him, +it was nothing to Mr. Percival in comparison with the pleasure and +relief afforded by his presence in the house.</p> + +<p>It must not be supposed, however, that Frank's time was wholly occupied +by the duties of his two positions. Usually he had several hours daily +at his disposal, and these he was allowed to spend as he pleased.</p> + +<p>Part of this he occupied in visiting different localities of the city +and points of interest in the neighborhood, and part in reading and +study.</p> + +<p>Mr. Percival had a large and well-selected library, which, to a boy of +Frank's studious tastes, was a great attraction.</p> + +<p>He entered upon a course of solid reading, embracing some of the +standard histories, and devoted some hours every week to keeping up his +acquaintance with the Greek and Latin authors which he had read at +school.</p> + +<p>In this way his time was well and usefully employed, and the weeks +slipped by till almost before he was aware six months had passed.</p> + +<p>One afternoon Frank walked down Broadway enjoying the bright sunshine. +Just in front of the St. Nicholas Hotel he heard his name called and +looking up he recognized with some surprise, Pliny Tarbox, his cousin +from Newark.</p> + +<p>Pliny asked many questions as to what Frank was doing and how much money +he was making. Frank told him of his good fortune in obtaining the +position he held with Mr. Percival and the two parted—Frank the much +happier of the two.</p> + +<p>Pliny urgently invited Frank to visit them but Frank would rather remain +in New York.</p> + +<p>"I hope I shall never think so much of money as Pliny and his father," +thought Frank. "Money is a good thing to have but there are some things +that are better."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXI</h2> + +<h3>A LETTER FROM MR. TARBOX</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank did not speak to Mr. Percival's family of his meeting with Pliny. +It was not pleasant to him to think that he was valued only for his good +fortune. He had seen but little of the Tarbox family, but he understood +very well what their professions of friendship amounted to, and that +they were not to be relied upon in an emergency.</p> + +<p>He was not much surprised on Monday afternoon to receive the following +letter from Erastus Tarbox:</p> + +<p>"My Dear Young Cousin:—We have been wondering what has become of you, +and Mrs. T. and myself have often wished to invite you to pass a Sabbath +at our humble home. Not knowing your address, I could not write to you, +or I should have done so. You can imagine, therefore, the pleasure we +felt when Pliny told us that he had met you, and gave us tidings of your +remarkable success, which I am sure does you great credit.</p> + +<p>"He tells me that you fill a very responsible position, and receive a +very liberal salary. I could wish that Pliny might be equally fortunate, +and shall esteem it a great favor if you will mention him to your +respected employer, and recommend him for any lucrative position which +he may bestow upon him. Pliny is a very capable boy, and has been +carefully trained to habits of frugality and industry.</p> + +<p>"Can you not soon come out and pass a Sabbath with us? The esteem which +we have for your late lamented mother alone would secure you a cordial +welcome, not to speak of the friendship for yourself. Pliny often says +that you seem to him like a brother, and he would truly enjoy your +companionship.</p> + +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"Your sincere friend and cousin,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Erastus Tarbox."</span><br /> + +<p>The time was when Frank would have put confidence in the friendly +expressions used by Mr. Tarbox, but his eyes had been opened, and he +understood that if misfortune should come to him, it would not do to +lean upon his cousins at Newark.</p> + +<p>Frank wrote a civil reply to Mr. Tarbox, thanking him for his +invitation, but saying that at present it would not be convenient for +him to accept it. He added that should an opportunity offer he would be +glad to assist Pliny to a better position than he now held.</p> + +<p>In spite of his wish to be cordial, his letter was felt by the Tarbox +family to be cold, and they regretted that they had not treated him +better during his brief visit to them.</p> + +<p>But then how could they suppose he would be so successful? If the time +should ever come when he recovered his property, they would be prepared +to make a determined effort to convince him that they had always been +his affectionate friends.</p> + +<p>About this time Frank received another letter, which afforded him +greater satisfaction than the one from Newark.</p> + +<p>This letter was from Col. Vincent, who, it will be remembered, had +purchased Ajax when Mr. Manning persisted in selling him. It was as +follows:</p> + +<p>"My Dear Frank: I learned incidentally from one of our townsmen, who +recently met you in New York, that you have been very successful in +obtaining employment, and that of an honorable and responsible +character. It relieved my mind, for, knowing how hard it is for a boy to +make his own way in a large city, I feared that you might be suffering +privation, or living poorly. I hope, however, you would in that case +have applied to me for such help as your father's old friend would have +been glad to offer.</p> + +<p>"Your stepfather has not been heard from directly. I learn, however, +from some friends who have met him abroad that he is having trouble with +Mark, who is proving difficult to manage, and has contracted a dangerous +taste for gaming. Mr. Manning was obliged to leave Baden-Baden on +account of this unfortunate tendency, and is even thinking of returning +to the Cedars, where his son will be removed from temptation. To this, +however, Mark will be likely to make strenuous opposition. He will find +it dull to settle down here after having tasted the gayety of Europe."</p> + +<p>Here followed a little local gossip, which the writer thought might +prove interesting to Frank, and the letter concluded with a cordial +invitation to our hero to spend a Sunday with him, or a longer time, if +he could be spared from his duties.</p> + +<p>Frank was disposed to accept the invitation, but his acceptance was +postponed by an unusual service which he was called upon to render to +Mr. Percival.</p> + +<p>Of this the reader will hear everything in the next chapter.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXII</h2> + +<h3>MR. PERCIVAL'S PROPOSAL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>One morning, after writing several letters for his employer, the young +secretary asked Mr. Percival if he had any further commands.</p> + +<p>The old gentleman answered thoughtfully:</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking of asking you to do me an unusual service."</p> + +<p>"I shall be very glad to serve you in any way, Mr. Percival," said +Frank, promptly.</p> + +<p>"I have no doubt of it," said the old gentleman, kindly. "I have +observed your willingness to undertake any duty, and, still more, your +disposition to perform it thoroughly. In this particular case, however, +I have been considering whether a boy of your age would be competent to +do what I desire."</p> + +<p>Frank was not self-distrustful, neither was he over-confident. He was +naturally energetic and ambitious to distinguish himself, and not +afraid to undertake any difficult task.</p> + +<p>"Will you try me, Mr. Percival?" he said. "I will do my best to +succeed."</p> + +<p>"I am quite inclined to try you, Frank," said Mr. Percival; "the more so +because I know of no one else in whom I could confide. But I must give +you an idea of what I have in view. It would require you to make a +journey."</p> + +<p>Frank listened to this gladly. To a boy of his age, who had seen but +little of the world, a journey offered attractions.</p> + +<p>"I should like to travel," he said.</p> + +<p>"I have no doubt about that," said Mr. Percival, smiling. "At your age I +am sure I should have been equally willing to see something of the +world, though traveling involved at that time far more hardships than at +present. Now, however, I like best to stay by the fireside, and should +dread very much a journey to Minnesota."</p> + +<p>"To Minnesota!" exclaimed Frank, with sparkling eyes.</p> + +<p>He had not thought of a journey so extended.</p> + +<p>"Yes; it would be necessary for you to go out to Minnesota. Ordinarily, +a man can best look after his own affairs; but in the present instance, +I suspect that you could do better than myself. I don't mean this as a +compliment, but a boy like you would not be suspected, and so could +discover more than I, from whom facts would be studiously concealed. +But, of course, you don't understand my meaning. I will explain, and +then you can comprehend me."</p> + +<p>Frank was all attention.</p> + +<p>"You must know that I own a good deal of property in a certain township +in Southern Minnesota. When a young man, I bought three hundred and +twenty acres of land in the township of Jackson, obtaining it at a +slight advance on government rates.</p> + +<p>"Some improvements had been made, and I was induced to visit the place. +I found but three families in residence, but I saw also that the place +had large natural advantages, water-power, etc., and presented an +unusually favorable site for a village. I had considerable means, and +started the village by erecting a dozen houses, a store, a sawmill, +gristmill, and so on.</p> + +<p>"This formed a nucleus, and soon quite a village sprang up. The sawmill +and gristmill proved profitable, all my houses were tenanted, and I +erected more, securing also additional land. In course of time I was +induced to sell some of my houses, but I still own two stores, a dozen +houses, the saw and gristmills, besides two outlying farms.</p> + +<p>"Living so far away, I could not attend personally to the business +connected with my investment, and was compelled to appoint an agent. Up +to four years since, I was fortunate enough to possess the services of a +capable and trustworthy man, named Sampson. He died after a few weeks' +illness, and I was compelled to look out for a successor.</p> + +<p>"Now, I had a distant cousin, who had never succeeded very well in life, +and was at that time seeking for employment of some kind. He heard of +the vacancy, and importuned me to appoint him as my agent in Jackson. I +had no reason to doubt his honesty, though his repeated failures might +well have led me to suspect his capacity. I was weak enough, as I now +consider it, to yield to his importunities and give him the post he +sought.</p> + +<p>"The result was that during the first year of his incumbency the amount +turned over to me was only three-fourths as much as in the last year of +his predecessor. The second year there was a further falling off. The +same happened the third year, until at the present time my rents amount +to less than half what they were in Mr. Sampson's time.</p> + +<p>"Of course, my suspicions that my cousin was at least inefficient were +aroused long since. I have repeatedly asked an explanation of the +diminished revenues, and plenty of excuses have been made, but they do +not seem to me satisfactory.</p> + +<p>"Moreover, I have heard a rumor that Mr. Fairfield is intemperate in his +habits, and I have considerable reason to believe that the story is +correct. I have made up my mind that something must be done. A regard +for my own interests requires that if my agent is unfaithful he should +be displaced, and I wish to find out from some reliable source the true +state of the case.</p> + +<p>"Now I will tell you what I have in view. I propose to send you out to +Jackson to investigate and report to me your impressions of the manner +in which Mr. Fairfield discharges his duties, and whether you think a +change should be made in the agency."</p> + +<p>Frank listened to Mr. Percival with a flushed face and a feeling of +gratification and pride that he should be thought of in connection with +a responsible duty.</p> + +<p>"I am very much obliged to you, Mr. Percival," he said, "for thinking of +me in such a connection. You may feel that I am presumptuous for +thinking I have any chance of successfully accomplishing what you +desire, but if you are willing to trust me, I am willing to undertake +it, and by following your instructions closely, and doing my best, I +think I can succeed."</p> + +<p>"I am willing to trust you, Frank," said Mr. Percival. "You are a boy, +to be sure, but you have unusually good judgment, and I know you will be +faithful to my interests. I understand, then, that you are willing to go +out as my accredited representative?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir. When do you want me to start?" said Frank, promptly.</p> + +<p>"As soon as you can get ready."</p> + +<p>"I will start to-morrow, if you desire it, sir."</p> + +<p>"Let it be to-morrow, then. We will now discuss some of the details +connected with the mission."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXIII</h2> + +<h3>PREPARING FOR A JOURNEY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>After receiving certain instructions from Mr. Percival in regard to the +manner of carrying on his inquiries, Frank said:</p> + +<p>"There is one thing I have thought of, Mr. Percival, that may interfere +with my success."</p> + +<p>"What is it, Frank? I shall be glad to receive any suggestion from you."</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking, sir, that it may excite surprise that I should +come to Jackson, and remain there without any apparent motive. Perhaps +Mr. Fairfield might suspect that I came from you."</p> + +<p>"I hardly think so, Frank. He would not suppose that I would select so +young a messenger. Still, it will be well to think of some pretext for +your stay. Can you help me?"</p> + +<p>"I have been thinking, sir, that I might fit myself out as an agent, or +peddler, or something of the kind. It would not only give me an excuse +for my journey, but enable me to call from house to house and pick up +information about Mr. Fairfield."</p> + +<p>"A capital idea, Frank. I see that you are better fitted for the task +than I supposed. I give you authority to fit yourself out in any way you +choose. I shall have to leave a great deal to your own judgment."</p> + +<p>"Then, sir, I think I might lay in a stock of stationery, pens and +articles of that nature. Probably this is so common that I would be +thought to be nothing more than I seemed."</p> + +<p>"That strikes me rather favorably, Frank."</p> + +<p>"I could fit myself out in the city, and take the articles along with me +in an extra valise or carpetbag."</p> + +<p>"Let me suggest an amendment to your plan," said Mr. Percival. "Wait +till you get to Chicago, and lay in your stock there. The advantage of +that arrangement will be that you will be saved the care of your +merchandise up to that point, and, as you may be asked where you +obtained your stock, it will create less surprise if you mention Chicago +than New York. It would be considered hardly worth while for a New York +boy to go so far on such a business—"</p> + +<p>This seemed to Frank an excellent suggestion and he instantly adopted +it.</p> + +<p>The next day Frank started on his long journey. He carried with him a +supply of money provided by Mr. Percival, and he was authorized to draw +for more if he should require it.</p> + +<p>He divided this money into two portions, keeping a small sum in his +pocketbook, but the greater part of it in an inside vest pocket, where +it would not be likely to be looked for by pickpockets.</p> + +<p>This arrangement was suggested by Mr. Percival.</p> + +<p>"I once experienced," he said, "the disadvantage of carrying all my +money in one pocket. I was in a Southern city, or, rather, on my way to +it, when an adroit pickpocket on the car relieved me of my wallet +containing all my available funds. I did not find out my loss till I had +arrived at the hotel and registered my name. You can imagine my +embarrassment. It was my first visit to that particular city, and I had +no acquaintances there, so far as I was aware. Had I mentioned my +position to the landlord, he might very probably have taken me for an +adventurer, traveling on false pretenses."</p> + +<p>"What did you do, sir?" asked Frank, interested.</p> + +<p>"I took a walk about the city, my thoughts occupied in devising a way +out of my trouble. To my great relief, I had the good fortune, during +the walk, to meet a New York acquaintance, who knew very well my +financial standing. I told him of my difficulty, and he immediately +introduced me at a bank, where I raised money on a New York draft. I +resolved, however, at that time, never again to carry all my money in +one pocketbook, as boats and railroad trains on the long routes are +generally infested by pickpockets and sharpers."</p> + +<p>Frank at once set about preparing for his journey.</p> + +<p>He bought a ready-made suit of blue cloth, not unlike that worn by the +district telegraph boys of to-day, which he judged would look more +suitable than his ordinary attire for the character he was about to +assume of a traveling peddler.</p> + +<p>He bought a through ticket to the railroad point nearest Jackson, and +then, bidding good-bye to Mr. Percival and his family, started on his +trip.</p> + +<p>Little Freddie made strenuous opposition to parting with his favorite, +but Frank promised to bring him home a present, and this diverted the +little fellow's thoughts.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXIV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXIV</h2> + +<h3>FRANK REACHES JACKSON</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It was four o'clock in the afternoon when Frank Courtney left the cars +and set foot on the platform before the station at Prescott, five miles +distant from the town of Jackson, in Southern Minnesota.</p> + +<p>He looked about him, but could see no village.</p> + +<p>Prescott was a stopping place for the cars, but there was no settlement +of any account there, as he afterward found.</p> + +<p>He had supposed he would find a stage in waiting to convey him to +Jackson, but it was clear that the business was not large enough to +warrant such a conveyance.</p> + +<p>Looking about him, Frank saw a farm wagon, the driver of which had +evidently come to receive some freight which had come by rail.</p> + +<p>Approaching the driver, who seemed to be—though roughly dressed—an +intelligent man, Frank inquired:</p> + +<p>"How far is Jackson from here, sir?"</p> + +<p>"Five miles," was the answer.</p> + +<p>"Is there any stage running there from this depot?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, no! If there were, it wouldn't average two passengers a day."</p> + +<p>"Then I suppose I must walk," said Frank, looking rather doubtfully at +the two heavy valises which constituted his baggage.</p> + +<p>"Then you are going to Jackson?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"I come from Jackson myself, and in fifteen minutes shall start on my +way back. You may ride and welcome."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir!" said our hero, quite relieved. "I hope you will allow +me to pay you as much as I should have to pay in a stage."</p> + +<p>"No, no, my lad," said the farmer, heartily. "The horse can draw you as +well as not, and I shall be glad to have your company."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir!"</p> + +<p>"Just climb up here, then. I'll take your baggage and put it on the +wagon behind."</p> + +<p>When the farmer had loaded up, he started up the team. Then, finding +himself at leisure, he proceeded to satisfy his curiosity by +cross-examining his young passenger.</p> + +<p>"Do you come from the East?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"I am last from Chicago," answered Frank, cautiously.</p> + +<p>"I suppose you've got some friend in Jackson?" ventured the farmer, +interrogatively.</p> + +<p>Frank smiled.</p> + +<p>"You are the only man living in Jackson that I ever met," he said.</p> + +<p>"Indeed!" said the driver, puzzled. "Are you calculating to make a long +stay in our village?" he asked again, after a minute's pause.</p> + +<p>"That depends on business," answered the young traveler.</p> + +<p>"Are you in business?"</p> + +<p>"I have a stock of stationery which I shall offer for sale in Jackson," +answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"I am afraid you'll find it rather a poor market. If that's all you have +to depend upon, I am afraid you'll get discouraged."</p> + +<p>"I am also agent for an illustrated book," said Frank. "I may be able to +dispose of a few."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps so," answered the farmer, dubiously. "But our people haven't +much money to spend on articles of luxury, and books are a luxury with +us."</p> + +<p>"I always heard that Jackson was a flourishing place," said Frank, who +felt that now was his time to obtain a little information.</p> + +<p>"It ought to be," said the farmer; "but there's one thing prevents."</p> + +<p>"What is that?"</p> + +<p>"A good deal of our village is owned by a New York man, to whom we have +to pay rent. He has a rascally agent—a Mr. Fairfield—who grinds us +down by his exactions, and does what he can to keep, us in debt."</p> + +<p>"Has he always been agent?"</p> + +<p>"No. Before he came there was an excellent man—a Mr. Sampson—who +treated us fairly, contented himself with exacting rents which we could +pay, and if a man were unlucky, would wait a reasonable time for him to +pay. Then we got along comfortably. But he died, and this man was sent +out in his place. Then commenced a new state of things. He immediately +raised the rents; demanded that they should be paid on the day they were +due, and made himself harsh and tyrannical."</p> + +<p>"Do you think the man who employs him knows how he is conducting his +agency?" Frank inquired.</p> + +<p>"No; there is no one to tell him. I suppose Mr. Fairfield tells him a +smooth story, and he believes it. I am afraid we can hope for no +relief."</p> + +<p>"What would he say," thought Frank, "if he knew I were a messenger from +Mr. Percival?"</p> + +<p>"What sort of a man is this Mr. Fairfield in private life?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"He drinks like a fish," was the unexpected reply. "Frequently he +appears on the street under the influence of liquor. He spends a good +deal of money, lives in a large house, and his wife dresses expensively. +He must get a much larger salary than Mr. Sampson did, or he could not +spend money as he does."</p> + +<p>Though Frank had not much worldly experience, he could not help coming +to the conclusion that Mr. Fairfield was acting dishonestly. He put +together the two circumstances that this new agent had increased the +rents, and yet that he had returned to Mr. Percival only about half as +much as his predecessor had done. Clearly, he must retain in his own +hands much more than he had a right to do.</p> + +<p>"I shall have to report unfavorably on this man," he thought.</p> + +<p>One point must be considered—where he was to find a boarding place on +his arrival in Jackson.</p> + +<p>"Is there a hotel in Jackson?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"There is a tavern, but it's a low place," answered the farmer. "A good +deal of liquor is sold there, and Mr. Fairfield, our agent, is one of +the most constant patrons of the bar."</p> + +<p>"I don't think I should like to stop there," said Frank. "Isn't there +any private family where I can get board for a week or two?"</p> + +<p>"If you don't object to plain fare," said the farmer, "I might agree to +board you myself."</p> + +<p>This was precisely what Frank wanted, and he replied that nothing would +suit him better.</p> + +<p>"We live humbly," continued Mr. Hamlin—for this, Frank learned, was his +driver's name—"but we will try to make you comfortable."</p> + +<p>"I feel sure of that, sir, and I am much obliged to you for receiving +me."</p> + +<p>"As to terms, you can pay whatever you can afford. My wife and children +will be glad to see you. It's pretty quiet out here, and it breaks the +monotony to meet any person from the East."</p> + +<p>"How long have you lived in Jackson, Mr. Hamlin?"</p> + +<p>"About eight years. I was not brought up as a farmer, but became one +from necessity. I was a bookkeeper in Chicago for a good many years, +until I found the confinement and close work were injuring my health. +Then I came here and set up as a farmer. I got along pretty well, at +first; at any rate, I made a living for my family; but when Mr. +Fairfield became agent, he raised my rent, and, in other ways, made it +hard for me. Now I have a hard struggle."</p> + +<p>"I thought you were not always a farmer," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"What made you think so?"</p> + +<p>"You don't talk like a farmer. You have the appearance of a man who has +lived in cities."</p> + +<p>"Seems to me you are a close observer, for a boy of your years," said +Mr. Hamlin, shrewdly.</p> + +<p>Frank smiled.</p> + +<p>"I should be glad if your compliment were deserved," he answered. "It's +a pity you were not agent, instead of Mr. Fairfield," suggested Frank, +pointedly.</p> + +<p>"I wish I were," answered Hamlin. "I believe I should make a good one, +though I might not turn over as much money to my employer. I should, +first of all, lower the rents and make it as easy for the tenants as I +could in justice to my New York principal."</p> + +<p>"Do you know how much Mr. Fairfield receives—how large a salary, I +mean?"</p> + +<p>"I know what Mr. Sampson got—twelve hundred dollars a year; but Mr. +Fairfield lives at the rate of more than twice that sum, if I can judge +from appearances."</p> + +<p>"I suppose you would be contented with the salary which Mr. Sampson +received?"</p> + +<p>"Contented! I should feel like a rich man. It would not interfere with +my carrying on my farm, and I should be able to make something from +that. Why, it is as much as I received as a bookkeeper, and here the +expenses of living are small, compared with what they were in Chicago. I +could save money and educate my children, as I cannot do now. I have a +boy who wants a classical education, but of course there are no schools +here which can afford it, and I am too poor to send him away from home. +I suppose I shall have to bring him up as a farmer, though it is a great +pity, for he is not fitted for it."</p> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin sighed, but Frank felt in unusually good spirits. He saw his +way clear already, not only to recommend Mr. Fairfield's displacement, +but to urge Mr. Hamlin's appointment in his stead; that is, if his +favorable impressions were confirmed on further acquaintance.</p> + +<p>"It seems to me," said the driver, changing the subject, "you might find +something better to do than to peddle stationery."</p> + +<p>"I don't mean to follow the business long," answered Frank.</p> + +<p>"It can't pay much."</p> + +<p>"I am not wholly dependent upon it," said our hero. "There is one +advantage about it. It enables me to travel about and pay my expenses, +and you know traveling is agreeable to a boy of my age."</p> + +<p>"That is true. Well, your expenses won't amount to much while you are in +Jackson. I shall only charge you just enough to cover expenses—say +three dollars a week."</p> + +<p>Frank was about to insist on paying a larger sum, but it occurred to him +that he must keep up appearances, and he therefore only thanked his kind +acquaintance.</p> + +<p>By this time they had entered the village of Jackson.</p> + +<p>"There's Mr. Fairfield now!" said Mr. Hamlin, suddenly, pointing with +his whip to a rather tall, stout man, with a red nose and inflamed +countenance, who was walking unsteadily along the sidewalk.</p> + +<p>Frank carefully scrutinized the agent, and mentally decided that such a +man was unfit for the responsible position he held.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXV"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXV</h2> + +<h3>DICK HAMLIN</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin stopped his horse a quarter of a mile from the village in +front of a plain farmhouse.</p> + +<p>An intelligent-looking boy, of perhaps fifteen, coarsely but neatly +dressed, approached and greeted his father, not without a glance of +surprise and curiosity at Frank.</p> + +<p>"You may unharness the horses, Dick," said Mr. Hamlin. "When you come +back, I will introduce you to a boy friend who will stay with us a +while."</p> + +<p>Dick obeyed, and Frank followed his host into the house.</p> + +<p>Here he was introduced to Mrs. Hamlin, a motherly-looking woman, and +Annie and Grace, younger sisters of Dick.</p> + +<p>"I am glad to see you," said Mrs. Hamlin, to our hero, after a brief +explanation from her husband. "We will try to make you comfortable."</p> + +<p>"Thank you!" said Frank. "I am sure I shall feel at home."</p> + +<p>The house was better furnished than might have been anticipated. When +Mr. Hamlin left Chicago, he had some money saved up, and he furnished +his house in a comfortable manner.</p> + +<p>It was not, however, the furniture that attracted Frank's attention so +much as the books, papers and pictures that gave the rooms a homelike +appearance.</p> + +<p>"I shall be much better off here than I would have been at the tavern," +he thought. "This seems like home."</p> + +<p>"I see," said Mr. Hamlin, "that you are surprised to see so many books +and pictures. I admit that my house does not look like the house of a +poor man, who has to struggle for the mere necessaries of life. But +books and periodicals we have always classed among the necessities, and +I am sure we would all rather limit ourselves to dry bread for two out +of the three meals than to give up this food for the mind."</p> + +<p>"I think you are a very sensible man, Mr. Hamlin," said Frank. "I +couldn't get along without something to read."</p> + +<p>"Not in this out-of-the-way place, at any rate," said Mr. Hamlin. +"Nothing can be more dismal than the homes of some of my neighbors, who +spend as much, or more, than I do every year. Yet, they consider me +extravagant because I buy books and subscribe for periodicals."</p> + +<p>By this time, Dick came in from the barn.</p> + +<p>"Dick," said his father, "this is Frank Courtney, who comes from Chicago +on a business errand. He is a traveling merchant—"</p> + +<p>"In other words, a peddler," said Frank, with a smile, "ready to give +the good people in Jackson a chance to buy stationery at reasonable +prices."</p> + +<p>"He will board with us while he is canvassing the neighborhood, and I +expect you and he will become great friends."</p> + +<p>"I think we shall," said Frank.</p> + +<p>Dick was a little shy, but a few minutes set him quite at ease with his +new acquaintance.</p> + +<p>After supper, Frank said:</p> + +<p>"Dick, if you are at leisure, I wish you would take a walk about the +village with me. I want to see how it looks."</p> + +<p>"All right," said Dick.</p> + +<p>When the two left the house, the country boy began to ask questions.</p> + +<p>"How do you like your business?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Not very well," answered Frank. "I do not think I shall stay in it very +long."</p> + +<p>"Do you sell enough to make your expenses?" asked Dick.</p> + +<p>"No; but I am not wholly dependent on my sales. I have a little +income—a hundred dollars a year—paid me by my stepfather."</p> + +<p>"I wish I had as much. It seems a good deal to me."</p> + +<p>"It doesn't go very far. What are you intending to be, Dick?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose I shall have to be a farmer, though I don't like it."</p> + +<p>"What would you like to be?"</p> + +<p>"I should like to get an education," said Dick, his eyes lighting up. "I +should like to study Latin and Greek, and go to college. Then I could be +a teacher or a lawyer. But there is no chance of that," he added, his +voice falling.</p> + +<p>"Don't be too sure of that, Dick," said Frank Frank, hopefully. +"Something may turn up in your favor."</p> + +<p>"Nothing ever does turn up in Jackson," said the boy, in a tone of +discouragement. "Father is a poor man, and has hard work to get along. +He can give me no help."</p> + +<p>"Isn't the farm productive?"</p> + +<p>"There is no trouble about that, but he has to pay too high a rent. It's +all the fault of Fairfield."</p> + +<p>"The agent?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Your father was telling me about him. Now, if your father were in his +place, I suppose he could give you the advantages you wish."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes! There would be no trouble then. I am sure he would make a +better and more popular agent than Mr. Fairfield; but there is no use +thinking about that."</p> + +<p>"I expected myself to go to college," said Frank. "In fact, I have +studied Latin and Greek, and in less than a year I could be ready to +enter."</p> + +<p>"Why don't you?" asked Dick.</p> + +<p>"You forget that I am a poor peddler."</p> + +<p>"Then how were you able to get so good an education?" asked Dick, in +surprise.</p> + +<p>"Because I was once better off than I am now. The fact is, Dick," he +added, "I have seen better days. But when I was reduced to poverty, I +gave up hopes of college education and became what I am."</p> + +<p>"Wasn't it hard?"</p> + +<p>"Not so much as you might suppose. My home was not happy. I have a +stepfather and stepbrother, neither of whom I like. In fact, there is no +love lost between us. I was not obliged to leave home, but under the +circumstances I preferred to."</p> + +<p>"Where are your stepfather and your stepbrother now?"</p> + +<p>"They are traveling in Europe."</p> + +<p>"While you are working hard for a living! That does not seem to be +just."</p> + +<p>"We must make the best of circumstances, Dick. Whose is that large house +on the left?"</p> + +<p>"That belongs to Mr. Fairfield.</p> + +<p>"He seems to live nicely."</p> + +<p>"Yes, he has improved and enlarged the house a good deal since he moved +into it—at Mrs. Percival's expense, I suppose."</p> + +<p>"He seems to have pretty much his own way here," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes. Mr. Percival never comes to Jackson, and I suppose he believes all +that the agent tells him."</p> + +<p>"He may get found out some time."</p> + +<p>"I wish he might. It would be a great blessing to Jackson if he were +removed and a good man were put in his place."</p> + +<p>"That may happen some day."</p> + +<p>"Not very likely, I am afraid."</p> + +<p>At this moment Mr. Fairfield himself came out of his front gate.</p> + +<p>"Hello, Hamlin!" he said, roughly, to Dick. "Is your father at home?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"I have something to say to him. I think I will call round."</p> + +<p>"You will find him at home, sir."</p> + +<p>"Dick," said Frank, when the agent had passed on, "do you mind going +back? What you tell me makes me rather curious about Mr. Fairfield. At +your house I may get a chance to see something of him."</p> + +<p>"Let us go back, then," said Dick; "but I don't think, Frank, that you +will care much about keeping up the acquaintance."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps not; but I shall gratify my curiosity."</p> + +<p>The two boys turned and followed the agent closely. They reached the +house about five minutes after Mr. Fairfield.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXVI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXVI</h2> + +<h3>MR. FAIRFIELD, THE AGENT</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The two boys found Mr. Fairfield already seated in the most comfortable +chair in the sitting room.</p> + +<p>He looked inquiringly at Frank when he entered with Dick.</p> + +<p>"Who is that boy, Hamlin?" inquired the agent. "Nephew of yours?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir. It is a young man who has come to Jackson on business."</p> + +<p>"What kind of business?'</p> + +<p>"I sell stationery," Frank answered for himself.</p> + +<p>"Oh, a peddler!" said the agent, contemptuously.</p> + +<p>"Many of our most successful men began in that way," said Mr. Hamlin, +fearing lest Frank's feelings might be hurt.</p> + +<p>"I never encourage peddlers myself," said Mr. Fairfield, pompously.</p> + +<p>"Then I suppose it will be of no use for me to call at your door," said +Frank, who, in place of being mortified, was amused by the agent's +arrogance.</p> + +<p>"I should say not, unless your back is proof against a broomstick," +answered Fairfield, coarsely. "I tell my servant to treat all who call +in that way."</p> + +<p>"I won't put her to the trouble of using it," said Frank, disgusted at +the man's ill manners.</p> + +<p>"That's where you are wise—yes, wise and prudent—young man."</p> + +<p>"And now, Hamlin," said the agent, "I may as well come to business."</p> + +<p>"To business!" repeated the farmer, rather surprised, for there was no +rent due for a month.</p> + +<p>"Yes, to business," said Fairfield. "I came to give you notice that +after the next payment I shall feel obliged to raise your rent."</p> + +<p>"Raise my rent!" exclaimed the farmer, in genuine dismay. "I am already +paying a considerably higher rent than I paid to your predecessor."</p> + +<p>"Can't help it. Old Sampson was a slow-going old fogy. He didn't do his +duty by his employer. When I came in, I turned over a new leaf."</p> + +<p>"I certainly got along better in his time."</p> + +<p>"No doubt. He was a great deal too easy with you. Didn't do his duty, +sir. Wasn't sharp enough. That's all."</p> + +<p>"You certainly cannot be in earnest in raising my rent, Mr. Fairfield," +said the farmer, uneasily.</p> + +<p>"I certainly am."</p> + +<p>"I can't live at all if you increase my rent, which is already larger +than I can afford to pay, Mr. Fairfield."</p> + +<p>"Then I must find a tenant who can and will," said the agent, +emphatically.</p> + +<p>"I am sure Mr. Percival can't understand the true state of the case, or +the circumstances of his tenants. Will you give me his address, and I +will take the liberty of writing to him and respectfully remonstrate +against any increase?"</p> + +<p>Mr. Fairfield looked uneasy.</p> + +<p>This appeal would not at all suit him. Yet how could he object without +leading to the suspicion that he was acting in this matter wholly on his +own responsibility, and not by the express orders of his principal? How +could he refuse to furnish Mr. Percival's address?</p> + +<p>A middle course occurred to him.</p> + +<p>"You may write your appeal, if you like, Hamlin," he said, "and hand it +to me. I will forward it; though I don't believe it will do any good. +The fact is that Mr. Percival has made up his mind to have more income +from his property in Jackson."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXVII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXVII</h2> + +<h3>FRANK RECEIVES A LETTER FROM MR. PERCIVAL</h3> +<br /> + +<p>While Frank was waiting for an answer to a letter to Mr. Percival he +devoted part of his time to the business which was supposed to be his +only reason for remaining in Jackson.</p> + +<p>I am bound to say that as regards this business his trip might be +pronounced a failure. There was little ready money in Jackson. Many of +the people were tenants of Mr. Percival, and found it difficult to pay +the excessive rents demanded by his agent. Of course, they had no money +to spare for extras. Even if they had been better off, there was little +demand for stationery in the village. The people were chiefly farmers, +and did not indulge in much correspondence.</p> + +<p>When Frank returned to his boarding place on the afternoon of the first +day, Mr. Hamlin asked him, not without solicitude, with what luck he had +met.</p> + +<p>"I have sold twenty-five cents' worth of note paper," answered Frank, +with a smile.</p> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin looked troubled.</p> + +<p>"How many places did you call at?" he inquired.</p> + +<p>"About a dozen."</p> + +<p>"I am afraid you will get discouraged."</p> + +<p>"If you don't do better, you won't begin to pay expenses."</p> + +<p>"That is true."</p> + +<p>"But perhaps you may do better to-morrow."</p> + +<p>"I hope so."</p> + +<p>"I wish you could find something in Jackson that would induce you to +remain here permanently, and make your home with us. I would charge you +only the bare cost of board."</p> + +<p>"Thank you very much, Mr. Hamlin. I should enjoy being with you, but I +don't believe I shall find any opening here. Besides, I like a more +stirring life."</p> + +<p>"No doubt—no doubt! Boys like a lively place. Well, I am glad you feel +independent of your business."</p> + +<p>"For a little time. I am afraid it wouldn't do for me to earn so little +for any length of time."</p> + +<p>Frank enjoyed the society of Dick Hamlin. Together they went fishing and +hunting, and a mutual liking sprang up between them.</p> + +<p>"I wish you were going to stay longer, Frank," said Dick. "I shall feel +very lonely when you are gone."</p> + +<p>"We may meet again under different circumstances," said Frank. "While I +am here, we will enjoy ourselves as well as we can."</p> + +<p>So the days passed, and at length a letter came from Mr. Percival. I +append the most important passages:</p> + +<p>"Your report is clear, and I have perfect confidence in your statement. +Mr. Fairfield has abused my confidence and oppressed my tenants, and I +shall dismiss him. I am glad you have found in Jackson a man who is +capable of succeeding him. Solely upon your recommendation, I shall +appoint Mr. Hamlin my resident agent and representative for the term of +six months. Should he acquit himself to my satisfaction, he will be +continued in the position. I am prepared to offer him one hundred +dollars a month, if that will content him.</p> + +<p>"Upon receipt of this letter, and the accompanying legal authority, you +may call upon Mr. Fairfield and require him to transfer his office, and +the papers and accounts connected with it, to Mr. Hamlin. I inclose a +check for three hundred dollars, payable to your order, which you may +make payable to him, in lieu of three months' notice, provided he +immediately surrenders his office. Should he not, I shall dismiss him +summarily, and proceed against him for the moneys he has misappropriated +to his own use, and you may so inform him."</p> + +<p>With this letter was a letter to Mr. Fairfield, of the same purport, and +a paper appointing Mr. Hamlin agent.</p> + +<p>When this letter was received, Frank was overjoyed, knowing how much +pleasure he was about to give his new friends.</p> + +<p>With this appointment and salary, Mr. Hamlin would consider himself a +rich man, and Dick's hope for a liberal education might be realized.</p> + +<p>The letter came just before supper, and, at the close of the evening +meal, Frank determined to inform his friends of their good fortune.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Hamlin," said he, "I have some good news for you."</p> + +<p>"Indeed!" said the farmer, surprised.</p> + +<p>"Your rent will not be increased."</p> + +<p>"But how do you know this! Has Mr. Fairfield told you so?"</p> + +<p>"No," answered Frank. "I have a question to ask. Would you be willing to +take Mr. Fairfield's place at a hundred dollars a month?"</p> + +<p>"Willing? I should be delighted to do so. But why do you say this?"</p> + +<p>"Because," answered Frank, quietly, "I am authorized to offer it to you +at that salary."</p> + +<p>The whole family looked at Frank in bewildered surprise. It occurred to +them that he might have become crazy.</p> + +<p>"You!" exclaimed the farmer. "What can you have to do with the agency?"</p> + +<p>Frank explained to a very happy family group and then he and Mr. Hamlin +set out for the house of the agent.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXVIII"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXVIII</h2> + +<h3>THE AGENT IS NOTIFIED</h3> +<br /> + +<p>It was still early in the evening when Frank and Mr. Hamlin reached the +house of the agent. Had they come five minutes later, they would have +found him absent. Usually, soon after supper, he made his way to the +tavern, where he spent his time and money in a very unprofitable way.</p> + +<p>The agent was surprised when his two visitors made their appearance.</p> + +<p>"What brings you here, Hamlin?" he asked, with scant ceremony.</p> + +<p>"I come on a little matter of business," answered Mr. Hamlin, gravely.</p> + +<p>Mr. Fairfield concluded that the farmer had come to make an appeal to +have his rent continued at the old rates, and answered, impatiently:</p> + +<p>"I don't think it will be of much use. My mind is made up. Have you come +on business, also?" he asked, turning to Frank, with a sneer.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," answered our hero, quietly.</p> + +<p>"That will be of no use, either," said the agent. "I am not in want of +stationery, and, if I were, I should not buy of a peddler."</p> + +<p>"I have not come here to sell stationery, Mr. Fairfield," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Then, may I take the liberty of asking what is your business here?"</p> + +<p>"I come on the same business as Mr. Hamlin," answered Frank, who +preferred that his companion should introduce the subject.</p> + +<p>"Look here, I have no time for trifling," said Mr. Fairfield, angrily. +"I am going out and can only spare you five minutes."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Fairfield, I would advise you not to go out till you have heard +what I have to say," said the farmer in a meaning tone.</p> + +<p>"I certainly shall. You can call some other time."</p> + +<p>"Another time will not do."</p> + +<p>"Look here, sir! Do you know to whom you are talking? How dare you use +such a tone to Mr. Percival's representative?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose you don't always expect to be Mr. Percival's representative?"</p> + +<p>"I suppose I shall die sometime, if that's what you mean; but I am not +dead yet, as you will find. To pay you for your impertinence, I shall +increase your rent more than I intended. I'll drive you out of +town—that's what I'll do."</p> + +<p>This was accompanied by an angry stamp of the foot, which, however, did +not frighten Mr. Hamlin much.</p> + +<p>"I shall not pay a dollar more rent, nor shall I leave the farm I +occupy," returned Mr. Hamlin, whose patience was exhausted by the rough +insolence of the man before him.</p> + +<p>"So you defy me, do you?" demanded Fairfield, furiously.</p> + +<p>"I shall resist your injustice, sir, or rather I would do so if you were +able to carry out your threat. Luckily you have not the power."</p> + +<p>"Have not the power? You will see if I have not the power!" roared the +angry agent. "I give you notice that at the end of the quarter you must +go, at any rate. After your insolence, I won't let you stay on any +terms. I wouldn't let you stay if you would pay double the rent. Do you +hear me, Hamlin?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I hear you."</p> + +<p>Mr. Fairfield looked at the farmer in surprise. The latter seemed +perfectly calm and undisturbed by his threat, though it was of the most +serious nature. He had expected to see him humbled, and to hear him +entreat a reversal of the sentence; but his tenant was thoroughly +self-possessed, and appeared to care nothing for the agent's threats.</p> + +<p>"You need not expect that I will change my mind," he added. "Out of +Jackson you must go. I know there is no other farm which you can hire, +and while I am Mr. Percival's agent, you need expect no favors from me."</p> + +<p>"I don't expect any while you are Mr. Percival's agent," said Mr. +Hamlin.</p> + +<p>There was something in the farmer's tone that arrested the agent's +attention and excited his curiosity, though it did not awaken his alarm, +and he could not help saying:</p> + +<p>"Then what do you expect? Do you think I am going to die?"</p> + +<p>"I don't expect that you will die or resign, Mr. Fairfield. You may be +removed."</p> + +<p>"Have you been writing to Mr. Percival?" exclaimed Fairfield, in mingled +anger and apprehension.</p> + +<p>"No, sir; I have not communicated with him in any way. You would not +give me his address."</p> + +<p>"Of course I would not," said the agent, feeling relieved. "It would be +mere impertinence for you to write to him."</p> + +<p>"Fortunately there is no immediate occasion for me to do so, as he has +sent a representative here to investigate your official conduct."</p> + +<p>"A representative!" exclaimed Fairfield, now thoroughly startled. "Where +is he? I have not seen him."</p> + +<p>"He is present," said Mr. Hamlin, indicating Frank.</p> + +<p>The agent broke into a scornful laugh.</p> + +<p>"You? Why, you are a peddler!"</p> + +<p>"Only in appearance, Mr. Fairfield. I assumed that business in order not +to attract attention or excite suspicion. I am really Mr. Percival's +private secretary, as I can prove to your satisfaction."</p> + +<p>"Is this true?" he asked, in a changed voice.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; quite true."</p> + +<p>"Have you written to Mr. Percival?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; and this afternoon I received a letter from him."</p> + +<p>"What did he write?" asked Fairfield, in a husky voice; for he was +convinced now that Frank spoke the truth.</p> + +<p>"He removes you, inclosing a check of three hundred dollars in place of +notice, and appoints Mr. Hamlin in your place."</p> + +<p>"Will you read this letter, sir?"</p> + +<p>It was enough. Fairfield knew that his management would not stand +investigation, and he yielded with a bad grace.</p> + +<p>Mr. Hamlin, the next day, to the great joy of the villagers, made known +his appointment.</p> + +<p>Fairfield left town and drifted to California, where he became an +adventurer, living in a miserable and precarious manner. Mr. Hamlin +moved into his fine house, and Dick was sent to a school to prepare for +college.</p> + +<p>The next day Frank started on his return to New York.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XXXIX"></a><h2>CHAPTER XXXIX</h2> + +<h3>AN IMPORTANT DISCOVERY</h3> +<br /> + +<p>On his return to New York, Frank had no reason to be dissatisfied with +his reception. From Mr. Percival to Freddie, all the family seemed +delighted to see him.</p> + +<p>"You mustn't go away again, Frank," said little Freddie. "I wanted to +see you ever so much."</p> + +<p>"And I wanted to see you, Freddie," said our hero, his heart warming to +the little boy.</p> + +<p>"You won't go away again, will you, Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Not if I can help it, Freddie."</p> + +<p>"We are all glad to see you back Frank," said his employer. "But you +have justified my opinion of you by your success. Some of my friends +ridiculed me for sending a boy on such an important mission, but I don't +believe any of them would have succeeded any better than you, if as +well."</p> + +<p>"I am glad you are satisfied with me, sir," said Frank, very much +gratified by the commendation of his employer.</p> + +<p>"I feel that you have done a great service, and indeed I don't know whom +I could have sent in your place. However, I am glad to see you back +again. I have missed you about my letters, and have postponed answering +some till my young secretary returned."</p> + +<p>Frank resumed his regular employment, and three months passed without +anything that needs to be recorded.</p> + +<p>At the end of that time, Frank received an important letter from Col. +Vincent, which gave him much food for thought.</p> + +<p>The letter was as follows:</p> + +<p>"Dear Frank: For some time past I have been intending to write to you, +but I have delayed for no good reason. Now, however, I am led to write +by a surprising discovery which has just been made in your old home, +which may be of material importance to you.</p> + +<p>"When your stepfather went away, he requested me to have an eye to the +estate, and order whatever I might think necessary to be done. I am not, +as you know, a very cordial friend of Mr. Manning's, but I have always +regarded the property as of right belonging to you—that is, since your +mother's death—and so accepted the commission.</p> + +<p>"A few days since I went over the house and found that it was quite +dirty. Where the dirt could come from in an unoccupied house I can't +tell, but, at all events, I felt justified in engaging a woman to clean +the paint, so, if any of you should return unexpectedly, you would find +the house fit to receive you. This was a very simple matter, you will +think, and scarcely needs mentioning. But, my dear Frank, events of +importance often hinge on trifles, and so it has proved in the present +instance.</p> + +<p>"On the evening of the second day I received a call from Mrs. Noonan, +whom I had employed to scrub the house. She had in her hand a folded +paper, which she gave to me.</p> + +<p>"'Here is something I found, sir, while I was scrubbing,' she said.</p> + +<p>"I opened it indifferently, but conceive of my amazement when I found it +to be your mother's will, properly signed, sealed and witnessed.</p> + +<p>"Of course it was not the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. +This will gave Mr. Manning ten thousand dollars, and the residue of the +property to you, except a small amount bestowed upon Richard Green, the +coachman, and Deborah—sums larger, by the way, than those mentioned in +the will which was read after your mother's death."</p> + +<p>There was more to Colonel Vincent's letter.</p> + +<p>Frank showed it to Mr. Percival, and readily obtained permission to take +a few days vacation.</p> + +<p>"I hope you will get back the estate, Frank," said Mr. Percival, "though +I don't know what I shall do without my secretary."</p> + +<p>"That need not separate us, Mr. Percival," said our hero. "I have no +home but this."</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XL"></a><h2>CHAPTER XL</h2> + +<h3>JONAS BARTON</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Frank started for his old home on Saturday afternoon. He would arrive in +time for supper, at the house of his father's friend. The train was well +filled, and he was obliged to share his seat with a shabbily dressed +young man with whom, a single glance showed him, he was not likely to +sympathize.</p> + +<p>The shabby suit did not repel him at all—he was too sensible for that; +but there was a furtive look in the man's face, which seemed to indicate +that he was not frank and straightforward, but had something to conceal.</p> + +<p>Half the journey passed without a word between the two. Then his +companion, glancing at Frank, opened a conversation by remarking that it +was a fine day.</p> + +<p>"Very," answered Frank, laconically.</p> + +<p>"A pleasant day to travel."</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Do you go far?"</p> + +<p>Frank mentioned his destination. His companion seemed to have his +interest awakened.</p> + +<p>"Do you know a Mr. Manning, living in your town?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"He is my stepfather," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Then you are Frank Courtney?" said his new acquaintance, quickly.</p> + +<p>"I am."</p> + +<p>"Pardon me, but I think your mother died recently?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"And the property was left chiefly to Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Of course, you were surprised, and probably very disappointed?"</p> + +<p>"Excuse me," said Frank, coldly; "but I am not in the habit of +discussing my affairs with strangers."</p> + +<p>"Quite right, but I think you will find it for your interest to discuss +them with me. Not in a public car, of course; but I have something of +importance to communicate. Where can I have a private interview with +you?"</p> + +<p>It at once occurred to Frank that there was an opportunity, perhaps, to +solve the mystery concerning the will. This man might know nothing about +it; but, on the other hand, he might know everything. It would be +foolish to repulse him.</p> + +<p>"If you have anything important to tell me, I shall be glad to hear it," +he said. "I am going to the house of my friend, Col. Vincent, to pass a +few days. Do you know where he lives?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I know."</p> + +<p>"If you will call this evening, after supper, I shall be glad to see +you."</p> + +<p>"I will do so. I will be there at eight o'clock, sharp."</p> + +<p>On arriving at his destination, Frank found the colonel's carriage +waiting for him at the station.</p> + +<p>Col. Vincent was inside.</p> + +<p>"Welcome, Frank!" he said, grasping heartily the hand of our young hero. +"I am delighted to see you. You are looking well, and, bless me, how you +have grown!"</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Col. Vincent. Do you expect me to return the compliment?"</p> + +<p>"About having grown? No, Frank, I hope not. I am six feet one, and don't +care to grow any taller. Well, what do you think of the news?"</p> + +<p>"I have some for you, colonel;" and Frank mentioned what his new +acquaintance had told him.</p> + +<p>"The missing link!" exclaimed the colonel, excited. "Do you know what I +think?"</p> + +<p>"What?"</p> + +<p>"That this man either forged the will which gives the property to your +stepfather, or is cognizant of it!"</p> + +<p>"I thought of that."</p> + +<p>"I shall be impatient to see him."</p> + +<p>At eight o'clock the man called and gave his name as Jonas Barton. +Whether it was the right name might be a question; but this did not +matter.</p> + +<p>"I understand," said Col. Vincent, "that you have some information to +give us."</p> + +<p>"I have; and that of a very important nature."</p> + +<p>"Is it of a nature to restore to my young friend here his property now +in the possession of Mr. Manning?"</p> + +<p>"If it were," said Jonas Barton with a cunning glance of his left eye +"how much would it be worth?"</p> + +<p>"I supposed it was for sale," said the colonel, quietly. "What is your +own idea?"</p> + +<p>"I will take two thousand dollars."</p> + +<p>"Suppose we say one thousand?"</p> + +<p>"It is not enough."</p> + +<p>"Were you aware that the genuine will had been found?" asked the +colonel, quietly.</p> + +<p>Jonas Barton started.</p> + +<p>"I thought Mr. Manning destroyed it," he said, hastily.</p> + +<p>"No; he concealed it."</p> + +<p>"Is this true?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. You see that a part of your information has been forestalled."</p> + +<p>"He was a fool, then, and still more a fool to refuse my last demand for +money. I accept your offer of a thousand dollars, and will tell all."</p> + +<p>"Go on."</p> + +<p>"I wrote the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. It was copied +in part from the genuine will."</p> + +<p>"Good! And you betray him because he will not pay what you consider the +service worth?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>Jonas Barton here gave a full account of Mr. Manning, whom he had +formerly known in New York, seeking him out and proposing to him a job +for which he was willing to pay five hundred dollars. Barton was not +scrupulous, and readily agreed to do the work. He was skillful with the +pen, and did his work so well that all were deceived.</p> + +<p>"You will be willing to swear to this in court?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir, if you will guarantee the sum you proposed."</p> + +<p>"I will. I shall wish you to find a boarding place in the village, and +remain here for the present, so as to be ready when needed. I will be +responsible for your board."</p> + +<p>As Jonas Barton was leaving the house, one of the servants came in with +important news, in which Frank was strongly interested.</p> + + + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<a name="CHAPTER_XLI"></a><h2>CHAPTER XLI</h2> + +<h3>CONCLUSION</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The news was that Mr. Manning and Mark had just arrived at the Cedars. +They had come by the last evening train. Why they had come back so +unexpectedly no one knew, but the servant had heard that Mark was in +poor health. This was true.</p> + +<p>Mark, in Europe, had proved uncontrollable. He had given way to his +natural love of drink, had kept late hours, and had seriously injured +his constitution. In consequence of these excesses, he had contracted a +fever, which alarmed him father and induced him to take the first +steamer home.</p> + +<p>"We won't call upon your stepfather this evening, Frank," said Col. +Vincent; "but early Monday morning we will bring matters to a crisis."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning did not hear of Frank's presence in the village. He was +fatigued with his rapid travel and kept at home. Besides, Mark was +prostrated by his journey and didn't wish to be left alone.</p> + +<p>It was, therefore, a surprise to Mr. Manning when on Monday morning, +Col. Vincent was ushered into his presence, accompanied by Frank.</p> + +<p>"Really, colonel," he said, recovering his composure, "you are very kind +to call so soon. I hope you are well, Frank? Are you staying with the +colonel? You must come back to your old home."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Mr. Manning, but I am living in New York. I am only passing +a day or two with the colonel."</p> + +<p>"It is very friendly in you to call, Col. Vincent."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Manning," said Col. Vincent, gravely, "I am not willing to receive +undeserved credit. Let me say, therefore, that this is a business, not a +friendly, call."</p> + +<p>"Indeed," said Manning, uneasily.</p> + +<p>"The business is connected with my young friend Frank."</p> + +<p>"I am ready to listen," said Mr. Manning. "If Frank wants a larger +allowance, I am ready to give it."</p> + +<p>"I venture to say for him that he will not be satisfied with that. Let +me come to the point at once, Mr. Manning. Mrs. Manning's will has been +found."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning started perceptibly, and his glance involuntarily wandered +to that part of the wall behind which the will was discovered, for they +were sitting in the very apartment where Mrs. Noonan had stumbled upon +it.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, sir?"</p> + +<p>"A will has been found, leaving the bulk of the property to Frank."</p> + +<p>"Indeed! I am surprised. Is it a later will than the one which +bequeathed the estate to me?" asked Mr. Manning, pointedly.</p> + +<p>"It is Mrs. Manning's latest genuine will," said Col. Vincent, +emphatically.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning started to his feet. He could not help understanding the +colonel's meaning. It would have been idle to pretend it.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, Col. Vincent?" he asked, in a tone which he tried to +make one of dignified resentment.</p> + +<p>"I mean that Mrs. Manning made but one will, and that this bequeaths the +property to Frank."</p> + +<p>"How, then, do you account for the later will which was admitted to +probate?"</p> + +<p>"In this way. It was not what it purported to be."</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning's sallow face flushed.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean to insinuate?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"That the last will was forged!" said Col. Vincent, bluntly.</p> + +<p>"This is a very serious charge," said Mr. Manning, unable to repress his +agitation. "You must allow me to say that I shall pay no attention to +it. When you furnish proof of what you assert, it will be time enough to +meet it. And now, gentlemen, if you have nothing further to say, I will +bid you good-morning."</p> + +<p>"I think you will find it best not to be in a hurry, Mr. Manning," said +Col. Vincent. "The charge must be met here and now. I charge you with +instigating and being cognizant of the fraud that has been perpetrated!"</p> + +<p>"On what grounds, sir? Do you know I can sue you for libel?"</p> + +<p>"You are welcome to do so, Mr. Manning. I have a witness who will clear +me."</p> + +<p>"Who is he?"</p> + +<p>"Jonas Barton!"</p> + +<p>If a bombshell had exploded in the room, Mr. Manning could not have +looked paler or more thoroughly dismayed. Yet he tried to keep up a +little longer.</p> + +<p>"I don't know any man of that name," he answered, faintly.</p> + +<p>"Your looks show that you do. I may as well tell you, Mr. Manning, that +resistance is useless. We can overwhelm you with proof if we take the +matter before the courts. But we do not care to do so. We have something +to propose."</p> + +<p>"What is it?" said Mr. Manning, faintly.</p> + +<p>"The genuine will must be substituted for the fraudulent one. By it you +will receive ten thousand dollars, and Frank will consent that you shall +receive it. He will not ask you to account for the sums you have +wrongfully spent during the last year, and will promise not to prosecute +you, provided you leave this neighborhood and never return to it, or in +any way interfere with him. To insure this, we shall have Jonas Barton's +written confession, attested before a justice of the peace, ready for +use, if needful. Do you accept?"</p> + +<p>"I must," said Mr. Manning, despondently. "But I shall be a poor man."</p> + +<p>"No man who has health and the use of his facilities is poor with ten +thousand dollars," answered the colonel.</p> + +<p>"Mark alone will spend more than the interest of this sum."</p> + +<p>"Then you must prevent him. He will be better off if he has to earn his +living, as Frank has done for the last year."</p> + +<p>In less than a week the transfer was made, and Frank recovered his +patrimony.</p> + +<p>Mr. Manning and Mark went to Chicago, and perhaps further West; but +nothing has been heard from them for years.</p> + +<p>Frank didn't return to the Cedars. The place was let until he should +wish to return to it.</p> + +<p>By the advice of Col. Vincent, he resumed his preparation for college, +and, graduating in due time, commenced the study of law.</p> + +<p>Though rich enough to do without a profession, he felt that he should +not be content to lead an aimless life.</p> + +<p>He obtained for his school friend, Herbert Grant, the post of private +secretary to Mr. Percival, and Herbert became nearly as great a favorite +as himself.</p> + +<p>Through Mr. Percival's kindness, Herbert was enabled, while still living +at his house and attending to his duties as secretary, to enter Columbia +College, and complete his course there, graduating with honor.</p> + +<p>Herbert selected the medical profession, and, when he has completed his +studies, will go abroad for a year with Frank, at the latter's expense, +and, returning, open an office in New York.</p> + +<p>While he is waiting for the patients and Frank for clients, the two +will live together, and their common expenses will be defrayed by Frank.</p> + +<p>"If I didn't like you so well, Frank," said Herbert, "I would not accept +this great favor at your hands—"</p> + +<p>"But since we are dear friends," interrupts Frank, with a smile.</p> + +<p>"I know that you enjoy giving even more than I do the receiving."</p> + +<p>"Enough, Herbert. We understand each other. I have no brother, Herbert, +and if I had, I could not care more for him than I do for you. Without +you, I should feel alone in the world."</p> + +<p>Frank does not regret the year in which he was thrown upon his own +resources. It gave him strength and self-reliance; and however long he +may live, he will not cease to remember with pleasure the year in which +he was "Making His Way."</p> +<br /> + +<h4>THE END</h4> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Making His Way, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MAKING HIS WAY *** + +***** This file should be named 13803-h.htm or 13803-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/8/0/13803/ + +Produced by Steven desJardins and PG Distributed Proofreaders. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> + + + diff --git a/old/13803.txt b/old/13803.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68e2198 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13803.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7396 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Making His Way, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Making His Way + Frank Courtney's Struggle Upward + +Author: Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Release Date: October 20, 2004 [EBook #13803] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MAKING HIS WAY *** + + + + +Produced by Steven desJardins and PG Distributed Proofreaders. + + + + + +MAKING HIS WAY + +_or_ + +Frank Courtney's Struggle Upward + +By HORATIO ALGER, Jr. + + +Whitman Publishing Co. +RACINE, WISCONSIN +PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA + + + + +TABLE OF CONTENTS + + +I. Two School Friends +II. The Telegram +III. Frank's Bereavement +IV. Mrs. Manning's Will +V. Disinherited +VI. An Unsatisfactory Interview +VII. A School Friend +VIII. A New Plan +IX. The New Owner of Ajax +X. Mark Yields to Temptation +XI. Mark Gets into Trouble +XII. Suspended +XIII. Mr. Manning's New Plan +XIV. Good-bye +XV. Erastus Tarbox of Newark +XVI. An Unpleasant Discovery +XVII. The Way of the World +XVIII. Frank Arrives in New York +XIX. Frank Seeks Employment in Vain +XX. An Adventure in Wall Street +XXI. The Capture +XXII. The Young Tea Merchant +XXIII. Frank Meets Mr. Manning and Mark +XXIV. A Discouraging Day +XXV. Perplexity +XXVI. Frank Hears Something to His Advantage +XXVII. An Incident in a Street Car +XXVIII. Frank Makes an Evening Call +XXIX. Frank Is Offered a Position +XXX. Frank as Private Secretary +XXXI. A Letter from Mr. Tarbox +XXXII. Mr. Percival's Proposal +XXXIII. Preparing for a Journey +XXXIV. Frank Reaches Jackson +XXXV. Dick Hamlin +XXXVI. Mr. Fairfield, the Agent +XXXVII. Frank Receives a Letter from Mr. Percival +XXXVIII. The Agent Is Notified +XXXIX. An Important Discovery +XL. Jonas Barton +XLI. Conclusion + + + + +MAKING HIS WAY + + +CHAPTER I + +TWO SCHOOL FRIENDS + + +Two boys were walking in the campus of the Bridgeville Academy. They +were apparently of about the same age--somewhere from fifteen to +sixteen--but there was a considerable difference in their attire. + +Herbert Grant was neatly but coarsely dressed, and his shoes were of +cowhide, but his face indicated a frank, sincere nature, and was +expressive of intelligence. + +His companion was dressed in a suit of fine cloth, his linen was of the +finest, his shoes were calfskin, and he had the indefinable air of a boy +who had been reared in luxury. + +He had not the broad, open face of his friend--for the two boys were +close friends--but his features were finely chiseled, indicating a share +of pride, and a bold, self-reliant nature. + +He, too, was an attractive boy, and in spite of his pride possessed a +warm, affectionate heart and sterling qualities, likely to endear him to +those who could read and understand him. + +His name was Frank Courtney, and he is the hero of my story. + +"Have you written your Latin exercises, Frank?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes; I finished them an hour ago." + +"I was going to ask you to write them with me. It is pleasanter to +study in company." + +"Provided you have the right sort of company," rejoined Frank. + +"Am I the right sort of company?" inquired Herbert, with a smile. + +"You hardly need to ask that, Herbert. Are we not always together? If I +did not like your company, I should not seek it so persistently. I don't +care to boast, but I have plenty of offers of companionship which I +don't care to accept. There is Bob Stickney, for instance, who is always +inviting me to his room; but you know what he is--a lazy fellow, who +cares more to have a good time than to study. Then there is James +Cameron, a conceited, empty-headed fellow, who is very disagreeable to +me." + +"You don't mention your stepbrother, Mark Manning." + +"For two reasons--he doesn't care for my company, and of all the boys I +dislike him the most." + +"I don't like him myself. But why do you dislike him so much?" + +"Because he is a sneak--a crafty, deceitful fellow, always scheming for +his own interest. He hates me, but he doesn't dare to show it. His +father is my mother's husband, but the property is hers, and will be +mine. He thinks he may some day be dependent on me, and he conceals his +dislike in order to stand the better chance by and by. Heaven grant that +it may be long before my dear mother is called away!" + +"How did she happen to marry again, Frank?" + +"I can hardly tell. It was a great grief to me. Mr. Manning was a +penniless lawyer, who ingratiated himself with my mother, and +persecuted her till she consented to marry him. He is very soft-spoken, +and very plausible, and he managed to make mother--who has been an +invalid for years--think that it would be the best thing for her to +delegate her cares to him, and provide me with a second father." + +Frank did not like his stepfather, he did not trust him. + +"Your stepbrother, Mark Manning, enjoys the same advantages as yourself, +does he not?" inquired Herbert. + +"Yes." + +"Then his father's marriage proved a good thing for him." + +"That is true. When he first came to the house he was poorly dressed, +and had evidently been used to living in a poor way. He was at once +provided with a complete outfit as good as my own, and from that time as +much has been spent on him as on me. Don't think that I am mean enough +to grudge him any part of the money expended upon him. If he were like +you, I could like him, and enjoy his society; but he is just another as +his father." + +Here Herbert's attention was drawn to a boy who was approaching with a +yellow envelope in his hand. + +"Frank," he said, suddenly, "there's Mark Manning. He looks as if he had +something to say to you. He has either a letter or a telegram in his +hand." + + + + +CHAPTER II + +THE TELEGRAM + + +Frank's heart gave a great bound at the suggestion of a telegram. A +telegram could mean but one thing--that his mother had become suddenly +worse. + +He hurried to meet his stepbrother. + +"Is that a telegram, Mark?" he asked, anxiously. + +"Yes." + +"Is it anything about mother? Tell me quick!" + +"Read it for yourself, Frank." + +Frank drew the telegram from the envelope, and read it hastily: + +"My wife is very sick. I wish you and Frank to come home at once." + +"When does the next train start, Herbert?" asked Frank, pale with +apprehension. + +"In an hour." + +"I shall go by that train." + +"I don't think I can get ready so soon," said Mark, deliberately. + +"Then you can come by yourself," replied Frank, impetuously. "I beg your +pardon, Mark," he added. "I cannot expect you to feel as I do. It is not +your mother." + +"It is my stepmother," said Mark. + +"That is quite different. But I must not linger here. I will go at once +to Dr. Brush, and tell him of my summons home. Good-bye, Herbert, till +we meet again." + +"I will go with you to the depot, Frank," said his friend, +sympathizingly. "Don't wait for me. Go ahead, and make your preparation +for the journey. I will be at your room in a quarter of an hour." + +"You won't go by the next train, Mark?" said Herbert. + +"No. I don't care to rush about as Frank is doing." + +"You would if it were your own mother who was so ill." + +"I am not sure. It wouldn't do any good, would it?" + +"You would naturally feel anxious," said Herbert. + +"Oh, yes, I suppose so!" answered Mark, indifferently. + +Mark Manning was slender and dark, with a soft voice and rather +effeminate ways. He didn't care for the rough sports in which most boys +delight; never played baseball or took part in athletic exercises, but +liked to walk about, sprucely dressed, and had even been seen on the +campus on a Saturday afternoon with his hands incased in kid gloves. + +For this, however, he was so ridiculed and laughed at that he had to +draw them off and replace them in his pocket. + +As Frank and Herbert walked together to the railway station, the latter +said: + +"It seems to me, Frank, that the telegram should have been sent to you, +rather than to Mark Manning. You are the one who is most interested in +the contents." + +"I thought of that, Herbert, but I was too much affected by the contents +to speak of it. I am not surprised, however. It is like Mr. Manning. It +jarred upon me to have him speak of mother as his wife. She is so, but I +never could reconcile myself to the fact." + +"Do you remember your father--your own father, Frank?" + +"You need not have said 'your own father.' I don't recognize Mr. +Manning as a father, at all. Yes, I remember him. I was eight years old +when he died. He was a fine-looking man, always kind--a man to be loved +and respected. There was not a particle of similarity between him and +Mr. Manning. He was strong and manly." + +"How did it happen that he died so young?" + +"He was the victim of a railway accident. He had gone to New York on +business, and was expected back on a certain day. The train on which he +was a passenger collided with a freight train, and my poor father was +among the passengers who were killed. The news was almost too much for +my poor mother, although she had not yet become an invalid. It brought +on a fit of sickness lasting for three months. She has never been +altogether well since." + +"After all, Frank, the gifts of fortune, or rather Providence, are not +so unequally distributed as at first appears. You are rich, but +fatherless. I am poor enough but my father and mother are both spared to +me." + +"I would gladly accept poverty if my father could be restored to life, +and my mother be spared to me for twenty years to come." + +"I am sure you would, Frank," said Herbert. "Money is valuable, but +there are some things far more so." + +They had reached the station by this time, and it was nearly the time +for the train to start. Frank bought his ticket, and the two friends +shook hands and bade each other good-bye. + +In an hour Frank was walking up the long avenue leading to the front +door of the mansion. + +The door was opened by his stepfather. + +"How is mother?" asked Frank, anxiously. + +"I am grieved to say that she is very sick," said Mr. Manning, in a soft +voice. "She had a copious hemorrhage this morning, which has weakened +her very much." + +"Is she in danger?" asked Frank, anxiously. + +"I fear she is," said Mr. Manning. + +"I suppose I can see her?" + +"Yes; but it will be better not to make her talk much." + +"I will be careful, sir." + +Frank waited no longer, but hurried to his mother's chamber. As he +entered, and his glance fell on the bed and its occupant, he was shocked +by the pale and ghastly appearance of the mother whom he so dearly +loved. The thought came to him at once: + +"She cannot live." + +He found it difficult to repress a rising sob, but he did so for his +mother's sake. He thought that it might affect her injuriously if he +should display emotion. + +His mother smiled faintly as he approached the bed. + +"Mother," said Frank, kneeling by the bedside, "are you very weak?" + +"Yes, Frank," she answered, almost in a whisper. "I think I am going to +leave you." + +"Oh, don't say that, mother!" burst forth in anguish from Frank's lips. +"Try to live for my sake." + +"I should like to live, my dear boy," whispered his mother; "but if it +is God's will that I should die, I must be reconciled. I leave you in +his care." + +Here Mr. Manning entered the room. + +"You will be kind to my boy?" said the dying mother. + +"Can you doubt it, my dear?" replied her husband, in the soft tones +Frank so much disliked. "I will care for him as if he were my own." + +"Thank you. Then I shall die easy." + +"Don't speak any more, mother. It will tire you, and perhaps bring on +another hemorrhage." + +"Frank is right, my dear. You had better not exert yourself any more at +present." + +"Didn't Mark come with you?" asked Mr. Manning of Frank. + +"No, sir." + +"I am surprised that he should not have done so. I sent for him as well +as you." + +"I believe he is coming by the next train," said Frank, indifferently. +"He thought he could not get ready in time for my train." + +"He should not have left you to come at such a time." + +"I didn't wish him to inconvenience himself, Mr. Manning. If it had been +his mother, it would have been different." + +Mr. Manning did not reply. He understood very well that there was no +love lost between Mark and his stepson. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +FRANK'S BEREAVEMENT + + +Early in the evening Mark made his appearance. Supper had been over for +an hour, and everything was cold. In a house where there is sickness, +the regular course of things is necessarily interrupted, and, because he +could not have his wants attended to immediately, Mark saw fit to +grumble and scold the servants. He was not a favorite with them, and +they did not choose to be bullied. + +Deborah, who had been in the house for ten years, and so assumed the +independence of an old servant, sharply reprimanded the spoiled boy. + +"You ought to be ashamed, Mr. Mark," she said, "of making such a fuss +when my poor mistress lies upstairs at the point of death." + +"Do you know who you are talking to?" demanded Mark, imperiously, for he +could, when speaking with those whom he regarded as inferiors, exchange +his soft tones for a voice of authority. + +"I ought to know by this time," answered Deborah, contemptuously. "There +is no other in the house like you, I am glad to say." + +"You are very impertinent. You forget that you are nothing but a +servant." + +"A servant has the right to be decently treated, Mr. Mark." + +"If you don't look out," said Mark, in a blustering tone, "I will report +you to my father, and have you kicked out of the house." + +Deborah was naturally incensed at this rude speech, but she was spared +the trouble of replying. Frank entered the room at this moment in time +to hear Mark's last speech. + +"What is this about being kicked out of the house?" he asked, looking +from Mark to Deborah, in a tone of unconscious authority, which +displeased his stepbrother. + +"That is my business," replied Mark, shortly. + +"Mr. Mark has threatened to have me kicked out of the house because he +has to wait for his supper," said Deborah. + +"It wasn't for that. It was because you were impertinent. All the same, +I think it is shameful that I can't get anything to eat." + +"I regret, Mark," said Frank, with cool sarcasm, "that you should be +inconvenienced about your meals. Perhaps you will excuse it, as my poor +mother is so sick that she requires extra attention from the servants. +Deborah, if possible, don't let Mark wait much longer. It seems to be +very important that he should have his supper." + +"He shall have it," assured Deborah, rather enjoying the way in which +Mark was put down; "that is, if he don't get me kicked out of the +house." + +"You had better not make any such threats in the future, Mark," said +Frank, significantly. + +"Who's to hinder?" blustered Mark. + +"I am," answered Frank, pointedly. + +"You are nothing but a boy like me," retorted Mark. + +"My mother is mistress here, and I represent her." + +"Things may change soon," muttered Mark; but Frank had left the room and +did not hear him. + +Mark did not trouble himself even to inquire for his stepmother, but +went out to the stable and lounged about until bedtime. He seemed very +much bored, and so expressed himself. + +Frank wished to sit up all night with his mother, but, as she had a +professional nurse, it was thought best that he should obtain his +regular rest, the nurse promising to call the family if any change +should be apparent in her patient's condition. + +About half-past four in the morning there was a summons. + +"Mrs. Manning is worse," said the nurse. "I don't think she can last +long." + +One last glance of love--though she could no longer speak--assured Frank +that she knew him and loved him to the last. + +The memory of that look often came back to him in the years that +followed, and he would not have parted with it for anything that earth +could give. + +Just as the clock struck five, his mother breathed her last. The boy +gazed upon the inanimate form, but he was dazed, and could not realize +that his mother had left him, never to return. + +"She is gone," said Mr. Manning, softly. + +"Dead!" ejaculated Frank. + +"Yes, her sufferings are over. Let us hope she is better off. My boy, I +think you had better return to your bed. You can do nothing for your +mother now." + +"I would rather stay here," said Frank, sadly. "I can at least look at +her, and soon I shall lose even that comfort." + +The thought was too much for the poor boy, and he burst into tears. + +"Do as you please, Frank," assented Mr. Manning. "I feel for you, and I +share in your grief. I will go and tell Mark of our sad loss." + +He made his way to Mark's chamber and entered. He touched Mark, who was +in a doze, and he started up. + +"What's the matter?" he asked, crossly. + +"Your poor mother is dead, Mark." + +"Well, there was no need to wake me for that," said the boy, irritably. +"I can't help it, can I?" + +"I think, my son, you might speak with more feeling. Death is a solemn +thing." + +"There's nobody here but me," said Mark, sneering. + +"I don't catch your meaning," said his father, showing some annoyance, +for it is not pleasant to be seen through. + +"Why should you care so much?" continued Mark. "I suppose you will be +well provided for. Do you know how she has left the property? How much +of it goes to Frank?" + +"I can't say," said Mr. Manning. "I never asked my wife." + +"Do you mean to say, father, that you don't know how the property is +left?" asked Mark, with a sharp glance at his father. + +"I may have my conjectures," said Mr. Manning, softly. "I don't think my +dear wife would leave me without some evidences of her affection. +Probably the bulk of the estate goes to your brother, and something to +me. Doubtless we shall continue to live here, as I shall naturally be +your brother's guardian." + +"Don't call him my brother," said Mark. + +"Why not? True, he is only your stepbrother; but you have lived under +the same roof, and been to school together, and this ought to strengthen +the tie between you." + +"I don't like Frank," said Mark. "He puts on altogether too many airs." + +"I had not observed that," said his father. + +"Well, I have. Only this evening he saw fit to speak impudently to me." + +"Indeed! I am really amazed to hear it," said Mr. Manning, softly. + +"Oh, he thinks he is the master of the house, or will be," said Mark, +"and he presumes on that." + +"He is unwise," said Mr. Manning. "Even if the whole property descends +to him, which I can hardly believe possible, I, as his guardian, will +have the right to control him." + +"I hope you'll do it, father. At any rate, don't let him boss over me, +for I won't stand it." + +"I don't think he will boss over you," answered his father, in a slow, +measured voice, betraying, however, neither anger nor excitement. "Of +course, I should not permit that." + +Mark regarded his father fixedly. + +"I guess the old man knows what's in the will," he said to himself. "He +knows how to feather his own nest. I hope he's feathered mine, too." + +Mr. Manning passed from his son's chamber and went softly upstairs, +looking thoughtful. + +Anyone who could read the impassive face would have read trouble in +store for Frank. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +MRS. MANNING'S WILL + + +During the preparations for the funeral Frank was left pretty much to +himself. + +Mr. Manning's manner was so soft, and to him had been so deferential, +that he did not understand the man. It didn't occur to him that it was +assumed for a purpose. + +That manner was not yet laid aside. His stepfather offered to comfort +him, but Frank listened in silence. Nothing that Mr. Manning could say +had the power to lighten his load of grief. So far as words could +console him, the sympathy of Deborah and the coachman, both old +servants, whom his mother trusted, had more effect, for he knew that it +was sincere, and that they were really attached to his mother. + +Of Mr. Manning he felt a profound distrust, which no words of his could +remove. + +Meanwhile, Mr. Manning was looking from an upper window down the fine +avenue, and his eye ranged from left to right over the ample estate with +a glance of self-complacent triumph. + +"All mine at last!" he said to himself, exultingly. "What I have been +working for has come to pass. Three years ago I was well-nigh penniless, +and now I am a rich man. I shall leave Mark the master of a great +fortune. I have played my cards well. No one will suspect anything +wrong. My wife and I have lived in harmony. There will be little wonder +that she has left all to me. There would be, perhaps, but for the manner +in which I have taken care he shall be mentioned in the will--I mean, of +course, in the will I have made for her." + +He paused, and, touching a spring in the wall, a small door flew open, +revealing a shallow recess. + +In this recess was a folded paper, tied with a red ribbon. + +Mr. Manning opened it, and his eyes glanced rapidly down the page. + +"This is the true will," he said to himself. "I wish I could summon +courage to burn it. It would be best out of the way. That, if found +out, would make me amenable to the law, and I must run no risk. In this +secret recess it will never be found. I will replace it, and the +document which I have had prepared will take its place, and no one will +be the wiser." + +On the day after the funeral, the family solicitor and a few intimate +friends, who had been invited by Mr. Manning, assembled in the drawing +room of the mansion to hear the will read. + +Mr. Manning himself notified Frank of the gathering and its object. + +He found our hero lying on the bed in his chamber, sad and depressed. + +"I don't like to intrude upon your grief, my dear boy," said his +stepfather, softly, "but it is necessary. The last will of your dear +mother and my beloved wife is about to be read, and your presence is +necessary." + +"Couldn't it be put off?" asked Frank, sadly. "It seems too soon to +think of such things." + +"Pardon me, my dear Frank, but it is quite needful that there should be +an immediate knowledge of the contents of the will, in order that the +right person may look after the business interests of the estate. I +assure you that it is the invariable custom to read the will immediately +after the funeral." + +"If that is the custom, and it is necessary, I have nothing to say. When +is the will to be read?" + +"At three o'clock, and it is now two." + +"Very well, sir; I will come down in time." + +"Of course there can't be much doubt as to the contents of the will," +pursued Mr. Manning. "You are doubtless the heir, and as you are a +minor, I am probably your guardian. Should such be the case, I hope +that the relations between us may be altogether friendly." + +"I hope so," said Frank, gravely. + +At three o'clock the members of the family, with a few outside friends, +gathered in the drawing room. The family solicitor, Mr, Ferret, held in +his hand what purported to be the last will of Mrs. Manning. + +The widowed husband had directed the lawyer to the bureau of the +deceased lady as likely to contain her will. It was found without +trouble in the topmost drawer. + +Deborah and the coachman had speculated as to whether they would be +invited to attend at the reading of the will. + +Their doubts were set at rest by an invitation from Mr. Manning himself. + +"You were so long in the service of my dear wife," he said, "that it is +fitting that you be present at the reading of her will, in which it is +quite probable that you may be personally interested." + +"He is uncommonly polite, I am sure," thought Deborah, disposed for the +moment to think more favorably of the man whom she had never been able +to like. + +"My friends," said the lawyer, after a preliminary cough, "you are +assembled to listen to the will of Mrs. Manning, just deceased. The +document which I hold in my hand I believe to be such an instrument. I +will now open if for the first time." + +He untied the ribbon, and began reading the will. + +It commenced with the usual formula, and proceeded to a few bequests of +trifling amount. + +Deborah and Richard Green were each left two hundred dollars, "as a +slight acknowledgment of their faithful service." + +One or two friends of the family were remembered, but to an +inconsiderable extent. Then came the important clause: + +"All the rest and residue of the property of which I may die possessed I +leave to my beloved husband, James Manning, whose devoted affection has +made happy the last years of my life. Having implicit confidence in his +good judgment and kindness of heart, I request him to make proper +provision for my dear son Frank, whose happiness I earnestly desire. I +hope that he will consent to be guided by the wisdom and experience of +his stepfather, who, I am sure, will study his interests and counsel him +wisely. In my sorrow at parting with my dear son, it is an unspeakable +comfort to me to feel that he will have such a guardian and protector." + +Frank listened with amazement, which was shared by all present. + +Practically, he was disinherited, and left wholly dependent upon his +stepfather. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +DISINHERITED + + +The contents of the will created general astonishment. There was not one +in the room who didn't know the devotion of Mrs. Manning to her son +Frank, yet, while speaking of him affectionately, she had treated him, +as they considered, most cruelly. Why should she have left such a +dangerous power in her husband's hands? + +And how was Mr. Manning affected? + +He summoned to his face an expression of bewilderment and surprise, +and, feeling that all eyes were fixed upon, him, he turned toward the +lawyer. + +"Mr. Ferret," he said, "I need hardly say that this will surprises me +very much, as I see that it does the friends who are present. Are you +sure that there is no codicil?" + +"I have been unable to discover any, Mr. Manning," said the lawyer, +gravely, as he scanned the face of the widower keenly. + +Mr. Manning applied his handkerchief to his eyes, and seemed overcome by +emotion. + +"I knew my dear wife's confidence in me," he said, in a tremulous voice, +"but I was not prepared for such a striking manifestation of it." + +"Nor I," said Mr. Ferret, dryly. + +"Knowing her strong attachment to Frank," paused Mr. Manning, "I feel +the full extent and significance of that confidence when she leaves him +so unreservedly to my care and guidance. I hope that I may be found +worthy of the trust." + +"I hope so, sir," said Mr. Ferret, who, sharp lawyer as he was, doubted +whether all was right, and was willing that Mr. Manning should be made +aware of his feeling. "It is certainly a remarkable proviso, considering +the affection which your wife entertained for her son." + +"Precisely, Mr. Ferret. It shows how much confidence the dear departed +felt in me." + +"So far as I can see, the boy is left wholly dependent upon you." + +"He shall not regret it!" said Mr. Manning, fervently. "I consecrate my +life to this sacred trust." + +"You acquiesce in the arrangement, then, Mr. Manning?" + +"I cannot do otherwise, can I?" + +"There is nothing to prevent your settling the property, or any part of +it, on the natural heir, Mr. Manning. You must pardon me for saying that +it would have been wiser had your wife so stipulated by will." + +"I cannot consent to reverse, or in any way annul, the last wishes of my +dear wife," said Mr. Manning, hastily. "It was her arrangement solely, +and I hold it sacred. She has put upon me a serious responsibility, from +which I shrink, indeed, but which I cannot decline. I will do all in my +power to carry out the wishes of my late wife." + +Mr. Ferret shrugged his shoulders. + +"I am not surprised at your decision, sir," he said, coldly. "Few men +would resist the temptation. My duty is discharged with the reading of +the will, and I will bid you good-afternoon!" + +Mr. Manning was a crafty man. He knew that the strange will would be +discussed, and he thought it best that the discussion should come at +once, that it might be the sooner finished. + +Deborah, faithful old servant, was in a blaze of indignation. + +She went up quickly to Frank, and said: + +"It's a shame, Mr. Frank, so it is!" + +"If my mother made that will, it is all right," said Frank, gravely. + +"But she didn't, Mr. Frank! I know she would never do such a thing. She +loved you as the apple of her eye, and she would not cheat you out of +your rightful inheritance." + +"No more she would, Mr. Frank," said the coachman, chiming in. + +"I don't know what to think," said Frank. "It has surprised me very +much." + +"Surprised you!" exclaimed Deborah. "You may well say that. You might +have knocked me down with a feather when I heard the property left away +from you. Depend upon it, that man knows all about it." + +"You mean Mr. Manning?" + +"To be sure I mean him! Oh, he's managed artfully! I say that for him. +He's got it all into his own hands, and you haven't a cent." + +"If it was my mother's will I wouldn't complain of that, Deborah. It was +hers to do with as she liked, and I know, at any rate, that she loved +me." + +"There's one thing surprises me," said Richard Green. "If so be as the +will isn't genuine, how does it happen that you and I come in for a +legacy, Deborah?" + +"It's meant for a blind," answered Deborah. "Oh, he's the artfulest +man!" + +"You may be right, Deborah. I must say the will sounded all right." + +"Maybe it was copied from the mistress' will." + +This conversation took place in one corner of the room. + +It ceased as Mr. Ferret advanced toward the disinherited boy. + +"Frank," said he, in a tone of sympathy, "I am very sorry for the +provisions of the will." + +"So am I, sir," answered our hero. "It isn't pleasant to be dependent on +Mr. Manning." + +"Particularly when the whole estate should be yours." + +"I wouldn't have minded if half had been left to him, provided I had +been left independent of him." + +"I appreciate your feelings, Frank. I knew your father, and I am proud +to say that he was my friend. I knew your mother well, and I esteemed +her highly. I hope you will let me regard myself as your friend also." + +"Thank you, Mr. Ferret!" said Frank. "I am likely to need a friend. I +shall remember your kind proposal. I want to ask you one question." + +"Ask, and I shall answer." + +"Did my mother consult with you about making this will?" + +"No, Frank." + +"Did she ever say anything that would lead you to think she would leave +the property as it is left in this will?" + +"Not a word." + +"Was there another will?" + +"Yes. I wrote her will at her direction more than a year ago. This will +is dated only three months since, and, of course, takes precedence of +it, even if the other is in existence." + +"Can you tell me what were the provisions of the other will?" + +"A legacy of ten thousand dollars was left to Mr. Manning, and the rest +of the estate to you, except the small legacies, which were all larger +than in the will I have read. For instance, Deborah and Richard Green +were each put down for five hundred dollars." + +"So they suffer as well as I?" + +"Yes." + +"Have you any idea, Mr. Ferret, of the value of the estate which falls +into Mr. Manning's hands?" + +"I have some idea, because I have talked with your mother on the +subject. This estate is worth fifty thousand dollars at least, and there +are fully fifty thousand dollars in money and bonds. The legacies do not +altogether exceed one thousand dollars, and therefore it may be said +that your stepfather has fallen heir to one hundred thousand dollars." + +"I suppose there is nothing I can do, Mr. Ferret?" + +"Not unless you can show that this will which I have read is not a +genuine document. That would be difficult." + +"Did you notice my mother's signature?" + +"Yes. I am not an expert, but I cannot detect any difference greater +than maybe existed between two signatures of the same person." + +"Then I suppose there is nothing to be done at present. I expect to have +a hard time with Mr. Manning, Mr. Ferret." + +"How has he treated you in the past, Frank?" asked the lawyer. + +"I have had nothing to complain of; but then he was not master of the +estate. Now it is difficult, and I think his treatment of me will be +different." + +"You may be right. You remember what I said, Frank?" + +"That I should regard you as a friend? I won't forget it, Mr. Ferret." + +One by one the company left the house, and Frank was alone. + +Left alone and unsustained by sympathy, he felt more bitterly than +before the totally unexpected change in his circumstances. + +Up to the last hour he had regarded himself as the heir of the estate. +Now he was only a dependent of a man whom he heartily disliked. + +Could it be that this misfortune had come to him through the agency of +his mother? + +"I will not believe it!" he exclaimed, energetically. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +AN UNSATISFACTORY INTERVIEW + + +Frank came to a decision the next morning. A long deferred interview +with his stepfather was necessary. Having made up his mind, he entered +the room in which his stepfather sat. His air was manly and his bearing +that of a boy who respects himself, but there was none of the swagger +which some boys think it necessary to exhibit when they wish to assert +their rights. + +Mr. Manning, in a flowered dressing gown, sat at a table, with a sheet +of paper before him and a lead pencil in his hand. Short as had been the +interval since his accession to the property, he was figuring up the +probable income he would derive from the estate. + +He looked up as Frank entered the room, and surveyed him with cold and +sarcastic eyes. His soft tones were dropped. + +"Mr. Manning," said Frank, "I wish to talk to you." + +"You may, of course," his stepfather replied mildly. "It is about the +will," Frank advised him. + +"So you would complain of your poor mother, would you?" said his +stepfather, in a tone of virtuous indignation. + +"I cannot believe that my mother made that will." + +Mr. Manning colored. He scented danger. Should Frank drop such hints +elsewhere, he might make trouble, and lead to a legal investigation, +which Mr. Manning had every reason to dread. + +"This is very foolish," he said, more mildly. "No doubt you are +disappointed, but probably your mother has provided wisely. You will +want for nothing, and you will be prepared for the responsibilities of +manhood under my auspices." + +Mr. Manning's face assumed a look of self-complacence as he uttered +these last words. + +"I have no blame to cast upon my dear mother," said Frank. "If she made +that will, she acted under a great mistake." + +"What mistake, sir?" + +"She failed to understand you." + +"Do you mean to imply that I shall be false to my trust?" + +"Not at present, sir. I don't wish to judge of you too hastily." + +As the boy turned to go, he said. "I have nothing further to say, sir." + +"But I have," said Mr. Manning. + +"Very well, sir." + +"I demand that you treat my son Mark with suitable respect, and forbear +to infringe upon his rights." + +Frank looked up, and answered, with spirit: "I shall treat Mark as well +as he treats me, sir. Is that satisfactory?" + +"I apprehend," said Mr. Manning, "that you may make some mistakes upon +that point." + +"I will try not to do so, sir." + +Frank left the room, and this time was not called back. + +His stepfather looked after him, but his face expressed neither +friendliness nor satisfaction. + +"That boy requires taming," he said to himself. "He is going to make +trouble. I must consider what I will do with him." + +As Mr. Manning reviewed Frank's words, there was one thing which +especially disturbed him--the doubt expressed by his stepson as to his +mother's having actually made the will. + +He saw that it would not do for him to go too far in his persecution of +Frank as it might drive the latter to consult a lawyer in regard to the +validity of the will by which he had been disinherited. + +Frank rather gloomily made his way to the stable. As he reached it, +Richard Green came out. + +"I'm sorry for you, Mr. Frank. But your mother was a saint. She was too +good to suspect the badness of others, Mr. Frank. She thought old +Manning was really all that he pretended to be, and that he would be as +kind to you as she was herself. When she was alive, he was always as +soft as--as silk." + +"His manner has changed now," said Frank, gravely. "Excuse me, Richard, +for finding fault with you, but don't call him old Manning." + +"Why not, Mr. Frank?" + +"I have no liking for Mr. Manning--in fact, I dislike him--but he was +the husband of my mother, and I prefer to speak of him respectfully." + +"I dare say you are right, Mr. Frank, but, all the same, he don't +deserve it. Is Mr. Mark to ride Ajax then?" + +"If he asks for it, you are to saddle Ajax for him. I don't want you to +get into any trouble with Mr. Manning on my account." + +"I don't care for that, Mr. Frank. I can get another place, and I don't +much care to serve Mr. Manning." + +"I would rather you would stay, if you can, Richard. I don't want to see +a new face in the stable." + +"I don't think he means to keep me long, Mr. Frank. Deborah and I will +have to go, I expect, and he'll get some servants of his own here." + +"Has he hinted anything of this, Richard?" asked Frank, quickly. + +"No; but he will soon, you may depend on it. I won't lose sight of you, +though. I've known you since you were four years old, and I won't desert +you, if I can do any good--nor Deborah, either." + +"I have two friends, then, at any rate," said Frank to himself. "That is +something." + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +A SCHOOL FRIEND + + +Early Monday morning it had been the custom for Frank and Mark to take +the train for Bridgeville, to enter upon a new week at the academy. + +Frank felt that it would be better for him to go back without any +further vacation, as occupation would serve to keep him from brooding +over his loss. + +"Are you ready, Mark?" he asked, as he rose from the breakfast table. + +"Ready for what?" + +"To go back to school, of course." + +"I am not going back this morning," answered Mark. + +"Why not?" asked Frank, in some surprise. + +"I am going to stay at home to help father," said Mark, with a glance at +Mr. Manning. + +"If I can be of any service to you, sir, I will stay, too," said Frank, +politely. + +"Thank you, but Mark will do all I require," replied his stepfather. + +"Very well, sir." + +Frank appeared at the academy with a grave face and subdued manner, +suggestive of the great loss he had sustained. From his schoolfellows, +with whom he was a favorite, he received many words of sympathy--from +none more earnest or sincere than from Herbert Grant. + +"I know how you feel, Frank," he said, pressing the hand of his friend. +"If I could comfort you I would, but I don't know how to do it." + +"I find comfort in your sympathy," said Frank. "I look upon you as my +warmest friend here." + +"I am glad of that, Frank." + +To Herbert alone Frank spoke of his mother and her devoted affection; +but even to him he did not like to mention the will and his +disinheritance. He did not so much lament the loss of the property as +that he had lost it by the direction of his mother, or, rather, because +it would generally be supposed so. + +For himself, he doubted the genuineness of the will, but he felt that it +was useless to speak of it, as he was unprepared with any proofs. + +So it happened that when, on Wednesday afternoon Mark Manning made his +appearance, Frank's change of position, as respected the property, was +neither known nor suspected by his schoolfellows. It was soon known, +however, and of course, through Mark. + +The boys immediately noticed a change in Mark. He assumed an air of +consequence, and actually strutted across the campus. Instead of being +polite and attentive to Frank, he passed him with a careless nod, such +as a superior might bestow on an inferior. + +"What has come over Mark?" asked Herbert of Frank, as the two were +walking together from recitation. + +"How do you mean?" + +"He holds his head higher than he used to do. He looks as if he had been +elected to some important office." + +"You will soon learn, Herbert," said Frank. "Make a pretext to join him, +and let the news come from him." + +Herbert looked puzzled. + +"Do you wish me to do this?" he asked. + +"Yes, I have a reason for it." + +"Very well. I am always ready to oblige you, Frank, but I hope Mark +won't think I have suddenly formed a liking for his society." + +"If he does, you can soon undeceive him." + +"That is true." + +Herbert left the side of his friend, and sauntered toward Mark. + +As Herbert was known as Frank's especial friend, Mark was at first +surprised, but quickly decided that his improved position had been +communicated by Frank, and that Herbert was influenced by it. That is to +say, he judged Herbert to be as mean and mercenary as himself. + +Herbert's position was too humble to entitle him to much notice from +Mark, but the latter was pleased with the prospect of detaching from +Frank his favorite friend. + +"You came back rather late, Mark," said Herbert. + +"Yes," answered Mark, with an air of importance. "I remained at home a +short time, to help my father in his accounts. You know the property is +large, and there is a good deal to do." + +"I should think that was Frank's place, to help about the accounts." + +"Why?" + +"The property is his, of course!" + +"Did he tell you that?" asked Mark, sharply. + +"He has not said a word about the property." + +"No, I suppose not," said Mark, with a sneering laugh. + +"Has anything happened? Didn't his mother leave as much as was +expected?" went on Herbert, quite in the dark. + +"Yes, she left a large estate, but she didn't leave it to him." + +"To whom, then?" + +"To my father!" replied Mark, with conscious pride. "Frank has nothing. +He is entirely dependent upon father." + +"Did his mother leave him nothing, then?" asked Herbert, in pained +surprise. + +"Nothing at all," assured Mark, complacently. + +"That is very strange and unjust." + +"I don't look upon it in that light," said Mark, nettled. "My father +knows what is best for him. He will provide for him just as his mother +did before." + +"But when Frank is of age, doesn't he come into possession of the estate +then?" + +"No, of course not. Didn't I tell you it belongs to father? Frank is a +poor boy--as poor as you," said Mark, in a tone of evident satisfaction. + +"Or you," added Herbert, pointedly. + +"You are mistaken," said Mark, quickly. "I am father's heir." + +"Suppose your father dies--how will the property go?" + +"I suppose something will be left to Frank, unless my father leaves me +the property, with directions to provide for him." + +"Would you think that right and just?" demanded Herbert, indignantly. + +"Of course I would. My stepmother knew what she was about when she made +her will. I see you are surprised. You won't be quite to thick with +Frank, now, I expect." + +"Why shouldn't I be?" + +"Because he is just as poor as you are. He never can help you." + +"Mark Manning, I believe you are about the meanest boy I ever +encountered, and you judge me by yourself!" + +"Do you mean to insult me? Mind what you say!" blustered Mark, +unpleasantly surprised at this outburst from a boy whom he expected +would now transfer his allegiance from Frank to himself. + +"I mean that you and your father have robbed Frank of his inheritance, +and glory in it, and you think that I am mean enough to desert him +because he is no longer rich. It makes no difference to me whether he is +rich or poor. I think I like him all the better because he has been so +badly treated. As for you, I despise you, and shall continue to, even if +you get the whole of Frank's money." + +"You forget that you are talking to a gentleman, you low-born mechanic!" +said Mark, angrily. + +"You a gentleman!" replied Herbert, contemptuously. "Then I never want +to be one!" + +He walked away, leaving Mark very much incensed. + +"He is a fool!" muttered Mark. "When I am a rich man, he may repent +having insulted me." + +Herbert went back to Frank. + +"Did he tell you?" asked Frank, quietly. + +"Yes; and he actually appeared to think I would be ready to desert you +because you were poor, and follow him about." + +"I am not afraid of that, Herbert." + +"I don't think Mark will have that idea any more. I gave him a piece of +my mind, and left him very angry. But what does it all mean, Frank?" + +"I know no more than you do, Herbert. I cannot understand it." + +"What could have induced your mother to make such a will?" + +"I cannot believe my poor mother ever made such a will; but, if she +did, I am very sure that she was over-persuaded by my stepfather, who is +one of the most plausible of men." + +"What shall you do about it?" + +"What can I do? I am only a boy. I have no proof, you know." + +"How are you likely to be treated?" + +"I have had a little foretaste of that." + +"It looks very bad for you, Frank," admitted Herbert, in a tone of +sympathy. + +"I don't so much care for the loss of the property, Herbert," said +Frank, "but I am afraid I shall have sorts of annoyances to endure from +Mark and his father. But I won't anticipate trouble. I will do my duty, +and trust that things will turn out better than I fear." + +The next afternoon a letter was placed in Frank's hands. It was in a +brown envelope, and directed in a cramped and evidently unpracticed +hand, with which Frank was not familiar. + +On opening it, a glance at the signature showed that it was from Richard +Green, the coachman. It commenced: + +"Dear Mr. Frank: This comes hoping you are well. I have no good news to +tell. Mr. Manning has sold your horse, Ajax, and he is to be taken away +to-night. I thought you ought to know it, and that is why I take my pen +in hand to write." + +There was more, but this is all that was important. + +Frank's face flushed with anger. He immediately went in search of Mark, +who, he felt assured, knew of the sale. + +It may be said here that Ajax was one of Frank's dearest trophies, a +gift from his mother. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +A NEW PLAN + + +Mark was in his room, where Frank found him trying on a new necktie. +Though decidedly plain, Mark fancied himself very good-looking, and +spent no little time on personal adornment. In particular, he had a +weakness for new neckties, in which he indulged himself freely. + +When the boys came to the academy, the principal proposed that they +should room together; but both objected, and Mark had a room to +himself--no one caring to room with him. + +"Take a seat, Frank," said Mark, condescendingly. "Is there anything I +can do for you?" + +"Yes," answered Frank. "I hear your father has sold Ajax, or is +intending to do so. Will you tell me if it is true?" + +"I believe it is," answered Mark, indifferently. + +"And what right has he to sell my horse?" demanded Frank, indignantly. + +"You'd better ask him," said Mark, with provoking coolness. + +"It is an outrage," said Frank, indignantly. + +"As to that," said his stepbrother, "you can't expect father to be at +the expense of feeding your horse." + +"With my money?" + +"The money is legally his," replied Mark. + +"Do you know to whom your father has sold Ajax?" + +"To Col. Vincent, I believe." + +"I am glad, at any rate, that he will have a good master." + +Frank felt that there would be no advantage in prolonging the interview, +or carrying on further a war of words. + +He sought out his friend Herbert, and communicated to him this last +infraction of his rights. + +"It is too bad, Frank!" said his sympathizing friend. + +"Yes, it is," said Frank, gravely; "but I fear it is only the beginning +of annoyances. I don't believe I can ever live in any place with Mr. +Manning or Mark." + +"Will it be necessary?" + +"I suppose so. I have no money, as you know. All has gone to him. +Herbert, I tell you frankly, I envy you and your position." + +"Though my father is a poor man?" + +"Yes; for, at any rate, you have a peaceful home, and a father and +mother who love you. I have a stepfather, who will do all he can to make +me miserable." + +"Would you be willing to work for your own support, Frank?" + +"Yes; far rather than remain a dependent on Mr. Manning." + +"Suppose you should run away," suggested Herbert. + +Frank shook his head. + +"I wouldn't do that except in case of extreme necessity. I know that if +my mother knows what goes on here, it would grieve her for me to take +such a step." + +"Suppose your stepfather should consent to your leaving home?" + +"Then I would do so gladly. I am willing to work and I think I could +make a living in some way." + +"Why not ask him?" + +Frank's face brightened. + +"Thank you for the hint, Herbert," he said. "I will think of it, and I +may act upon it." + +Frank was naturally self-reliant and energetic. He was not disposed to +shrink from the duties of life, but was ready to go forth to meet them. +The idea which Herbert had suggested commended itself to him the more he +thought of it. + +In spite, therefore, of the news which he had received about Ajax, he +resumed his cheerfulness, considerably to the surprise of Mark, whose +natural suspicion led him to conjecture that Frank had some plan in view +to circumvent his father. + +"If he has, he'd better give it up," reflected Mark. "The old man's as +sly as a fox. A raw boy like Frank can't get the better of him." + +At the close of the week, both the boys went home. They were on board +the same train and the same car, but did not sit together. When they +reached the house, Mr. Manning was not at home. + +Frank went out to the stable at once to see Richard Green, the coachman. + +He found him, indeed, but he also found another man, a stranger, who +appeared to be employed in the stable. + +"Who is this, Richard?" asked Frank. + +"My successor," answered the coachman. + +"Are you going to leave?" asked Frank, hastily. + +"Come out with me, Mr. Frank, and I will tell you," said Richard. "I've +had notice to leave," he said, "and so has Deborah. It came last +evening. Mr. Manning got a letter from Bridgeville--I know that, because +I brought it home from the post office--which appeared to make him +angry. He called Deborah and me and told us that he should not need our +services any longer." + +"Did he give you any reason?" + +"Yes; he said that he could have our places filled for a good deal less +money, and he had no doubt we could do as well elsewhere." + +"He has filled your place pretty soon." + +"Yes. This man came this morning. I think Mr. Manning had sent for him +already. I told you the other day we should soon be discharged." + +"I know it; but I can tell you what has hastened it." + +"What, then?" + +"Mark wrote his father that I had learned about the sale of Ajax, and +that the information came from you or Deborah." + +"I think it likely, Mr. Frank, for the old gentleman seemed mighty cool. +I hope you won't take it too much to heart that Ajax is sold." + +"I am not sure but I am glad of it," said Frank. + +The coachman looked at him in surprise. + +"I thought you would be very angry," he said. + +"So I was at first, but he has been sold to a man who will treat him +well, and I shall be glad to think of that when I'm away from home." + +"You don't mean to run away, Mr. Frank?" + +"No; but I mean to get my stepfather's permission to go, if I can." + +"Where do you mean to go, Mr. Frank?" + +"Somewhere where I can earn my living, without depending upon anybody. +You know very well, Richard, how miserable I should be to stay here in +dependence upon Mr. Manning." + +"But to think that you, to whom the property rightfully belongs, should +go away and work for a living, while that man and his boy occupy your +place. I can't bear to think of it." + +"I have done a good deal of thinking within a few days, and I don't +shrink from the prospect. I think I should rather enjoy being actively +employed." + +"But you were to go to college, Mr. Frank." + +"I know it, Richard, but I am not sure whether it would be for the best. +My tastes are for an active business life, and I don't care for a +profession." + +"Do you think your stepfather will give you a start?" + +"In the way of money?" + +"Yes." + +"I don't know. If he won't, I have still fifty dollars in the savings +bank, which I have saved from my pocket money. I will take that." + +"Mr. Frank, will you promise not to be offended at what I'm going to +say?" + +"I don't think you would say anything that ought to offend me, Richard." + +"Then I want you to take the money that comes to me by the will--Mr. +Manning is to pay it to me on Monday. I don't need it, and you may." + +Frank shook his head. + +"You are very kind, Richard, but I will get along with fifty dollars, +unless Mr. Manning supplies me with more. If I really need money at any +time, I will think of your offer." + +"That's something, at any rate," said Richard. partly reconciled. "You +won't forget it now, Mr. Frank?" + +"No, Richard, I promise you." + +Frank left the stable and went thoughtfully into the house. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE NEW OWNER OF AJAX + + +Frank and Mark took supper alone, Mr. Manning having left word that he +would not return till later in the evening. + +After supper, Frank decided to go over to call upon Col. Vincent, the +new owner of Ajax. His estate was distant about three-quarters of a mile +from the Cedars. + +As Frank started, Mark inquired: + +"Where are you going, Frank?" + +"To see Ajax," answered our hero. + +"Do you mean to make any fuss about him? I wouldn't advise you to." + +"Thank you for your advice." + +"I wonder what he is going to do?" thought Mark. "Of course he can't do +anything now." + +He did not venture to propose to accompany Frank, knowing that his +company would not be acceptable. + +"Is Col. Vincent at home?" asked Frank, at the door of a handsome house. + +"Yes, Mr. Courtney," replied the colored servant, pleasantly, for Frank +was a favorite among all classes in the neighborhood. "Come right in, +sir. De colonel am smoking a cigar on de back piazza." + +Frank followed the servant through the hall which intersected the house, +and stepped out on the back piazza. + +A stout, elderly gentleman was taking his ease in a large rustic +rocking chair. + +"Good-evening, Col. Vincent," our hero said. + +"Good-evening, Frank, my boy," said the colonel, heartily. "Glad to see +you. Haven't you gone back to school?" + +"Yes, sir; but I came home to spend Sunday. It doesn't seem much like +home now," he added, as his lip quivered. + +"You have suffered a great loss, my dear boy," said the colonel, +feelingly. + +"The greatest, sir. My mother was all I had." + +"I suppose Mr. Manning will keep up the establishment?" + +"I suppose so, sir; but it is no longer home to me." + +"Don't take it too hard, Frank. I was sorry about the will." + +"So was I, sir; because it makes me dependent on a man whom I dislike." + +"Don't be too prejudiced, Frank. I never took any fancy to your +stepfather myself; but then we don't need to like everybody we associate +with." + +"I hear you have bought my horse, Col. Vincent," said Frank, desiring to +change the subject. + +"Was Ajax your horse?" + +"Yes. It was given to me as a birthday present by my mother." + +"I had some such idea, and expressly asked Mr. Manning whether the horse +was not yours." + +"What did he answer?" + +"That it was only nominally yours, and that he thought it best to sell +it, as both you and Mark were absent at school, and had no time to use +it." + +"I am not surprised at anything Mr. Manning may say," said Frank. + +"It's too bad! I'll tell you what I will do, Frank. I haven't paid for +the horse yet. I will return it to Mr. Manning, and tell him that I +bought it under a misapprehension of the ownership. I don't think he +will make any fuss." + +"I would rather have you keep it, sir." + +"You would!" exclaimed the colonel, in surprise. + +"Yes, sir. If you should return Ajax, Mr. Manning would sell him to some +one else, and you, I know, will treat him well." + +"But you will lose the use of him. No, you won't, though. Come over to +my stable when you like, and, if he is not in use, you can take him +out." + +"Thank you, sir! You are very kind. While I am in the neighborhood, I +won't forget your kind offer. But I mean to go away." + +"You mean to go away! Where?" + +"Out into the world. Anywhere, where I can find work and make a living." + +"But surely this is not necessary. Your stepfather will provide for you +without your working." + +"I have no reason to doubt it, Col. Vincent; but I shall be happier in +the world outside." + +"Of course you will let Mr. Manning know of your intention to leave +home?" + +"I shall ask his permission to go at the end of my school term. That +comes in a couple of weeks." + +"Where will you go?" + +"A cousin of my father is at Newark, New Jersey. I think I shall go to +him first, and ask his advice about getting a place either there or in +New York." + +"You will need some money to start with. Do you think Mr. Manning will +give you any?" + +"I don't know, sir! That won't prevent my going. I have fifty dollars in +a savings bank, saved up from my allowance, and that will be all I shall +need." + +"If you have any difficulty on that score, Frank, remember that I was +your father's friend, and mean to be yours. Apply to me at any time when +you are in a strait." + +"I will, sir, and thank you heartily." + +"That was a strange will, Frank. I don't want to put any ideas into your +head to disturb you, but had your mother ever led you to suspect that +she intended to leave you dependent on your stepfather?" + +"Never, sir!" + +"Don't you think she would have done so, had she had such a plan in +view?" + +"I do," said Frank, quickly. + +The colonel's eye met his, and each knew what the other suspected. + +"There is nothing for me to do at present, sir," said Frank. "If Mr. +Manning does not interfere with my plans, I shall not trouble him." + +"I will hint as much when I see him. It may clear the way for you." + +"I wish you would, sir." + +"Come and see me again, Frank," said the colonel, as Frank rose to go. + +"I certainly will, sir." + +"Your father's son will always be welcome at my house. When did you say +your school term closes?" + +"In a fortnight." + +"I will see your stepfather within a few days. By the way, Frank, +wouldn't you like a gallop on Ajax to-night?" + +"Yes, sir; I should enjoy it." + +"Come out to the stable with me, then." + +Ajax whinnied with delight when he saw his old, or rather his young +master, and evinced satisfaction when Frank stroked him caressingly. + +"Sam," said Col. Vincent, "Frank is to ride Ajax whenever he pleases. +Saddle him for his use whenever he asks you." + +"That I will, sir" answered Sam. "Often and often I've seen Mr. Frank on +his back. Doesn't he ride well, though?" + +"Don't flatter me, Sam," said Frank, laughing. + +Five minutes later he was on the back of his favorite horse, galloping +down the road. + +"I hope I shall meet Mark," thought Frank. "I would like to give him a +sensation." + +Considering the manner in which Mark had treated his stepbrother, Frank +may be excused for the wish to puzzle him a little. + +Finding himself lonely, Mark decided to take a walk not long after +Frank's departure. He was sauntering along the road, when he heard the +sound of hoofs, and, to his surprise, saw his stepbrother on the back of +Ajax. + +His first thought was that Frank had gone to Col. Vincent's stable and +brought away Ajax without permission, in defiance of Mr. Manning's will. +He resolved to take him to task for it immediately. Frank purposely +slackened the speed of his horse in order to give Mark the chance he +sought. + +"Why are you riding Ajax?" asked Mark. + +"It is a pleasant evening," answered Frank, "and I thought I should +enjoy it." + +"Where did you get him?" + +"From Col. Vincent's stable, where he never ought to have been carried," +answered Frank, with spirit. + +"You seem to think you can do anything you like, Frank Courtney," said +Mark, provoked, deciding that his suspicions were well founded. + +"Is there any particular reason why I should not ride Ajax?" demanded +Frank. + +"You have made yourself liable to arrest for horse stealing," said Mark. +"It would serve you right if Col. Vincent should have you arrested and +tried." + +"I don't think he will gratify your kind wishes, Mark." + +"Just wait and see what my father has to say to you." + +"I have only done what I had a perfect right to do; but I can't stop to +dispute with you. I must finish my ride. Hey, Ajax!" + +As he spoke the horse dashed into a gallop, and Mark was left looking +after him in a disturbed frame of mind. + +"I'll tell my father as soon as he gets home," he decided; and he kept +his word. + +In consequence, Frank, by that time returned, was summoned into Mr. +Manning's presence. + +"What is this I hear?" he began. "Did you ride Ajax this evening?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Where did you find him?" + +"In Col. Vincent's stable." + +"This is a high-handed proceeding, Frank Courtney. Have you any excuse +to offer?" + +"None is needed sir. Col. Vincent has given me permission to ride him +whenever I please." + +"It appears to me, Mark," said Mr. Manning, sharply, "that you have made +a fool of yourself." + +"How should I know?" replied Mark, mortified by the collapse of his +sensation. "Frank didn't tell me he had leave to use the horse." + +And he left the room, looking foolish. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +MARK YIELDS TO TEMPTATION + + +There are some boys, as well as men, who cannot stand prosperity. + +It appeared that Mark Manning was one of these. + +While his stepmother was living and his father's prospects--and +consequently his own--were uncertain, he had been circumspect in his +behavior and indulged in nothing that could be considered seriously +wrong. + +When his father came into possession of a large fortune, and his pocket +money was doubled, Mark began to throw off some of the restraint which, +from motives of prudence, he had put upon himself. + +About the middle of the week, as Frank was taking a walk after school +hours, he was considerably surprised to see Mark come out of a +well-known liquor saloon frequented by men and boys of intemperate +habits. + +The students of Bridgeville Academy were strictly forbidden this or any +other saloon, and I am sure that my boy readers will agree with mo that +this rule was a very proper one. + +Mark Manning appeared to have been drinking. His face was flushed, and +his breath, if one came near enough to him, was redolent of the fumes of +alcohol. With him was James Carson, one of the poorest scholars and most +unprincipled boys in the academy. It was rather surprising that he had +managed for so long to retain his position in the institution, but he +was crafty and took good care not to be caught. + +To go back a little, it was chiefly owing to James Carson's influence +that Mark had entered the saloon. + +When he learned that Mark's worldly prospects had improved, and that he +had a large supply of pocket money, he determined to cultivate his +acquaintance--though privately he thought Mark a disagreeable boy--with +the intention of obtaining for himself a portion of Mark's surplus +means. + +At the first of the term he had made similar advances to Frank, but they +were coldly received, so much so that he did not think it worth while to +persevere in courting our hero's intimacy. + +He succeeded better with Mark, his crafty nature teaching him how to +approach him. + +"Mark," he said, with a great show of cordiality, "I am delighted to +hear of your good fortune. I always liked you, and I think you deserve +to be rich." + +"Thank you!" said Mark, much gratified, for he liked flattery. "I am +sure I am very much obliged to you." + +"Oh, not at all! I only say what I think. Shall I tell you why I am +particularly glad?" + +"Yes, if you like," returned Mark, in some curiosity. + +"Because I like you better than that young muff, your stepbrother. I +hope you won't be offended at my plain speaking," he added, artfully. + +"Certainly not!" said Mark. + +"I suppose," said James, "you will see a little life now that you are +your own master and have plenty of money." + +"I don't know exactly what you mean, James. There isn't much life to be +seen in Bridgeville." + +"That is true; but still there is some. Suppose now"--by this time they +were in front of the saloon, which, besides a bar, contained a billiard +and pool table--"suppose now we go in and have a game of billiards." + +"It's against the rules, isn't it?" asked Mark. + +"What do you care for the rules?" said James, contemptuously. + +"If the old man hears of it, we shall get into hot water." + +By the "old man" Mark meant the Rev. Dr. Brush, the venerable and +respected principal of the Bridgeville Academy, but such boys as he have +very little respect for the constituted authorities. + +"Why need he know it? We will slip in when no one is looking. Did you +ever play a game of billiards?" + +"I never played over half a dozen games in my life." + +"Yon ought to know how to play. It is a splendid game. Come in." + +Mark did not make very strong opposition, and the two boys, first +looking cautiously in different directions, entered the saloon. + +Toward the entrance was a bar, and in the roar of the saloon were two +tables. + +"Won't you have a drink, Mark?" asked James. + +Mark hesitated. + +"Oh, come now, it won't hurt. Two glasses of whisky, John." + +"All right, Mr. Carson," said the barkeeper, to whom James was well +known. + +James tossed off his glass with the air of an old drinker, but Mark +drank his more slowly. + +"There, I know you feel better, Mark." + +"Now, John, give me the balls. We'll play a game of billiards." + +"All right, sir." + +"I'll discount you, Mark," said James, "to give you a fair chance. It is +about the same thing as giving you half the game. Or, if you like, I +will give you seventeen points to start with, and then you will only +have seventeen to make, while I am making thirty-four." + +"I like that best." + +"Now shall we play for the drinks?" + +"We have just had a drink?" + +"We'll have another." + +"Won't that be too much? I don't want to get drunk." + +"Two drinks won't do you any harm. Very well. Now let us string for the +lead." + +There is no need of describing the game in detail. Mark was only a +novice, while James could really make three or four points to his one. +He restrained himself, however, so that he only beat Mark by two points. + +"You did splendidly, Mark," he said. "Considering how little you have +played, you did remarkably well. Why, you made a run of three." + +"Yes, I did pretty well," said Mark, flattered by his companion's +praises. + +"I had hard work to beat you, I can tell you that. As it was, you came +within two points of beating. Don't you like the game?" + +"Very much." + +"I thought you would. Shall we have another game?" + +"I don't mind," answered Mark. + +He knew that he ought to be in his room writing a composition to be +delivered the next day, but such obligations sat easily upon Mark, and +he did not hesitate long. + +That time James allowed him to score sixteen, so that Mark was only +beaten by one point. + +"You see, you are improving," said James. "I played a better game that +time than before, and still you came within one of beating me." + +"I think I shall become a good player in time," said Mark, complacently. + +"Yes, and in a very short time. Now," said James, "I have a proposal to +make to you." + +"What is it?" + +"We'll bet twenty-five cents on the next game, to give a little interest +to it." + +Mark had no special scruples against betting, which is only one form of +gambling, but he decidedly objected to losing money, so he answered, +cautiously: + +"I don't know about that. You beat me both of the other games." + +"That's true; but you play better now than you did at first." + +"That may be so." + +"What are twenty-five cents, anyway? I expect to lose it, but it will +increase the interest of the game." + +So Mark was persuaded, and the game was played. + +James Carson managed to let Mark beat him by five shots, and the latter +was correspondingly elated. + +"You beat me after all," said James, pretending to be much disappointed, +"and by five points. I'll tell you what I'll do--I'll give you the same +odds, and bet a dollar on the game. I suppose it's foolish, but I'll +risk it!" + +"Done!" said Mark, eagerly. + +His cupidity was excited, and he felt sure of winning the dollar, as he +had the twenty-five cents. But James had no idea of playing off now, and +he played a better game, as he was well able to do. The result was that +Mark was beaten by three points. + +He looked quite crestfallen. + +"I had better shows than you," said James. "I couldn't do it once in +five times. Will you play again?" + +Mark agreed to it with some hesitation, and he was again beaten. + +"You had luck against you. Another day you will succeed better. Have you +played enough?" + +"Yes," answered Mark, annoyed. + +He had four games to pay for and two dollars in bets, and it made rather +an expensive afternoon. + +"Have another drink? I'll treat," said James, who could afford to be +liberal. + +Mark accepted, and then, flushed and excited, he left the saloon, just +as Frank came up, as described in the first part of the chapter. On the +whole, he was sorry to meet his stepbrother just at this time. + +Frank stopped, and his attention was drawn to Mark's flushed face. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +MARK GETS INTO TROUBLE + + +Mark nodded slightly and was about to pass without a word, when Frank +said, quietly: + +"I am sorry to see you coming out of such a place, Mark." + +"What is it to you, anyway?" returned Mark, rudely. + +"Not much, perhaps," replied Frank, calmly, "but I don't like to see my +acquaintances coming out of a liquor saloon." + +"It won't hurt you," said Mark, irritably. + +"No, it won't hurt me, but if tho principal should hear of it, it would +not be pleasant for you. You know students are strictly forbidden to +enter any saloon?" + +"I suppose you mean to tell on me," said Mark, hastily, and not +altogether without uneasiness. + +"You are mistaken. I am not a talebearer." + +"Then there is no need to say any more about it. Come along, James!" + +Frank's interference was well meant, but, as we shall see, it did harm +rather than good. + +As Mark left the saloon, he had half decided not to enter it again. He +was three dollars out of pocket, and this did not suit him at all. + +In fact, Mark was rather a mean boy, and it was with considerable +reluctance that he had handed over to his companion the two dollars with +which to pay for the games. + +Moreover, he was mortified at losing the two games of billiards, when so +great odds had been given him. + +James Carson was no scholar, but he was sharp enough to perceive the +state of Mark's feelings, and he also saw how he was affected by Frank's +remonstrance. + +He decided to take advantage of this, and strengthen his hold on Mark. + +"Well, Mark," he said, "I suppose you'll give up playing billiards now." + +"Why should I?" + +"Because your stepbrother doesn't approve of it. You won't dare to go +into the saloon after he has forbidden you," he continued, with a sneer. + +"What do you mean, James? Do you suppose I care that"--snapping his +fingers--"for what Frank says, or even thinks, either?" + +"I didn't know but you might stand in fear of him." + +"Do you mean to insult me?" demanded Mark, hotly. + +"Insult you! My dear friend, what can you be thinking of? Why, I like +you ten times as much as that muff, Frank Courtney." + +"Then what did you mean by what you said?" asked Mark, more calmly. + +"I will tell you. I got an idea, from what Frank said once, that he was +in charge of you--well, not exactly that, but he looked after you." + +This was a wicked falsehood, as Frank had never intimated any such +thing. In fact, he had generally kept quite aloof from James. + +Mark, however, fell into the trail, and never thought of doubting what +his companion said. + +"If Frank said that, I've a great mind to whip him," said Mark, angrily. + +"Oh, I wouldn't notice him, if I were you!" said James. "For my part, I +didn't believe what he said. I felt sure that a fine, spirited boy like +you wouldn't submit to his dictation." + +"I should say not--the impudent follow!" + +"When he spoke to you just now," continued James, "one would really have +thought he was your uncle, or guardian, and that you were a little boy." + +"I'll show him what I think of him and his advice. I hadn't thought of +going to the saloon to-morrow, but now I will." + +"Bravo! I like your spirit!" said James, admiringly. "It is just the way +to treat him. Shall I come round with you about the same hour as +to-day?" + +"Yes, I wish you would." + +When the two boys parted company, James Carson smiled to himself. + +"What a fool Mark is!" he thought. "He thinks he is his own master, but +I am going to twist him round my little finger. He's a sweet youth, but +he's got money, and I mean to have some of it. Why, he tells me his +father allows him eight dollars a week for spending money. If I manage +well, I can get more than half away from his in bets." + +The next day James called for Mark, as agreed upon, and again the two +boys went to the billiard saloon. The performance of the day before was +repeated. + +James Carson, while flattering Mark's poor play, managed to beat in +every game but one on which money was staked, and came out the richer by +a dollar and a half. + +"I am very unlucky," grumbled Mark, in a tone of dissatisfaction. + +"So you were, Mark," admitted his sympathizing friend. "You made some +capital shots, though, and if I hadn't been so lucky, you would have +come out the victor in every game." + +"But I didn't." + +"No, you didn't; but you can't have such beastly luck all the time." + +"I guess I'd better give up billiards. In two days I have spent five +dollars. It doesn't pay." + +"No doubt Frank will be gratified when he hears that you have given up +playing. He will think it is because you are afraid of him." + +James had touched the right chord, and poor Mark was once more in his +toils. + +"It's lucky for me that Frank spoke to him," thought James. "It makes it +much easier for me to manage him." + +One thing, however, James had not taken into account. There were others +besides Frank who were liable to interfere with his management, and who +had the authority to make their interference effectual. + +On the day succeeding, as James and Mark were in the campus, Herbert +Grant approached them. + +Now Herbert was the janitor of the academy. He also was employed by the +principal to summon students who had incurred censure to his study, +where they received a suitable reprimand. + +It was not a pleasant duty, but some one must do it, and Herbert always +discharged it in a gentlemanly manner, which could not, or ought not, to +offend the schoolfellows who were unlucky enough to receive a summons. + +"Boys," said he, "I am sorry to be the bearer of unpleasant news, but +Dr. Brush would like to see you in his study." + +"Both of us?" asked James. + +"Yes." + +"Are there any others summoned?" + +"No." + +Mark and his companion looked at each other with perturbed glances. No +one cared to visit the principal on such an errand. Corporal punishment +was never resorted to in the Bridgeville Academy, but the doctor's +dignified rebuke was dreaded more than blows would have been from some +men. + +"What do you think it is, James?" asked Mark, uneasily. + +"I think it's the saloon," answered James, in a low voice. + +"But how could he have found it out? No one saw us go in or come out." + +The billiard saloon was at some distance from the academy building, and +for that reason the two boys had felt more secure in visiting it. + +"I'll tell you how it came out," said James, suddenly. + +"How?" asked Mark. + +"You remember Frank saw us coming out day before yesterday." + +"He said he wouldn't tell." + +It was not very difficult for Mark to believe anything against Frank, +and he instantly adopted his companion's idea. + +"The mean sneak!" he said. "I'll come up with him! I'll tell my father +not to give him any money for the next month. I'll---I'll get him to +apprentice Frank to a shoemaker! Perhaps then he won't put on so many +airs." + +"Good for you! I admire your pluck!" said James, slapping Mark on the +back. "You are true grit, you are! Just teach the fellow a lesson." + +"See if I don't!" + +Mark nodded his head resolutely, and went into the presence of Dr. +Brush, thirsting for vengeance against his stepbrother, who, he felt +persuaded, had informed against him. + +If Frank had known his suspicions he would have been very much +surprised. As it happened, however, he did not even know that his +stepbrother had been summoned to the doctor's study. Had he met Herbert, +the later would have told him; but after receiving his list, it so +chanced that he and his friend did not meet. + +The fact was that a young man employed as tutor in mathematics in the +academy, while taking an afternoon walk, had seen Mark and James Carson +leaving the liquor saloon, and, as in duty bound, had reported the same +to the principal. + +Mr. Triangle, however, had not been observed by either of the two boys, +and therefore they were led off on a false scent. + +"What do you think the old man will say?" asked Mark, uneasily, as they +ascended the stairs to the principal's study. + +"He'll give us a raking down, I suppose," said James. "He will come +down heavy on us." + +"I wish I were out of it." + +"Oh, it's not worth minding! We haven't committed murder, have we? +What's the harm in a game of billiards?" + +"Not much, perhaps; but the drinking and betting are certainly +objectionable." + +The boys knocked at the door, and the full, deep voice of Dr. Brush was +heard to say: "Come in!" + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +SUSPENDED + + +Dr. Brush was seated at a table covered with papers, in a large +armchair. He was an elderly man of dignified presence, not a petty +tyrant such as is sometimes found in a similar position, but a man who +commanded respect, without an effort. + +Mark Manning and James Carson entered his presence a little nervously. + +"Young gentlemen," said the doctor, gravely, "I am informed that you +have violated one of the rules of the academy by frequenting a billiard +saloon where liquor is sold." + +"Who told you, sir?" asked Mark. + +"That is not to the purpose," said the principal, gravely. + +"But I should like to know who informed on me," persisted Mark. + +"Whoever did so acted as your true friend, Manning; but there is no +occasion for you to know who it was. Is it true?" + +Mark would have been glad to deny the charge, and would not have felt +any scruples about doing so, if it would have done any good. But it was +clear, even to him, that he would not be believed, and that denial would +only make his position worse. So he made a virtue of necessity, and +answered: + +"I have been in once or twice, sir." + +"Exactly how many times have you been to the saloon?" + +"Three times." + +"What did you do there?' + +"We played billiards." + +"Did you order anything at the bar?" + +"Yes, sir," said Mark, reluctantly. + +"Carson, you accompanied Manning, did you not?" said Dr. Brush, turning +to Mark's companion. + +"Yes, sir." + +"And I suppose you also played billiards and drank?" + +"Well, yes, sir, I believe I did." + +"You were aware, were you not, that it was against the regulations of +the school?" + +"I suppose it must have slipped my mind," answered James, trying to look +as innocent as possible. + +Dr. Brush frowned, for he saw clearly that this was but a subterfuge. + +"If this were true," he continued, "it would be no excuse. As students, +it is your duty to make yourselves acquainted with the rules that govern +the institution. In point of fact, I cannot believe that either of you +is ignorant of the rule forbidding students to frequent places where +liquor is sold. It is hardly necessary for me to defend the propriety of +this rule. Intemperance is a fruitful source of vice and crime, and I +cannot allow the youth under by charge to form habits of indulgence +which may blast all their prospects, and lead to the most ruinous +consequences." + +"We didn't drink much," said Mark. + +"I shall not inquire how much you drank. In drinking a single glass, you +violated the rule of the school, and I cannot pass over it." + +"What is he going to do with us, I wonder?" thought Mark. + +He was not required to wonder long. + +"As this is your first offense, so far as I know," proceeded the +principal, "I will not be severe. You are both suspended from the +institution for the remainder of the term, and are required to leave +Bridgeville by the early train to-morrow morning for your respective +homes. I shall write to your parents, explaining the cause of your +suspension." + +But a week remained of the term, and the punishment was mild, but both +boys were mortified and left the study crestfallen. + +Mark was the first to recover his spirits. + +"It is not so bad, James," he said. "To-morrow will be Saturday, and I +should go home, anyway. I don't mind staying at home next week." + +"What will your father say?" + +"Oh, I'll make it all right with him! I don't mind much what he says. I +guess he got into scrapes himself when he was a boy." + +"My father isn't so easily managed. Just as likely as not, he'll cut off +my allowance for a month; and that'll be no joke!" + +"My father won't do that," said Mark. "If he did, I would raise a fuss." + +"Would that do any good?" + +"I'll bet it would!" + +Frank, who was quite ignorant of Mark's trouble, was surprised when the +latter approached him a little later with a frown and said, harshly: + +"You won't make anything by what you have done, Frank Courtney!" + +"Will you be kind enough to tell me what I have done?" asked Frank, +calmly. + +"You've been to Dr. Brush and told him about our playing billiards." + +"You are entirely mistaken, Mark. I did not suppose he knew." + +"It must have been you. He told us some one had informed him, and you +were the only one who knew. It's a mean trick, isn't it, Carson?" + +"Awfully mean!" + +"I have already told you that the information did not come from me. It +may be the best thing for you that it has been found out, for it was +doing you no good to frequent such places." + +"I don't want to hear any of your preaching, Frank Courtney. I guess I +can manage my own affairs without any advice from you." + +"I don't care to intrude any advice," said Frank. "I have not much +reason to feel interested in you." + +"You'd better look out how you treat me, though," said Mark, insolently. +"I know very well you dislike me, but it won't be safe for you to show +it while you are a dependent on my father." + +"I don't propose to be a dependent on him long," said Frank, quietly. +"The truth of it is, you and your father are dependent upon property +which of right belongs to me. The time may come when I shall be able to +show this." + +"What does he mean?" thought Mark, uneasily. "Will he contest the +will?" + +It was perhaps an evidence of Mark's shrewdness that he had some doubts +about the validity of the will under which his father inherited. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +MR. MANNING'S NEW PLAN + + +Mark so represented his school difficulty to his father that he incurred +but slight censure. + +Indeed, Mr. Manning was so absorbed in plans for getting the greatest +enjoyment out of the estate of which he had obtained possession by +doubtful means that he didn't care to be disturbed about such a trifle +as his son's suspension. + +He felt more disposed to blame Frank, whom Mark charged with betraying +him. + +"What does Frank say about it?" asked Mr. Manning. + +"Of course he denies it," said Mark, "but it can't be any one else." + +"He is acting very unwisely," said Mr. Manning, compressing his thin +lips. + +"So I told him, but he said he didn't mean to be a dependent on you +long." + +"How is he going to avoid it?' + +"I don't know." + +"I have had some intimation from Col. Vincent, who appears to be in his +confidence. He wants to leave us." + +"To go away?" + +"Yes." + +"But you won't let him?" + +"I have been thinking about that, Mark, and I may give my permission. +The fact is, he stands in the way of some plans I have formed. I am +thinking of traveling." + +"Not without me?" said Mark, hastily. + +"No; you shall go with me, but I don't care to take Frank." + +"You might leave him at school." + +"I might, but how do I know that he might not hatch some mischief while +we are gone?" + +"He might make some fuss about the property," suggested Mark. + +"Has he hinted anything of that kind to you?" asked his father, quickly. + +"Yes. Only yesterday he said that the property belonged by right to +him." + +Mr. Manning looked thoughtful, and watched Mark narrowly to see if from +his manner he could divine the boy's intentions. + +Later that same evening, Mark having retired early in consequence of a +headache, Frank found himself alone with his stepfather, and took +advantage of the opportunity to speak of the plan he had formed. + +"Mr. Manning," he said, "if you are at leisure, I should like to speak +with you a few minutes." + +"Proceed," said his stepfather, waving his hand. + +"But a week remains of the school term. Did you propose that I should +return there at the end of the vacation?" + +"Humph! I had not thought much on the subject." + +"It has all along been intended that I should go to college when +prepared, but I don't think I care much about it." + +"In that case," said his stepfather, with alacrity, "you would only be +throwing away time and money by going." + +He was quite ready to agree to Frank's surrender of the college plan for +two reasons. + +A college course would be expensive. Again, should he turn his attention +to the law, he might hereafter give him trouble about the estate. + +"I don't think I should throw away my time, for, if I went to college, I +should go there to work faithfully; but I have a fancy for a more +stirring life." + +"It might be a good plan for you to learn a trade," said Mr. Manning, +reflectively. + +"Learn a trade!" exclaimed Frank, in surprise. + +"Yes; it would always enable you to earn a living." + +"Do you intend Mark to learn a trade?" asked Frank, quickly. + +"No; his case is very different from yours." + +"Why it is different?" + +"It is not necessary for me to explain," answered his stepfather, +stiffly. + +"If there were any need of it, Mr. Manning, I would not object to learn +a trade," said Frank. "I have no false pride on the subject. But my +tastes are more for mercantile business." + +"I may be able to find you a place somewhere. I have a friend in the +dry-goods business, who would receive you at my recommendation." + +"Thank you!" said Frank, hastily. "But if you will allow me, I would +prefer to look around for myself." + +"What is it you want, then?" + +"Your permission to go out into the world, and try to make a living." + +"And if you don't," said Mr. Manning, "I suppose you expect me to +defray your expenses?" + +"If I did have such an expectation, I think I should be justified, in +view of the large property which my mother left," said Frank, pointedly. + +"She left it to me," said his stepfather. + +"So it appears, at any rate. But I shall not call upon you to pay my +board. Give me your permission to go where I please, with a small sum of +money to start me, and I shall be satisfied." + +"And what will the world say? That I, your stepfather, to whom you have +a right to look for maintenance, had driven you out to earn your living! +It would be unjust, of course, but the world is ever unjust." + +And Mr. Manning assumed a look of wronged innocence, which would have +imposed on anyone who knew him but slightly. + +"I shall defend you from any such charge," said Frank. "I shall say that +you were only yielding to my request." + +"I will think of it, my dear boy," said Mr. Manning, graciously. "I +already feel inclined to grant it, because it is your request. I shall +be sorry to be separated from you; but I am willing to sacrifice my own +feelings, if it will give you pleasure." + +This did not impose upon Frank, who had a correct idea of the degree of +fondness which Mr. Manning had for his society, but he was too well +satisfied with the prospect of obtaining the permission he desired to +imply any doubts. + +"Again," continued his stepfather, "whatever you may say to the +contrary, I know that the world will censure me; but I shall have the +approval of my own conscience, and with that I can defy the world." + +Mr. Manning certainly did look like a righteous man when he said this, +and he beamed upon his stepson with a glance that was actually +affectionate. + +"Go back to school," ho said, "and when you return I shall be able to +give you a definite answer." + +Indeed, nothing could have suited Mr. Manning's plans better. He would +get rid of the care and nearly the whole expense of his obnoxious +stepson, while with his son Mark he would be spending the revenues of +the estate which belonged to Frank. + +During the coming week he arranged his plans for a prolonged absence +from the Cedars. He wrote to New York to engage passage on a steamer +bound for Liverpool, and quietly waited for the end of Frank's school +term to release him from a care which had grown burdensome. + +Frank returned to the Bridgeville Academy without Mark. As may be +supported, however, he did not feel the loss of his society. + +He at once communicated to his chosen friend, Herbert Grant, his +probable departure from school. + +"I am sorry to hear it, Frank," said Herbert, soberly. "Do you think you +are acting wisely?" + +"I am not acting as I would have done had my mother lived," answered +Frank; "but you must remember that my position in life has very much +changed. I am a poor boy." + +"Hardly that, when there is so much property in the family." + +"I know Mr. Manning too well to believe that I shall derive much +benefit from it. No, Herbert, I have my own living to make, and I want +to make it in my own way." + +"It is a sad change for you, Frank." + +"No, I can't say that. I don't know how it is, Herbert, but I am rather +glad to have all this thrown upon me. I enjoy feeling that I have got to +work." + +"I have a chance of enjoying the same feelings," said Herbert, with a +smile. + +"I wish we could start together, Herbert. Couldn't you go with me?" + +Herbert shook his head. + +"Father has a plan for me," he said. "I am to learn his trade, and shall +commence next week. I don't particularly like it, but it is well to have +a trade to fall back upon." + +"Mr. Manning wanted me to learn a trade." + +"There is no occasion for your doing so." + +"I don't know about that. If I had a particular fancy for any, I +wouldn't mind choosing it, but I am better suited for something else." + +"What is your plan? What will you do first?" + +"My father has a cousin in the city of Newark, New Jersey, only a few +miles from New York. Four years ago, he and his family made us a visit, +and he was urgent then that we should return the visit. I will, first of +all, go to him, and ask his advice. He is a business man, and he may be +able to put me in the way of obtaining a position." + +"I think you will succeed, Frank, but it will be harder than you think +for. You don't know what poverty is yet. I have never known anything +else." + +"If I do succeed, Herbert, I may be able to find something for you." + +"I wish you might," Herbert replied; but he was not as sanguine as +Frank. + +He understood, better than his friend, that for a boy to set out alone +into the great world to earn a living is a serious undertaking. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +GOOD-BYE + + +Frank had fixed upon the Tuesday morning succeeding the close of the +academic term for his departure from home. Monday was devoted to a few +necessary preparations and a few calls on old friends, among them Col. +Vincent, the owner of Ajax. + +"My dear Frank," said the colonel, kindly, "I feel a strong interest in +your welfare, more especially because of the wrong which I do not +scruple to say has been done you. What does Mr. Manning say to your +plan?" + +"He makes no objection," said Frank. + +"Suppose he had done so?" + +"I would not have run away. He is my stepfather and guardian, and I +would have endured staying at home as well as I could." + +"There you are right, Frank. Though I have a poor opinion of Mr. +Manning, he is not likely to treat you in a manner to justify your going +away without his permission. From what I have heard within the last +week, I suspect that he feels relieved to have you go." + +"What have you heard, sir?" + +"That Mr. Manning will shortly sail for Europe, taking Mark with him." + +Frank was surprised, having no suspicion of this. + +"Now are you not sorry that you have decided to go out into the world to +earn a living when you might have seen something of the Old World?" + +"Mr. Manning would never have taken me along," answered Frank, quietly, +"nor should I have enjoyed traveling with him and Mark." + +"Of the two, who would interfere the more with your enjoyment?" + +"Mark." + +"Then you prefer the father to the son?" said the colonel. + +"The father has much more agreeable manners. I don't think Mark could be +agreeable if he tried." + +Col. Vincent smiled. + +"Perhaps you are right, Frank," he said. "Now, as your father's old +friend, I shall exact a promise from you." + +"What is it, sir?" + +"You are going out into the world to earn your own living. Boys of your +age are apt to think it an easy thing. I have seen more of life, and I +am sure you will find it more difficult than you suppose. You may find +yourself in difficulty, possibly in want. In that case, promise to let +me know, and I will come to your assistance." + +"I will, sir," answered Frank. + +The time came for Frank to say good-bye to Mr. Manning and Mark, and the +house which had been his home from infancy. + +His stepfather handed him a small pocketbook. + +"Frank," he said, "in this pocketbook you will find twenty-five +dollars. It is not much, but--" + +"I am satisfied, sir," said Frank. "It won't be long before I am earning +something." + +"I hope your anticipations may be realized, but it is possible that you +may require help." + +"I think not, sir." + +"I will authorize my banker to pay you the same sum--twenty-five +dollars--every three months. Of course, it is not enough to support you; +but, as you say it is your intention to procure a place--" + +"Yes, sir." + +"It will probably be enough to make up any deficiency that may exist in +your income. I am aware that you do not regard me as--as I would like to +have you; but I am resigned to be misunderstood, and I merely call your +attention to the fact that I have given you my free permission to carry +out your own plans and have given you more assistance than you asked +for." + +"That's true, sir." + +"Should anyone in your hearing condemn me for what I have done, I depend +upon your defending me." + +"I will state the facts, sir. I will take the entire responsibility for +anything that may result from the step I have taken." + +Mr. Manning looked well pleased. Things were taking the course he +desired, and for the paltry sum of one hundred dollars a year, he was +getting rid of an obnoxious stepson, while appearing to confer a favor +upon him. + +"Perhaps you are right, Frank," said his stepfather, disguising the +satisfaction he felt. "If, however, you should find that you have made a +mistake, you will do me the justice to remember that I gave you your +choice." + +Knowing, as he did, that the offer was not genuine, Frank remained +silent. He could not make up his mind to express gratitude, and +therefore said nothing. + +Here the carriage drove up to the door to convey Frank to the railway +station. Mindful of appearance, Mr. Manning accompanied him to the cars, +and in presence of several neighbors bade him an effusively affectionate +farewell. + +So Frank was fairly started on his campaign. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +ERASTUS TARBOX, OF NEWARK + + +Erastus Tarbox kept a dry-goods store in the city of Newark, New Jersey. +He was well to do, not so much because of his enterprise and skill as a +merchant as because of his extreme poverty. Some people called it +parsimony. He only employed two clerks to assist him in his store, and +they, as well as the boy who carried out parcels and ran the errands, +were paid scarcely more than two-thirds the rates paid in neighboring +stores. + +Mr. Tarbox prided himself upon his relationship to the Courtneys. They +were rich, and riches, in his eyes were a great merit. He often sighed +to think that there was no chance for him to benefit by a share of the +large property owned by his cousins. Without hope of personal advantage, +however, he had always been obsequious to them, and often took occasion +to mention them, by way of enhancing his own social credit somewhat. + +Mr. Tarbox had heard of Mrs. Courtney's death, but had not heard the +particulars of the will. He took it for granted that Frank was sole +heir, and it did cross his mind more than once how very agreeable it +would be if he could be selected as guardian of the rich young heir. Of +course, he knew that there was no probability of it, since the +stepfather would undoubtedly be appointed to that position. + +Mr. Tarbox had just sold a calico dress pattern to a poor woman, when +his attention was drawn to the entrance of Frank Courtney, who entered +his store, valise in hand. + +Mr. Tarbox was rather short-sighted, and did not immediately recognize +the son of his rich cousin. + +"What can I do for you, young man?" he asked, in his business tone. + +"This is Mr. Tarbox, I believe?" said Frank, who did not know his +relatives very well. + +"Yes, that is my name." + +"I am Frank Courtney." + +"Bless my soul!" ejaculated Mr. Tarbox, surprised and delighted. "When +did you arrive in Newark?" + +"I have only just arrived." + +"I do hope you are going to make us a visit," said Mr. Tarbox, +cordially. + +"Thank you!" answered Frank, cheered by this warm reception. "If you are +sure it won't inconvenience you." + +"Inconvenience me! We shall be delighted to have you with us." + +"You must come up and see Mrs. Tarbox. She will be delighted to see +you." + +Mr. Tarbox lived over his store. There was a door from the street +adjoining the shop front. Mr. Tarbox opened it with a pass-key, and +conducted Frank upstairs, ushering him into a gloomy parlor, with stiff, +straightbacked chairs, ranged at regular intervals along the sides of +the room, and a marble-topped center table, with two or three books +lying upon it. There was a framed engraving, representing Washington +crossing the Delaware, over the mantel, and two plaster figures and +similar ornaments on the mantelpiece. The whole aspect of the room +chilled Frank. + +"Wait here, and I will call my wife," said Mr. Tarbox. + +Frank sat down on a hard sofa and awaited the entrance of Mrs. Tarbox. + +She came in, a tall, thin woman, about as handsome for a woman as her +husband was for a man. Indeed, they were very well matched. She was +quite as mean as he, and between them they managed to make annually a +sensible addition to their world possessions. + +Mr. Tarbox privately hinted his hopes respecting Frank to his wife, and +she instantly agreed that it would be a most eligible arrangement. + +"We must make him contented, my dear," said her husband. "Give him the +best bedroom, and I think it might be well to have something a little +extra for supper." + +"I did intend to put on the rest of that cold mutton," said Mrs. Tarbox, +doubtfully. + +"It won't do, Martha. There is only a little of it, you know, and the +boy has been traveling, and, of course, is hungry. What do you say, now, +to some nice beefsteak?" + +"Beefsteak is high now," said Mrs. Tarbox. "Still, if we buy round +steak--that is cheaper than sirloin or tenderloin." + +"And quite as good," said her economical partner. "We can tell Frank, +however, that no sirloin was to be had so late in the day at the +markets." + +Mrs. Tarbox nodded her head, approving the suggestion. + +This little matter being adjusted, the husband and wife entered the +parlor where our hero was waiting patiently. + +"This is our young cousin, Martha," said Mr. Tarbox, smiling pleasantly. + +"Welcome to Newark," said Mrs. Tarbox, extending her hand. "And how did +you leave your stepfather?" + +"He is well," said Prank, coolly. + +The two exchanged glances. It was clear that Frank did not like his +stepfather, and this was satisfactory to them. There was the more chance +of his leaving him and boarding with them. + +"The children will be so glad to see you," said Mr. Tarbox; "won't they, +Martha?" + +"Delighted!" assured the lady. + +"Pliny must be about your age. How old are you, by the way?" + +"Sixteen." + +"Just Pliny's age. Do you remember him?" + +Frank remembered a tall, thin stripling who had accompanied his parents +to the Cedars, and who appeared to have an inexhaustible appetite. + +"Yes, I remember him. Does he go to school?" + +"No; Pliny is in a store," answered Mr. Tarbox. + +"Your store?" + +"Oh, no! I thought it would be better for him to enter the employ of a +stranger. He is in a bookstore." + +There was one great advantage in Pliny's entering the employ of a +stranger. He was paid four dollars a week, whereas Mr. Tarbox paid his +boy but two. Here, then, was a clear gain of two dollars a week. + +"But you must be tired," said Mrs. Tarbox. "You will see the children at +supper. Martha, I think Frank would like to go to his room." + +The best bedroom was over the parlor. It was rather more cheerful, +because lighter. + +"Here," said Mr. Tarbox, "you must make yourself at home. Martha, isn't +one of the drawers in that bureau empty? I thought so. Take your clothes +out of the valise and put them away. Now, is there anything you would +like?" + +"Only a little water to wash in," said Frank. "You are both very kind." + +"We hope to make you comfortable. You are our relative, you know." + +The water was brought up by Mrs. Tarbox herself, and Frank was left +alone, on the whole well pleased with his reception. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +AN UNPLEASANT DISCOVERY + + +It never occurred to Frank that his cordial reception was wholly due to +his supposed wealth. Had he known the Tarbox family better, he would +have had no uncertainty on this point. As it was, the discovery was soon +made. + +"All my olive branches are for you, my dear young cousin," said Mr. +Tarbox, waving his hand. "A peaceful, happy family. Children, this is +our esteemed relative, Frank Courtney. You remember visiting his +delightful home, the Cedars." + +"Yes, pa," said Julia. + +Pliny said nothing, but stared at Frank, inwardly considering whether it +would be possible to borrow some money of him. + +"I am glad to meet you all. I hope we shall become better acquainted," +said Frank politely. + +"No doubt you will," said Mr. Tarbox. "They are rather bashful, but they +long to know you." + +"How are you?" said Pliny, in a sudden burst of sociability. + +"Pretty well, thank you!" answered Frank, finding it rather difficult to +preserve his gravity. + +"I am in a store," said Pliny. + +"In your father's store?" + +"No. He wouldn't pay me as much as I get where I am." + +Mr. Tarbox looked embarrassed. + +"A smaller boy answered my purpose," he said, in an explanatory manner. +"Pliny is suited for higher duties. But our supper is ready. It is +frugal compared with yours at the Cedars, my dear Frank, but you are +heartily welcome to it." + +"It looks very nice, Mr. Tarbox," said our hero, "and I have not been +accustomed to luxurious living." + +This answer pleased Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox. Even if Frank should become a +boarder on liberal terms, they didn't wish to spend too much on their +table. + +"We couldn't get sirloin steak," said Mr. Tarbox; "but I hope you will +find this good." + +"No doubt I shall," said Frank, politely. + +"Won't you have another piece of steak?" asked Mrs. Tarbox. + +Frank saw that there was but a small piece left, and, though his +appetite was not wholly satisfied, he answered: + +"No, thank you." + +"I will!" said Pliny, quickly. + +Mrs. Tarbox frowned at her son, but did not venture to refuse in the +presence of her guest. She cut off a small portion of the steak, and, +with a severe look, put it on the extended plate of Pliny. + +"You've got a good appetite, Pliny," said Julia. + +"So would you have, if you had to work like me!" grumbled Pliny. + +After the steak came an apple pie, which was cut into seven pieces. Mrs. +Tarbox managed to make Frank's piece a little larger than the rest. + +Her husband observed it with approval. He was very desirous that Frank +should be satisfied with his fare. + +When Pliny rose from the table, saying that he must be getting back to +the store, Frank rose also. + +"I will go with you," he said, "if you have no objection. I would like +to take a walk." + +"Come along," said Pliny. "I should like to have company." + +"You will be a great deal of company for Pliny," observed Mr. Tarbox, +rubbing his hands with satisfaction. "Just of an age and of congenial +tastes." + +Frank hardly expected to find Pliny very congenial, but he wished to +obtain some information, which he thought the latter could give him, +and he also wanted to see something of Newark. + +"I say, your name is Frank, isn't it?" commenced Pliny: + +"Yes." + +"The old man's awful glad to see you." + +"I am glad of it. He has received me very kindly." + +"Got up an extra supper for you. We don't often get steak for supper." + +This was rather an embarrassing revelation, and surprised Frank +somewhat. The supper had not seemed to him at all extra. It would do, +but was far from luxurious. + +"I hope you'll stay with us a good while," continued Pliny. + +"Thank you." + +"You see we shall live better while you are with us, and the rest of us +will be gainers." + +"I don't want to put your father to any unusual expense." + +"Oh, he can afford it! But he's stingy, father is. He doesn't spend any +more than he can help." + +"It is best to be economical, I suppose." + +"When you don't carry it too far. I say, Frank," continued Pliny, +lowering his voice, "you can't lend me five dollars, can you?" + +Frank regarded Pliny with astonishment. The proposal was very abrupt, +especially when the shortness of their acquaintance was considered. + +"Are you particularly in need of money?" asked Frank. + +"Well, you see," said Pliny, "I want it for a particular purpose." + +"Why not ask your father for it?" + +"Oh, he'd never let me have it!" + +Now, in Frank's present circumstances, five dollars represented a good +deal of money. He was the more impressed with the necessity of economy +since he had found out how small were the wages paid in stores to boys +of his age. + +He did not feel at all inclined to grant Pliny's request, especially as +he had a strong suspicion that it would be a long time before the sum +would be returned. + +"Why do you apply to me, Pliny?" he asked, seriously. + +"Didn't your mother die and leave you a big property? Father says you +must be worth more than a hundred thousand dollars." + +"Your father probably has not heard of the will," said Frank, quietly. + +"What was there in the will?" asked Pliny. + +"The whole property was left to Mr. Manning." + +"Who is he?" + +"My stepfather." + +"And nothing to you?" + +"Nothing to me." + +"But he's got to take care of you, hasn't he?" + +"It was expected, but I am going to earn my own living, if I can." + +Pliny stopped short in blank amazement and whistled. + +"Then you haven't got a lot of money?" + +"No." + +"Won't your stepfather give you a part of the property?" + +"I haven't asked him, but I don't think he will." + +"And why did you come to Newark?" + +"I thought your father might give me some help about getting a place." + +"If this isn't the richest joke!" said Pliny, laughing uproariously. + +"Where is the joke? I don't see it," returned Frank, inclined to be +angry. + +"The way you have taken in the old man. He thinks you are rich, and has +treated you accordingly--got up an extra supper and all that. Oh, it's +too good!" + +"I certainly didn't intend to take him in, as you call it," said Frank. +"The sooner you tell him the better." + +"I'll tell him," said Pliny. "I shall enjoy seeing how provoked he'll +be." + +"I think I will leave you," said Frank, shortly. "I will take a walk by +myself. + +"Well, don't lose your way. Oh, I wish the store was shut! I want to +tell the old man." + +And Pliny laughed again, while our hero walked off in disgust. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +THE WAY OF THE WORLD + + +Frank felt like an impostor when he discovered that his cordial +reception was wholly owing to the belief that he was his mother's heir. + +The situation was unpleasant, and he was impatient to have Mr. Tarbox +undeceived. He was sure that Pliny would lose no time in revealing his +true position, and decided not to return to the house of Mr. Tarbox till +nine o'clock, when the story would have been told. + +He wandered about aimlessly till he heard the city clocks strike nine, +and then rang the bell at his relation's house. + +The family, with the exception of the two younger children, were +assembled in the common sitting room. + +As Frank entered, instead of the cordial welcome he had previously +received, he noticed a look of coldness and constraint on the faces of +Mr. and Mrs. Tarbox, while Pliny looked as if some stupendous joke was +being perpetrated. + +"Good-evening!" said Frank, politely. "I have been taking a walk." + +"My son Pliny tells me," said Mr. Tarbox, "that you have not inherited +your mother's property." + +Frank bowed. + +"And that it has gone to your stepfather." + +"It seems so." + +"I am amazed." + +"So was I, sir." + +"Your mother has practically disinherited you?" + +"It was not my mother, sir," said Frank, hastily. "I can't explain it, +but I'm sure she would not will away everything from me." + +"Do you suspect your stepfather of anything irregular?" asked Mr. +Tarbox, briskly. + +"I would rather not answer your question, sir. I don't care to make any +charges which I cannot prove." + +"And so Mr. Manning has sent you out into the world to earn your own +living, has he?" + +"No, sir. He has consented that I may do so. It was my own plan." + +Much as Frank was prejudiced against his stepfather, his natural sense +of justice would not allow him to accuse him unjustly. + +"Did he suggest that you should come to me?" asked Mr. Tarbox, in a +tone which Frank did not like. + +"No, sir." + +"So that was your idea, too," continued Mr. Tarbox, with a palpable +sneer. + +"Yes, sir," answered Frank. "You are not a very near relative, but the +nearest I know of, and I supposed you would be willing to give me some +advice about the best means of earning my living. I remembered," he +could not help adding, "that my mother received you all as guests for a +considerable time, and I thought I might take the liberty." + +"Oh, certainly!" returned Mr. Tarbox, rather abashed. "I am, of course, +ready to give you advice, and my first advice is to seek a lawyer and +let him institute a suit against your stepfather, on speculation. That +is, he gets nothing if he fails, but obtains a commission if he +succeeds. I could myself recommend a reliable man." + +"Thank you, sir; but I have no present thought of contesting the will." + +"I think you make a mistake. Do I understand that you expect to earn +your own living?" + +"I shall try to do so." + +"You will find it very difficult. You may expect me to take you into my +own store, but there is no vacancy, and--" + +Frank hastily assured Mr. Tarbox that he had no such expectations. He +had no wish to deprive the errand boy of the two dollars a week, which +he probably richly earned. + +"Situations in Newark are not easily obtained," proceeded Mr. Tarbox. "I +am willing that you should stay with us a day or two, but I don't think +you will find it worth your while to stay here." + +Mr. Tarbox feared that his young relative might expect to find a home +free of charge in his house, and such an arrangement did not suit his +economical ideas. There was no profit in it, but, on the contrary, a +positive loss. Frank read clearly the thoughts of his host, with the +help of what Pliny had told him, and, expressing his thanks very +briefly, announced his intention to go to New York the next morning. + +"It may be the best thing you can do!" said Mr. Tarbox, relieved. "New +York opens a much wider field to a boy of enterprise than Newark, and +probably you will pick up something to do." + +"It won't be my fault, if I don't," said Frank. + +"You have my best wishes," said Mr. Tarbox. "The demands of my family +forbid me offering you any pecuniary assistance, but--" + +"I don't stand in need of it, sir. I have money enough to keep me till I +get started in something." + +"Really, I am very glad to hear it!" + +And there is no doubt that Mr. Tarbox was sincere. + +"I wonder how much money he has got?" thought Pliny. "Perhaps he'd lend +me two dollars. I'll ask him, if I have a chance." + +Pliny proposed to borrow, not because he needed the money, but because +he liked to levy contributions upon any available party, with a very +faint idea of repaying the same. The money would go to swell his deposit +at the savings bank. It was very commendable, of course, to save his +money, but not at the expense of others, as Pliny too frequently did. + +"I have moved you out of the spare room," said Mrs. Tarbox, when our +hero asked permission to retire, "and put you in the same room with +Pliny. I suppose you won't mind?" + +"Just as you please, Mrs. Tarbox," said Frank, though he would have +preferred to have passed the night alone. + +"Could you make it convenient to lend me two dollars?" asked Pliny, as +they went up to bed together. + +"Not just now," answered Frank. "When I get something to do I shall not +need to be so careful of my money." + +"One dollar would answer," persisted Pliny. + +Without a word, Frank drew a dollar bill from his pocketbook and handed +it to Pliny. + +"Now," he thought, "I shall not feel under any obligations to the +family." + +"You're a good fellow, even if you are poor," said Pliny, in high good +humor. + +Frank was tired, and it was not long before all his anxieties for future +were lost sight of in a sound and refreshing slumber. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +FRANK ARRIVES IN NEW YORK + + +The breakfast the next morning was very meager. It was no longer an +object to gratify Frank's palate, now that he turned out to be a poor +relation, and the family returned to their usual plain diet. + +"So you are resolved to go to New York this morning," said Mr. Tarbox. +"Of course it would gratify us to have you remain longer, but I +appreciate your anxiety to go to work." + +Frank was by no means deceived by this statement. He knew very well +that Mr. Tarbox would be relieved by his departure, but of this +knowledge he made no sign. He merely said that he thought it best to go. + +He took leave of his hosts, and, purchasing a ticket at the railway +station, found himself within an hour in New York. He had been there +before, but it was not for a long time, and he had but a vague general +idea of the city. + +Frank made inquiries of a kindly man who owned a clean little store on +one of the streets. The latter knew of places where Frank could board +and lodge for five dollars a week or about that and directed Frank to +them. They were all near University Place. He found the place without +difficulty. + +A slipshod servant answered the bell. + +"Have you got any small rooms?" asked Frank. + +"Yes," answered the girl. "Missus is out, but I'll show you a hall +bedroom, if you like." + +"I should like to see it." + +Frank followed the girl upstairs. + +He was not favorably impressed by the appearance of the interior. He did +not so much mind its being shabby, but he was repelled by the evident +lack of neatness. + +The girl threw open the door of a small hall bedroom at the head of the +stairs, but it looked so comfortless that he felt sure he should not +like it. He thought it best, however, to inquire the price. + +"Five dollars a week with board," answered the girl. + +"I don't think it will suit me," said our hero. + +"There's a larger room for seven dollars," said the servant. + +"No. I think I will look elsewhere." + +The next house was not much better, but the third was much neater and +more attractive, and Frank agreed to take a room at five dollars per +week. + +It was a small hall bedroom, but it looked clean, and the lady who +showed him about the house was very neat in her dress. + +"When will you come?" asked the lady. + +"Now," replied Frank, promptly. + +"Would you mind paying the first week in advance?" + +"Not at all. Here is the money." + +And Frank drew a five-dollar bill from his portemonnaie. + +"Thank you!" said the boarding-house keeper. "I have lost so much by +boarders going away owing me money that I am obliged to ask gentlemen to +pay in advance till I am well acquainted with them." + +"That is quite right," said Frank. "What is your dinner hour?" + +"Six o'clock. We have lunch at half-past twelve for the ladies, but if +any gentleman happens to be at home at that time, he can go in." + +Frank looked at his watch. It was only eleven o'clock and as so much of +the day remained, he decided, as soon as he had unpacked his valise, to +go downtown and look for a place without delay. + +"I shall not be here at lunch to-day," he said. "You may expect me at +dinner." + +There was a small bureau in the room--a piece of furniture not often +found in hall bedrooms. + +Frank deposited the contents of the valise in the bureau drawers, and +then went downstairs and out into the street. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +FRANK SEEKS EMPLOYMENT IN VAIN + + +It was a bright, pleasant day, and Broadway looked very lively. In spite +of his being alone in a strange city, with uncertain prospects, Frank +felt in good spirits. + +Boys of his age usually like excitement and bustle, and Frank was quick +to notice the shifting scenes of the great panorama. + +"Here are thousands of people," he reflected, "all of whom make a living +in some way. I don't see why I can't succeed as well as they." + +Some of the objects he saw amused him. + +In front of him walked an elderly man with a large placard strapped to +his back, on which was the advertisement of a "Great Clothing Emporium." + +"I don't think I should fancy that kind of employment," thought our +hero. + +As he was looking in at a shop window, a boy about his own age hailed +him. + +"I say, Johnny, what's the price of turnips?" + +"Do you want to buy any?" asked Frank quietly. + +"Well, I might. Have you got any with you?" + +"I am sorry I can't supply you," said Frank, coolly. "Up our way we keep +our cattle on turnips." + +"You ain't so green, after all," said the boy, laughing good-naturedly. + +"Thank you for the compliment!" + +"I suppose I look countrylike," thought Frank, "but it won't last long. +I shall get used to city ways." + +Close by he saw in a window the sign: + + "CASH BOY WANTED." + +Frank as not altogether certain about the duties of cash boys nor their +rate of compensation, but he made up his mind not to lose sight of any +chances, and accordingly stepped into the store. + +It proved to be a large dry-goods store. + +Near the entrance he met a tall man, with black whiskers. + +"Do you want any cash boys?" inquired Frank. + +"Are you inquiring for yourself?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"You are too large. Besides, you would not be satisfied with the wages?" + +"How much do you pay, sir?" + +"Two dollars a week." + +"No; I don't think I should like to work for that," said Frank. "Are +those cash boys?" he asked, pointing out some boys of apparently ten to +twelve years, old, who were flitting about from desk to counter. + +"Yes." + +"I see they are much younger than I. Excuse the trouble I have given +you!" + +"None whatever," said the man, politely. + +Frank left the store, and continued his walk down Broadway. + +He began to feel a little serious. It was evident that the boys did not +receive as large compensation for their services as he had supposed. + +The problem promised to be a perplexing one, but Frank was by no means +discouraged. In fact, if he had been, he would hardly have deserved to +be the hero of my story. + +Though Clinton Place is not very far uptown, it is a considerable walk +from this point to the Astor House. + +There was so much to see, however, that Frank did not become tired, nor +was he sensible of the distance. He walked a little beyond the Astor +House, and, crossing Broadway, turned down Fulton Street. + +On the left side of the street his attention was drawn to a restaurant, +and he was led by the prompting of appetite to enter. + +The prices he found to be reasonable, and the tables were already pretty +well filled with clerks and business men, who were partaking of their +midday lunch. + +Frank found that a plate of meat, with potato and a small supply of +bread and butter, could be obtained for fifteen cents. + +He afterward found restaurants where the same could be gotten for ten +cents, but generally there was a deficiency in quality or quantity, and +there was less neatness in serving the articles. + +Seated at the same table with Frank were two young men, neither probably +much over twenty. One appeared to be filling a regular clerkship. + +"What are you doing now, Jack?" he asked of the other. + +"I am in the tea business." + +"How is that?" + +"You know the Great Pekin Tea Company, of course?" + +"Yes." + +"Well, until I can get a place, I am selling for them." + +"How do you make out?" + +"I can't tell you, for I have only just commenced," said his friend. + +"How do they pay--salary or commission?" + +"They are to pay me a commission--twenty per cent on what I sell." + +"That is a good commission." + +"Yes; it is good enough, if I can make a fair amount of sales. There is +a good deal of uncertainty about it of course. I would much rather have +a place like yours." + +Frank listened with interest. He wondered whether the Great Pekin Tea +Company would employ him. If so, he would have a field for his energy, +and every inducement to work hard, since his pay would depend on the +amount of his sales. Besides, as an agent, he would occupy a +comparatively independent position, and Frank was ambitious enough to +enjoy this. + + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +AN ADVENTURE IN WALL STREET + + +When the two men at his table left the restaurant, Frank followed them. +At the door the two parted, the clerk going toward Broadway, while the +agent walked in the direction of Nassau Street. + +"I beg your pardon," said Frank, overtaking him; "but may I ask you a +question?" + +"Half a dozen, if you like," said the other, good-naturedly. + +"I overheard what you said about the Great Pekin Tea Company. Do you +think I could get a chance to sell for them?" + +"Oh, yes; there'll be no trouble about that!" + +"I am looking for something to do," continued Frank, "and I think I +should like to try that." + +"You'll find it uphill work," said the agent; "hard work and poor pay. I +shall leave it as soon as I can get a regular position. Can't you get a +place?" + +"Perhaps I can. I haven't tried very hard yet," answered Frank; "but I +find boys are paid so little that I can't make enough to live on. If I +were a man it would be different." + +"I don't believe you can make more than a boy's wages at selling tea," +said Frank's new acquaintance, "but you might try it." + +"Would you mind giving me a note to the company?" asked Frank. + +"I will write a line on one of my business cards," said the agent. "That +will be all you will need." + +He drew out a card and wrote a line commending Frank to the attention of +the company. + +Frank thanked him, and sought the direction given. + +Entering a large shop, not far from the Astor House, he looked about his +inquiringly. Around him were chests of tea, inscribed with Chinese +characters. A portly man addressed him. + +"Well, my boy, what can I do for you?" he asked. + +"Mr. Mason, one of your agents, has given me this card," said Frank. "He +thinks you might be willing to employ me." + +"We are ready to employ any competent person," said the gentleman; "but +you seem very young." + +"I am sixteen, sir." + +"That is young. Have you had any experience as an agent?" + +"No, sir?" + +The man questioned him further and finally accepted him. + +Frank was told that it would be well to take samples of different kinds +of teas with their respective prices attached, and seek orders for them +at private houses and groceries, noting down in a little book orders +obtained. Small quantities he could himself deliver, and large +quantities, should he be fortunate enough to obtain any, could be sent +out from the store by their general delivery. + +"What commission am I to get, sir?" inquired Frank. + +"Twenty per cent on parcels sold to private houses and ten per cent when +you sell to retail dealers. To the first you can charge a full price, +but it is necessary to sell at lower rates to dealers." + +"I understand, sir," said Frank. + +"When do you want to begin?" + +"To-morrow morning, sir. Where do you advise me to go?" + +"New York has been pretty well canvassed, except perhaps the upper part, +Harlem. It might be well to make a start in Brooklyn." + +"Very well, sir. I will call to-morrow and get samples." + +As Frank left the store, he reflected, with satisfaction: + +"I have only been a few hours in New York, and I have gotten employment +already." + +This reflection raised his spirits, and disposed him to regard the +future with a degree of confidence. He resolved to spend the rest of the +afternoon in walking about in the lower part of the city, and acquiring +a little familiarity with the streets, as this was a kind of knowledge +he was likely to need. + +He strolled down Broadway, admiring the massive and stately structures +that lined the streets on either side. Very soon he came to Trinity +Church, and, standing in front it, looked down Wall Street. He had heard +so much of this street that he felt inclined to turn from Broadway and +walk down its entire length. + +As he sauntered along a man whom he met scrutinized him sharply, as if +considering some plan. Apparently making up his mind, he stepped up to +Frank, and, touching him on the shoulder, said: + +"Boy, would you like a job?" + +Now Frank, though he had engaged to work for the Great Pekin Tea Company +was ready to accept any other proposal, and answered promptly: + +"Yes, sir." + +"That is right," said the man. "It is a mere trifle, but I am willing to +pay you a dollar." + +"What is it, sir?" + +"Do you see that window?" + +He pointed to a basement window, in which were exposed rolls of gold, +currency and greenbacks of different denominations, and English +sovereigns and French gold coins. + +"I want you to do me a little errand in there," he said. + +Frank was rather surprised that the man did not do his own errand, when +the broker's office was so near, but he had no objection to earning a +dollar and signified his willingness. + +"What I want you to do," said his new acquaintance, "is to sell some +government bonds for me." + +"Very well, sir." + +The man produced a large yellow envelope, already open. + +"In this envelope," he said, "are two five-twenty governments for a +hundred dollars each. Take them in and sell them, and bring the proceeds +to me." + +"All right, sir." + +Frank took the envelope, and entered the office of Jones & Robinson, +that being the style of the firm. + +He advanced to the counter, and singling out a clerk, said: + +"I want to sell these bonds." + +The clerk took them and drew them out of the envelope. Then he figured a +little on a slip of paper, and said: + +"They are worth two hundred and twenty-five dollars and twenty-five +cents." + +"All right, sir." + +"Will you take a check or currency?" + +Frank hesitated. + +"Perhaps I'd better ask the man I am getting them for." + +"Very well. You can bring them here to-morrow." + +"Oh, I will let you know in a minute! The man is just outside." + +This answer immediately excited suspicion. Frank was too little versed +in business ways to understand how singular it was for his principal not +to transact his own business under the circumstances, but the brokers +were necessarily keen, shrewd men. + +"Wait a minute," said the clerk; "I will speak to Mr. Jones." + +Mr. Jones came forward and addressed Frank. + +"Are you acquainted with the man who gave you these bonds to sell?" he +asked. + +"No, sir. I met him in the street." + +"Did he offer you any pay for selling them?" + +"Yes, sir. He is going to give me a dollar." + +"Will you go out and ask him to come in here a moment?" + +Frank obeyed. + +When his employer saw him coming, he asked, eagerly: + +"Have you got the money?" + +"No," answered Frank. "They asked me if I wanted a check or currency." + +"Either currency or gold," answered the man, hastily. "Go back at once, +and don't keep me waiting." + +"They want to see you, sir." + +"What for?" inquired the man, looking disturbed. + +"I don't know." + +"There is no need of my going in," said the man, angrily. "I paid you to +sell the bonds. Now go back." + +"He won't come," reported Frank. "He says I can attend to the business. +He will take either gold or currency." + +"No doubt," said Mr. Jones, significantly. "Thomas, go out with this +boy, and tell the man that employed him that we do not purchase bonds +unless we have a reasonable assurance that they belong to the person +offering them. We will take the liberty of retaining them, giving him a +receipt for them, and if we are satisfied, he can have his money +to-morrow." + +Robinson, who had been examining some newspaper slips, here came +forward, and said: + +"That is unnecessary. I find that these bonds are among those stolen +from the house of Henry Percival, Madison Avenue, a week since. We must +manage to delay the man while we notify the police." + +Frank was very much surprised to learn that he was acting as agent for a +bond robber, and was fearful that he might himself be regarded with +suspicion; but he need not have troubled himself on this score. Wall +Street men are good judges of human nature, and it was at once concluded +in the office that Frank was the dupe of a designing knave. + +A boy was dispatched to the nearest police office, and Frank was +directed to tell his principal that he would not long be delayed. + +Naturally, however, the man outside had become suspicious. + +"I can't wait," he said. "Meet me on the steps of the Astor House at +five o'clock with the money. I am obliged to hurry away now to a +business appointment." + +Frank could think of no other pretext for delaying him, and was forced +to see him hurry away. + +He hastened back to the office and gave the alarm. + +"He has taken fright," said Robinson. "I fear we have lost him. Where +did he go?" + +Frank, however, was too ignorant of city streets to give any accurate +information. + +The consequence was that when the policeman appeared on the scene, there +was no occasion for his services. + +"At any rate," said the broker, "we have secured a little of the +plunder. What is your name and address my boy? We may wish to +communicate with you." + +Frank gave his name, and added the directions of his boarding house. + +"Shall I meet the man at the Astor House?" he inquired, as he was +leaving the office. + +"To be sure!" said Mr. Jones. "I came near forgetting that. Officer, +will you be on hand at the time?" + +"Better employ a detective, sir, as my uniform would keep the thief at a +distance. I don't think he'll appear, at any rate." + +"I do," said the broker. "He won't give up the money while he thinks +there is a chance of securing it." + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +THE CAPTURE + + +At the hour named, Frank repaired to the Astor House, and took a +position on the steps. + +He looked about him for his street acquaintance, but could see no one +who bore any resemblance to him. + +Finally, a man dressed in a gray suit with a pair of green glasses, +walked carelessly up to our hero and said, in a low voice: + +"Have you got the money?" + +Frank looked at him in surprise. + +This man had thick, black whiskers, while the man who had employed him +had none at all, so far as he could remember. Besides, the green glasses +altered him considerably. + +To make sure that he was not deceived he inquired: + +"What money?" + +"You know very well," said the man, impatiently. "You are the boy whom I +employed to sell some bonds this morning." + +"You don't look like the same man," said Frank. + +"Because of my glasses. I have to wear them at times on account of the +weakness of my eyes." + +While he was speaking, a quiet-looking man approached and listened to +the conversation. + +"Then," said Frank, "you can tell me how many bonds you handed me." + +"They were two five-twenty government bonds of a hundred dollars each." + +"Correct, sir." + +"Then hand me the money and be quick about it, for I have no time to +waste! You shall have the dollar I promised you." + +But here the quiet-looking man took a part in the conversation. Passing +his arm through that of the man with the green glasses, he said: + +"I will trouble you to come with me." + +"How dare you touch me? Do you mean to insult me?" demanded the other, +struggling with captor. + +"I will make all clear in due time. You must come with me and explain +how you came in possession of the bonds you gave this boy." + +"They were put in my hands by an acquaintance. If there is anything +wrong, I am not to blame." + +"In that case no harm will come to you; but now you must come along." + +After his experience, Frank walked to his boarding place. He was quite +ready for six o'clock. + +When he entered the dining room, his hostess introduced him to all. + +A young man sat next to him and entered into conversation. + +"What do you do, Mr. Courtney?" + +"I have taken an agency to sell tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company. I +am to begin to-morrow." + +"I am afraid you won't like it. A friend of mine tried it once and came +near starving." + +This was not encouraging, but Frank was not going to despair before he +had fairly begun his work. + +"I find that boys receive such small wages," Frank continued, "that I +preferred to try an agency." + +"Quite true," said Mr. Preston, condescendingly. "When I started I was +paid a paltry sum; now I am not paid what I am worth. Still, twenty-five +dollars a week is fair." + +"Quite fair," responded Frank, who could not, of course, know that Mr. +Preston did not receive one-half of this sum, though he chose to give +that impression. + +After dinner, Preston was obliged to go back to the store where he was +employed. By invitation, Frank walked with him. + +Turning into Sixth Avenue they passed a saloon. + +"Won't you have something to drink, Courtney?" said Preston. + +"No, thank you, I never drink," answered Frank. + +"It will brace you up, and make you feel jolly. Better come in!" + +"I don't need bracing up," answered Frank, quietly. + +"Well, perhaps you are right," said Mr. Peter Preston. "I don't indulge +very often, but sometimes I feel like it." + +Some boys might have yielded to the temptation, but Frank had determined +that he would abstain from liquor, and kept his resolution. A boy who +comes to the city is exposed at every step to this peril, and needs a +firm will to withstand it. It is the fruitful source of crime and +misery, and does more to fill our prisons than any other cause. + +"This is my store," said Preston, as he pointed to a modest-looking shop +on the west side of the avenue. "I wish I could keep you company longer, +but business before pleasure, you know." + +Before returning to his boarding house, Frank sat down for a short time +in Washington Park, and reviewed his plans and prospects. He could not +tell how he would succeed in his tea agency; but if that failed, he was +resolved to try something else. + +He didn't feel homesick, for since his mother's death he had no longer +any home ties. Young as he was, he felt that one part of his life was +at an end, and that a new life and a new career were before him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +THE YOUNG TEA MERCHANT + + +The next morning, at breakfast, one of the gentlemen, who had been +running his eyes over the morning paper, said, suddenly: + +"Ah! I see they have caught one of the gang who robbed the house of Mr. +Percival, on Madison Avenue, a week ago." + +"Read the paragraph, Mr. Smith," said one of the boarders. + +Mr. Smith read as follows: + +"About noon yesterday a boy entered the banking house of Jones & +Robinson, in Wall Street, and offered for sale two one-hundred-dollar +government bonds. On inquiry, he said that the bonds belonged to a man +in the street, whom he had never before met, and who had offered him a +dollar to sell them. This naturally excited suspicion, and a policeman +was sent for. Before he could arrive the man had hastily departed, +requesting the boy to meet him at a specified hour in front of the Astor +House and hand him the money. He came to the rendezvous, but in +disguise, and, while talking to the boy, was arrested. It is understood +that he has agreed to turn State's evidence, and probably the entire sum +stolen, amounting to several thousand dollars, will be recovered." + +Frank listened to this paragraph with interest. He was glad that his +name was not mentioned in the account, as he didn't care for such +publicity. He ventured to ask a question. + +"Is Mr. Percival a rich man?" he asked. + +"Very rich," answered Mr. Smith. "He is not now in the city, but is +expected home from Europe in three or four weeks. His house was left in +charge of an old servant--a coachman--and his wife; but the burglars +proved too much for them." + +"I am glad they are caught," said Mrs. Fletcher. "It makes my blood run +cold to think of having the houses entered at night by burglars." + +"Preston," said Mr. Smith, jokingly, "I hope you have your bonds locked +securely up." + +"I don't believe the sharpest burglar can find them," said Preston. "I +only wish I could get hold of them myself." + +"The boy who helped to capture the burglar ought to be well rewarded," +said one of the boarders. + +"Don't you wish it had been you, Courtney?" said Mr. Preston. + +"It was," answered Frank, quietly. + +There was a great sensation upon this announcement. All eyes were turned +upon our hero--most, it must be admitted, with an expression of +incredulity. + +"Come, now, you are joking!" said Preston. "You don't really mean it?" + +"I do mean it," assured Frank. + +"Tell us all about it," said Mrs. Fletcher, who had her share of +curiosity. "I didn't suppose we had such a hero in our house." + +"It didn't require much heroism," said Frank, smiling. + +"Tell us all about it, at any rate." + +Frank told the story as simply as he could, much to the satisfaction of +the company. + +"You'll come in for a handsome reward, when Mr. Percival gets home," +suggested Mr. Smith. + +"I don't expect anything," said Frank. "I shall be satisfied if I get +the dollar which was promised me. I haven't received that yet." + +"I wish I were in your shoes--that's all I've got to say," said Preston, +nodding vigorously. "Will you sell out for five dollars?" + +"Cash down?" asked Frank, smiling. + +"Well, I'll give you my note at thirty days," said the Sixth Avenue +salesman, who seldom kept five dollars in advance of his liabilities. + +"I won't sell what I haven't got," said Frank. "Probably I shall hear +nothing from Mr. Percival." + +After breakfast Frank went downtown and sought the store of the Great +Pekin Company. + +After half an hour's delay--for there were others in advance of him--he +was fitted out with samples and started for Brooklyn. + +It was his first visit to that city, but he had received some directions +which made his expedition less embarrassing. + +At the ferry he took a Flatbush Avenue car, and rode up Fulton Street, +and past the City Hall, up Fulton Avenue, for nearly a mile. + +Here were interesting streets, lined with comfortable houses--for Frank +had made up his mind first to try private houses. He had with him a few +pound parcels of tea, which he thought he could perhaps succeed in +disposing of at such places. + +He selected a house at random, and rang the bell. + +A servant answered the ring. + +Frank felt rather embarrassed, but there was no time to hesitate. + +"I have some samples of tea with me," he began, "of excellent quality +and at reasonable prices." + +"It's no use," said the girl, abruptly. "We never buy of peddlers," and +she closed the door in his face. + +"Not a very good beginning," thought Frank, rather mortified. "So I am a +peddler," he said to himself, and he called to mind the agents and +peddlers who in past years had called at the Cedars. + +With some compunction, he remembered that he had regarded them with some +contempt as traveling nuisances. Now he had entered the ranks of this +despised class, and he began to see that they might be perfectly +respectable, and were estimable persons, animated by a praiseworthy +desire to make an honest living. + +Thus thinking, he called at another door. + +It was opened, not by a servant, but by an elderly maiden lady, who had +rather a weakness for bargains. + +"I've got some nice tea," said Frank, "which I should like to sell you. +It is put up by the Great Pekin Company." + +"Are you sure it's nice?" asked the elderly lady. "We've been getting +ours at the grocery store on the avenue, and the last wasn't very good." + +"You'd better try a pound of ours," said Frank. + +"I don't know but I will," said the lady. "How much do you charge?" + +"I have some at fifty cents, some at sixty and some at seventy." + +"I guess I'll take the sixty." + +Frank had a pound parcel ready, which he delivered to her, and received +his money. + +"Seems to me you are pretty young for a peddler," said the lady, +regarding Frank with curiosity. + +"Yes, ma'am." + +"How old be you?" + +"Sixteen." + +"Been long in the business?" + +"No, ma'am; I've only just commenced." + +"You don't say so! Do you make much money at it?" + +"I haven't made much yet. I should be glad to supply you with some more +tea when this is gone." + +"Well, you can call if you are round this way. If I like it, I will try +you again." + +Frank's spirits rose. + +His profits on the pound of tea were twelve cents. This was not much, +certainly, but it was a beginning. + +At the next three houses he sold nothing, being rather rudely rebuffed +at one. At the fourth house, the servant called her mistress, a kind, +motherly-looking woman, who seemed to regard Frank with more interest +than his merchandise. + +"I hope you are succeeding well," she said, kindly. + +"This is my first day," said Frank, "and I have made one sale." + +"I have a son who is an agent like you, but he didn't begin so young. +He is now traveling in the West." + +"What is he selling?" asked Frank, with interest. + +"Dry goods. He travels for a wholesale house in New York." + +"I suppose he is a young man." + +"Yes; he is twenty-five, but he began at nineteen in a small way. He +sometimes got quite discouraged at first. That is why I feel interested +in any who are passing through the same experience." + +These pleasant words cheered Frank. Only at the nearest house he had +been called a tramp, but here he found that he was regarded with +consideration. + +"It is rather uphill work," said Frank. + +"And you seem very young." + +"I am sixteen." + +"Are you entirely dependent on what you earn?" asked the lady, +sympathizingly. + +"Not entirely," answered the young merchant, "but I hope to make a +living in this or some other way. Can I sell you any?" he asked, +hopefully. + +"I believe we have some on hand. Still tea will always keep, and I would +like to help you along." + +The kind-hearted lady took three pounds--two at sixty cents and one at +seventy. This gave Frank a profit thirty-eight cents and put him in good +spirits. + +He worked his way back to the avenue on the other side of the street, +and coming to a grocery store, entered. + +It occurred to him that he would try to sell some at wholesale. + +Frank was so young that the dealer did not suppose him to be an agent, +and asked what he would like to buy. + +"I came to sell, not to buy," said Frank. + +"What are you dealing in?" asked the grocer. + +"I have several samples of tea," said our hero. "If you will give me an +order, I will have it sent to you to-morrow." + +The grocer found, upon examination, that his stock was getting low, and +gave Frank an order, but he was obliged to sell below the regular price, +and only cleared three cents a pound. Still, on a sale of twenty-five +pounds, this gave him seventy-five cents, which was very encouraging. + +Adding up his profits, thus far, Frank found that his commission +amounted to a dollar and a quarter, which exceeded his anticipations. + +He continued his calls, but sold only one pound besides, at fifty cents, +netting him ten cents more. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +FRANK MEETS MR. MANNING AND MARK + + +The next morning Frank resumed his tea agency. As on the day previous, +he went to Brooklyn; but, though I should be glad to say that he was +more successful than on the first day, truth compels me to state that +the day was a comparative failure. + +It might be that he was unfortunate in the persons whom he visited, but +at all events, at the close of his labors he found that his commissions +amounted to less than fifty cents. He contented himself, therefore, with +a ten-cent lunch, and crossed Fulton Ferry between three and four +o'clock. + +"This will never do," thought Frank, seriously. "I shall have to be +economical to make my earnings cover my incidental expenses, while my +board and lodging must be defrayed out of the money I have with me." + +Frank was disappointed. It is easy to think of earning one's living, but +not quite so easy to accomplish it. A boy, besides being ignorant of the +world, is inexperienced, and so disqualified for many avenues of +employment which are open to men. It is generally foolish for a boy to +leave a good home and start out for himself, unless the chances are +unusually favorable for him. If he does it, however, he should not allow +himself to be easily discouraged. + +If Frank had given up the business in which he was engaged simply +because he had met with one unsuccessful day, I should not have been +willing to make him the hero of my story. + +"This will never do," thought Frank. "I must make a greater effort +to-morrow." + +The next day his commission amounted to a dollar, and the fourth day to +a dollar and twelve cents. + +"You are doing well," said his employer. "You are doing better than the +majority of our agents." + +In one way this compliment was satisfactory. In another way it was not +encouraging, for it limited his prospects. Frank began to think that he +would never be able to make his entire expenses as a tea agent. + +I don't propose to speak in detail of Frank's daily experiences, but +only to make mention of any incidents that play an important part in +his history. + +He was returning from Jersey City on the tenth day of his agency, when +in the gentleman's cabin he saw, directly opposite, two persons whom he +had reason to remember. + +They were Mark Manning and his father. + +Little reason as he had to like either, they reminded him of home, and +he felt pleased to meet them. + +He instantly crossed the cabin, and offered his hand to his stepfather, +who had not yet seen him. + +"When did you arrive, Mr. Manning?" he asked. + +"Why, it is Frank!" exclaimed Mr. Manning, with an appearance of +cordiality. "Mark, do you see Frank?" + +"Yes, I see him," replied Mark, coldly. + +"Haven't you anything to say to him?" asked his father, who was much +more of a gentleman than his son. + +"How are you?" said Mark, indifferently. + +"Thank you for your kind inquiry," said Frank, more amused than vexed, +for he cared very little for his stepbrother's friendship. "I am in very +good health." + +"And how are you getting along?" asked his stepfather, with an +appearance of interest. "Are you in any business?" + +"Yes," answered Frank. + +"What are you doing?' asked Mark, inspired a little by curiosity. + +"I am agent for a wholesale tea house in New York," Frank answered, +briefly. + +"You don't say so!" exclaimed Mark, rather impressed. "What is the name +of the firm?" + +"The Great Pekin Tea Company." + +"Does it pay well?" asked his stepbrother. + +"I have met with very fair success," replied Frank. + +"I congratulate you, Frank," said Mr. Manning. "Your energy and +enterprise are creditable--extremely creditable. I always predicted that +you would succeed--didn't I, Mark?' + +"I don't remember hearing you say so," said Mark. + +Mr. Manning shrugged his shoulders. + +"Nevertheless," he said, "I have often made the remark." + +"Where do you live?" asked Mark. + +"I board in Clinton Place." + +"A very respectable street," said Mr. Manning. + +Frank now thought it was his turn to become questioner. + +"How long do you remain in the city, Mr. Manning?" he asked. + +"Not long--only a day or two," said his stepfather. + +"We sail for Europe on Saturday," interposed Mark, "on the Cunard +steamer." + +"Indeed! I wish you a pleasant voyage." + +"I am sorry you won't go with us, Frank," said his stepfather, +cautiously. "You remember I gave you the chance to do so, and you +desired to devote yourself immediately to business." + +"Yes, sir. I would rather remain in New York." + +"It might possibly be arranged now, if you desire to go," said Mr. +Manning, hesitatingly. + +"No, thank you, sir." + +"Well, perhaps you are right," said his stepfather, considerably +relieved. + +"What parts of Europe do you expect to visit?" asked Frank. + +"We shall visit England, France, the Rhine, Switzerland, and perhaps +Italy." + +"I hope you will enjoy it." + +"Thank you; I think we shall." + +Frank checked a sigh. It was certainly tantalizing. If he could travel +with congenial friends, he felt that he would very much enjoy such a +trip; but with Mark in the party there would be little pleasure for him. + +"We are staying at the St. Nicholas Hotel," said Mr. Manning. "I would +invite you to come and dine with us, but I have an engagement first, and +don't know when we shall dine." + +"Thank you, all the same," said Frank. + +They had reached the New York side, and were walking toward Broadway. It +was necessary for Frank to go to the tea store, and he took leave of his +stepfather and Mark, again wishing them a pleasant voyage. + +"I hate that boy!" said Mark, as they walked away. + +"You should not indulge in any such disagreeable feelings, Mark," said +his father. + +"Don't you hate him?" + +"Certainly not." + +"One would think by your soft manner that you loved him," said Mark, who +was not noted for the respect with which he treated his father. + +"Really, Mark, I am shocked by your strange words." + +"What made you invite him to go to Europe with us?" + +"I knew he would not go." + +"He might have accepted, and then we should have been in a pretty +pickle." + +"Mark," said his father, rather irritated, "will you be kind enough to +leave me to manage my own affairs? I believe I have succeeded pretty +well so far." + +"Yes, you have," Mark admitted. "All the same, we'd better keep clear of +Frank till we get safely off on the steamer." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +A DISCOURAGING DAY + + +The next day was indeed a trying one and one of many experiences for +Frank. + +The first lady did not buy any tea, to be sure, but seemed sorry that +she was already supplied, and questioned Frank as to what success he was +meeting with. + +When twelve o'clock came, Frank had not sold a single pound. Even if he +earned nothing however, he had an appetite and must buy lunch. + +He entered a small oyster saloon, and went up to the proprietor. + +"Can I sell you some tea?" he asked. + +"No, I guess not. I get my tea in Harlem." + +"Take a couple of pounds," said Frank, "and I will take part of the pay +in lunch." + +"That is business," said the other. "Let me look at your tea." + +Frank showed him his samples. + +"Who employs you?' + +"The Great Pekin Tea Company." + +"They have a good name. Yes, I will try a couple of pounds at fifty +cents." + +This, of course, came to a dollar, and Frank's profit on the sale +amounted to twenty cents. This was precisely the cost of the lunch which +he ordered, so that he felt well satisfied with the arrangement. + +He left the saloon in better spirits, and resumed his travels from house +to house. + +I am sorry to say, however, that though he certainly exerted himself to +the utmost in the interests of the Great Pekin Tea Company and his own, +he did not sell another pound of tea that day. + +About three o'clock he got on board a Third Avenue horse car, bound +downtown and sat quietly down in a corner. + +"Harlem doesn't seem to be a very promising field for an agent," he said +to himself. "Perhaps it isn't fair to judge it by the first day. Still, +I don't think I shall have courage to come here to-morrow. I would +rather go to Jersey City or Brooklyn." + +Frank got off the cars at the Bible House and walked to his boarding +house, where a disagreeable surprise was in store for him. + +The night brought perplexity to Frank, but not discouragement. He was +naturally hopeful, and, in a large city like New York, he felt that +there are always chances of obtaining employment, provided he could +maintain his position, as he would have been able to do if he had not +lost the thirty-five dollars which his fellow boarder had stolen. Now, +however, circumstances were materially changed. + +One thing was tolerably clear to Frank, and this was, that he must give +up his agency. He had tried it, and been unsuccessful. That is, he had +failed to earn money enough to support himself, and this was necessary. + +As to what he should take up next, Frank was quite in the dark. As a boy +in a counting room he would be paid not more than four dollars a week, +if he could gain such a situation, which was by no means certain. + +The more he thought about the matter the more perplexed he felt, and it +was in an uncomfortable frame of mind that he came down to breakfast the +next morning. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +PERPLEXITY + + +He went out as usual after breakfast, and then walked leisurely +downtown. He proposed to go to the shop of the Great Pekin Tea Company +and resign his agency. He was on the watch during his walk for any +opportunities to repair his unlucky loss: + +At one place he saw a notice: + + "BOY WANTED." + +Though he felt sure the compensation would not be sufficient to allow of +his accepting it, he thought it would do no harm to make inquiry, and +accordingly entered. + +It was an extensive retail store, where a large number of clerks were +employed. + +"Is a boy wanted here?" asked Frank of the nearest salesman. + +"Yes. You may inquire at the desk." + +He pointed to a desk some distance back, and Frank went up to it. + +"You advertise for a boy," he said to a tall, stout man, who chanced to +be the proprietor. "Is the place filled." + +"No," was the answer; "but I don't think it would suit you." + +"Do you think I would not be competent, sir?" + +"No, that is not the difficulty. It would not be worth your acceptance." + +"May I inquire what are the duties, sir?" + +"We want a boy to open the door to customers, and this would not be +worth your accepting." + +"No, sir. Thank you for explaining it to me." + +The gentleman was favorably impressed by Frank's polite and gentlemanly +manners. + +"I wish I had a place for you," he said. "Have you ever had any +experience in our line of business?" + +"No, sir; I have very little experience of any kind. I have acted for a +short time as agent for a tea company." + +"You may leave your name if you like, and I will communicate with you if +I have a vacancy which you can fill." + +Frank thanked the polite proprietor and walked out of the store. + +Though this is a story written for boys, it may be read by some business +men, who will allow me to suggest that a refusal kindly and +considerately expressed loses half its bitterness, and often inspires +hope, instead of discouragement. + +Frank proceeded to the office of the tea company and formally resigned +his agency. He was told that he could resume it whenever he pleased. + +Leaving the store, he walked down Broadway in the direction of Wall +Street. + +He passed an elderly man, with stooping shoulders and a gait which +showed that he was accustomed to live in the country. + +He was looking about him in rather an undecided way. His glance happened +to rest on Frank, and, after a little hesitation, he addressed him. + +"Boy," he said, "do you live around here?" + +"I live in the city; sir." + +"Then I guess you can tell me what I want to know." + +"I will if I can, sir," said Frank, politely. + +"Whereabouts is Wall Street?" + +"Close by, sir. I am going that way, and will be happy to show you." + +Frank had no idea his compliance with the stranger's request was likely +to have an important effect up his fortunes. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +FRANK HEARS SOMETHING TO HIS ADVANTAGE + + +"My name," said the stranger, "is Peters--Jonathan Peters, of +Craneville, Onondaga County. I am a farmer, and don't know much about +New York. I've got a few hundred dollars that I want to put into +government bonds." + +"All right," said Frank, "there won't be any difficulty about it." + +"I've heerd there are a good many swindlers in New York," continued Mr. +Peters. "The squire--Squire Jackson, of our village--perhaps you may +have heard of him?" + +"I don't think I have, Mr. Peters." + +"Well, the squire told me I'd better take good keer of my money, as +there were plenty of rascals here who would try to cheat me out of it." + +"That is true, Mr. Peters. Only yesterday I was robbed of thirty-five +dollars by a man who boarded in the same house." + +"You don't say so?" + +"He opened my trunk and took out my pocketbook while I was absent on +business." + +"I wouldn't dare to live in York!" said the farmer, whose apprehensions +were increased by Frank's story. + +By this time they had reached the office of Jones & Robinson, with whom, +it will be remembered, Frank had once before had dealings. + +"If you will come in here, Mr. Peters," said our hero, "you will be sure +of honorable treatment. I will introduce you if you like." + +"I should be obleeged if you would," said the farmer. "Out in Craneville +I am to home, but I ain't used to York business men, and don't know how +to talk to them." + +It pleased Frank to find that, in spite of his inexperience, he was able +to be of service to one more unaccustomed than himself to city scenes +and city ways. + +He walked up to the counter, followed by the farmer, and said: + +"This gentleman wishes to buy some government bonds. I told him that he +could transact his business here." + +"Thank you! Mr. Benton, you may attend to this gentleman." + +Frank was about to leave the office, when Mr. Robinson called him back. + +"You have been in the office before, have you not?" he asked. + +"Yes, sir." + +"Are you not the boy who assisted in the capture of the man who robbed +Mr. Henry Percival, of Madison Avenue?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I thought so. I have been trying to find you for the last week." + +Naturally Frank looked surprised. + +"Mr. Henry Percival was at that time in Europe," said Mr. Robinson. "On +his return, a week since, he called on us, and expressed a desire to +have you call upon him. We had mislaid or lost your address, and were +unable to give him the information he desired." + +Frank's heart beat high with hope as the broker spoke. + +"Perhaps," he thought, "Mr. Percival may offer me a situation of some +kind, and I certainly am greatly in need of one." + +"Did Mr. Percival recover all his bonds?" he asked. + +"Nearly all," answered Mr. Robinson. "He considered himself exceedingly +fortunate, and he certainly was so." + +"Do you know how much he was robbed of?" asked Frank. + +"Rather over five thousand dollars. Of this sum all has been recovered +except three bonds of a hundred dollars each. Mr. Percival is a rich +man, and he won't miss that small amount." + +"I wish I were rich enough not to miss three hundred dollars," thought +our hero. "If I had my rights, I could say the same." + +Just now, in his extremity, Frank thought regretfully of the fortune he +had lost. Had he been so situated as to be earning enough to defray all +his expenses, he would scarcely have given a thought of it. + +"You had better go up to see Mr. Percival this evening," said the +banker, "if you have no other engagement." + +"Even if I had an engagement, I would put it off," said Frank. "Will you +give me Mr. Percival's number?" + +"No. 265," said Mr. Robinson. + +Frank noted it down and left the office. By this time Mr. Peters had +completed his business, and was ready to go out, also. + +"I'm much obliged to you," he said to Frank. "I was afraid I'd get into +a place where they'd cheat me. I guess Mr. Jones and Robinson are pretty +good folks." + +"I think you can depend upon them," said Frank. + +"If ever you come to Craneville, I should like to have you stay a few +days with me on my farm," said Mr. Peters, hospitably. "We are plain +folks, but will treat you about right." + +"Thank you, Mr. Peters. If I ever come to Craneville, I shall certainly +call upon you." + +Frank had something to look forward to in his approaching interview with +Mr. Percival. He had been able to do this gentleman a service, and it +was not unlikely that the capitalist would wish to make him some +acknowledgment. Frank did not exaggerate his own merits in the matter. +He felt that it was largely owing to a lucky chance that he had been the +means of capturing the bond robber. However, it is to precisely such +lucky chances that men are often indebted for the advancement of their +fortunes. + +While he was in a state of suspense, and uncertain what Mr. Percival +might be disposed to do for him, he decided not to exert himself to +obtain any employment. If he should be disappointed in his hopes, it +would be time enough to look about him the following day. + +What should he do in the meantime? + +He determined to treat himself to an excursion. From the end of the +Battery he had often looked across to Staten Island, lying six miles +away, and thought it would prove a pleasant excursion. Now, having +plenty of time on his hands, he decided to go on board one of the boats +that start hourly from the piers adjoining the Battery. The expense was +but trifling and, low as Frank's purse was, he ventured to spend the +amount for pleasure. He felt that he needed a little recreation after +the weeks of patient labor he had spent in the service of the Great +Pekin Tea Company. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +AN INCIDENT IN A STREET CAR + + +When Frank returned to the city, he walked slowly up through the Battery +to the foot of Broadway. He passed the famous house, No. 1, which, a +hundred years ago, was successively the headquarters of Washington and +the British generals, who occupied New York with their forces, and soon +reached the Astor House, then the most notable structure in the lower +part of the city. + +With his small means, Frank felt that it was extravagant to ride uptown, +when he might have walked, but he felt some confidence in the success of +his visit to Mr. Percival, and entered a Fourth Avenue horse car. It so +chanced that he seated himself beside a pleasant-looking young married +lady, who had with her a young boy about seven years old. + +Soon after the car started the conductor came around to collect the +fares. + +Frank paid his, and the conductor held out his hand to the lady. + +She put her hand into her pocket to draw out her purse, but her +countenance changed as her hand failed to find it. + +Probably no situation is more trying than to discover that you have lost +or mislaid your purse, when you have an urgent use for it. The lady was +evidently in that predicament. Once more she searched for her purse, but +her search was unavailing. + +"I am afraid I have lost my purse," she said, apologetically, to the +conductor. + +This official was an ill-mannered person, and answered, rudely: + +"In that case, ma'am, you will have to get off." + +"I will give you my card," said the lady, "and will send double the fare +to the office." + +"That won't do," said the man, rudely. "I am responsible for your fare, +if you stay on the car, and I can't afford to lose the money." + +"You shall not lose it, sir; but I cannot walk home." + +"I think you will have to, madam." + +Here Frank interposed. He had been trained to be polite and considerate +to ladies, and he could not endure to see a lady treated with rudeness. + +"Take the lady's fare out of this," he said. + +"And the boy's, too?" + +"Of course." + +The lady smiled gratefully. + +"I accept your kindness, my young friend," she said. "You have saved me +much annoyance." + +"I am very glad to have had the opportunity," said Frank, politely. + +"Of course, I shall insist upon reimbursing you. Will you oblige me with +your address, that I may send you the amount when I return home?" + +A boy of less tact than Frank would have expostulated against repayment, +but he knew that this would only embarrass the lady, and that he had no +right, being a stranger, to force such a favor upon her. He answered, +therefore: + +"Certainly, I will do so, but it will be perfectly convenient for me to +call upon you." + +"If it will give you no trouble, I shall be glad to have you call any +evening. I live at No. ---- Madison Avenue." + +Now it was Frank's turn to be surprised. The number mentioned by the +lady was that of the house in which Mr. Henry Percival lived. + +"I thought Mr. Percival lived at that number?" said Frank. + +"So he does. He is my father. Do you know him?" + +"No; but I was about to call on him. This morning Mr. Robinson, a broker +in Wall Street, told me that he wished to see me." + +"You are not the boy who caused the capture of the bondholder?" asked +the lady, quickly. + +"Yes, I am the boy, but I am afraid I had less to do with it than has +been represented." + +"What is your name?" + +"Frank Courtney." + +"My father is very desirous of meeting you, and thanking you for what +you have done. Why have you not called before?" + +"I did not know till to-day that your father had returned. Besides, I +did not like to go without an invitation." + +"I will invite you," said the lady, with a pleasant smile, "and I, as +well as my father, will be glad to see you. And now let me introduce you +to my little son. Freddie, would you like to see the boy that caught the +robber?" + +"Yes, mamma." + +"Here he is. His name is Frank." + +The little boy immediately began to ask questions of Frank, and by the +time they reached the Cooper Institute Frank and he were well +acquainted. + +"Don't get out, Frank," said Freddie. + +"I am going home, Freddie." + +"You must come and see me soon," said the little boy. + +"Now you have three invitations," said the lady. + +"I will accept them all," said Frank. + +And, with a bow, he left the car. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +FRANK MAKES AN EVENING CALL + + +After supper Frank walked slowly up to Mr. Percival's residence. Now +that he knew two members of the family, he looked forward with pleasure +to the call he was about to make. His prospects seemed much brighter +than when he woke up in the morning. + +On reaching the house of Mr. Percival, he saw at a glance that it was +the residence of a wealthy man, and the hall, into which he was first +admitted, was luxurious in its appearance. But Frank had been brought up +to the enjoyment of wealth, and he felt more at home here than in the +rather shabby boarding house in Clinton Place. + +A colored servant opened the door. + +"Is Mr. Percival at home?" he asked. + +"Yas, sah." + +"I should like to see him." + +"What name, sah?" + +"Frank Courtney." + +"Step in, sah, and I will 'form Mr. Percival," said the colored servant, +in a consequential tone that amused Frank. + +Frank stepped into the hall, but he was not left long without attention. +Little Freddie ran downstairs, eagerly calling out: + +"Did you come to see me, Frank?" + +"Yes," answered Frank, smiling; "but I came to see your grandfather, +too." + +"Come, and I will show you where he is," said the little boy, taking +Frank's hand. + +The two went up the staircase and into a handsomely furnished room, made +attractive by pictures and books. + +In a large armchair sat a pleasant-looking elderly man, of about sixty. + +"Grandpa," said the little boy, "this is Frank. He wants to see you." + +Mr. Percival smiled. + +"I am glad to see you, Frank," he said. "It seems, my boy, that you are +already acquainted with my daughter and grandson." + +"Yes, sir. I was fortunate enough to meet them to-day." + +"You relieved my daughter from some embarrassment." + +"I am glad to have had the opportunity, sir." + +Frank's manner was easy and self-possessed, and it was evident that Mr. +Percival was favorably impressed by him. + +"Take a seat," he said, "while I ask you a few questions." + +Frank bowed and obeyed. + +"Let me sit in your lap, Frank," said Freddie. + +Our hero took the little boy in his lap. + +With Freddie, it was certainly a case of friendship at first sight. + +"Won't he trouble you?" asked his grandfather. + +"No, sir. I like young children." + +Mr. Percival now proceeded to interrogate Frank. + +"Your name is Frank Courtney. Have you been long in the city?" + +"No, sir; only a few weeks." + +"What led you to come here?" + +"I wished to earn my living." + +"What that necessary? You do not look like a poor boy." + +"I was brought up to consider myself rich," said Frank. + +"Indeed! Did you lose your property?" + +"Perhaps I had better tell you how it happened, sir." + +"If you don't object, I should be glad to hear." + +Frank gave a brief statement of his position, and the circumstances that +led him to leave his home and go out into the world. + +Mr. Percival listened thoughtfully. + +"It is a singular story," he said, after a pause. "Your stepfather's in +Europe, then?" + +"Yes, sir; at least he sailed for Europe." + +"Have you heard from him?" + +"No, sir." + +"Do you expect to hear?" + +"I think not." + +"He can't feel much interest in you." + +"I don't think he does," answered Frank. "Still, I can't say that he has +treated me unkindly." + +"Do you suspect that your stepfather has wronged you in the matter of +the property?" + +"I would rather not answer that question, sir. I might wrong Mr. +Manning, and I have no proof to offer." + +"I understand you, and I applaud your discretion. It does you credit. +Some time or other the mystery may be cleared up, and the wrong, if +there is one, may be righted. I can't understand, however, how this Mr. +Manning should be willing to leave you dependent upon your own exertions +with such a scanty provision as twenty-five dollars a quarter." + +"I didn't ask for any more; and, besides, Mr. Manning offered to take me +to Europe with his son Mark." + +"Do you think that he was sincere in the offer?" + +"I don't think he expected me to accept it, and I am sure that it would +have been very disagreeable to Mark to have me in the party." + +"Have you any objections to telling me how you have succeeded in your +efforts to make a living?" asked the old gentleman, with a keen but +kindly glance. + +"I have been disappointed, sir," was the candid reply. + +"I am not surprised to hear it. A boy brought up as you have been cannot +rough it like a farmer's son or a street boy." + +"I think I could, sir; but I should not like to." + +"Precisely. Now, I am not sure that you acted wisely in undertaking a +task so difficult, since it was not necessary, and your stepfather could +hardly have refused to support you at home. However, as you have taken +the decisive step, we must consider what is best to do under the +circumstances. What work have you been doing?" + +"I have been selling tea for the Great Pekin Tea Company." + +"How have you succeeded?" + +"I have not been able to pay expenses," Frank admitted. + +"How have you made up the difference?" + +"I brought about fifty dollars with me from home." + +"Is it all used up?" + +"I had thirty-five dollars left, sir, but a day or two since one of my +fellow boarders opened my trunk and borrowed it without leave." + +"Of course you won't recover it?" + +"I don't think there is much chance of it, sir." + +"Then probably your money is nearly exhausted?" + +Frank did not like to admit his poverty, but owned up that he had less +than two dollars. + +"And yet you paid the car fares of this little boy and his mother?" + +"I hope, sir, I would not refuse to assist a lady when in trouble." + +Mr. Percival nodded two or three times, smiling as he did so. He was +becoming more and more favorably impressed without young hero. + +"Do you mean to continue this tea agency?" he asked. + +"No, sir; I have already notified my employers that I do not care to +continue it." + +"Have you anything else in view?" + +Frank felt that now was the time to speak. + +"I came here this evening," he said, "intending to ask you if you knew +of any situation I could fill, or could recommend me to employment of +any kind by which I might make a living." + +"I must consider that. Have you thought of any particular employment +which you would like?" + +"No, sir; I cannot afford to be particular. I will do anything that is +honest, and at all suitable for me." + +"What would you consider unsuitable?" + +"I should not wish to black boots, for instance, sir. It is honest work, +but I ought to be suited to something better." + +"Of course; What education have you had? Good, I suppose?" + +"I am nearly ready for college." + +"Then you are already fairly well educated. I will put you to a test. +Sit up to the table, and take paper and pen. I will dictate to you a +paragraph from the evening paper, which I should like to have you write +down." + +Frank obeyed, though, in doing so, he was obliged to set Freddie down, +rather to the little fellow's dissatisfaction. + +Mr. Percival selected a short letter, written by some public man, which +chanced to have found a place in the evening journal. + +Frank wrote rapidly, and when his copy was finished submitted it to Mr. +Percival. + +The old gentleman took it, and, running his eye over it, noticed that it +was plainly written, correctly spelled and properly punctuated. This +discovery evidently gave him satisfaction. + +"Very creditably written," he said. "I have known boys nearly ready for +college who could not copy such a letter without blundering. I am glad +that your English education has not been neglected while you have been +studying the classics." + +Frank was gratified by Mr. Percival's commendation, though he could not +see in what manner his education was likely to bring him employment. It +was desirable, however, to produce a favorable impression on Mr. +Percival, and he could not help hoping something would result to his +advantage. + +At this moment Freddie's mother entered the room, and greeted Frank with +a cordial smile. + +"Freddie," she said, "it is time for you to go to bed." + +"I don't want to leave Frank," said Freddie. + +"Frank will come and see you again." + +"Will you, Frank?" + +Frank made the promise, and Mrs. Gordon--for that was her name--left the +room, promising to return before Frank went away. + +He was now left alone with the old gentleman. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +FRANK IS OFFERED A POSITION + + +Mr. Percival engaged Frank in conversation on general topics while Mrs. +Gordon was out of the room. His young visitor had been an extensive +reader, and displayed a good deal of general information. Moreover, he +expressed himself intelligently and modestly, and deepened the favorable +impression which he had already succeeded in making. + +I should like to call the attention of my young readers to the fact that +Frank was now reaping the advantage of the time he had devoted to study +and the cultivation of his mind. + +A boy who starts in life with a fair education always stands a better +chance than one who is poorly provided in that respect. + +It is true that many of our prominent public men have started with a +very scanty supply of book-learning, but in most cases it has only +transferred the labor of study to their maturer years. + +President Andrew Johnson did not learn to read and write until after he +had attained his majority, but he made up his early deficiencies later. + +Abraham Lincoln, when nearly thirty, devoted his leisure hours to +mastering the problems in Euclid, and thus trained and strengthened his +mental faculties so that he was enabled to grapple with the difficult +problems of statesmanship in after years. + +Henry Wilson commenced attending an academy after he had reached the age +of twenty-one. + +The fact is, no boy or man can be too well equipped for his life-work. + +I hope my boy readers will not skip the paragraphs above, for they can +learn from them a useful lesson. + +When Mrs. Gordon returned, she placed in Frank's hands a small sum of +money, saying: + +"Allow me to repay my debt, with many thanks." + +"You are quite welcome," answered our hero. + +He had too much tact to refuse the money, but quietly put it into his +pocket. + +"Helen," said Mr. Percival, "I would like a word with you. We will leave +our young friend here alone for five minutes." + +"Certainly, father." + +The two went into an adjoining room, and Mr. Percival commenced by +asking: + +"How do you like this boy, Helen?" + +"Very much. He seems to have been brought up as a gentleman." + +"He has. Till a short time since he supposed himself the heir to a +fortune." + +"Indeed!" said Mrs. Gordon, with curiosity. + +Briefly, Mr. Percival rehearsed the story which Frank had told him. + +"What a shame!" exclaimed Mrs. Gordon, indignantly. "His stepfather +ought to be punished:" + +"That may come in time. Wickedness does not always prosper. But as +regards our young friend, I have a plan in view." + +"What is it, father?" + +"I find he has an excellent education, having been nearly ready for +college when the crisis in his fortunes came. I have been thinking +whether we could not find a place for him in this house. My eyes, you +know, are so weak that they are often strained by attention to my +correspondence and reading. I have an idea of engaging Frank Courtney as +a sort of private secretary, upon whom I can at any time call. Of +course, he would have his home in the house." + +"There will be no difficulty about that. Our family is small, and we +have plenty of vacant rooms. But, father, will he be qualified to +undertake the duties you have designed for him? He is very young." + +"That is true, my dear; but he is remarkably well educated. I have +tested his capacity by dictating a letter for him to copy." + +"Did he do the work satisfactorily?" asked Mrs. Gordon. + +"Without a single mistake." + +"Then, father, I would not hesitate to engage him. Freddie likes him, +and will be delighted to have him in the house." + +"Another idea, Helen. It is time Freddie began to study. Suppose we make +him Freddie's private tutor--say for an hour daily?" + +"That is really an excellent idea, father," said Mrs. Gordon, in a tone +of satisfaction. "It will please and benefit Freddie, and be a relief to +me. Do you think Frank will have patience enough?" + +"I watched him with the little fellow, and I could see that he liked +children. I am sure he will succeed in this as well as in the duties +which he will undertake for me." + +"I suppose he will have no objection to the plan?" + +"I think he will accept gladly. He has had a hard struggle thus far in +maintaining himself, and I can relieve him from all anxiety on that +score. I am indebted to him for helping me to recover my bonds, and +this will be an excuse for offering him a larger salary than the +services of so young a secretary could be expected to command." + +"Very well, father. Your plan pleases me very much, and I shall be glad +to have Frank commence to-morrow, if he chooses. Now let us return to +the library." + +While father and daughter were absent Frank had taken from the table a +volume of "Macaulay's History," and had become interested in it. + +He laid it down upon their return. + +Mr. Percival resumed his easy-chair, and said, with a smile. + +"My daughter and I have been consulting about you." + +Frank bowed, and his hopes rose. + +"I suppose you are open to an offer of employment?" + +"I am not only open to it, Mr. Percival, but I shall be grateful for +it." + +He could not help wondering what sort of employment Mr. Percival was +about to offer him. He concluded that it might be a place in some +business house. + +"The fact is," said the old gentleman, "I have a great mind to offer you +the situation of my private secretary." + +Frank was astonished. This was something he had not thought of. + +"Do you think I am qualified to fill such a position, Mr. Percival?" he +asked, hesitatingly. + +"The duties would not be difficult," returned the old gentleman. "Though +not in active business, the care of my property, and looking after my +scattered investments, involves me in considerable correspondence. My +eyes are not as strong as they once were, and I find them at times taxed +by letter-writing, not to mention reading. You can relieve me very +materially." + +"I shall be very glad to do so, sir. The duties will be very agreeable +to me." + +"But that is not all. My daughter proposes to employ you as private +tutor for Freddie." + +Frank smiled. + +"I think my scholarship will be sufficient for that," he said. + +Frank was to receive $50 a month and board. This was wonderful news to +him. Mr. Percival with great forethought paid him a month's salary in +advance. Frank went home happy. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + +FRANK AS PRIVATE SECRETARY + + +The next day Frank transferred his residence to Madison Avenue. He was +assigned to a pleasant room, decidedly superior, it need hardly be said, +to his room at Clinton Place. It seemed agreeable to him once more to +enjoy the comforts of a liberal home. + +Frank had had some doubts as to how he would satisfy Mr. Percival in his +capacity of private secretary. + +He was determined to do his best, but thought it possible that the old +gentleman might require more than he could do well. He looked forward, +therefore, with some apprehension to his first morning's work. + +Mr. Percival, though not engaged in active business, was a wealthy man, +and his capital was invested in a great variety of enterprises. +Naturally, therefore, he received a large number of business letters, +which required to be answered. + +The first day he dictated several replies, which Frank put upon paper. +He wished, however, to put Frank's ability to a severe test. + +"Here are two letters," he said, "which you may answer. I have noted on +each instructions which you will follow. The wording of the letters I +leave to you." + +"I will try to satisfy you sir," said Frank. + +Our hero was a good writer for his age. Moreover, he had been well +trained at school and did not shrink from the task assigned him. + +He read carefully the instruction of his employer, and composed the +letters in strict accordance with them. + +Mr. Percival awaited with some interest the result of his experiment. If +Frank proved competent to the task assigned him, his own daily labor +would be considerably abridged. + +"Here are the letters, sir," said our hero, passing the drafts to Mr. +Percival. + +The old gentleman examined them carefully. As he did so, his face +expressed his satisfaction. + +"Upon my word, Frank," he said, familiarly, "you have done your work +exceedingly well. They are brief, concise and yet comprehensive. I +feared that you would use too many words." + +"I am glad you are pleased, sir. Dr. Brush trained us to write letters, +and he cut down our essays when they were too diffuse." + +"Then I feel indebted to Dr. Brush for providing me with so competent a +young secretary. You will be able to assist me even more than I +anticipated. I shall, of course, read over your letters before they are +sent, to make sure that you have fully comprehended and carried out my +instructions, but I don't expect they will need much correction." + +Frank was much gratified by these words. This was the only point on +which he had felt at all doubtful as to his ability to please his +employer. + +Sometimes, when his eyes pained him more than usual, Mr. Percival also +employed him to read to him from the daily papers, or from some book in +which he was interested, but this did not occur regularly. + +Every day, however, Frank was occupied with Freddie. The little boy knew +his alphabet, but nothing more, so that his young teacher had to begin +with him at the beginning of the primer. + +He succeeded in interesting his little pupil, and did not protract his +term of study so as to weary him. + +Finding that the little fellow was fond of hearing stories, he read to +him every day a story or two from Hans Christian Andersen, or from a +collection of German fairy stories, and sometimes went out to walk with +him. + +Freddie was delighted with his teacher, and freely expressed his +approval to his mother and grandfather. + +"Really, Frank," said Mrs. Gordon, "I shall begin to be jealous of your +hold upon Freddie. I am not sure but he likes your company better than +mine." + +"I don't think Freddie will prefer anyone to his mother," said Frank; +"but I am glad he likes to be with me." + +"You have certainly proved very successful as a private tutor, Frank," +said Mrs. Gordon, "and my father tells me you succeeded equally well as +a secretary." + +"It is partly because you both treat me so indulgently," answered Frank, +gracefully. + +This answer pleased Mr. Percival and Mrs. Gordon, who more than ever +congratulated themselves upon the lucky chance that had thrown Frank in +their way. + +Assuredly he made himself very useful in the small household, +contributing to the comfort and pleasure of Freddie, his mother and +grandfather in nearly equal measure. + +While Frank's monthly salary was of great value and importance to him, +it was nothing to Mr. Percival in comparison with the pleasure and +relief afforded by his presence in the house. + +It must not be supposed, however, that Frank's time was wholly occupied +by the duties of his two positions. Usually he had several hours daily +at his disposal, and these he was allowed to spend as he pleased. + +Part of this he occupied in visiting different localities of the city +and points of interest in the neighborhood, and part in reading and +study. + +Mr. Percival had a large and well-selected library, which, to a boy of +Frank's studious tastes, was a great attraction. + +He entered upon a course of solid reading, embracing some of the +standard histories, and devoted some hours every week to keeping up his +acquaintance with the Greek and Latin authors which he had read at +school. + +In this way his time was well and usefully employed, and the weeks +slipped by till almost before he was aware six months had passed. + +One afternoon Frank walked down Broadway enjoying the bright sunshine. +Just in front of the St. Nicholas Hotel he heard his name called and +looking up he recognized with some surprise, Pliny Tarbox, his cousin +from Newark. + +Pliny asked many questions as to what Frank was doing and how much money +he was making. Frank told him of his good fortune in obtaining the +position he held with Mr. Percival and the two parted--Frank the much +happier of the two. + +Pliny urgently invited Frank to visit them but Frank would rather remain +in New York. + +"I hope I shall never think so much of money as Pliny and his father," +thought Frank. "Money is a good thing to have but there are some things +that are better." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + +A LETTER FROM MR. TARBOX + + +Frank did not speak to Mr. Percival's family of his meeting with Pliny. +It was not pleasant to him to think that he was valued only for his good +fortune. He had seen but little of the Tarbox family, but he understood +very well what their professions of friendship amounted to, and that +they were not to be relied upon in an emergency. + +He was not much surprised on Monday afternoon to receive the following +letter from Erastus Tarbox: + +"My Dear Young Cousin:--We have been wondering what has become of you, +and Mrs. T. and myself have often wished to invite you to pass a Sabbath +at our humble home. Not knowing your address, I could not write to you, +or I should have done so. You can imagine, therefore, the pleasure we +felt when Pliny told us that he had met you, and gave us tidings of your +remarkable success, which I am sure does you great credit. + +"He tells me that you fill a very responsible position, and receive a +very liberal salary. I could wish that Pliny might be equally fortunate, +and shall esteem it a great favor if you will mention him to your +respected employer, and recommend him for any lucrative position which +he may bestow upon him. Pliny is a very capable boy, and has been +carefully trained to habits of frugality and industry. + +"Can you not soon come out and pass a Sabbath with us? The esteem which +we have for your late lamented mother alone would secure you a cordial +welcome, not to speak of the friendship for yourself. Pliny often says +that you seem to him like a brother, and he would truly enjoy your +companionship. + + "Your sincere friend and cousin, + Erastus Tarbox." + +The time was when Frank would have put confidence in the friendly +expressions used by Mr. Tarbox, but his eyes had been opened, and he +understood that if misfortune should come to him, it would not do to +lean upon his cousins at Newark. + +Frank wrote a civil reply to Mr. Tarbox, thanking him for his +invitation, but saying that at present it would not be convenient for +him to accept it. He added that should an opportunity offer he would be +glad to assist Pliny to a better position than he now held. + +In spite of his wish to be cordial, his letter was felt by the Tarbox +family to be cold, and they regretted that they had not treated him +better during his brief visit to them. + +But then how could they suppose he would be so successful? If the time +should ever come when he recovered his property, they would be prepared +to make a determined effort to convince him that they had always been +his affectionate friends. + +About this time Frank received another letter, which afforded him +greater satisfaction than the one from Newark. + +This letter was from Col. Vincent, who, it will be remembered, had +purchased Ajax when Mr. Manning persisted in selling him. It was as +follows: + +"My Dear Frank: I learned incidentally from one of our townsmen, who +recently met you in New York, that you have been very successful in +obtaining employment, and that of an honorable and responsible +character. It relieved my mind, for, knowing how hard it is for a boy to +make his own way in a large city, I feared that you might be suffering +privation, or living poorly. I hope, however, you would in that case +have applied to me for such help as your father's old friend would have +been glad to offer. + +"Your stepfather has not been heard from directly. I learn, however, +from some friends who have met him abroad that he is having trouble with +Mark, who is proving difficult to manage, and has contracted a dangerous +taste for gaming. Mr. Manning was obliged to leave Baden-Baden on +account of this unfortunate tendency, and is even thinking of returning +to the Cedars, where his son will be removed from temptation. To this, +however, Mark will be likely to make strenuous opposition. He will find +it dull to settle down here after having tasted the gayety of Europe." + +Here followed a little local gossip, which the writer thought might +prove interesting to Frank, and the letter concluded with a cordial +invitation to our hero to spend a Sunday with him, or a longer time, if +he could be spared from his duties. + +Frank was disposed to accept the invitation, but his acceptance was +postponed by an unusual service which he was called upon to render to +Mr. Percival. + +Of this the reader will hear everything in the next chapter. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + +MR. PERCIVAL'S PROPOSAL + + +One morning, after writing several letters for his employer, the young +secretary asked Mr. Percival if he had any further commands. + +The old gentleman answered thoughtfully: + +"I have been thinking of asking you to do me an unusual service." + +"I shall be very glad to serve you in any way, Mr. Percival," said +Frank, promptly. + +"I have no doubt of it," said the old gentleman, kindly. "I have +observed your willingness to undertake any duty, and, still more, your +disposition to perform it thoroughly. In this particular case, however, +I have been considering whether a boy of your age would be competent to +do what I desire." + +Frank was not self-distrustful, neither was he over-confident. He was +naturally energetic and ambitious to distinguish himself, and not +afraid to undertake any difficult task. + +"Will you try me, Mr. Percival?" he said. "I will do my best to +succeed." + +"I am quite inclined to try you, Frank," said Mr. Percival; "the more so +because I know of no one else in whom I could confide. But I must give +you an idea of what I have in view. It would require you to make a +journey." + +Frank listened to this gladly. To a boy of his age, who had seen but +little of the world, a journey offered attractions. + +"I should like to travel," he said. + +"I have no doubt about that," said Mr. Percival, smiling. "At your age I +am sure I should have been equally willing to see something of the +world, though traveling involved at that time far more hardships than at +present. Now, however, I like best to stay by the fireside, and should +dread very much a journey to Minnesota." + +"To Minnesota!" exclaimed Frank, with sparkling eyes. + +He had not thought of a journey so extended. + +"Yes; it would be necessary for you to go out to Minnesota. Ordinarily, +a man can best look after his own affairs; but in the present instance, +I suspect that you could do better than myself. I don't mean this as a +compliment, but a boy like you would not be suspected, and so could +discover more than I, from whom facts would be studiously concealed. +But, of course, you don't understand my meaning. I will explain, and +then you can comprehend me." + +Frank was all attention. + +"You must know that I own a good deal of property in a certain township +in Southern Minnesota. When a young man, I bought three hundred and +twenty acres of land in the township of Jackson, obtaining it at a +slight advance on government rates. + +"Some improvements had been made, and I was induced to visit the place. +I found but three families in residence, but I saw also that the place +had large natural advantages, water-power, etc., and presented an +unusually favorable site for a village. I had considerable means, and +started the village by erecting a dozen houses, a store, a sawmill, +gristmill, and so on. + +"This formed a nucleus, and soon quite a village sprang up. The sawmill +and gristmill proved profitable, all my houses were tenanted, and I +erected more, securing also additional land. In course of time I was +induced to sell some of my houses, but I still own two stores, a dozen +houses, the saw and gristmills, besides two outlying farms. + +"Living so far away, I could not attend personally to the business +connected with my investment, and was compelled to appoint an agent. Up +to four years since, I was fortunate enough to possess the services of a +capable and trustworthy man, named Sampson. He died after a few weeks' +illness, and I was compelled to look out for a successor. + +"Now, I had a distant cousin, who had never succeeded very well in life, +and was at that time seeking for employment of some kind. He heard of +the vacancy, and importuned me to appoint him as my agent in Jackson. I +had no reason to doubt his honesty, though his repeated failures might +well have led me to suspect his capacity. I was weak enough, as I now +consider it, to yield to his importunities and give him the post he +sought. + +"The result was that during the first year of his incumbency the amount +turned over to me was only three-fourths as much as in the last year of +his predecessor. The second year there was a further falling off. The +same happened the third year, until at the present time my rents amount +to less than half what they were in Mr. Sampson's time. + +"Of course, my suspicions that my cousin was at least inefficient were +aroused long since. I have repeatedly asked an explanation of the +diminished revenues, and plenty of excuses have been made, but they do +not seem to me satisfactory. + +"Moreover, I have heard a rumor that Mr. Fairfield is intemperate in his +habits, and I have considerable reason to believe that the story is +correct. I have made up my mind that something must be done. A regard +for my own interests requires that if my agent is unfaithful he should +be displaced, and I wish to find out from some reliable source the true +state of the case. + +"Now I will tell you what I have in view. I propose to send you out to +Jackson to investigate and report to me your impressions of the manner +in which Mr. Fairfield discharges his duties, and whether you think a +change should be made in the agency." + +Frank listened to Mr. Percival with a flushed face and a feeling of +gratification and pride that he should be thought of in connection with +a responsible duty. + +"I am very much obliged to you, Mr. Percival," he said, "for thinking of +me in such a connection. You may feel that I am presumptuous for +thinking I have any chance of successfully accomplishing what you +desire, but if you are willing to trust me, I am willing to undertake +it, and by following your instructions closely, and doing my best, I +think I can succeed." + +"I am willing to trust you, Frank," said Mr. Percival. "You are a boy, +to be sure, but you have unusually good judgment, and I know you will be +faithful to my interests. I understand, then, that you are willing to go +out as my accredited representative?" + +"Yes, sir. When do you want me to start?" said Frank, promptly. + +"As soon as you can get ready." + +"I will start to-morrow, if you desire it, sir." + +"Let it be to-morrow, then. We will now discuss some of the details +connected with the mission." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + +PREPARING FOR A JOURNEY + + +After receiving certain instructions from Mr. Percival in regard to the +manner of carrying on his inquiries, Frank said: + +"There is one thing I have thought of, Mr. Percival, that may interfere +with my success." + +"What is it, Frank? I shall be glad to receive any suggestion from you." + +"I have been thinking, sir, that it may excite surprise that I should +come to Jackson, and remain there without any apparent motive. Perhaps +Mr. Fairfield might suspect that I came from you." + +"I hardly think so, Frank. He would not suppose that I would select so +young a messenger. Still, it will be well to think of some pretext for +your stay. Can you help me?" + +"I have been thinking, sir, that I might fit myself out as an agent, or +peddler, or something of the kind. It would not only give me an excuse +for my journey, but enable me to call from house to house and pick up +information about Mr. Fairfield." + +"A capital idea, Frank. I see that you are better fitted for the task +than I supposed. I give you authority to fit yourself out in any way you +choose. I shall have to leave a great deal to your own judgment." + +"Then, sir, I think I might lay in a stock of stationery, pens and +articles of that nature. Probably this is so common that I would be +thought to be nothing more than I seemed." + +"That strikes me rather favorably, Frank." + +"I could fit myself out in the city, and take the articles along with me +in an extra valise or carpetbag." + +"Let me suggest an amendment to your plan," said Mr. Percival. "Wait +till you get to Chicago, and lay in your stock there. The advantage of +that arrangement will be that you will be saved the care of your +merchandise up to that point, and, as you may be asked where you +obtained your stock, it will create less surprise if you mention Chicago +than New York. It would be considered hardly worth while for a New York +boy to go so far on such a business--" + +This seemed to Frank an excellent suggestion and he instantly adopted +it. + +The next day Frank started on his long journey. He carried with him a +supply of money provided by Mr. Percival, and he was authorized to draw +for more if he should require it. + +He divided this money into two portions, keeping a small sum in his +pocketbook, but the greater part of it in an inside vest pocket, where +it would not be likely to be looked for by pickpockets. + +This arrangement was suggested by Mr. Percival. + +"I once experienced," he said, "the disadvantage of carrying all my +money in one pocket. I was in a Southern city, or, rather, on my way to +it, when an adroit pickpocket on the car relieved me of my wallet +containing all my available funds. I did not find out my loss till I had +arrived at the hotel and registered my name. You can imagine my +embarrassment. It was my first visit to that particular city, and I had +no acquaintances there, so far as I was aware. Had I mentioned my +position to the landlord, he might very probably have taken me for an +adventurer, traveling on false pretenses." + +"What did you do, sir?" asked Frank, interested. + +"I took a walk about the city, my thoughts occupied in devising a way +out of my trouble. To my great relief, I had the good fortune, during +the walk, to meet a New York acquaintance, who knew very well my +financial standing. I told him of my difficulty, and he immediately +introduced me at a bank, where I raised money on a New York draft. I +resolved, however, at that time, never again to carry all my money in +one pocketbook, as boats and railroad trains on the long routes are +generally infested by pickpockets and sharpers." + +Frank at once set about preparing for his journey. + +He bought a ready-made suit of blue cloth, not unlike that worn by the +district telegraph boys of to-day, which he judged would look more +suitable than his ordinary attire for the character he was about to +assume of a traveling peddler. + +He bought a through ticket to the railroad point nearest Jackson, and +then, bidding good-bye to Mr. Percival and his family, started on his +trip. + +Little Freddie made strenuous opposition to parting with his favorite, +but Frank promised to bring him home a present, and this diverted the +little fellow's thoughts. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + +FRANK REACHES JACKSON + + +It was four o'clock in the afternoon when Frank Courtney left the cars +and set foot on the platform before the station at Prescott, five miles +distant from the town of Jackson, in Southern Minnesota. + +He looked about him, but could see no village. + +Prescott was a stopping place for the cars, but there was no settlement +of any account there, as he afterward found. + +He had supposed he would find a stage in waiting to convey him to +Jackson, but it was clear that the business was not large enough to +warrant such a conveyance. + +Looking about him, Frank saw a farm wagon, the driver of which had +evidently come to receive some freight which had come by rail. + +Approaching the driver, who seemed to be--though roughly dressed--an +intelligent man, Frank inquired: + +"How far is Jackson from here, sir?" + +"Five miles," was the answer. + +"Is there any stage running there from this depot?" + +"Oh, no! If there were, it wouldn't average two passengers a day." + +"Then I suppose I must walk," said Frank, looking rather doubtfully at +the two heavy valises which constituted his baggage. + +"Then you are going to Jackson?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I come from Jackson myself, and in fifteen minutes shall start on my +way back. You may ride and welcome." + +"Thank you, sir!" said our hero, quite relieved. "I hope you will allow +me to pay you as much as I should have to pay in a stage." + +"No, no, my lad," said the farmer, heartily. "The horse can draw you as +well as not, and I shall be glad to have your company." + +"Thank you, sir!" + +"Just climb up here, then. I'll take your baggage and put it on the +wagon behind." + +When the farmer had loaded up, he started up the team. Then, finding +himself at leisure, he proceeded to satisfy his curiosity by +cross-examining his young passenger. + +"Do you come from the East?" he asked. + +"I am last from Chicago," answered Frank, cautiously. + +"I suppose you've got some friend in Jackson?" ventured the farmer, +interrogatively. + +Frank smiled. + +"You are the only man living in Jackson that I ever met," he said. + +"Indeed!" said the driver, puzzled. "Are you calculating to make a long +stay in our village?" he asked again, after a minute's pause. + +"That depends on business," answered the young traveler. + +"Are you in business?" + +"I have a stock of stationery which I shall offer for sale in Jackson," +answered Frank. + +"I am afraid you'll find it rather a poor market. If that's all you have +to depend upon, I am afraid you'll get discouraged." + +"I am also agent for an illustrated book," said Frank. "I may be able to +dispose of a few." + +"Perhaps so," answered the farmer, dubiously. "But our people haven't +much money to spend on articles of luxury, and books are a luxury with +us." + +"I always heard that Jackson was a flourishing place," said Frank, who +felt that now was his time to obtain a little information. + +"It ought to be," said the farmer; "but there's one thing prevents." + +"What is that?" + +"A good deal of our village is owned by a New York man, to whom we have +to pay rent. He has a rascally agent--a Mr. Fairfield--who grinds us +down by his exactions, and does what he can to keep, us in debt." + +"Has he always been agent?" + +"No. Before he came there was an excellent man--a Mr. Sampson--who +treated us fairly, contented himself with exacting rents which we could +pay, and if a man were unlucky, would wait a reasonable time for him to +pay. Then we got along comfortably. But he died, and this man was sent +out in his place. Then commenced a new state of things. He immediately +raised the rents; demanded that they should be paid on the day they were +due, and made himself harsh and tyrannical." + +"Do you think the man who employs him knows how he is conducting his +agency?" Frank inquired. + +"No; there is no one to tell him. I suppose Mr. Fairfield tells him a +smooth story, and he believes it. I am afraid we can hope for no +relief." + +"What would he say," thought Frank, "if he knew I were a messenger from +Mr. Percival?" + +"What sort of a man is this Mr. Fairfield in private life?" he asked. + +"He drinks like a fish," was the unexpected reply. "Frequently he +appears on the street under the influence of liquor. He spends a good +deal of money, lives in a large house, and his wife dresses expensively. +He must get a much larger salary than Mr. Sampson did, or he could not +spend money as he does." + +Though Frank had not much worldly experience, he could not help coming +to the conclusion that Mr. Fairfield was acting dishonestly. He put +together the two circumstances that this new agent had increased the +rents, and yet that he had returned to Mr. Percival only about half as +much as his predecessor had done. Clearly, he must retain in his own +hands much more than he had a right to do. + +"I shall have to report unfavorably on this man," he thought. + +One point must be considered--where he was to find a boarding place on +his arrival in Jackson. + +"Is there a hotel in Jackson?" he asked. + +"There is a tavern, but it's a low place," answered the farmer. "A good +deal of liquor is sold there, and Mr. Fairfield, our agent, is one of +the most constant patrons of the bar." + +"I don't think I should like to stop there," said Frank. "Isn't there +any private family where I can get board for a week or two?" + +"If you don't object to plain fare," said the farmer, "I might agree to +board you myself." + +This was precisely what Frank wanted, and he replied that nothing would +suit him better. + +"We live humbly," continued Mr. Hamlin--for this, Frank learned, was his +driver's name--"but we will try to make you comfortable." + +"I feel sure of that, sir, and I am much obliged to you for receiving +me." + +"As to terms, you can pay whatever you can afford. My wife and children +will be glad to see you. It's pretty quiet out here, and it breaks the +monotony to meet any person from the East." + +"How long have you lived in Jackson, Mr. Hamlin?" + +"About eight years. I was not brought up as a farmer, but became one +from necessity. I was a bookkeeper in Chicago for a good many years, +until I found the confinement and close work were injuring my health. +Then I came here and set up as a farmer. I got along pretty well, at +first; at any rate, I made a living for my family; but when Mr. +Fairfield became agent, he raised my rent, and, in other ways, made it +hard for me. Now I have a hard struggle." + +"I thought you were not always a farmer," said Frank. + +"What made you think so?" + +"You don't talk like a farmer. You have the appearance of a man who has +lived in cities." + +"Seems to me you are a close observer, for a boy of your years," said +Mr. Hamlin, shrewdly. + +Frank smiled. + +"I should be glad if your compliment were deserved," he answered. "It's +a pity you were not agent, instead of Mr. Fairfield," suggested Frank, +pointedly. + +"I wish I were," answered Hamlin. "I believe I should make a good one, +though I might not turn over as much money to my employer. I should, +first of all, lower the rents and make it as easy for the tenants as I +could in justice to my New York principal." + +"Do you know how much Mr. Fairfield receives--how large a salary, I +mean?" + +"I know what Mr. Sampson got--twelve hundred dollars a year; but Mr. +Fairfield lives at the rate of more than twice that sum, if I can judge +from appearances." + +"I suppose you would be contented with the salary which Mr. Sampson +received?" + +"Contented! I should feel like a rich man. It would not interfere with +my carrying on my farm, and I should be able to make something from +that. Why, it is as much as I received as a bookkeeper, and here the +expenses of living are small, compared with what they were in Chicago. I +could save money and educate my children, as I cannot do now. I have a +boy who wants a classical education, but of course there are no schools +here which can afford it, and I am too poor to send him away from home. +I suppose I shall have to bring him up as a farmer, though it is a great +pity, for he is not fitted for it." + +Mr. Hamlin sighed, but Frank felt in unusually good spirits. He saw his +way clear already, not only to recommend Mr. Fairfield's displacement, +but to urge Mr. Hamlin's appointment in his stead; that is, if his +favorable impressions were confirmed on further acquaintance. + +"It seems to me," said the driver, changing the subject, "you might find +something better to do than to peddle stationery." + +"I don't mean to follow the business long," answered Frank. + +"It can't pay much." + +"I am not wholly dependent upon it," said our hero. "There is one +advantage about it. It enables me to travel about and pay my expenses, +and you know traveling is agreeable to a boy of my age." + +"That is true. Well, your expenses won't amount to much while you are in +Jackson. I shall only charge you just enough to cover expenses--say +three dollars a week." + +Frank was about to insist on paying a larger sum, but it occurred to him +that he must keep up appearances, and he therefore only thanked his kind +acquaintance. + +By this time they had entered the village of Jackson. + +"There's Mr. Fairfield now!" said Mr. Hamlin, suddenly, pointing with +his whip to a rather tall, stout man, with a red nose and inflamed +countenance, who was walking unsteadily along the sidewalk. + +Frank carefully scrutinized the agent, and mentally decided that such a +man was unfit for the responsible position he held. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV + +DICK HAMLIN + + +Mr. Hamlin stopped his horse a quarter of a mile from the village in +front of a plain farmhouse. + +An intelligent-looking boy, of perhaps fifteen, coarsely but neatly +dressed, approached and greeted his father, not without a glance of +surprise and curiosity at Frank. + +"You may unharness the horses, Dick," said Mr. Hamlin. "When you come +back, I will introduce you to a boy friend who will stay with us a +while." + +Dick obeyed, and Frank followed his host into the house. + +Here he was introduced to Mrs. Hamlin, a motherly-looking woman, and +Annie and Grace, younger sisters of Dick. + +"I am glad to see you," said Mrs. Hamlin, to our hero, after a brief +explanation from her husband. "We will try to make you comfortable." + +"Thank you!" said Frank. "I am sure I shall feel at home." + +The house was better furnished than might have been anticipated. When +Mr. Hamlin left Chicago, he had some money saved up, and he furnished +his house in a comfortable manner. + +It was not, however, the furniture that attracted Frank's attention so +much as the books, papers and pictures that gave the rooms a homelike +appearance. + +"I shall be much better off here than I would have been at the tavern," +he thought. "This seems like home." + +"I see," said Mr. Hamlin, "that you are surprised to see so many books +and pictures. I admit that my house does not look like the house of a +poor man, who has to struggle for the mere necessaries of life. But +books and periodicals we have always classed among the necessities, and +I am sure we would all rather limit ourselves to dry bread for two out +of the three meals than to give up this food for the mind." + +"I think you are a very sensible man, Mr. Hamlin," said Frank. "I +couldn't get along without something to read." + +"Not in this out-of-the-way place, at any rate," said Mr. Hamlin. +"Nothing can be more dismal than the homes of some of my neighbors, who +spend as much, or more, than I do every year. Yet, they consider me +extravagant because I buy books and subscribe for periodicals." + +By this time, Dick came in from the barn. + +"Dick," said his father, "this is Frank Courtney, who comes from Chicago +on a business errand. He is a traveling merchant--" + +"In other words, a peddler," said Frank, with a smile, "ready to give +the good people in Jackson a chance to buy stationery at reasonable +prices." + +"He will board with us while he is canvassing the neighborhood, and I +expect you and he will become great friends." + +"I think we shall," said Frank. + +Dick was a little shy, but a few minutes set him quite at ease with his +new acquaintance. + +After supper, Frank said: + +"Dick, if you are at leisure, I wish you would take a walk about the +village with me. I want to see how it looks." + +"All right," said Dick. + +When the two left the house, the country boy began to ask questions. + +"How do you like your business?" he asked. + +"Not very well," answered Frank. "I do not think I shall stay in it very +long." + +"Do you sell enough to make your expenses?" asked Dick. + +"No; but I am not wholly dependent on my sales. I have a little +income--a hundred dollars a year--paid me by my stepfather." + +"I wish I had as much. It seems a good deal to me." + +"It doesn't go very far. What are you intending to be, Dick?" + +"I suppose I shall have to be a farmer, though I don't like it." + +"What would you like to be?" + +"I should like to get an education," said Dick, his eyes lighting up. "I +should like to study Latin and Greek, and go to college. Then I could be +a teacher or a lawyer. But there is no chance of that," he added, his +voice falling. + +"Don't be too sure of that, Dick," said Frank Frank, hopefully. +"Something may turn up in your favor." + +"Nothing ever does turn up in Jackson," said the boy, in a tone of +discouragement. "Father is a poor man, and has hard work to get along. +He can give me no help." + +"Isn't the farm productive?" + +"There is no trouble about that, but he has to pay too high a rent. It's +all the fault of Fairfield." + +"The agent?" + +"Yes." + +"Your father was telling me about him. Now, if your father were in his +place, I suppose he could give you the advantages you wish." + +"Oh, yes! There would be no trouble then. I am sure he would make a +better and more popular agent than Mr. Fairfield; but there is no use +thinking about that." + +"I expected myself to go to college," said Frank. "In fact, I have +studied Latin and Greek, and in less than a year I could be ready to +enter." + +"Why don't you?" asked Dick. + +"You forget that I am a poor peddler." + +"Then how were you able to get so good an education?" asked Dick, in +surprise. + +"Because I was once better off than I am now. The fact is, Dick," he +added, "I have seen better days. But when I was reduced to poverty, I +gave up hopes of college education and became what I am." + +"Wasn't it hard?" + +"Not so much as you might suppose. My home was not happy. I have a +stepfather and stepbrother, neither of whom I like. In fact, there is no +love lost between us. I was not obliged to leave home, but under the +circumstances I preferred to." + +"Where are your stepfather and your stepbrother now?" + +"They are traveling in Europe." + +"While you are working hard for a living! That does not seem to be +just." + +"We must make the best of circumstances, Dick. Whose is that large house +on the left?" + +"That belongs to Mr. Fairfield. + +"He seems to live nicely." + +"Yes, he has improved and enlarged the house a good deal since he moved +into it--at Mrs. Percival's expense, I suppose." + +"He seems to have pretty much his own way here," said Frank. + +"Yes. Mr. Percival never comes to Jackson, and I suppose he believes all +that the agent tells him." + +"He may get found out some time." + +"I wish he might. It would be a great blessing to Jackson if he were +removed and a good man were put in his place." + +"That may happen some day." + +"Not very likely, I am afraid." + +At this moment Mr. Fairfield himself came out of his front gate. + +"Hello, Hamlin!" he said, roughly, to Dick. "Is your father at home?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I have something to say to him. I think I will call round." + +"You will find him at home, sir." + +"Dick," said Frank, when the agent had passed on, "do you mind going +back? What you tell me makes me rather curious about Mr. Fairfield. At +your house I may get a chance to see something of him." + +"Let us go back, then," said Dick; "but I don't think, Frank, that you +will care much about keeping up the acquaintance." + +"Perhaps not; but I shall gratify my curiosity." + +The two boys turned and followed the agent closely. They reached the +house about five minutes after Mr. Fairfield. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI + +MR. FAIRFIELD, THE AGENT + + +The two boys found Mr. Fairfield already seated in the most comfortable +chair in the sitting room. + +He looked inquiringly at Frank when he entered with Dick. + +"Who is that boy, Hamlin?" inquired the agent. "Nephew of yours?" + +"No, sir. It is a young man who has come to Jackson on business." + +"What kind of business?' + +"I sell stationery," Frank answered for himself. + +"Oh, a peddler!" said the agent, contemptuously. + +"Many of our most successful men began in that way," said Mr. Hamlin, +fearing lest Frank's feelings might be hurt. + +"I never encourage peddlers myself," said Mr. Fairfield, pompously. + +"Then I suppose it will be of no use for me to call at your door," said +Frank, who, in place of being mortified, was amused by the agent's +arrogance. + +"I should say not, unless your back is proof against a broomstick," +answered Fairfield, coarsely. "I tell my servant to treat all who call +in that way." + +"I won't put her to the trouble of using it," said Frank, disgusted at +the man's ill manners. + +"That's where you are wise--yes, wise and prudent--young man." + +"And now, Hamlin," said the agent, "I may as well come to business." + +"To business!" repeated the farmer, rather surprised, for there was no +rent due for a month. + +"Yes, to business," said Fairfield. "I came to give you notice that +after the next payment I shall feel obliged to raise your rent." + +"Raise my rent!" exclaimed the farmer, in genuine dismay. "I am already +paying a considerably higher rent than I paid to your predecessor." + +"Can't help it. Old Sampson was a slow-going old fogy. He didn't do his +duty by his employer. When I came in, I turned over a new leaf." + +"I certainly got along better in his time." + +"No doubt. He was a great deal too easy with you. Didn't do his duty, +sir. Wasn't sharp enough. That's all." + +"You certainly cannot be in earnest in raising my rent, Mr. Fairfield," +said the farmer, uneasily. + +"I certainly am." + +"I can't live at all if you increase my rent, which is already larger +than I can afford to pay, Mr. Fairfield." + +"Then I must find a tenant who can and will," said the agent, +emphatically. + +"I am sure Mr. Percival can't understand the true state of the case, or +the circumstances of his tenants. Will you give me his address, and I +will take the liberty of writing to him and respectfully remonstrate +against any increase?" + +Mr. Fairfield looked uneasy. + +This appeal would not at all suit him. Yet how could he object without +leading to the suspicion that he was acting in this matter wholly on his +own responsibility, and not by the express orders of his principal? How +could he refuse to furnish Mr. Percival's address? + +A middle course occurred to him. + +"You may write your appeal, if you like, Hamlin," he said, "and hand it +to me. I will forward it; though I don't believe it will do any good. +The fact is that Mr. Percival has made up his mind to have more income +from his property in Jackson." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII + +FRANK RECEIVES A LETTER FROM MR. PERCIVAL + + +While Frank was waiting for an answer to a letter to Mr. Percival he +devoted part of his time to the business which was supposed to be his +only reason for remaining in Jackson. + +I am bound to say that as regards this business his trip might be +pronounced a failure. There was little ready money in Jackson. Many of +the people were tenants of Mr. Percival, and found it difficult to pay +the excessive rents demanded by his agent. Of course, they had no money +to spare for extras. Even if they had been better off, there was little +demand for stationery in the village. The people were chiefly farmers, +and did not indulge in much correspondence. + +When Frank returned to his boarding place on the afternoon of the first +day, Mr. Hamlin asked him, not without solicitude, with what luck he had +met. + +"I have sold twenty-five cents' worth of note paper," answered Frank, +with a smile. + +Mr. Hamlin looked troubled. + +"How many places did you call at?" he inquired. + +"About a dozen." + +"I am afraid you will get discouraged." + +"If you don't do better, you won't begin to pay expenses." + +"That is true." + +"But perhaps you may do better to-morrow." + +"I hope so." + +"I wish you could find something in Jackson that would induce you to +remain here permanently, and make your home with us. I would charge you +only the bare cost of board." + +"Thank you very much, Mr. Hamlin. I should enjoy being with you, but I +don't believe I shall find any opening here. Besides, I like a more +stirring life." + +"No doubt--no doubt! Boys like a lively place. Well, I am glad you feel +independent of your business." + +"For a little time. I am afraid it wouldn't do for me to earn so little +for any length of time." + +Frank enjoyed the society of Dick Hamlin. Together they went fishing and +hunting, and a mutual liking sprang up between them. + +"I wish you were going to stay longer, Frank," said Dick. "I shall feel +very lonely when you are gone." + +"We may meet again under different circumstances," said Frank. "While I +am here, we will enjoy ourselves as well as we can." + +So the days passed, and at length a letter came from Mr. Percival. I +append the most important passages: + +"Your report is clear, and I have perfect confidence in your statement. +Mr. Fairfield has abused my confidence and oppressed my tenants, and I +shall dismiss him. I am glad you have found in Jackson a man who is +capable of succeeding him. Solely upon your recommendation, I shall +appoint Mr. Hamlin my resident agent and representative for the term of +six months. Should he acquit himself to my satisfaction, he will be +continued in the position. I am prepared to offer him one hundred +dollars a month, if that will content him. + +"Upon receipt of this letter, and the accompanying legal authority, you +may call upon Mr. Fairfield and require him to transfer his office, and +the papers and accounts connected with it, to Mr. Hamlin. I inclose a +check for three hundred dollars, payable to your order, which you may +make payable to him, in lieu of three months' notice, provided he +immediately surrenders his office. Should he not, I shall dismiss him +summarily, and proceed against him for the moneys he has misappropriated +to his own use, and you may so inform him." + +With this letter was a letter to Mr. Fairfield, of the same purport, and +a paper appointing Mr. Hamlin agent. + +When this letter was received, Frank was overjoyed, knowing how much +pleasure he was about to give his new friends. + +With this appointment and salary, Mr. Hamlin would consider himself a +rich man, and Dick's hope for a liberal education might be realized. + +The letter came just before supper, and, at the close of the evening +meal, Frank determined to inform his friends of their good fortune. + +"Mr. Hamlin," said he, "I have some good news for you." + +"Indeed!" said the farmer, surprised. + +"Your rent will not be increased." + +"But how do you know this! Has Mr. Fairfield told you so?" + +"No," answered Frank. "I have a question to ask. Would you be willing to +take Mr. Fairfield's place at a hundred dollars a month?" + +"Willing? I should be delighted to do so. But why do you say this?" + +"Because," answered Frank, quietly, "I am authorized to offer it to you +at that salary." + +The whole family looked at Frank in bewildered surprise. It occurred to +them that he might have become crazy. + +"You!" exclaimed the farmer. "What can you have to do with the agency?" + +Frank explained to a very happy family group and then he and Mr. Hamlin +set out for the house of the agent. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII + +THE AGENT IS NOTIFIED + + +It was still early in the evening when Frank and Mr. Hamlin reached the +house of the agent. Had they come five minutes later, they would have +found him absent. Usually, soon after supper, he made his way to the +tavern, where he spent his time and money in a very unprofitable way. + +The agent was surprised when his two visitors made their appearance. + +"What brings you here, Hamlin?" he asked, with scant ceremony. + +"I come on a little matter of business," answered Mr. Hamlin, gravely. + +Mr. Fairfield concluded that the farmer had come to make an appeal to +have his rent continued at the old rates, and answered, impatiently: + +"I don't think it will be of much use. My mind is made up. Have you come +on business, also?" he asked, turning to Frank, with a sneer. + +"Yes, sir," answered our hero, quietly. + +"That will be of no use, either," said the agent. "I am not in want of +stationery, and, if I were, I should not buy of a peddler." + +"I have not come here to sell stationery, Mr. Fairfield," said Frank. + +"Then, may I take the liberty of asking what is your business here?" + +"I come on the same business as Mr. Hamlin," answered Frank, who +preferred that his companion should introduce the subject. + +"Look here, I have no time for trifling," said Mr. Fairfield, angrily. +"I am going out and can only spare you five minutes." + +"Mr. Fairfield, I would advise you not to go out till you have heard +what I have to say," said the farmer in a meaning tone. + +"I certainly shall. You can call some other time." + +"Another time will not do." + +"Look here, sir! Do you know to whom you are talking? How dare you use +such a tone to Mr. Percival's representative?" + +"I suppose you don't always expect to be Mr. Percival's representative?" + +"I suppose I shall die sometime, if that's what you mean; but I am not +dead yet, as you will find. To pay you for your impertinence, I shall +increase your rent more than I intended. I'll drive you out of +town--that's what I'll do." + +This was accompanied by an angry stamp of the foot, which, however, did +not frighten Mr. Hamlin much. + +"I shall not pay a dollar more rent, nor shall I leave the farm I +occupy," returned Mr. Hamlin, whose patience was exhausted by the rough +insolence of the man before him. + +"So you defy me, do you?" demanded Fairfield, furiously. + +"I shall resist your injustice, sir, or rather I would do so if you were +able to carry out your threat. Luckily you have not the power." + +"Have not the power? You will see if I have not the power!" roared the +angry agent. "I give you notice that at the end of the quarter you must +go, at any rate. After your insolence, I won't let you stay on any +terms. I wouldn't let you stay if you would pay double the rent. Do you +hear me, Hamlin?" + +"Yes, I hear you." + +Mr. Fairfield looked at the farmer in surprise. The latter seemed +perfectly calm and undisturbed by his threat, though it was of the most +serious nature. He had expected to see him humbled, and to hear him +entreat a reversal of the sentence; but his tenant was thoroughly +self-possessed, and appeared to care nothing for the agent's threats. + +"You need not expect that I will change my mind," he added. "Out of +Jackson you must go. I know there is no other farm which you can hire, +and while I am Mr. Percival's agent, you need expect no favors from me." + +"I don't expect any while you are Mr. Percival's agent," said Mr. +Hamlin. + +There was something in the farmer's tone that arrested the agent's +attention and excited his curiosity, though it did not awaken his alarm, +and he could not help saying: + +"Then what do you expect? Do you think I am going to die?" + +"I don't expect that you will die or resign, Mr. Fairfield. You may be +removed." + +"Have you been writing to Mr. Percival?" exclaimed Fairfield, in mingled +anger and apprehension. + +"No, sir; I have not communicated with him in any way. You would not +give me his address." + +"Of course I would not," said the agent, feeling relieved. "It would be +mere impertinence for you to write to him." + +"Fortunately there is no immediate occasion for me to do so, as he has +sent a representative here to investigate your official conduct." + +"A representative!" exclaimed Fairfield, now thoroughly startled. "Where +is he? I have not seen him." + +"He is present," said Mr. Hamlin, indicating Frank. + +The agent broke into a scornful laugh. + +"You? Why, you are a peddler!" + +"Only in appearance, Mr. Fairfield. I assumed that business in order not +to attract attention or excite suspicion. I am really Mr. Percival's +private secretary, as I can prove to your satisfaction." + +"Is this true?" he asked, in a changed voice. + +"Yes, sir; quite true." + +"Have you written to Mr. Percival?" + +"Yes, sir; and this afternoon I received a letter from him." + +"What did he write?" asked Fairfield, in a husky voice; for he was +convinced now that Frank spoke the truth. + +"He removes you, inclosing a check of three hundred dollars in place of +notice, and appoints Mr. Hamlin in your place." + +"Will you read this letter, sir?" + +It was enough. Fairfield knew that his management would not stand +investigation, and he yielded with a bad grace. + +Mr. Hamlin, the next day, to the great joy of the villagers, made known +his appointment. + +Fairfield left town and drifted to California, where he became an +adventurer, living in a miserable and precarious manner. Mr. Hamlin +moved into his fine house, and Dick was sent to a school to prepare for +college. + +The next day Frank started on his return to New York. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX + +AN IMPORTANT DISCOVERY + + +On his return to New York, Frank had no reason to be dissatisfied with +his reception. From Mr. Percival to Freddie, all the family seemed +delighted to see him. + +"You mustn't go away again, Frank," said little Freddie. "I wanted to +see you ever so much." + +"And I wanted to see you, Freddie," said our hero, his heart warming to +the little boy. + +"You won't go away again, will you, Frank?" + +"Not if I can help it, Freddie." + +"We are all glad to see you back Frank," said his employer. "But you +have justified my opinion of you by your success. Some of my friends +ridiculed me for sending a boy on such an important mission, but I don't +believe any of them would have succeeded any better than you, if as +well." + +"I am glad you are satisfied with me, sir," said Frank, very much +gratified by the commendation of his employer. + +"I feel that you have done a great service, and indeed I don't know whom +I could have sent in your place. However, I am glad to see you back +again. I have missed you about my letters, and have postponed answering +some till my young secretary returned." + +Frank resumed his regular employment, and three months passed without +anything that needs to be recorded. + +At the end of that time, Frank received an important letter from Col. +Vincent, which gave him much food for thought. + +The letter was as follows: + +"Dear Frank: For some time past I have been intending to write to you, +but I have delayed for no good reason. Now, however, I am led to write +by a surprising discovery which has just been made in your old home, +which may be of material importance to you. + +"When your stepfather went away, he requested me to have an eye to the +estate, and order whatever I might think necessary to be done. I am not, +as you know, a very cordial friend of Mr. Manning's, but I have always +regarded the property as of right belonging to you--that is, since your +mother's death--and so accepted the commission. + +"A few days since I went over the house and found that it was quite +dirty. Where the dirt could come from in an unoccupied house I can't +tell, but, at all events, I felt justified in engaging a woman to clean +the paint, so, if any of you should return unexpectedly, you would find +the house fit to receive you. This was a very simple matter, you will +think, and scarcely needs mentioning. But, my dear Frank, events of +importance often hinge on trifles, and so it has proved in the present +instance. + +"On the evening of the second day I received a call from Mrs. Noonan, +whom I had employed to scrub the house. She had in her hand a folded +paper, which she gave to me. + +"'Here is something I found, sir, while I was scrubbing,' she said. + +"I opened it indifferently, but conceive of my amazement when I found it +to be your mother's will, properly signed, sealed and witnessed. + +"Of course it was not the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. +This will gave Mr. Manning ten thousand dollars, and the residue of the +property to you, except a small amount bestowed upon Richard Green, the +coachman, and Deborah--sums larger, by the way, than those mentioned in +the will which was read after your mother's death." + +There was more to Colonel Vincent's letter. + +Frank showed it to Mr. Percival, and readily obtained permission to take +a few days vacation. + +"I hope you will get back the estate, Frank," said Mr. Percival, "though +I don't know what I shall do without my secretary." + +"That need not separate us, Mr. Percival," said our hero. "I have no +home but this." + + + + +CHAPTER XL + +JONAS BARTON + + +Frank started for his old home on Saturday afternoon. He would arrive in +time for supper, at the house of his father's friend. The train was well +filled, and he was obliged to share his seat with a shabbily dressed +young man with whom, a single glance showed him, he was not likely to +sympathize. + +The shabby suit did not repel him at all--he was too sensible for that; +but there was a furtive look in the man's face, which seemed to indicate +that he was not frank and straightforward, but had something to conceal. + +Half the journey passed without a word between the two. Then his +companion, glancing at Frank, opened a conversation by remarking that it +was a fine day. + +"Very," answered Frank, laconically. + +"A pleasant day to travel." + +"Yes." + +"Do you go far?" + +Frank mentioned his destination. His companion seemed to have his +interest awakened. + +"Do you know a Mr. Manning, living in your town?" he asked. + +"He is my stepfather," said Frank. + +"Then you are Frank Courtney?" said his new acquaintance, quickly. + +"I am." + +"Pardon me, but I think your mother died recently?" + +"Yes." + +"And the property was left chiefly to Mr. Manning?" + +"Yes." + +"Of course, you were surprised, and probably very disappointed?" + +"Excuse me," said Frank, coldly; "but I am not in the habit of +discussing my affairs with strangers." + +"Quite right, but I think you will find it for your interest to discuss +them with me. Not in a public car, of course; but I have something of +importance to communicate. Where can I have a private interview with +you?" + +It at once occurred to Frank that there was an opportunity, perhaps, to +solve the mystery concerning the will. This man might know nothing about +it; but, on the other hand, he might know everything. It would be +foolish to repulse him. + +"If you have anything important to tell me, I shall be glad to hear it," +he said. "I am going to the house of my friend, Col. Vincent, to pass a +few days. Do you know where he lives?" + +"Yes, I know." + +"If you will call this evening, after supper, I shall be glad to see +you." + +"I will do so. I will be there at eight o'clock, sharp." + +On arriving at his destination, Frank found the colonel's carriage +waiting for him at the station. + +Col. Vincent was inside. + +"Welcome, Frank!" he said, grasping heartily the hand of our young hero. +"I am delighted to see you. You are looking well, and, bless me, how you +have grown!" + +"Thank you, Col. Vincent. Do you expect me to return the compliment?" + +"About having grown? No, Frank, I hope not. I am six feet one, and don't +care to grow any taller. Well, what do you think of the news?" + +"I have some for you, colonel;" and Frank mentioned what his new +acquaintance had told him. + +"The missing link!" exclaimed the colonel, excited. "Do you know what I +think?" + +"What?" + +"That this man either forged the will which gives the property to your +stepfather, or is cognizant of it!" + +"I thought of that." + +"I shall be impatient to see him." + +At eight o'clock the man called and gave his name as Jonas Barton. +Whether it was the right name might be a question; but this did not +matter. + +"I understand," said Col. Vincent, "that you have some information to +give us." + +"I have; and that of a very important nature." + +"Is it of a nature to restore to my young friend here his property now +in the possession of Mr. Manning?" + +"If it were," said Jonas Barton with a cunning glance of his left eye +"how much would it be worth?" + +"I supposed it was for sale," said the colonel, quietly. "What is your +own idea?" + +"I will take two thousand dollars." + +"Suppose we say one thousand?" + +"It is not enough." + +"Were you aware that the genuine will had been found?" asked the +colonel, quietly. + +Jonas Barton started. + +"I thought Mr. Manning destroyed it," he said, hastily. + +"No; he concealed it." + +"Is this true?" + +"Yes. You see that a part of your information has been forestalled." + +"He was a fool, then, and still more a fool to refuse my last demand for +money. I accept your offer of a thousand dollars, and will tell all." + +"Go on." + +"I wrote the will which Mr. Manning presented for probate. It was copied +in part from the genuine will." + +"Good! And you betray him because he will not pay what you consider the +service worth?" + +"Yes, sir." + +Jonas Barton here gave a full account of Mr. Manning, whom he had +formerly known in New York, seeking him out and proposing to him a job +for which he was willing to pay five hundred dollars. Barton was not +scrupulous, and readily agreed to do the work. He was skillful with the +pen, and did his work so well that all were deceived. + +"You will be willing to swear to this in court?" + +"Yes, sir, if you will guarantee the sum you proposed." + +"I will. I shall wish you to find a boarding place in the village, and +remain here for the present, so as to be ready when needed. I will be +responsible for your board." + +As Jonas Barton was leaving the house, one of the servants came in with +important news, in which Frank was strongly interested. + + + + +CHAPTER XLI + +CONCLUSION + + +The news was that Mr. Manning and Mark had just arrived at the Cedars. +They had come by the last evening train. Why they had come back so +unexpectedly no one knew, but the servant had heard that Mark was in +poor health. This was true. + +Mark, in Europe, had proved uncontrollable. He had given way to his +natural love of drink, had kept late hours, and had seriously injured +his constitution. In consequence of these excesses, he had contracted a +fever, which alarmed him father and induced him to take the first +steamer home. + +"We won't call upon your stepfather this evening, Frank," said Col. +Vincent; "but early Monday morning we will bring matters to a crisis." + +Mr. Manning did not hear of Frank's presence in the village. He was +fatigued with his rapid travel and kept at home. Besides, Mark was +prostrated by his journey and didn't wish to be left alone. + +It was, therefore, a surprise to Mr. Manning when on Monday morning, +Col. Vincent was ushered into his presence, accompanied by Frank. + +"Really, colonel," he said, recovering his composure, "you are very kind +to call so soon. I hope you are well, Frank? Are you staying with the +colonel? You must come back to your old home." + +"Thank you, Mr. Manning, but I am living in New York. I am only passing +a day or two with the colonel." + +"It is very friendly in you to call, Col. Vincent." + +"Mr. Manning," said Col. Vincent, gravely, "I am not willing to receive +undeserved credit. Let me say, therefore, that this is a business, not a +friendly, call." + +"Indeed," said Manning, uneasily. + +"The business is connected with my young friend Frank." + +"I am ready to listen," said Mr. Manning. "If Frank wants a larger +allowance, I am ready to give it." + +"I venture to say for him that he will not be satisfied with that. Let +me come to the point at once, Mr. Manning. Mrs. Manning's will has been +found." + +Mr. Manning started perceptibly, and his glance involuntarily wandered +to that part of the wall behind which the will was discovered, for they +were sitting in the very apartment where Mrs. Noonan had stumbled upon +it. + +"What do you mean, sir?" + +"A will has been found, leaving the bulk of the property to Frank." + +"Indeed! I am surprised. Is it a later will than the one which +bequeathed the estate to me?" asked Mr. Manning, pointedly. + +"It is Mrs. Manning's latest genuine will," said Col. Vincent, +emphatically. + +Mr. Manning started to his feet. He could not help understanding the +colonel's meaning. It would have been idle to pretend it. + +"What do you mean, Col. Vincent?" he asked, in a tone which he tried to +make one of dignified resentment. + +"I mean that Mrs. Manning made but one will, and that this bequeaths the +property to Frank." + +"How, then, do you account for the later will which was admitted to +probate?" + +"In this way. It was not what it purported to be." + +Mr. Manning's sallow face flushed. + +"What do you mean to insinuate?" he asked. + +"That the last will was forged!" said Col. Vincent, bluntly. + +"This is a very serious charge," said Mr. Manning, unable to repress his +agitation. "You must allow me to say that I shall pay no attention to +it. When you furnish proof of what you assert, it will be time enough to +meet it. And now, gentlemen, if you have nothing further to say, I will +bid you good-morning." + +"I think you will find it best not to be in a hurry, Mr. Manning," said +Col. Vincent. "The charge must be met here and now. I charge you with +instigating and being cognizant of the fraud that has been perpetrated!" + +"On what grounds, sir? Do you know I can sue you for libel?" + +"You are welcome to do so, Mr. Manning. I have a witness who will clear +me." + +"Who is he?" + +"Jonas Barton!" + +If a bombshell had exploded in the room, Mr. Manning could not have +looked paler or more thoroughly dismayed. Yet he tried to keep up a +little longer. + +"I don't know any man of that name," he answered, faintly. + +"Your looks show that you do. I may as well tell you, Mr. Manning, that +resistance is useless. We can overwhelm you with proof if we take the +matter before the courts. But we do not care to do so. We have something +to propose." + +"What is it?" said Mr. Manning, faintly. + +"The genuine will must be substituted for the fraudulent one. By it you +will receive ten thousand dollars, and Frank will consent that you shall +receive it. He will not ask you to account for the sums you have +wrongfully spent during the last year, and will promise not to prosecute +you, provided you leave this neighborhood and never return to it, or in +any way interfere with him. To insure this, we shall have Jonas Barton's +written confession, attested before a justice of the peace, ready for +use, if needful. Do you accept?" + +"I must," said Mr. Manning, despondently. "But I shall be a poor man." + +"No man who has health and the use of his facilities is poor with ten +thousand dollars," answered the colonel. + +"Mark alone will spend more than the interest of this sum." + +"Then you must prevent him. He will be better off if he has to earn his +living, as Frank has done for the last year." + +In less than a week the transfer was made, and Frank recovered his +patrimony. + +Mr. Manning and Mark went to Chicago, and perhaps further West; but +nothing has been heard from them for years. + +Frank didn't return to the Cedars. The place was let until he should +wish to return to it. + +By the advice of Col. Vincent, he resumed his preparation for college, +and, graduating in due time, commenced the study of law. + +Though rich enough to do without a profession, he felt that he should +not be content to lead an aimless life. + +He obtained for his school friend, Herbert Grant, the post of private +secretary to Mr. Percival, and Herbert became nearly as great a favorite +as himself. + +Through Mr. Percival's kindness, Herbert was enabled, while still living +at his house and attending to his duties as secretary, to enter Columbia +College, and complete his course there, graduating with honor. + +Herbert selected the medical profession, and, when he has completed his +studies, will go abroad for a year with Frank, at the latter's expense, +and, returning, open an office in New York. + +While he is waiting for the patients and Frank for clients, the two +will live together, and their common expenses will be defrayed by Frank. + +"If I didn't like you so well, Frank," said Herbert, "I would not accept +this great favor at your hands--" + +"But since we are dear friends," interrupts Frank, with a smile. + +"I know that you enjoy giving even more than I do the receiving." + +"Enough, Herbert. We understand each other. I have no brother, Herbert, +and if I had, I could not care more for him than I do for you. Without +you, I should feel alone in the world." + +Frank does not regret the year in which he was thrown upon his own +resources. It gave him strength and self-reliance; and however long he +may live, he will not cease to remember with pleasure the year in which +he was "Making His Way." + + +THE END + + + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Making His Way, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MAKING HIS WAY *** + +***** This file should be named 13803.txt or 13803.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/8/0/13803/ + +Produced by Steven desJardins and PG Distributed Proofreaders. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/13803.zip b/old/13803.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..442e907 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13803.zip |
